TESA Catalog PDF

Met rol ogy Equi pment Cat al og
When You Need to Be Sure

2008
Info-1
I NFORMATI ON
General information
Calipers A
External Micrometers B
Internal Measurement C
Measuring Instruments for Large Dimensions D
Electronic Indicators, Dial Gages, Precision Indicators E
Lever-type Dial Test Indicators F
Comparative Measurement G
Measuring Stands and Auxiliary Fixtures H
Straightness, Angle and Inclination Measurement I
Length and Angle Standards J
Calibration Equipment K
Surface Roughness Testing L
Height Gages M
Electronic Length Measuring Equipment N
Air Gage Systems for Diameter Measurement O
Optical Measurement P
Coordinate Measuring Machines Q
Machinists Tools R
As Brown & Sharpe is constantly
improving the design of its products,
the appearance, specifications,
dimensions and weights are subject to
change without notice.
2008 Brown & Sharpe, Inc.,
All Rights Reserved.
C
h
e
c
k

O
u
t
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-2
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-3
Dear Customer,
In looking through the pages of this catalogue, you
will realise that TESA manufactures and markets
worldwide more than 5,000 products ranging from
high-precision hand-held measuring instruments to
sophisticated measuring systems.
Apart from TESAs futuristic design concept, our
diversified line of metrology products also reflects
the advanced technology used for their manufacture.
Nearly all are SWISS MADE and provide an
outstanding price/performance relationship.
Thats why we at TESA are looking forward to
actively supporting you in reaching your objectives of
improved product quality by offering you custom
solutions to meet your specific needs.
We thank you for your confidence in our company
and look forward to serving you in the years to come.
Franois Gabella
General Manager
TESA SA International Headquarters
Subsidiaries - Customer Service and Support
Regional Distributors
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-4
Sales, Customer Service, And Support
TESA SA is headquartered in Renens, Switzerland. Products are distributed through a
worldwide distribution network. Subsidiaries located all over the globe provide com-
prehensive customer service and support.
TESA SA International Headquarters
Subsidiaries - Customer Service and Support
Regional Distributors
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-5
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-6
Brown & Sharpe Authorized
Repair Services
Repair services for all of Brown & Sharpe, TESA and ETALON products are now available directly
at the factory in North Kingstown, RI. The same workmanship and crafts man ship used in the
man u fac tur ing of our precision tool product line is also applied to the repair of your pre ci sion
in stru ments.
Service Department - PMI Division
Brown & Sharpe
Precision Park
200 Frenchtown Road
North Kingstown, RI 02852-1700 USA
For additional information on local factory-approved regional repair services, contact our
Customer Service Department at 1-800-283-3600.
For Factory Repair Authorization, call:
(800) 283-3600
For Technical Assistance, call:
(401) 886-2798
Meegan Tool Sales
160 Oak Street
Building# 3, Unit 306
Glastonbury, CT 06033
Phone# 860-633-2400
Fax# 860-657-8979
Accredited Calibration
Laboratory
Dixon & Ryan Corp.
4343 Normandy Court
Royal Oak, MI 48073
Phone# 248-549-4000
Fax# 248-549-4810
Regional MICRO-HITE
Repair Center
Accredited Calibration
Laboratory
MSI-Viking Gage
321 Tucapau Road
Duncan, SC 29334
Phone# 864-433-9771
Fax# 864-433-9775
NC Measurements
100-A Centerwest Court
Cary, NC 27513
Phone# 919-677-9432
Fax# 919-677-9435
F.D. Hurka Company
4731 Stockholm Court
Charlotte, NC 28273
Phone# 704-552-0008
Fax# 704-553-8772
Accredited Calibration Laboratory
Tool & Gage House
4719 Hebron Street
Charlotte, NC 28224
Phone# 704-552-8444
Fax# 704-552-6869
Long Island Indicator Service
14 Sarah Drive
Hauppauge, NY 11788
Phone# 516-265-9357
Fax# 516-265-7449
Compac Indicator Repair Center
Cincinnati Precision
253 Circle Freeway Drive
Cincinnati, OH 45246
Phone# 513-874-2122
Fax# 513-874-2536
Regional MICRO-HITE Repair Center
Eastern States
Brown & Sharpe Inc.
200 Frenchtown Road
North Kingstown, RI 02852
Phone# 800-283-3600
Fax# 401-886-2485
Regional MICRO-HITE Repair
Center
Calibration Laboratory
Master Gage & Tool Company
112 Maplewood Street
Danville, VA 24540
Phone# 434-836-4243
Fax# 434-835-0008
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-7
I NFORMATI ON
Brown & Sharpe Authorized Repair Services (cont.)
Abbot Gage
#40 Industrial Park
Childersburg, AL 35044
Phone# 256-378-3286
Fax# 256-378-3287
Factory trained on
MICRO-HITE Repairs
Ledford Machine & Gage
227 Industrial Drive
Mulvane, KS 67110
Phone# 316-777-9300
Fax# 316-777-2220
Sommers Sales & Service
924 West Vesper
Blue Springs, MO 64015
Phone# 816-224-1013
Fax# 816-224-4955
Superior Gage Service
13931 N. 503 Road
Tahlequah, OK 74464
Phone# 918-456-1554
Fax# 918-458-4710
Factory trained on
MICRO-HITE Repairs
North Texas Precision Instruments
7464 Dogwood Park
Fort Worth, TX 76118
Phone# 817-589-0011
Toll Free# 866-589-0011
Fax# 817-590-0062
Precision Repair & Sales Inc.
3222 East Jackson Street
Phoenix, AZ 85034
Phone# 602-267-0850
Fax# 602-267-0895
Phoenix Small Tool Repair
1819 South 7th Street
Phoenix, AZ 85034
Phone# 602-256-7011
Fax# 602-340-9052
Calibration Laboratory
Micro Quality Calibration
20743 Marilla Street
Chatsworth, CA 91311
Phone# 818-701-4969
Fax# 818-341-9109
Accurate Instrument Repair INC
27122 Burbank
Foothill Ranch, CA 92610
Phone# 949-454-2874
Fax# 949-454-2752
Swiss Instruments Limited
1920 Mattawa Avenue
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4X 1K1
Phone# 905-279-1275
Fax# 905-279-8940
Central States
MTS Precision Tools
Division of Wm F Hurst
2121 Souhwest Blvd.
Wichita, KS 67218
Phone# 316-942-7474
Fax# 316-942-1539
Precision Calibration & Repair
3130 Farrell Road
Houston, TX 77073
Phone# 281-209-9000
Fax# 281-209-9955
Regional MICRO-HITE Repair
Center
Western States
Portland Precision Instrument
& Repair
1111 SE Pine Street
Portland, OR 97214
Phone# 503-231-1576
Fax# 503-231-4012
Canada
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-8
As Brown & Sharpe is constantly improving the design of its products, the appearance, specifications,
dimensions and weights are subject to change without notice.
2002 Brown & Sharpe, Inc., All Rights Reserved.
Warranty
We warrant that within twelve (12) months from the date of shipment, if the
prod uct man u fac tured by us and sold by us is in the possession of the original
buyer (or lessee) from us (or from an authorized dis trib u tor), we will replace or
repair, at our option, free of charge, any part or parts which upon ex am i na tion
we find de fec tive in workmanship or material, provided that, on our request, the
product or parts thereof are returned to our plant, along with sat is fac to ry doc u -
men ta tion that the product has been installed, used, and maintained in ac cor -
dance with in struc tions in the Users Manual and has not been subject
to abuse.
We warrant that within twelve (12) months from the date of shipment, if the
software sold by us is in the possession of the original buyer (or lessee) from us
(or from an au tho rized dis trib u tor), we will replace or correct, at our option, free
of charge, any modules or pro grams which upon ex am i na tion we find
de fec tive in workmanship or function, provided that, on our re quest, the modules
or programs are returned to our plant and, provided further, that there is
satisfactory documentation that the software has been installed, maintained and
operated in accordance with instructions in the Users Manual, and
provided further that there is sat is fac to ry documentation from the cus tom er that
a soft ware defect exists.
In addition, there may be specified Occupational Safety and Health Standards
War ran ties which, if ap pli ca ble to the product, are set out in the attached
schedule and in cor po rat ed by reference and subject to the provision hereof.
We shall not be liable or responsible for any expense or liability for repairs,
ad di tions or mod i fi ca tions made upon the product without our written consent.
THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EX PRESS OR IMPLIED
WAR RAN TIES (IN CLUD ING WITH OUT LIMITATION AND WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PAR TIC U LAR PUR POSE). IN
NO EVENT SHALL WE BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, IN DI RECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAM AG ES, (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST
PROFITS OR OTHER DAMAGES FROM LOSS OF PRO DUC TION) CAUSED BY
DEFECTIVE MATERIAL, OR BY UN SAT IS FAC TO RY PER FOR MANCE OF THE
PRODUCT, OR BY ANY OTHER BREACH OF CONTRACT BY US.
IMPORTANT
Brown & Sharpe reserves the right to modify or change the design of products
shown in this Publication, without notice. Such modifications or changes may
include, but are not limited to changes in finish, ma te ri als, spec i fi ca tions, etc.,
from descriptions and illustrations of products listed herein.
The Brown & Sharpe Warranty shall apply in all cases to all products
manufactured by us and sold by us.
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-9
I NFORMATI ON
Reading Dial Calipers
2 .1
.3
.5
.7
.9 1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
.4
.6
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
.8
SHOCKPROOF
0.02mm
SWISS MADE
STAINLESS TEMPERED
599-579-14
.2
asdfg
3 0 0
2 .1
.3
.5
.7
.9 1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
.4
.6
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
.8
SHOCKPROOF
0.02mm
SWISS MADE
STAINLESS TEMPERED
599-579-14
.2
asdfg
0
Step 1
Index has passed numeral
30 on Beam Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.00 mm
Step 2
Dial pointer has passed numeral 1.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.40 mm
Step 3
plus intermediate Dial graduation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .02 mm
Total Reading 31.42 mm
Note: When Dial Pointer rests at 2 (which is also 0), reading is taken
directly from the Beam Scale
Metric Example 2
Total Reading - 8.14 mm
Step 1
Index has passed large numeral
1 on Beam Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.000"
Step 2
plus three intermediate
Beam Numerals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300"
Step 3
Dial pointer rests on numeral 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .070"
Total Reading 1.370"
Note: When Dial Pointer rests at 0, reading is an even hundred-
thousandths taken directly from the Beam Scale.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
20
30
90
80
70
60
50
40
SHOCKPROOF
.001"
SWISS MADE
STAINLESS TEMPERED
599-579-4
10
asdfg
0
20
30
90
80
70
60
50
40
SHOCKPROOF
.001"
SWISS MADE
STAINLESS TEMPERED
599-579-4
4 3 2 1 1
10
asdfg
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Inch Example 2
Total Reading - .879"
A. Beam Scale
Each graduation = .100"
B. Index
C. Dial Scale
(one revolution per .100")
Inch Example 1
A. Beam Scale
Each graduation = 2.00 mm
B. Index
C. Dial Scale
Each graduation = 0.02 mm
(one revolution per 2.00 mm)
Metric Example 1
3 0 2 0
2
.1
.3
.5
.7
.9 1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
.4
.6
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
.8
SHOCKPROOF
0.02mm
SWISS MADE
S
T
AINLESS TEMPER
E
D
599-579-14
.2
asdfg
2
.1
.3
.5
.7
.9 1.1
1.3
1.5
1.7
1.9
.4
.6
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
.8
SHOCKPROOF
0.02mm
SWISS MADE
S
T
AINLESS TEMPER
E
D
599-579-14
.2
asdfg
0
B
C
A
6 7 8 9 1 1 2 3 4
0
20
30
90
80
70
60
50
40
SHOCKPROOF
.001"
SWISS MADE
S
T
AINLESS TEMPER
E
D
599-579-4
10
asdfg
0
20
30
90
80
70
60
50
40
SHOCKPROOF
.001"
SWISS MADE
S
T
AINLESS TEMPER
E
D
599-579-4
4 3 2 1 1
10
asdfg
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B
C
A
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-10
Reading the English Micrometer
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13
14
15
10
16
17
12
11
9
0 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
0
1
2
5
4
3
11
10
15
12
14
13
9
7
8
6
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8
0
1
2
5
4
3
22
20
0
23
1
24
21
18
19
17
Step 1 Follow reading instructions from Example 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357"
Step 2 Notice which vernier line coincides with a thimble line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 = .0002"
Total Reading .3572"
Total Reading - .3321" Total Reading - .6431" Total Reading - .788"
Example 3 Example 4 Example 5
Note: If vernier 0 is coincident with a line on Thimble, the reading is an exact
one-thousandth of an inch
D. Vernier Lines
Graduations added on Barrel
for Ten Thousandths
Example 2
0 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
8
1
0
9
10
5
11
12
7
6
4
D
0 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
8
1
0
9
10
5
11
12
7
6
4
0
0 1 2 3
1
2
4
6
7
5
3
13
15
14
16
12
10
11
9
8
Step 1 Highest barrel number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 x .100" = .300"
Step 2 Number of lines between 3 and edge of thimble. . . . . . . . . 2 x .025" = .050"
Step 3 Thimble line closest to long barrel line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 x .001" = .007"
Total Reading .357"
Example 1
A. Barrel Graduations
Numbered lines indicate .100", .200", .300", etc. Each line is .025"
B. Thimble Graduations
Numbered lines indicate .001", .002", etc. up to .025"
C. Datum
Long Line on Barrel
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
8
9 10
5
11
12
7
6
4
3
A
B
C
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-11
I NFORMATI ON
Decimal Equivalents
Decimal Decimal Decimal Decimal Decimal Decimal
Size Inches Size Inches Size Inches Size Inches Size Inches Size Inches
97 .0059
96 .0063
95 .0067
94 .0071
93 .0075
92 .0079
.2 mm .0079
91 .0083
90 .0087
.22 mm .0087
89 .0091
88 .0095
.25 mm .0098
87 .0100
86 .0105
85 .0110
.28 mm .0110
84 .0115
.3 mm .0118
83 .0120
82 .0125
.32 mm .0126
81 .0130
80 .0135
.35 mm .0138
79 .0145
1/64 .0156
.4 mm .0157
78 .0160
.45 mm .0177
77 .0180
.5 mm .0197
76 .0200
75 .0210
.55 mm .0217
74 .0225
.6 mm .0236
73 .0240
72 .0250
.65 mm .0256
71 .0260
.7 mm .0276
70 .0280
69 .0292
.75 mm .0295
68 .0310
1/32 .0312
.8 mm .0315
67 .0320
66 .0330
.85 mm .0335
65 .0350
.9 mm .0354
64 .0360
63 .0370
.95 mm .0374
62 .0380
61 .0390
1 mm .0394
60 .0400
59 .0410
1.05 mm .0413
58 .0420
57 .0430
1.1 mm .0433
1.15 mm .0453
56 .0465
3/64 .0469
1.2 mm .0472
1.25 mm .0492
1.3 mm .0512
55 .0520
1.35 mm .0531
54 .0550
1.4 mm .0551
1.45 mm .0571
1.5 mm .0591
53 .0595
1.55 mm .0610
1/16 .0625
1.6 mm .0630
52 .0635
1.65 mm .0650
1.7 mm .0669
51 .0670
1.75 mm .0689
50 .0700
1.8 mm .0709
1.85 mm .0728
49 .0730
1.9 mm .0748
48 .0760
1.95 mm .0768
5/64 .0781
47 .0785
2 mm .0787
2.05 mm .0807
46 .0810
45 .0820
2.1 mm .0827
2.15 mm .0846
44 .0860
2.2 mm .0866
2.25 mm .0886
43 .0890
2.3 mm .0906
2.35 mm .0925
42 .0935
3/32 .0938
2.4 mm .0945
41 .0960
2.45 mm .0965
40 .0980
2.5 mm .0984
39 .0995
38 .1015
2.6 mm .1024
37 .1040
2.7 mm .1063
36 .1065
2.75 mm .1083
7/64 .1094
35 .1100
2.8 mm .1102
34 .1110
33 .1130
2.9 mm .1142
32 .1160
3 mm .1181
31 .1200
3.1 mm .1220
1/8 .1250
3.2 mm .1260
3.25 mm .1280
30 .1285
3.3 mm .1299
3.4 mm .1339
29 .1360
3.5 mm .1378
28 .1405
9/64 .1406
3.6 mm .1417
27 .1440
3.7 mm .1457
26 .1470
3.75 mm .1476
25 .1495
3.8 mm .1496
24 .1520
3.9 mm .1535
23 .1540
5/32 .1562
22 .1570
4 mm .1575
21 .1590
20 .1610
4.1 mm .1614
4.2 mm .1654
19 .1660
4.25 mm .1673
4.3 mm .1693
18 .1695
11/64 .1719
17 .1730
4.4 mm .1732
16 .1770
4.5 mm .1772
15 .1800
4.6 mm .1811
14 .1820
13 .1850
4.7 mm .1850
4.75 mm .1870
3/16 .1875
4.8 mm .1890
12 .1890
11 .1910
4.9 mm .1929
10 .1935
9 .1960
5 mm .1969
8 .1990
5.1 mm .2008
7 .2010
13/64 .2031
6 .2040
5.2 mm .2047
5 .2055
5.25 mm .2067
5.3 mm .2087
4 .2090
5.4 mm .2126
3 .2130
5.5 mm .2165
7/32 .2188
5.6 mm .2205
2 .2210
5.7 mm .2244
5.75 mm .2264
1 .2280
5.8 mm .2283
5.9 mm .2323
A .2340
15/64 .2344
6 mm .2362
B .2380
6.1 mm .2402
C .2420
6.2 mm .2441
D .2460
6.25 mm .2461
6.3 mm .2480
E .2500
1/4 .2500
6.4 mm .2520
6.5 mm .2559
F .2570
6.6 mm .2598
G .2610
6.7 mm .2638
17/64 .2656
6.75 mm .2657
H .2660
6.8 mm .2677
6.9 mm .2717
I .2720
7 mm .2756
J .2770
7.1 mm .2795
K .2810
9/32 .2812
7.2 mm .2835
7.25 mm .2854
7.3 mm .2874
L .2900
7.4 mm .2913
M .2950
7.5 mm .2953
19/64 .2969
7.6 mm .2992
N .3020
7.7 mm .3031
7.75 mm .3051
7.8 mm .3071
7.9 mm .3110
5/16 .3125
8 mm .3150
O .3160
8.1 mm .3189
8.2 mm .3228
P .3230
8.25 mm .3248
8.3 mm .3268
21/64 .3281
8.4 mm .3307
Q .3320
8.5 mm .3346
8.6 mm .3386
R .3390
8.7 mm .3425
11/32 .3438
8.75 mm .3445
8.8 mm .3465
S .3480
8.9 mm .3504
9 mm .3543
T .3580
9.1 mm .3583
23/64 .3594
9.2 mm .3622
9.25 mm .3642
9.3 mm .3661
U .3680
9.4 mm .3701
9.5 mm .3740
3/8 .3750
V .3770
9.6 mm .3780
9.7 mm .3819
9.75 mm .3839
9.8 mm .3858
W .3860
9.9 mm .3898
25/64 .3906
10 mm .3937
X .3970
Y .4040
13/32 .4062
Z .4130
10.5 mm .4134
27/64 .4219
11 mm .4331
7/16 .4375
11.5 mm .4528
29/64 .4531
15/32 .4688
12 mm .4724
31/64 .4844
12.5 mm .4921
1/2 .5000
13 mm .5118
33/64 .5156
17/32 .5312
13.5 mm .5315
35/64 .5469
14 mm .5512
9/16 .5625
14.5 mm .5709
37/64 .5781
15 mm .5906
19/32 .5938
39/64 .6094
15.5 mm .6102
5/8 .6250
16 mm .6299
41/64 .6406
16.5 mm .6496
21/32 .6562
17 mm .6693
43/64 .6719
11/16 .6875
17.5 mm .6890
45/64 .7031
18 mm .7087
23/32 .7188
18.5 mm .7283
47/64 .7344
19 mm .7480
3/4 .7500
49/64 .7656
19.5 mm .7677
25/32 .7812
20 mm .7874
51/64 .7969
20.5 mm .8071
13/16 .8125
21 mm .8268
53/64 .8281
27/32 .8438
21.5 mm .8465
55/64 .8594
22 mm .8661
7/8 .8750
22.5 mm .8858
57/64 .8906
23 mm .9055
29/32 .9062
59/64 .9219
23.5 mm .9252
15/16 .9375
24 mm .9449
61/64 .9531
24.5 mm .9646
31/32 .9688
25 mm .9843
63/64 .9844
1 1.0000
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-12
To find the CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE,
multiply the Diameter by 3.1416
The radius of a circle x 6.283185 = the
cir cum fer ence
To find the DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE, multiply
the circumference by .31831
The square root of the area of a circle x 1.12838
= the diameter
The circumference of a circle x .159155 = the
radius
The square root of the area of a circle x .56419
= the radius
To find THE AREA OF A CIRCLE, multiply the
Square of the Diameter by .7854
The square of the circumference of a circle
x .07958 = the area
Half the circumference of a circle x half its
di am e ter = the area
To find the AREA OF THE SURFACE OF A BALL
(SPHERE), multiply the Square of the Diameter
by 3.1416
To find the VOLUME OF A BALL (SPHERE),
multiply the Cube of the Diameter by .5236
To find the AREA OF AN ELLIPSE, multiply the
Long Diameter by Short Diameter by 0.78540
To find the SIDE OF A SQUARE IN SCRIBED IN A
CIRCLE, multiply the Diameter by .7071
To find the SIDE OF A SQUARE EQUAL IN
AREA TO A GIVEN CIR CLE, multiply the
Diameter by .8862
To find the DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE EQUAL IN
AREA TO A GIVEN SQUARE, multiply a Side of
the Square by 1.12838
To find the SIDE OF A HEXAGON IN SCRIBED IN
A CIRCLE, multiply the Diameter of the Circle by
.500
To find the DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE
IN SCRIBED IN A HEXAGON, multiply a Side
of the Hexagon by 1.7321
To find the SIDE OF AN EQUI LAT ER AL
TRI AN GLE INSCRIBED IN A CIRCLE, multiply
the Diameter of the Circle by .866
To find the DIAMETER OF A CIRCLE
IN SCRIBED IN AN EQUILATERAL
TRIANGLE, multiply a Side of the
Tri an gle by .57735
To find the AREA OF A SQUARE or
RECT AN GLE, multiply the Base by the Height
To find the AREA OF A TRIANGLE, multiply the
Base by l/2 Per pen dic u lar Height
To find the AREA OF A TRAPEZOID, multiply
1/2 sum of Parallel Sides by Per pen dic u lar
Height
To find the AREA OF A REGULAR HEXA GON,
multiply the Square of One Side by 2.598
To find the AREA OF A REGULAR OC TA GON,
multiply the Square of One Side by 4.828
Reference
Solving Geometric Figures
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-13
I NFORMATI ON
Common Metric Expressions
Multiples Divisions
Prefix means Prefix means
deka (10) Ten times deci (10
-1
) One tenth of
hecto (10
2
) One hundred times centi (10
-2
) One hundredth of
kilo (10
3
) One thousand times milli (10
-3
) One thousandth of
mega (10
6
) One million times micro (10
-6
) One millionth of
giga 10
9
) One billion times nano (10
-9
) One billionth of
tera (10
12
) One trillion times pico (10
-12
) One trillionth of
Common Length Measures and Abbreviations
1 micrometer = 1/1,000,000 of 1 meter (10
-6
meter) ...m
1 millimeter = 1/1000 of 1 meter (10
-3
meter) ...mm
10 millimeters = 1 centimeter (10
-2
meter) ...cm
10 centimeters = 1 decimeter (10
-1
meter) ...dm
10 decimeters = 1 meter (10
0
meter) ...m
10 meters = 1 dekameter (10
1
meters) ...da
10 dekameters = 1 hectometer (10
2
meters) ...hm
10 hectometers = 1 kilometer (10
3
meters) ...km
NOTE: 1 meter = 1,650,763.73 Wavelengths of
Krypton-86 Orange-Red Radiation
Measures of Surface are expressed as square
millimeters (mm
2
); square centimeters (cm
2
);
square meters (m
2
), etc.
NOTE: 1 liter = volume occupied by 1 cubic
decimeter.
Measures of Volume are expressed as the cube
of the unit; e.g., 1 cubic centimeter (cm
3
);
1 cubic meter (m
3
), etc.
Measures of Capacity are expressed in
multiples or divisions of one liter by addition of
a prefix as above; e.g., deciliter for 1/10 of a
liter; kiloliter for 1000 liters, etc.
NOTE: 1 gram = weight of 1 cubic centimeter
of pure distilled water at a temperature of
39.2 F.
Measures of Weight are expressed in multiples
or divisions of one gram by addition of a prefix
as above; e.g., milligram for 1/1000 of a gram;
kilogram for 1000 grams, etc.
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-14
The S1 System of Metric Conversions
English to Metric Metric to English
inches (in.) X 25.4 = millimeters (mm) mm X 0.04 = in
feet (ft.) X 0.3 = meters (m) m X 3.3 = ft
yards (yds.) X 0.9 = meters (m) m X 1.1 = yds
miles (mi.) X 1.6 = kilometers (km) km X 0.6 = mi
sq. inch (in
2
) X 6.5 = sq. centimeters (cm
2
) cm
2
X 0.16 = in
2
sq.feet (ft
2
) X 0.09 = sq. meters (m
2
) m
2
X 11.00 = ft
2
sq. yard (yd
2
) X 0.8 = sq. meters (m
2
) m
2
X 1.2 = yd
2
acre (a) X 0.4 = hectares (ha) ha X 2.5 = a
cu.in.(in
3
) X 16.0 = cu. centimeters (cm
3
) cm
3
X 0.06 = in
3
cu. ft. (ft
3
) X 0.03 = cu. meters (m
3
) m
3
X 35.0 = ft
3
cu. yd. (yd
3
) X 0.8 = cu. meters (m
3
) m
3
X 1.3 = yd
3
(liq) quart (qt) X 0.9 = liter (L) L X 1.05 = qt
gallon (gal) X 0.004 = cu. meter (m
3
) m
3
X 264.2 = gal
(avdp) ounce (oz) X 28.3 = grams (g) g X 0.035 = oz
(avdp) pound (lb) X 0.45 = kilogram (kg) kg X 2.20 = lb
horsepower (h.p.) X 0.75 = kilowatt (kW) kW X 1.34 = h.p.
ft. per sec. (ft/s) X 0.304 = met. per sec. (m/s) m/s X 3.280 = ft/s
ounce-force (oz f) X 0.278 = newtons (N) N X 3.597 = ozf
pounds-force (lb f) X 4.448 = newtons (N) N X 0.224 = lbf
foot-pounds (ft lb) X 1.355 = joules (J) J X 0.737 = ft. lb
in. pounds (in lb) X 0.112 = newton-meters (N.m) N.m X 8.850 = in. lb
lb. per foot (lb/ft) X 14.593 = new. per meter (N/m) N.m X 0.068 = lb/ft
cycles per sec. (cps) X 1.0 = hertz (Hz) Hz X 1.0 = cps
Brit. Therm Unit (Btu) X 1055.06 = joules (J) J X 0.00094 = Btu
degrees (F) X 5/9 after = degrees Celsius (C) C X 9/5 then = F
sub. 32 add 32
Note: Conversion from inches to millimeters (ins. X 25.4) is exact. Conversion from millimeters
to inches (mm X 0.04) is approximate; (mm X 0.0393701) is accurate to six significant figures
for mm/ in.
Converted units should be rounded off to values consistent with the original accuracy.
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-15
I NFORMATI ON
Across corners of square stock = across flats multiplied by 1.414
Across corners of hexagonal stock = across flats multiplied by 1.155
Across Across Corners Across Across Corners Across Across Corners
Flats Hex Square Flats Hex Square Flats Hex Square
Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches Inches
1/16 .072 .088 3/4 .866 1.061 1-7/16 1.660 2.033
1/8 .144 .177 13/16 .938 1.149 1-1/2 1.732 2.121
3/16 .216 .265 7/8 1.011 1.237 1-9/16 1.805 2.209
1/4 .289 .354 15/16 1.083 1.326 1-5/8 1.877 2.298
5/16 .361 .442 1 1.155 1.414 1-11/16 1.949 2.386
3/8 .433 .530 1-1/16 1.227 1.502 1-3/4 2.021 2.475
7/16 .505 .619 1-1/8 1.299 1.591 1-13/16 2.093 2.563
1/2 .577 .707 1-3/16 1.372 1.679 1-7/8 2.166 2.651
9/16 .650 .795 1-1/4 1.444 1.768 1-15/16 2.238 2.740
5/8 .722 .884 1-5/16 1.516 1.856 2 2.310 2.828
11/16 .794 .972 1-3/8 1.588 1.944
Dimensions Across Corners of Hexagonals
and Squares
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-16
Weights of Steel and Brass Bars
SteelWeights cover hot worked steel about .50% carbon; 1 cubic inch weighs
.2833 lbs.; high speed steel 10% heavier.
BrassOne cubic inch weighs .3074 lbs.
Actual weight of stock may be expected to vary somewhat from these figures
because of variations in manufacturing pro cess es.
Sizes Weight of Bar One Foot Long (Lbs.)
(in) Steel Brass
1/16 .0104 .013 .0115 .0113 .0144 .0125
1/8 .042 .05 .046 .045 .058 .050
3/16 .09 .12 .10 .102 .130 .112
1/4 .17 .21 .19 .18 .23 .20
5/16 .26 .33 .29 .28 .36 .31
3/8 .38 .48 .42 .41 .52 .45
7/16 .51 .65 .56 .55 .71 .61
1/2 .67 .85 .74 .72 .92 .80
9/16 .85 1.08 .94 .92 1.17 1.01
5/8 1.04 1.33 1.15 1.13 1.44 1.25
11/16 1.27 1.61 1.40 1.37 1.74 1.51
3/4 1.50 1.92 1.66 1.63 2.07 1.80
13/16 1.76 2.24 1.9 1.91 2.43 2.11
7/8 2.04 2.60 2.25 2.22 2.82 2.45
15/16 2.35 2.99 2.59 2.55 3.24 2.81
1 2.67 3.40 2.94 2.90 3.69 3.19
1-1/16 3.01 3.84 3.32 3.27 4.16 3.61
1-1/8 3.38 4.30 3.73 3.67 4.67 4.04
1-3/16 3.77 4.80 4.16 4.08 5.20 4.51
1-1/4 4.17 5.31 4.60 4.53 5.76 4.99
1-5/16 4.60 5.86 5.07 4.99 6.35 5.50
1-3/8 5.04 6.43 5.56 5.48 6.97 6.04
1-7/16 5.52 7.03 6.08 5.99 7.62 6.60
1-1/2 6.01 7.65 6.63 6.52 8.30 7.19
1-9/16 6.52 8.30 7.19 7.07 9.01 7.80
1-5/8 7.05 8.98 7.77 7.65 9.74 8.44
1-11/16 7.60 9.68 8.38 8.25 10.51 9.10
1-3/4 8.18 10.41 9.02 8.87 11.30 9.78
1-13/16 8.77 11.17 9.67 9.52 12.12 10.49
1-7/8 9.39 11.95 10.35 10.19 12.97 11.24
1-15/16 10.02 12.76 11.05 10.88 13.85 12.00
2 10.68 13.60 11.78 11.59 14.76 12.78
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
I NFORMATI ON
Info-17
I NFORMATI ON
Interchangeable assembly
Minimum Hole Shaft
Class Fits Clearance Tolerance Tolerance
1. Loose 0.0025
3
d
2
+ 0.0025
3
d
2
-0.0025
3
d
2
2. Free 0.0014
3
d
2
+ 0.0013
3
d
2
-0.0013
3
d
2
3. Medium 0.0009
3
d
2
+ 0.0008
3
d
2
-0.0008
3
d
2
4. Snug 0.0000 + 0.0006
3
d
2
-0.0004
3
d
2
Selective assembly
Average Hole Shaft
Class Fits Interference Tolerance Tolerance
5. Wringing 0.0000 + 0.0006
3
d
2
-0.0004
3
d
2
6. Tight 0.00025d + 0.0006
3
d
2
-0.0006
3
d
2
7. Medium Force 0.0005d + 0.0006
3
d
2
-0.0006
3
d
2
8. Heavier Force or Shrink 0.001d + 0.0006
3
d
2
-0.0006
3
d
2
The metal fits illustrated in the Table above may be grouped into three general categories: in ter change able, with
the hole larger than the shaft; selective, with the shaft larger than the hole; and transitional, which may be either
interchangeable or selective, with the shaft equal to the hole.
American Standards Association (ASA)
Recommended Formulas for Allowances
and Tolerances
The following classes of fits are common standards recommended by the
American Standards Association.
I NFORMATI ON
I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N
Info-18
Commonly Used Terms in Quality Control
Accuracy - Conformity of an indicated value to
the true value, i.e., an actual or an accepted
standard value.
Allowance - The degree of variation permitted
from a nominal specification; the total tolerance.
Axis - A designated line on a drawing, machine,
gage or part used to denote a linear direction for
measurement or reference.
Calibrate - To graduate a measuring instrument
into appropriate units. To determine accuracy of
a gage at given points over its gaging area.
Clearance - The space between two mating
parts. On a cutting tool, the angle between the
cutting edge and the perpendicular axis of
the work.
Concentricity - The amount of conformity with
one another between the centers of two circles.
Datum - A point of reference.
Deviation - Error, variation, or departure from
a standard.
Dimension - Any measurable extent or
mag ni tude, as length, breadth, or thickness.
Discrimination - (See Resolution)
Division - A mark or graduation denoting an
incremental value of a scale, dial or gage.
Eccentricity - The deviation of the centers of two
circles from each other.
Fit - The type and closeness of contact between
two surfaces, usually in reference to mating
parts.
Flatness - The degree of conformity of a plane
or axis to a master or to a specified standard
(mean or reference plane).
Floating Zero - A characteristic of a machine or
gaging system that permits the less than the zero
reference point on an axis to be established read-
ily at any point in the travel.
Graduate - To mark in a regular manner the
increments of measurement, as on a rule,
scale or dial. Graduation: one of the marked
increments.
Interchangeable - Sufficiently alike in size as to
permit replacement without modification.
Limit - A specified dimension beyond which vari-
ation in size is not permissible for acceptance as
conforming to size.
Mean - An average. An intermediate value
between two or more values.
Master - Any type of gage that is used to check
the accuracy of other gages.
Precision - The quality of being sharply or clearly
determined; strictly accurate, exact. In
a gage, usually one capable of discrimination
to .010" or smaller.
Resolution - The smallest increment into which a
gage is divided. Used interchangeably with
Discrimination. Also, the least interval between
two adjacent discrete details which can be
distinguished from one another.
Squareness - The degree of conformity of a
plane or axis to a corresponding perpendicular
plane or axis.
Standard - Any established measure of extent,
quantity, quality or value. An accurate example
for comparison; a master.
Straightness - The degree of conformity of an
axis along its length to a standard.
T.I.R. (Total Indicator Reading) - The difference
between the maximum and minimum indicator
readings obtained, usually in measurement of
roundness.
Tolerance - The total permissible amount by
which a dimension may vary above or below a
specified size, usually expressed as plus and/or
minus an amount greater or less than the speci-
fied dimension.
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-2
Reading a Dial Caliper
Step 1
Index has passed large numeral
1" on Beam Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.000"
Step 2
plus three intermediate
Beam Numerals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..300"
Step 3
Dial pointer rests on numeral 70'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..070"
Total Reading . . . . . .1.370"
A. Beam Scale
B. Index
C. Dial Scale
(one revolution per .100")
Note: When Dial
Pointer rests at 0,
reading is an even
hundred-thousandths
taken directly from
the Beam Scale.
B
C
A
INCH EXAMPLE 1
INCH EXAMPLE 2
Total Reading - .879"
OUTSIDE
INSIDE
STEP DEPTH
The Favorites
Calipers are the most popular length measuring
instruments used worldwide. Owing to their
simple construction, ease of handling and quick
operation, they are the favorites in precision
dimensional measurement. The versatility of these
tools and the number of different styles available
make them indispensable tools of
the trade.
BROWN & SHARPE, TESA, ETALON, and INTER-
APID calipers are recognized around the world for
their superior quality. The flawless guide of the
slider on the beam assures silky-smooth operation
while also preventing the measuring jaws from
tilting. The choice of the material, the exactly
defined heat treatment and the strength in design
result in further distinctive advantages such as
wear and corrosion resistance.
In addition to the classic vernier caliper, we offer
both dial calipers and digital calipers. For quality
construction and operation, you cant beat
DIAL-CAL
dial calipers, with their shockproof

(patented) anti-backlash design for protecting the
gear mechanism.
Brown & Sharpe digital DURA-CAL calipers fea-
ture IP67 protection from liquids and dust.
Choose 6", 8", and 12" sizes, as well as RS-232
models.
CALI PERS
IP67 Digital Electronic Calipers
IP67 Compliant - Unrivaled protection against the penetration of liquid or solid
contaminants - Full protection from oil and coolant splashes, as well as solid particles.
Encapsulation of the main components prevents dust, particles of metal, and spraying liquids from
entering the caliper.
New electronic measuring system protected from liquids and immune to magnetic fields.
Specifications consistent with DIN 862.
Large 1/4" LC display for easy reading.
Auto shut-off after two hours.
Instant inch/metric conversion.
Power supply: one 3V lithium battery, type CR 2032.
Battery life: approx. 1.5 years.
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AZ)
See tables
0.0005 in
0.01 mm
LCD, 1/4 in
Floating zero
mm / in
conversion
.001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
10 m
Steel scale
with incremental
magnetic divisions
> 2 m / s
Hardened
stainless steel
3V lithium
battery, CR 2032
1.5 a
( 2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min,
automatic switch-off
after 2 h.
50 F to 100 F
-14F to 140 F
100%
Protection IP67
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
declaration of conformity
Thumb
in / mm Wheel Ain Bin Cin lb(s)
00530300 29726 6 / 150 without without 1.5 .63 2.8 .30
00590301 27679 6 / 150 without with 1.5 .63 2.8 .30
00530302 20117 8 / 200 without with 1.9 .78 3.5 .45
00530303 20118 12 / 300 without with 2.5 .86 4.15 .60
00530311 28466 6 / 150 with with 1.5 .63 2.8 .30
00530312 28467 2 / 200 with with 1.9 .75 3.5 .45
00530313 28468 12 / 300 with with 2.5 .86 9.15 .60
Optional Accessories
19.61000 86485 3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
05.60013 42534 Depth measuring foot
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-3
CALI PERS
RS-232
1
.
5
1
5
.
5
3.2
7
1
.
5
4
0
1
6
1
3
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-4
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AZ)
See table
0.0005 in
0.01 mm
LCD, 7 mm;
No. 05. 39082:
6 mm
Floating zero
ABS and
DIFF
.001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
Glass scale
with incremental
capacitive divisions
Hardened
stainless steel
3V lithium
battery, CR 2032
2 a
( 2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min,
switch-off after 2 h,
automatically
10C to 40C
-10 C to 60 C
80%, with no
condensation
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Brown & Sharpe
SHOP-CAL
Caliper
Economical Swiss-made quality and design.
The Shop-Cal provides easy-to-read, accurate measurements of day-to-day oper-
ations. Stainless steel for durable, reliable and accurate measurements.
Range: 0-6"/0-150 mm.
Resolution: .0005"/0.01 mm.
Specifications consistent with DIN 862.
Absolute and differential measuring system.
A large, 1/4" LC display for easy readings.
Auto shut-off.
Instant inch/metric conversion.
Power supply: 3V lithium-battery, type CR 2032.
Battery life: approx. 1.5 years.
00590090 20971 0 - 6" / 0-150 mm .0005" / 0.01 mm
19.61000 86485 3 V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
05.60013 42534 Depth measuring foot for calipers having a 6
measuring span
1
.
5
1
5
.
5
3.2
7
1
.
5
4
0
1
6
1
3
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-5
CALI PERS
INTERAPID
Electronic Calipers with capa system
Equipped with the capa system- Thats Brown & Sharpes patented measuring
system, which provides absolute and comparative measurement.
Featuring the patented capa systemcomputer chip for fast, reliable and accurate measuring.
Interapid digital calipers are uniquely designed with titanium-coated nitride (TiN) jaws for excep-
tional durability. Produced with a combination of non-ferrous alloy and stainless steel, these tools
are rugged and lightweight.
NOTE: Depth rod unavailable on 12" model.
A
B
C.21
.
6
1
1
.
5
5
05.90054
05.90052/53
.21
.
6
1

in / mm Ain Bin Cin lb(s)
05.90052 27590 6 / 150 3.0 1.5 .59 .25
05.90053 27589 8 / 200 3.9 2.36 .67 .30
05.90054 27588 12 / 300 3.9 2.36 .67 .35
19.61000 86485 3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032.
05.60086 27000 Depth measuring foot, 3.35 x .30 in measuring face.
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AZ)
0.0005 in
0.01 mm
LCD, 1/4 in
Floating zero
mm / in
conversion
.001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
Glass scale
with incremental
capacitive divisions
(8 1) x 10
-6
K
-1
> 2 m / s
Slider, beam
and depth foot
are made from light alloy
Stainless steel tipped
measuring jaws also
with titanium nitride
(TiN) coated steel part.
Hardness:
2300 HV 0.05
Steel depth
measuring rod,
hardened
3 V lithium
battery, CR 2032
2 a
( 2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min,
switch-off after 2 h,
automatically
50 F to 100 F
14 F to 140 F
80%, with no
condensation
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Remove
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-6
Titanium Jaws (O.D.)
12" to 120" Sizes
Patented Inductive Measuring System
Resolution: .0005"
INCH/METRIC Conversion
MIN/MAX and PRESET Functions
INTERAPID
Light Digital Calipers - Up to 10 Length

Light-weight Aluminum Alloy Frame
A
B
C
9
.
0
5
5
.
9
0
.
7
0
8
.
3
9
3
.
8
1
1
.
2
5
SWI SS MADE
MODE
SET ON/OFF
3
DIN 862 and
factory standard
See table
0.01 mm
0.0005 in
LCD, 8.5 mm
Floating zero
Display
lock
mm / in
conversion
Scale with incre-
mental divisions,
magnetic
> 1.5 m / s
RS 232
opto-coupled,
mono-and
bi-directional
Hardened steel
jaws for external
dimensions. Also
with TiN coating, thickness
to 7 mm. Tungsten carbide
inserts for internal dimen-
sions, 5 mm dia.
Beam with light alloy hollow
section, supported by hard-
ened stainless steel rods.
3V lithium battery,
CR 2032
1.5 a
( 3300 h / a)
5C to 40C
-10C to 60C
IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Inspection report
for models
up to 1500 mm
Declaration of
conformity
m m A in/mm B fixed C movable kg
00590061 23160 INTERAPID Light 300 30 20 12/330 618 1,100
00590062 23161 INTERAPID Light 600 40 20 24/630 918 1,300
00590063 23162 INTERAPID Light 1000 60 20 40/1025 1306 1,600
00590064 23163 INTERAPID Light 1500 150 20 60/1525 1806 2,000
00590065 23164 INTERAPID Light 2000 250 30 80/2040 2306 2,300
00590066 23165 INTERAPID Light 2500 350 30 100/2545 2806 2,600
00590067 23166 INTERAPID Light 3000 450 40 120/3050 3306 3,000
Models 300 and 600 mm with a fixed jaw (left), any other model with a movable one.
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-7
CALI PERS
.55
d
.
7
8
7
H .098
.55
.55
.
1
3
7
.
2
5
5
2
.
2
8
3
1
.
1
0
2
SWI SS MADE
A B C
D
E
H G F
Standard Accessories
00560091 23146 A Holder for XB wire set for thread measurement, 6.35 mm diameter
00560092 23147 B Holder for XB wire set for thread measurement, 6.50 mm diameter
00560093 23148 C Holder for XB wire set for thread measurement, 8.00 mm diameter
00560094 23149 D Holder for TESA AC measuring inserts for thread measurement
00560095 23150 E Insert-holder with a M2.5 thread
00560096 23151 F 60 conical steel pin, hardened steel for measuring centre distances >10 mm
00560097 23152 G Holder for dial gauge inserts used for groove measurement, L = 28 mm
00560098 23153 H Holder for dial gauge inserts used for groove measurement, L = 58 mm
00560099 23154 Wooden case for INTERAPID Light 300 mm
01961000 29552 3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
For connecting cables, see section N.
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-8
C
B
A
3
DIN 862
(Style E-ZS/B-ZS)
See table
0.01 mm
0.0005 in
LCD, 7 mm
Floating zero
Display
lock
mm / in
conversion
See page A-2
Steel scale with
incremental
divisions, magnetic
> 1.8 m / s
RS 232
opto-coupled,
mono- and
bi-directional
Hardened
stainless steel
3V lithium
battery, CR 2032
1.5 a
( 2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min.,
automatic switch
off after 2 h.
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
100%
IP67
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Wooden or
plastic case
depending on
the model
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
declaration of
conformity
Models with rounded measuring faces and knife-edge jaws
for both internal and external dimensions
TESA
IP67
Models with rounded measuring faces for internal dimensions
B
A
in mm A mm B mm
00530221 24724 0 - 8 0 - 200 5 80
00530222 24725 0 - 10 0 - 250 5 80
00530223 24699 0 - 12 0 - 300 5 90
00530224 24727 0 - 20 0 - 500 10 150
00530225 24728 0 - 24 0 - 600 10 150
00530226 24729 0 - 32 0 - 800 10 150
00530227 24730 0 - 39 0 -1000 10 150
Optional Accessory
01961000 3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
in mm A mm B mm C mm
00530231 24732 0 - 8 0 + 200 5 80 30
00530232 24732 0 -10 0 + 250 5 80 37
00530233 24732 0 -12 0 + 300 5 90 37
00530234 24732 0 -500 0 + 500 10 150 60
00530235 24732 0 -20 0 + 600 10 150 60
00530236 24732 0 -32 0 + 800 10 150 56
00530237 24732 0 -39 0 + 1000 10 150 56
Optional Accessory
01961000
3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-9
CALI PERS
3
DIN 862
(Style D-ZS)
0.01 mm
0.0005 in
LCD, 7 mm
Floating zero
Display
lock
mm / in
conversion
See page A-2
Steel scale with
incremental
divisions, magnetic
> 1.8 m / s
RS 232
opto-coupled,
mono- and
bi-directional
Hardened
stainless steel
3V lithium
battery, CR 2032
1.5 a
( 2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min.,
automatic switch
off after 2 h.
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
100%
IP67
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Wooden case or
plastic case
depending on
the model
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
declaration of
conformity
Models with rounded measuring faces and
knife-edge jaws for internal dimensions
C
B
A
in mm A mm B mm C mm
00530230 24731 0 -10 0 -250 5 80 54
Optional Accessory
01961000 29552
3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-10
Dial Calipers
Rugged construction - High accuracy - Patented shockproof design
Ideal for use in the workshop.
Brown & Sharpe DIAL-CAL
Dial Calipers - Inch

Stainless Steel Construction - Adjustable Zero Set -
1.25" Diameter Rotating Dial with Lock -
Anti-backlash - Shockproof Design.
.142
.
6
1

.
1
4
6

.
0
5
9
x
.
0
7
4

.157
.
6
1

.
1
4
6

.
0
5
9
x
.
0
7
4

599-579-8-1
599-579-12-1
Wheel Face Depth
Drive Color A B C Bar
599-579-4 51774 0 - 6 in .001 in .100 in without Silver 1.5 in .512 in 2.91 in Provided
599-579-5 51879 0 - 6 in .001 in .100 in without Black 1.5 in .512 in 2.91 in Provided
599-579-8-1 27594 0 - 8 in .001 in .100 in with Silver 1.9 in .811 in 3.52 in Provided
599-579-8-5-1 27593 0 - 8 in .001 in .100 in with Black 1.9 in .811 in 3.52 in Provided
599-579-12-1 27592 0 - 12 in .001 in .100 in with Silver 2.5 in .860 in 4.15 in Provided
599-579-12-5-1 27591 0 - 12 in .001 in .100 in with Black 2.5 in .860 in 4.15 in Provided
599-579-14 51775 0 - 150 mm .02 mm 2 mm with Yellow 40 mm 13 mm 74 mm Provided
Optional Accessory
05.60013 42534 Depth measuring foot for models with a 6 in/ 150 mm measuring span.
A

C

B

.126
.
6
1

.
1
4
6

.
0
5
9
x
.
0
7
4

599-579-4
599-579-5
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AR)
.001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
Hardened
stainless steel
1.25 in
diameter rotating dial
with lock
Slider
with
locking screw
Steel gear
mechanism,
hardened and ground
Patented
shockproof design
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-11
CALI PERS
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AR)
001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
Hard-coated,
non-ferrous alloy
frame, stainless steel
jaws
1.25 in
with lock
Slider
with
locking screw
Steel gear
mechanism,
hardened and ground
Patented
shockproof design
Suited
plastic case
8-inch Dial Calipers with Light Alloy Frames
12-inch Dial Calipers with Light Alloy Frames
Face Depth
color bar
599-578-8 27072 8 in .001 in .100 in White 2.0 in Provided
599-578-8-5 27073 8 in .001 in .100 in Jet Con. 2.0 in Provided
Face Depth
Color Bar
599-578-12-1 27074 12 in .001 in .100 in White 2.4 in Provided
599-578-12-5 27075 12 in .001 in .100 in Jet Con. 2.4 in Provided
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AR)
001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
1.25 in
with lock
Slider
with
locking screw
Steel gear
mechanism,
hardened and ground
Patented
shockproof design
Suited
plastic case
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-12
4
0

7
4

1
3

3
1
5
.
5

3
.
9

1
.
5
x
1
.
9

Models TESA
CCMA-P
Quick and easy reading Plastic dial housing.
75.115811 86148 0 - 6 in 0.001 in 0.1 in with wheel drive
75.116550 26316 0 - 6 in 0.001 in 0.1 in with wheel drive, black face
and white scale numbering
75.115821 41739 0 - 150 mm 0.02 mm 1 mm without wheel drive
Optional Accessory
05.60013 42534 Depth measuring foot
Models ETALON
125
Slider with metal dial housing 1 mm per pointer revolution.
A
C
B
3.2
1
5
.
5
3
.
7
1
.
5
x
1
.
9
05.20001 42512 0 - 6 in 0.001 in 0.1 in
05.10004 42508 0 - 150 mm 0.02 mm 2 mm
Optional Accessory
05.60013 42534 Depth measuring foot.
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AR)
.001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
Hardened
stainless steel
1.25 in
with lock
Slider
with
locking screw
Steel gear
mechanism,
hardened and ground
Patented
shockproof design
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
DIN 862
(Style 1AR)
.001 in / 100 mm:
20 m >.001 in /
100 mm: 30 m
Hardened
stainless steel
1.25 in
with lock
Slider
with
locking screw
Steel gear
mechanism,
hardened and ground.
Patented
shockproof design
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-13
CALI PERS
Models TESA
CCMA-M
Easy-to-read dial calipers Slider with metal dial housing Models with
a 200 mm or 300 mm measuring span fitted with a wheel drive.
Wheel
drive A mm B mm C mm
05.10008 42509 0 - 150 mm 0.02 mm 2.0 mm without 40 13 74
05.20002 29501 0 - 6 in 0.001 in 0.1 in without 40 13 74
05.10045 28924 0 - 200 mm 0.02 mm 2.0 mm with 50 18.6 89.5
05.1 0046 29503 0 - 300 mm 0.02 mm 2.0 mm with 64 20.6 105.5
Optional Accessory
05.60013 42534 Depth measuring foot for models with a 6 in/ 150 mm measuring span.
3
DIN 862
(Style 1AR)
100 mm : 20 m
>100 mm : 30 m
Hardened
stainless steel
1.25 in
with lock
Slider
with
locking screw
Steel gear
mechanism,
hardened and ground
Patented
shockproof design
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
6 in / 150 mm
8 in / 200 mm
12 in / 300 mm
A
C
B
3.2
1
5
.
5
3
.
7
1
.
5
x
1
.
9
4
1
5
.
5

3
.
7

1
.
5
x
1
.
9

CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-14
3
DIN 862
(style 1AN-2)
NF E 11-091
Satin-chrome
scale background; main
scale slightly set back for
wear protection
Max. perm. error
Hardened
stainless steel
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
T-Bar Depth Base Attachment
Features:
Corrosion resistant, all stainless steel construction.
Satin-chrome finish for glare-free easy reading.
Long vernier bearing surface improves rigidity and readability.
Description
599-577-1 44296 Inch and Metric Reading Tri-Cal
05.60013 42534 T-Bar Depth Base Attachment - Width: 3 in / 75 mm
599-578-9999 44297 Fitted Wood Case
Measuring Nib Size Jaw Vernier Scale
Capacity (pair) Length Lower Upper
599-570-24-3 86350 0 - 24 in / 600 mm 1/2 in 3.0 in / 75 mm .001 in 0.02 mm
599-570-36-3 86354 0 - 40 in / 1000 mm 1/2 in 3.0 in / 75 mm .001 in 0.02 mm
599-570-48-3 86355 0 - 50 in / 1250 mm 3/4 in 3.0 in / 75 mm .001 in 0.02 mm
Brown & Sharpe
Vernier Calipers
Inch and Metric Reading with One Tool
Features
Satin-chrome finish for glare-free easy reading.
Nib design measures both inside and outside dimensions.
Includes slide-type fine adjust thumbwheel.
Verniers and graduations on same side of tool for both inch and metric measurement.
Exact readings to .001in/0.02 mm made easier by two long 50-division verniers.
Meets DIN 862 standards.
Includes custom fitted wood case.
Tri-Cal Universal Vernier Caliper
Measures outside, inside, depth and steps. Inch reading on its lower scale over a range of 0 to
5-3/4". Beam is graduated in .100". Vernier has 25 divisions for reading .001".
Metric reading on its upper scale over a range of 0-150 mm. Beam is grad u at ed in 1 mm; vernier
has 20 divisions for reading 0.05 mm.
Sets quickly without gears by means of a thumb grip. Clamp screw lock is
provided for main tain ing settings. Long vernier bearing surface improves rigidity and readability.
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-15
CALI PERS
3
INTERAPID
Electronic Depth Calipers

with capa system
TESAs patented measuring system.

Fast, accurate depth measurements are simple to make with depth gage calipers from INTERAPID.
Three different measuring depth feet are available for your specific application, and all feature
the patented capa systemcomputer chip for fast, reliable and accurate measuring.
A
B
C
.137
.079
.299
.709
.
2
3
6
3
.
9
3
7
2
.
5
5
9
3.503
.
7
0
9
.629
.
7
0
9
.
2
3
6
.
7
0
9
.
0
5
9
.551
.
7
0
9
.196
.
4
8
8
.
9
4
4
3
DIN 862
(Style CZ)
0.01 mm
0.0005 in
LCD, 7 mm
Floating zero
mm / in
conversion
100 mm = 20 m
> 100 mm = 30 m
Glass scale with
incremental
divisions,
capacitive
(8 1) x 10
-6
K
-1
> 1.6 m / s
Beam and slider
in hard-coated
light alloy
combined with hardened
stainless steel.
Removable bridge in
hardened stainless steel.
3 V lithium
battery, CR 2032
2 a
(2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min.,
automatic switch
off after 2 h.
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
80%,
non-condensing
IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
in mm
05.90055 27575 0 - 8 0 - 200 A
05.90058 27576 0 - 12 0 - 300 A
05.90056 27577 0 - 8 0 - 200 B
05.90059 27578 0 - 12 0 - 300 B
05.90057 27579 0 - 8 0 - 200 C
05.90060 27583 0 - 12 0 - 300 C
in / mm
05.60087 27580 Removable bridge 7 in / 180 mm
05.60088 27581 Removable bridge 10 in / 260 mm
05.60089 27582 Removable bridge 12.5 in / 320 mm
Remove
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-16
TESA
IP67
Models with short cut measuring faces or one or two fixed jaws
A
.152
B
.334
.
1
5
7
.
4
7
2
.394
.
6
1
0
.
4
7
2
.
9
6
5
5
.197
.
4
7
2
Model 1
Model 2
Model 3
3
DIN 862
(Style C-ZS)
See table
0.01 mm
0.0005 in
LCD, 7 mm
Floating zero
Display
lock
mm / in
conversion
See page A-2
Glass scale with
incremental divi-
sions,magnetic
> 1.8 m / s
RS 232 opto-
coupled, mono-
and bi-directional
Hardened
stainless
steel
3V lithium battery,
CR 2032
1.5 a
(2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min.,
automatic switch
off after 2 h.
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
100%
IP67
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Wooden case
or plastic case
depending on
the model
Identification
number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
in mm A in/mm B in/mm
Model 1 with a short cut measuring face
00530241 24739 0-8 0 -200 3.94/100 .315/8
00530242 24740 0-100 0 -250 3.94/100 .315/8
00530243 24741 0-12 0 -300 5.90/150 .315/8
00530244 24742 0-20 0 -500 5.90/150 .315/8
Model 2 with one fixed measuring jaw
00530245 24743 0-120 0 -300 5.90/150 .315/8
00530246 24744 0-20 0 -500 5.90/150 .315/8
Model 3 with two fixed measuring jaws
00530247 24745 0-12 0 -300 5.90/150 .315/8
01961000 29552 3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032.
A mm B mm C mm mm
00560103 200 8 10 0,005
00560104 300 8 16 0,005
00560105 400 8 16 0,005
Removable Bridge
Removable bridge
Removable bridge
Removable bridge
Each bridge comes with suited attachment.
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-17
CALI PERS
A
B
.079
Models with rotary stop plate
Small-sized caliper with measuring tip
.079
3
DIN 862
(Style C-ZS)
See table
0.01 mm
0.0005 in
LCD, 7 mm
Floating zero
Display
lock
mm / in
conversion
See page A-2
Steel scale with
incremental
divisions, magnetic
> 1.8 m / s
RS 232 opto-
coupled, mono-
and bi-directional
Hardened
stainless steel
3V lithium
battery, CR 2032
1.5 a
(2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min,
automatic switch
off after 2 h.
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
100%
IP67
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Wooden case
or plastic case
depending on
the model
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
declaration of
conformity
00530248 24746 0 10 0 250 5.90/150 .535/8.5
00530249 24747 0 14 0 350 5.90/150 .535/8.5
00530250 24748 0 20 0 500 5.90/150 .535/8.5
For connecting cables, see section N
in mm
00530251 24749 0 1 0 25
Optional Accessory
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-18
3
Factory
standard
See table
0.01 mm
0.0005 in
LCD, 7 mm
Floating zero
Display
lock
mm / in
conversion
See page A-2
Steel scale with
incremental
divisions, magnetic
> 1.8 m / s
RS 232 opto-
coupled, mono-
and bi-directional
Hardened
stainless steel
3V lithium
battery, CR 2032
1,5 a
(2000 h / a)
Idle mode
after 10 min.,
automatic switch
off after 2 h.
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
100%
IP67
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-1
Suited
carrying case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
declaration of
conformity
Horizontal or Vertical Scale Unit
Lets you measure and position any assembly on fixtures, presetting devices for
tooling or machines. Flexible mounting for use in any position.
.
2
6
7
2
.
5
3
1
.
7
1
3
.
5
5
1
1
.
1
8
1
B
A
1.181 2.69
1.575 .551
00530271 24750 0 -6 0 -150 10.43/265 10.95/278
00530272 24751 0 8 0 -200 12.40/315 12.91/328
00530273 24752 0 -12 0 -300 16.34/415 16.55/428
00530274 24753 0 -24 0 -600 25.54/725 29.06/738
00530275 24754 0 -40 0 -1000 44.67/1135 42.20/1148
Optional Accessory
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-19
CALI PERS
* For Brown & Sharpe TRI-CAL, DIAL-CAL, DIGIT-CAL, ETALON universal calipers,
TESA universal calipers and many other makes of universal vernier and dial-type
calipers. Complete with 6"/150 mm standard setting rod.
T-Bar Depth Base Attachment
*Fits all 6" BROWN & SHARPE DIAL-CAL calipers, ETALON 6" universal dial calipers, TESA 6" universal dial calipers and BROWN & SHARPE
6" digital calipers.
Fitted Wooden Case
Description
599-579-100-2* 51748 Caliper Extender
Caliper Extender Accessory
Until now, if you wanted the measuring capability of a 26vernier, you had to pay a high price for one.
But this caliper extender lets you convert a 6"/150 mm universal caliper into a 26"/660 mm caliper.
Features:
Satin-chrome finish mount ing bar and block.
Precision measuring pins are movable in in cre ments of 5"/127 mm to extend normal 6"/150 mm
caliper range up to 26"/660 mm for both inside or outside mea sure ment.
A 6"/150 mm standard setting rod is furnished with each caliper extender.
Assembly and dis as sem bly is quick and easy to pro vide a choice between full use of your TRI-CAL,
HANDI-CAL, DIAL-CAL, DIGIT-CAL II or DIGIT-CAL
plus for mea sur ing small parts or as a permanent

gage with up to 26"/660 mm range.
Description TESA No. ETALON No.
05.60013 42534 T-Bar for Depth Base Attachment - 3" wide 05.60013 75.519752
599-578-9999* 44297 Fitted Wooden Case for Caliper and T-Bar
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-20
Brown & Sharpe
Accessory Set - CENTERLINE Plus

Set of practical accessories for measuring undercuts, grooves, slots, center distances of bores, etc.
Fits all calipers with analog or digital indication covering the measuring range 0 to 6 in or 0 to 150 mm.
SHOP-CAL
with Centerline Plus Accessory Set

Centerline Plus Accessory Set
Fits all Brown & Sharpe and com pet i tive 6" dial, digital and vernier calipers Jaw
attachment slots are manufactured to .135".
Exclusive interchangeable centerline cones.
Exclusive 4-48 threaded holes in accessory jaws allow use of any AGD Standard
Point with 4-48 threads.
Measure places impossible to reach with a regular caliper - undercuts, grooves,
webs and shoulders.
Cold rolled steel, case hardened with black oxide plating for long life and corro-
sion protection.
Permanent alignment pin assures easy alignment.
mm
05.60013 42534 75 x 6
599-571-20-1 27484 SHOP-CAL
with Centerline Plus Accessory Set

599-579-200 26908 Centerline Plus Accessory Set
Set consists of:
(2) Jaw attachments
(2) 3/8" diameter 60 centerline cones
(2) 1/4" diameter discs
Jaw Attachments
1/4" Dia. Discs
3/8" Dia. Discs
1/2" Dia. Discs
.055" Dia.
Stem Points
1/2", 60
Centerline Cones
(2) 1/2" diameter 60 centerline cones
(2) Stem points 3/8" length x .055"
diameter
(4) Set screws
(1) Hex key supplied in a custom
wood case
Depth Measuring Foot
For use with Brown & Sharpe, TESA, ETALON or ROCH universal calipers with measuring
ranges from 0 to 6 in/0 to 150 mm as listed on pages A-3 to A-6, as well as A-10 to A-13.
3
Factory
standard
Hardened
stainless steel
Ground
measuring face
3
Steel with black
oxide plating
Inserts with
4-48 threaded-
coupling. Lowest center
distance of the mounted
insert holder : .400 in
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M-N
O-P
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-21
CALI PERS
TAIST Accessory Sets
0051614508 29284 TAIST-1 accessory set
4 pairs of measuring inserts for universal
calipers up to 300 mm/12 in
0051614501 29940 TAIST-2 accessory set
6 pairs of measuring inserts for universal calipers
Set composition
Delivery in pairs TAIST-1 TAIST-2
A 0051614502 29941 Inserts with a 2 mm dia. cylindrical pin, L = 16 mm

B 0051614503 29942 Inserts with a 2 mm dia. conical point, L = 16 mm

C 0051614504 29943 Inserts with a 10 mm thick knife-edge measuring face,
L = 16 mm

D 0051614505 29944 Inserts with a knife-edge cross-over measuring face
for internal dimensions
E 0051614506 29945 Inserts with a 2 x 5 mm dia. small measuring face for internal
dimensions, L = 50 mm

F 0051614507 29946 Inserts with a knife-edge measuring face
L 0051614525 29953 Attachments for universal calipers
M 0051614526 29954 Attachments for universal calipers, 4, 6 x 5 mm
Measuring inserts for calipers with measuring length 750 mm
Delivery in pairs
G 0051614512 29947 Inserts with a 3mm dia. cylindrical pin, L = 45 mm long
H 0051614515 29948 Inserts with a knife-edge measuring face
I 0051614517 29949 Inserts with a small measuring face for internal dimensions
Attachments for standard calipers
Delivery in pairs
N 0051614522 29950 Attachments for calipers from 500 to 600 mm
(5 x 10 mm measuring jaws)
O 0051614523 29951 Attachments for calipers from 750 to 1000 mm
P 0051614524 29952 Attachments for calipers > 1000 mm
3
Factory standard
Use of either
measuring insert
No. 0051614505
or 0051614506 increases
displayed or read values
by 15 mm or 10 mm,
respectively
Stainless
steel measuring
inserts.
Measuring faces hardened
to 550 HV 30
Each pair of
measuring
inserts is supplied
without attachment,
which must be ordered sep-
arately
Wooden case
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M-N
O-P
3
Plastic
storage pocket
2 permanent
magnets
Magnetic Magnifying Glass
Can be mounted on calipers or the like for easier vernier reading.
Magnification
0051610365 29909 3 x
CALI PERS
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-22
Brown & Sharpe digital tool sets Consisting of:
00591004 28774 599-125 0-1.2" Micromaster IP54 Micrometer
00590301 0-6" Dura-Cal IP67 Caliper
00591003 27684 599-100 0-1.2 Micromaster Easy Micrometer
00590301 0-6" Dura-Cal IP67 Caliper
Durable Plastic Molded Case
00591007 23026 599-100 0-1.2 Micromaster Easy Micrometer
00590090 0-6" Shop-Cal Caliper
Durable Plastic Molded Case
Featuring:
Patented electronic measuring system
Display digits enlarged to 1/4" high for
easier reading
Automatic shut-off extends battery life
Meets or exceeds applicable Federal and
DIN standards
Complete in a fitted molded case
Micromaster IP54 Micrometer
Fully IP54 Compliant Liquid Resistant.
Provides absolute and differential modes
Tungsten carbide anvil and spindle
measuring faces
Spindle lock
Webbed thimble with slip friction drive
Range: 0-1.2"/0-30mm
Resolution: .00005"/1m
Micromaster Micrometer
Tungsten carbide anvil and spindle
measuring faces
Spindle lock
Webbed thimble with slip friction drive
Range: 0-1.2"/0-30mm
Resolution: .00005"/1m
Dura-Cal IP67 Caliper
Unrivaled protection against the
penetration of liquid or solid contaminants.
Full protection from oil and coolant splashes,
as well as solid particles
Encapsulation of the main components
prevents dust, particles of metal, spraying
liquids from entering the caliper
New electronic measuring system
protected from liquids and immune to
magnetic fields
Shop-Cal Digital Caliper
Range: 0-6"/0-150 mm
Resolution: .0005"/0.01 mm
Specifications consistent with DIN 862
Absolute and differential measuring system
A large, 1/4" LC display for easy readings
Auto shut-off
Instant inch/metric conversion
Digit-Cal Caliper
Frame constructed from hardened and ground
stainless steel
Measures outside, inside, depth and steps
Range: 0-6"/0-150mm
Resolution: .0005"/0.01mm
Digital Tool Sets
00591007
00591004 00591003
C
A
L
I
P
E
R
S
A-23
CALI PERS CALI PERS
599-868-60 599-868-100
Tool Sets
Brown & Sharpe inch tool sets Consisting of:
599-868-30 26822 599-579-4 0-6" Dial Caliper (white face)
599-323-605 6" Chrome flexible rule
599-868-80 26823 599-579-5 0-6" Dial Caliper (jet console face)
599-1-32 0-1" Chrome frame Micrometer .0001in grad.
599-1-32 0-1" Chrome frame Micrometer .0001 grad.
599-1-44 0-1" Enamel frame Value Line Micrometer .0001 grad.
599-1-44 0-1" Enamel frame Value Line Micrometer .0001 grad.
TESA metric tool sets Consisting of:
05.30020 39766 05.10008 0-150 mm Dial Caliper
05.60013 T-Bar Depth Base
05.10101 0-25 mm (0.01 mm) Tesa Isomaster Micrometer
05.30021 39767 05.10008 0-150 mm Dial Caliper
03.10001 0-25 mm (0.001 mm) Tesamaster Micrometer
05.31102 05.30032 0-150 mm Tesa Digit-Cal
03.10001 0-25 mm (0.001 mm) Tesamaster Micrometer
* All sets include molded case
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
EXTERNAL MI CROMETERS
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-2
The first micrometer was patented by the French
inventor Jean Laurent Palmer in 1848 as calibre vis
et vernier circulaire(screw caliper with a circular
vernier).The introduction of the micrometer to the
industrial world came about by the visit of two
American engineers, Joseph R. Brown and Lucian
Sharpe to the Paris Exhibition in 1867.
At that time, their attention was drawn to Palmers
invention, which greatly interested them. After mak-
ing some improvements to the design, Brown &
Sharpe received a U.S. Patent in 1899 for a
mechanical direct reading micrometer. The product
was manufactured on a large scale and marketed
successfully by the two partners. Today, Brown &
Sharpe continues to make external micrometers with
the same features.
With very few exceptions (e.g. external
micrometers for gear tooth measurements),
our micrometers respect the Abbe principle.
Spindles are ground on modern grinding
machines and the profile of the screw is accu-
rately restored with negligible pitch deviations.
Such manufacturing conditions are the guar-
antee for very low measurement uncertainties.
Brown & Sharpe, TESA and ETALON premium
brands are durable and dependable.
Precision Measurement
m 10 N
0 - 25 4 6 2
25 - 50 4 6 2
50 - 75 5 10 3
75 - 100 5 10 3
100 - 125 6 3
125 - 150 6 3
150 - 175 7 4
175 - 200 7 4
200 - 225 8 4
225 - 250 8 4
250 - 275 9 5
275 - 300 9 5
300 - 325 10 5
325 - 350 10 5
350 - 375 11 6
375 - 400 11 6
400 - 425 12 6
425 - 450 12 6
450 - 475 13 7
475 - 500 13 7
Max. permissible errors
Measuring Max. perm. Number of interference
range/mm errors*/m fringes or rings
* The max. perm. errors include the errors of the measuring element as well as the deviations in
flatness and parallelism of the measuring faces and the errors due to the flexure of the frame.
B-3
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
MICROMASTER
Electronic Micrometers
with Digital Display
Equipped with the capa system- Thats Brown & Sharpes patented measuring system,
which provides absolute and comparative measurement.
Sleek, ergonomic design.
Large, easy-to-read digital display.
Models:
Basic with a single function key
IP54 with water spray protection as well as IP54 RS with added RS-232 interface
in mm in
MICROMASTER EASY
599-100 27266 0 - 1.2 0 - 30 .00016 N N
MICROMASTER IP54
599-125 27271 0 - 1.2 0 - 30 .00016 Y N
599-126 27272 1 - 2 25 - 50 .0002 Y N
599-127 27273 2 - 3 50 - 75 .0002 Y N
599-128 27274 3 - 4 75 - 100 .0002 Y N
MICROMASTER IP54 with RS-232
599-125RS 27267 0 - 1 20 - 30 .00016 Y Y
599-126RS 27268 1 - 2 25 - 50 .0002 Y Y
599-127RS 27269 2 - 3 50 - 75 .0002 Y Y
599-128RS 27270 3 - 4 75 - 100 .0002 Y Y
599-129RS 27425 4 - 5 100 - 125 .0002 Y Y
599-130RS 27426 5 - 6 125 - 150 .0002 Y Y
60.30073 27427 6 - 7 150 - 175 .0002 Y Y
60.30074 27428 7 - 8 175 - 200 .0002 Y Y
60.30075 27429 8 - 9 200 - 225 .0002 Y Y
60.30076 27430 9 - 10 225 - 250 .0002 Y Y
60.30077 27431 10 - 11 250 - 275 .0002 Y Y
60.30078 27432 11 - 12 275 - 300 .0002 Y Y
Optional Accessory
01961000 29552 1 lithium battery - 3V, 190 mAh, type CR 2030
DIN 863 T1
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
Conversion
Tungsten
carbide tipped
3.93 in:
.25 in dia.
> 3.93 in : .31 in dia.
.01 in
Max. 10 N
LCD digit
height : .27 in
Floating
zero
Display lock
(except for
model EASY)
Interface:
RS-232
opto-coupled
3V lithium
battery
1 to 2 a
( 2000 h/a)
Automatic
shut-down after
10 min. Display setting is
maintained as long as
power supply remains
stable.
50F to 104F
10C to 40C
14F to 140F
10C to 60C
80%, with no
condensation
Degree
of protection
(IEC 529, DIN 40 050) :
IP 40 (also valid using
the RS output) or IP54
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-4
Direct Reading - Inch and Metric DIGIT-MIKE
Easy-Reading, Accurate and Fast!

Brown & Sharpe's DIGIT-MIKE makes micrometer gaging fast and accurate, even for inexperienced
workers. Available in the four most frequently used inch and metric measuring ranges. Precision
features listed are standard on all models.
Features:
Direct digital reading.
Gearless, positive digital movement for silky-smooth operation.
Carbide measuring faces.
Positive thumb lock.
.0002 in Graduations
in m m
599-10-1 45482 0 - 1 2 1
599-20-10-1 45485 1 - 2 2 1.5
599-30-10-1 45486 2 - 3 3 1.5
599-40-10-1 45488 3 - 4 3 1.5
0.002 mm Graduations
mm m m
599-10-100-1 45483 0 - 25 2 1
599-20-110-1 45484 25 - 50 2 1.5
599-30-110-1 45487 50 - 75 3 1.5
599-40-110-1 45489 75 - 100 3 1.5
DIN 863 T1
NF E 11-095
Vernier reading
to 0.0001 in or
0.001 mm
Digital reading
to 0.005 in or
0.1 mm
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.25 in dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
B-5
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
Where not provided, custom-fitted wooden cases (page B-49) and Standards
(page B-37) are available separately.
Convertible Thimble Chrome Frame Micrometers
Top-of-the-Line: Satin-Chrome Micrometers
The original - and still the best! Silky-smooth, precise operation and functional design combine
to continue the tradition of the Brown & Sharpe micrometer as the basic tool of choice for
quality-minded individuals. Carbide measuring faces, convertible friction to feel thimble sleeves,
easy-reading satin-chrome finish and spindle locks are standard on all the micrometers listed.
1" - 2" and 2" - 3" micrometers have insulated frames.
599-1-32
599-1-31
.0001 in Graduations
in in Description
599-1-31-9 51595 0 - 1 Slant/line graduations with wooden case
599-1-31 51089 0 - 1 Slant/line graduations
599-1-32-9 51596 0 - 1 Straight/line graduations with wooden case
599-1-32 51090 0 - 1 Straight/line graduations
599-2-31 51097 1 - 2 Slant/line graduations; 1 in Standard
599-2-32 51098 1 - 2 Straight/line graduations; 1 in Standard
599-3-31 51105 2 - 3 Slant/line graduations; 2 in Standard
599-3-32 51106 2 - 3 Straight/line graduations; 2 in Standard
0.002 mm Graduations
mm mm Description
599-1-37 51095 0 - 25 Slant/line graduations
599-2-37 51103 25 - 50 Slant/line graduations; 25 mm Standard
DIN 863 T1
NF E 11-095
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.25 in dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
Wooden case
Inspection
report with a
.001
.001
.001
.001
.001
.001
.001
.001
0.002
0.002
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-6
0-3" Micrometer Sets
Each micrometer in the 0-3" Micrometer sets described on this page includes Brown & Sharpes
convertible fixed/friction thimble with satin-chrome finish. Additional features are as specified.
Where not included, standards (page B-37) are available separately.
For External Micrometer ordering information, call 1-800-283-3600.
Micrometers in Each Tool Set
599-181-901 43783 599-1-31; 599-2-31

599-181-911 43791 599-3-31

599-181-901-1 43784 599-1-32; 599-2-32

599-181-911-1 43792 599-3-32

599-181-903 43785 599-1-33; 599-2-33

599-181-913 43793 599-3-33

.
0
0
0
1
"
G
r
a
d
.
S
l
a
n
t
L
i
n
e
S
t
r
a
i
g
h
t
L
i
n
e
C
h
r
o
m
e
F
r
a
m
e
s
E
n
a
m
e
l
F
r
a
m
e
s
W
i
t
h
F
i
t
t
e
d
C
a
s
e
W
i
t
h
S
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
S
p
i
n
d
l
e
L
o
c
k
B-7
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
TESAMASTER
Precision Micrometers with Digital Counter

Analog indication of full millimeters, hundredths and fractions of hundredths - Accurate, fast reading tenths
of millimeters - Parallax-free reading of the thousandths of millimeters on vernier.
ETALON
MICRORAPID 226 with 1 mm Revolution

High precision micrometers - Fast, accurate reading - No reading error of the half millimeters -
Barrel with 1 mm pitch - Thimble with 100 graduations - Vernier reading to 0.001 mm.
mm m m
72.116406 42770 0 - 25 2 1
72.116407 42771 25 - 50 2 1.5
72.116408 26275 50 - 75 3 1.5
72.116409 26276 75 - 100 3 1.5
Pin Type Anvil
72.116410 26277 0 - 20
DIN 863 T1
NF E 11-095
Vernier reading
to 0.0001 in or
0.001 mm
Digital reading
to 0.005 in or
0.1 mm
Tungsten
carbide tipped
4 in dia:
.25 in dia.
> 4 in: .31 in dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
DIN 863 T1
NF E 11-095
0.001 mm,
parallax-free
reading on vernier
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.25 in dia.
1 mm
Max. 10 N
Plastic
case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
in m m
03.20001 42443 0 - 1 2 1
03.20002 42444 1 - 2 2 1.5
03.20003 42445 2 - 3 3 1.5
03.20004 42446 3 - 4 3 1.5
mm m m
03.10001 42428 0 - 25 2 1
03.10002 42429 25 - 50 2 1.5
03.10003 42430 50 - 75 3 1.5
03.10004 42431 75 - 100 3 1.5
03.10005 42432 100 - 125 4 2
03.10006 42433 125 - 150 4 2.5
03.10007 42434 150 - 175 5 3
03.10008 42435 175 - 200 5 3
03.10009 42436 200 - 225 6 3.5
03.10010 42437 225 - 250 6 3.5
03.10011 42438 250 - 275 7 4
03.10012 42439 275 - 300 7 4
80
70
0
0
10
mm
0.01mm
0.001mm 0.1mm
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-8
DIN 863 T1
NF E 11-095
0 to 4 in or
0 to100 mm with
vernier reading
Tungsten
carbide tipped
4 in:
.25 in dia.
> 4 in :.31 in dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
Plastic
case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
ETALON
260 Standard Models with Analog Indication

These micrometers have conventional analog reading with full and half graduation lines on the barrel.
The friction drive is built into the thimble and has been brought forward to facilitate single-handed
measurement. If measurements without the friction drive are preferred, the knurled sleeve need only be
reversed to render it inactive.
in in m m
71.115899 41565 0 - 1 0.0001 2 1
71.115900 41566 1 - 2 0.0001 2 1.5
71.115901 41567 2 - 3 0.0001 3 1.5
71.115902 41568 3 - 4 0.0001 3 1.5
Spherical Anvil Type
71.115941 41578 0 - 1 0.0001
mm mm m m
71.115887 41553 0 - 25 0.002 2 1
71.115888 41554 25 - 50 0.002 2 1.5
71.115889 41555 50 - 75 0.002 3 1.5
71.115890 41556 75 - 100 0.002 3 1.5
71.115891 41557 100 - 125 0.01 4 2
71.115892 41558 125 - 150 0.01 4 2.5
71.115893 41559 150 - 175 0.01 5 3
71.115894 41560 175 - 200 0.01 5 3
71.115895 41561 200 - 225 0.01 6 3.5
71.115896 41562 225 - 250 0.01 6 3.5
71.115897 41563 250 - 275 0.01 7 4
71.115898 41564 275 - 300 0.01 7 4
B-9
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
TESA
ISOMASTER
Standard Models
with Analog Indication
These micrometers have conventional analog reading with full and half graduation lines on the barrel.
The friction drive is built into the thimble and has been brought forward to facilitate single-handed
measurement. If measurements without the friction drive are preferred, the knurled sleeve need only be
reversed to render it inactive.
DIN 863 T1
NF E 11-095
Tungsten
carbide tipped
4 in:
.25 in dia.
> 4 in: .31 in dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
in in mm mm
01.20101 39513 0 - 1 0.0001 01.10101 39467 0 - 25 0.01
01.20102 39514 1 - 2 0.0001 01.10102 39468 25 - 50 0.01
01.20103 39515 2 - 3 0.0001 01.10103 39469 50 - 75 0.01
01.20104 39516 3 - 4 0.0001 01.10104 39470 75 - 100 0.01
01.20105 39517 NA NA 01.10105 39471 100 - 125 0.01
01.20106 39518 NA NA 01.10106 39472 125 - 150 0.01
01.20107 39519 NA NA 01.10107 39473 150 - 175 0.01
01.20108 39520 NA NA 01.10108 39474 175 - 200 0.01
01.20109 39521 NA NA 01.10109 39475 200 - 225 0.01
01.20110 39522 NA NA 01.10110 39476 225 - 250 0.01
01.20111 39523 NA NA 01.10111 39477 250 - 275 0.01
01.20112 39524 NA NA 01.10112 39478 275 - 300 0.01
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-10
Value-Line Micrometers - Inch
Brown & Sharpe micrometers continue as the standard wherever measuring consistency is vital.
Features:
Satin-chrome thimble. Spindle lock.
.0001" reading. Tungsten carbide tipped faces.
Straight-line graduations. Fixed/friction thimble.
Black enamel frame. Meets Federal specifications.
in Grads.
599-1-44 25943 0 - 1 .0001 in
599-2-44 25944 1 - 2 .0001 in
599-3-44 25945 2 - 3 .0001 in
599-4-44 25946 3 - 4 .0001 in
599-5-44 25947 4 - 5 .0001 in
599-6-44 25948 5 - 6 .0001 in
599-7-44 25976 6 - 7 .0001 in
599-8-44 25977 7 - 8 .0001 in
599-9-44 25978 8 - 9 .0001 in
599-10-44 25979 9 - 10 .0001 in
599-11-44 25980 10 - 11 .0001 in
599-12-44 25981 11 - 12 .0001 in
Set Description
599-181-923 25983 0 - 3 in Without Standards
599-181-923-1 25984 0 - 3 in With Standards
599-1-44
Features:
Satin-chrome thimble. Spindle lock.
.0001" reading. Tungsten carbide tipped faces.
Straight-line graduations. Fixed/friction thimble.
Black enamel frame. Meets Federal specifications.
Value-Line Micrometer Sets - Inch 0-3", 0-4" and 0-6"
Micrometer Sets
Each Micrometer set includes a fitted Wooden Case. Micrometers in each set include the standard features listed.
Standards are available separately (Page B-37).
Individual Wooden Cases are available for 1 to 4" Value-Line
Micrometers (Page B-49).
0"-12" and 6"-12" Micrometer Sets are available on pages B-14.
US Made
Tungsten
carbide tipped
4 in dia:
.25 in dia.
> 4 in: .31 in dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
B-11
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
Value-Line Micrometers - Metric
Brown & Sharpe micrometers continue as the standard wherever measuring consistency is vital.
599-1-48
Value-Line Micrometer Sets - Metric0-100 mm and 0-150 mm
Micrometer Sets
Each Micrometer Set includes a fitted wooden case.
Micrometers in each set include the standard features listed.
Features:
Satin-chrome thimble.
.002 mm reading.
Straight-line graduations.
Black enamel frame.
Spindle lock.
Tungsten carbide tipped faces.
Fixed/friction thimble.
Meets Federal specifications.
mm Grads.
599-1-48 26789 0 - 25 .002 mm
599-2-48 26790 25 - 50 .002 mm
599-3-48 26791 50 - 75 .002 mm
599-4-48 26792 75 - 100 .002 mm
599-5-48 26793 100 - 125 .002 mm
599-6-48 26797 125 - 150 .002 mm
599-7-48 29286 150 - 175 .002 mm
599-8-48 29287 175 - 200 .002 mm
599-9-48 29288 200 - 225 .002 mm
599-10-48 29289 225 - 250 .002 mm
599-11-48 29290 250 - 275 .002 mm
599-12-48 29291 275 - 300 .002 mm
Set Description
599-181-944 26807 0 - 100 mm Without Standards
599-181-944-1 26808 0 - 100 mm With Standards
599-182-946-1 26813 0 - 150 mm With Standards
Features:
.002 mm reading.
Black enamel frame.
Spindle lock.
Tungsten carbide tipped faces.
Standards are available separately (Page B-38).
Individual Wooden cases are available for 0-100 mm Value-Line
Micrometers (Page B-49).
US Made
Tungsten
carbide tipped
100 mm dia:
6.5 mm dia.
> 100 mm: 8 mm dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-12
Convertible Thimble Enamel Frame Micrometers - Inch
Matched for Consistent Measurement
.0001" reading.
Convertible frictionto feelthimble sleeve.
Carbide faces.
Spindle lock.
Enamel frame.
Easy reading satin-chrome thimble.
Choice of slant-line or straight-line graduations.
.0001" Reading Enamel Frame Micrometers with Carbide Faces
Micrometer Sets are available on pages B-14.
Wooden Cases are available on page B-49.
Standards are available on page B-38.
For External Micrometer ordering information, call 1-800-283-3600.
599-1-33
Slant-line Models Straight-line Models
in in
599-1-33 51091 0 - 1 599-1-34 51092 0 - 1
599-2-33 51099 1 - 2 599-2-34 51100 1 - 2
599-3-33 51107 2 - 3 599-3-34 51108 2 - 3
599-4-33 51112 3 - 4 599-4-34 51113 3 - 4
599-5-33 51117 4 - 5 599-5-34 51118 4 - 5
599-6-33 51122 5 - 6 599-6-34 51123 5 - 6
599-7-33 51127 6 - 7 599-7-34 51128 6 - 7
599-8-33 51132 7 - 8 599-8-34 51133 7 - 8
599-9-33 51137 8 - 9 599-9-34 51138 8 - 9
599-10-33 51142 9 - 10 599-10-34 51143 9 - 10
599-11-33 51147 10 - 11 599-11-34 51148 10 - 11
599-12-33 51152 11 - 12 599-12-34 51153 11 - 12
US Made
Tungsten
carbide tipped
4 in dia:
.25 in dia.
> 4 in: .31 in dia.
.02 in
Max. 10 N
B-13
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
Micrometer Sets 0-6" Micrometer Sets with Enamel Frames
Each micrometer in the 0-6" Micrometer Sets described on this page includes Brown & Sharpe's
Standards (page B-38) are available separately.
*Includes Standards
Carbide
599-182-903 43804 599-1-33; 599-2-33

599-182-913 43808 599-3-33; 599-4-33

599-5-33; 599-6-33
599-182-926 25987 599-1-44; 599-2-44

599-182-926-1* 25988 599-3-44; 599-4-44

599-5-44; 599-6-44
Slant /
Line
Straight /
Line
Fitted
Case
.0001"
Graduations
Micrometers in
Each Tool Set
0-12" Micrometer Sets
Each micrometer in the 0-12" Micrometer Sets described on this page includes Brown & Sharpe's
Standards (page B-37) are available separately
Carbide
599-184-903 43824 599-1-33; 599-2-33;

599-3-33
599-184-913 43828 599-4-33; 599-5-33;

599-6-33; 599-7-33;
599-8-33; 599-9-33;
599-10-33; 599-11-33;
599-12-33
599-184-907 26084 599-1-44; 599-2-44;

599-3-44
599-184-917 26085 599-4-44; 599-5-44;

599-6-44; 599-7-44;
599-8-44; 599-9-44;
599-10-44; 599-11-44;
599-12-44
Slant /
Line
Straight /
Line
Fitted
Case
.0001"
Graduations
Micrometers in
Each Tool Set
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-14
DIN 863 T3
(style D16)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
1.18 in / 30 mm
measuring span
19.68 in:
malleable cast
iron; 19.68 in
59.05 mm: steel tube
with insulating grips
Max. flexure of the frame
under a measuring force
of 10 N: see the table
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.315 in / 8 mm
dia.
.02 in / 0.5 mm
Max. 10 N
LCD, digit
height : .275 in /
7 mm
RS-232
Other
technical data:
see page B-3
Wooden case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Dial Gage Element for MICROMASTER
Can replace the interchangeable anvils on AB series micrometers. Makes finding the
culmination point easier. Ensures a constant measuring force.
Supplied as standard accessory with the ABY series micrometers.
01.40301 39537
in mm m m
60.30047 27445 0 - 3.94 0 - 100 6 3
60.30048 27446 3.94 - 7.87 100 - 200 7 4.5
60.30049 27447 7.87 - 11.81 200 - 300 8 7
60.30050 27448 11.81 - 15.75 300 - 400 9 9
60.30051 27449 15.75 - 19.69 400 - 500 10 9
60.30052 27450 19.69 - 23.62 500 - 600 11 9
60.30053 27451 23.62 - 27.56 600 - 700 12 10
60.30054 27452 27.56 - 31.50 700 - 800 13 12
60.30055 27453 31.50 - 35.43 800 - 900 14 12
60.30056 27454 35.43 - 39.37 900 - 1000 15 16
60.30057 27455 39.37 - 43.31 1000 - 1100 16 16
60.30058 27456 43.31 - 47.24 1100 - 1200 17 17
60.30059 27457 47.24 - 51.20 1200 - 1300 18 17
60.30060 27458 51.20 - 55.12 1300 - 1400 19 17
60.30061 27459 55.12 - 59.06 1400 - 1500 20 18
Micrometer Head
599-200 27420 0 - 1.18 0 - 30
MICROMASTER
Electronic Micrometers
with Interchangeable Anvils
Lightweight, but rugged anvil micrometers. One set (No. 01.40101) consists of 4 interchangeable
anvils in 1" increments. Anvils are adjusted (and numbered) in sets, thus rendering unnecessary
the correction of the indication each time an anvil is exchanged.
Shown with 599-200
Micrometer head (pg. B-40)
sold separately
B-15
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
DIN 863 T3
(style D15)
NF E 11-090
0.01 mm
0 19.68 in:
malleable cast
iron; > 19.68 in
59.05 mm: steel tube
with insulating grips
Max. flexure of the frame
under a measuring force
of 10 N: see the table
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.314 in / 8 mm
dia.
.02 in / 0.5 mm
Max. 10 N
Dial gage:
see on page
B-16
Wooden case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
ABY Series ISOMASTER
with Adjustable
Dial Gage Element
Similar to the AB series micrometers, but equipped with the adjustable dial gage element
No. 01.40301 that helps you to find the culmination point easier with a constant measuring force.
mm m m
01.12001 39498 0 - 100 6 3
01.12002 39499 100 - 200 7 4.5
01.12003 39500 200 - 300 8 7
01.12004 39501 300 - 400 9 9
01.12005 39502 400 - 500 10 9
01.12006 39503 500 - 600 11 9
01.12007 39504 600 - 700 12 10
01.12008 39505 700 - 800 13 12
01.12009 39506 800 - 900 14 12
01.12010 39507 900 - 1000 15 16
01.12011 39508 1000 - 1100 16 16
01.12012 39509 1100 - 1200 17 17
01.12013 39510 1200 - 1300 18 17
01.12014 39511 1300 - 1400 19 17
01.12015 39512 1400 - 1500 20 18
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-16
DIN 863 T3
(style D16)
NF E 11-090
Tungsten
carbide tipped
8 mm dia.
Sets include
2 covers for
the frame as well as
1 clamping nut
Identification
number
01.40101 39536
Interchangeable Anvils for ABY Series ISOMASTER
Set (= 4 items) of interchangeable anvils in 25 mm increments. The anvils are adjusted and numbered in
sets, thus eliminating the need for resetting the indication after their exchange.
Supplied as standard accessories with the AB series micrometers.
B-17
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
MICRO-ETALON
225 Micrometers with a Dial Indicator

Feature a mobile anvil and built-in dial indicator - Ideal for comparative measurements on small part series
- Nominal dimension is set on the micrometer and deviations are read on the dial indicator - Retractable
anvil by means of a push-button - Rotating dial for fine adjustment, also with adjustable
tolerance markers.
Protective Cover
Made in transparent plastic - Can be mounted on the bezel - Protects the indicator against dust and
liquids - Prevents both tolerance markers from being accidentally displaced.
DIN 863 T3
(style D13)
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.256 in / 6.5 mm
dia. For model
with small measuring
faces: .08 in / 2 mm dia.,
.2 in / 5 mm long
.02 in
0.5 mm
Anvil :
4.5 to 5.5 N
Micrometer with
vernier reading
to 0.0001 in or 0.002 mm
Dial indicator :
0.00005 or 0.0001 in /
0.001 or 0.002 mm
Dial
indicator :
0.0005 or 0.002 in /
0.025 or 0.05 mm
Micrometer :
max. perm.
error of 2 m
Dial indicator : 1 m
Dial indicator :
repeatability
limit of 0.5 m
Plastic
case
Declaration
of conformity
72.110978 41604
2
5
in mm
72.109837 41588 0 - 1 72.108669 41581 0 - 25
72.109843 41590 1 - 2 72.108691 41583 25 - 50
Pin Anvil Type
72.109857* 41591 0 - 0.800 72.108722* 41585 0 - 20
* Built-in adjustable part support is not provided on the pin-anvil version.
in mm
72.109835 86147 0 - 1 72.108670 41582 0 - 25
72.109841 41589 1 - 2 72.108716 41584 25 - 50
Dial Indicator
0.0001 in
Dial Indicator
0.002 mm
Dial Indicator
0.00005 in
Dial Indicator
0.001 mm
Specifications 0 - 1" 0 - 25 mm 1 - 2" 25 - 50 mm
Repeatability error of dial indicator: 0.5 division inch mm inch mm
Max. thread error: .00008 0.002 .00008 0.002
Max. dial indicator error: .00004 0.001 .00004 0.001
Measuring surfaces flatness: .000012 0.0003 .000012 0.0003
Max. parallelism fault of measuring surfaces: .00004 0.001 .00006 0.0015
Measuring pressure: 18 oz.* 5 N* 18 oz.* 5 N*
* Possibility to decrease pressure down to: 11 oz. 3 N 11 oz. 3 N
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-18
in mm
72.110558 41598 0 - 1 72.110816 42767 0 - 25
72.110824 41601 1 - 2 72.110819 42768 25 - 50
Pin Anvil Type* Pin Anvil Type*
72.110855 41603 0 - .800 72.110853 41602 0 - 20
Important
The ELECTRONIC GAGE HEAD and the amplifier are not included in the above part ordering numbers and must be
ordered separately. For electronic gage heads and amplifiers see section Electronic Length Measuring
Equipment.
Specifications 0 - 1" 0 - 25 mm 1 - 2" 25 - 50 mm 0 - .800" 0 - 20 mm
Max. thread error .00008 0.002 .00008 0.002 .00008 0.002
Possible dispersion error .00002 0.0005 .00002 0.0005 .00002 0.0005
due to retractable anvil
Measuring surface flatness .000012 0.0003 .000012 0.0003 .000012 0.0003
Max. parallelism fault of .00004 0.001 .00006 0.0015 .00004 0.001
measuring surfaces
* Built-in adjustable part support is not provided on the pin-anvil version
DIN 863 T3
(style D14)
NF E 11-090
Vernier reading
to 0.002 mm
Tungsten
carbide tipped
6.5 mm dia.
Models with
small measuring faces:
2 mm dia., 5 mm long
0.5 mm
Anvil :
2 up to 8 N,
adjustable
Measuring
element :
max. perm. error of 2 m
Mobile anvil :
repeatability
limit of 0.5 m
Adjustable part
support (except
model with small meas-
uring faces)
Plastic
case
Declaration
of conformity
280 Series MICROSPEL Electronic Micrometer/Comparator
The micrometer No. 280 MICROSPEL is designed to accommodate the installation of an electronic probe
with remote amplifier.
This arrangement is especially useful for comparative measurements, where the greater magnification of the
electronic amplifier is a decided advantage over the standard form. This micrometer allows simple measure-
ment on the machine without removal of the workpiece. It can also be mounted in a small stand as shown.
Features:
Carbide faces.
Movable anvil retracted by push-button.
Built-in adjustable part support.
Satin-chrome finish on barrel and thimble.
Complete with adapter for 3/8" diameter
probe (or 8 mm probe, metric tool).
Spindle lock.
Deluxe fitted case with two adjusting
wrenches.
B-19
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
Brown & Sharpe Interchangeable Anvil Micrometers
Get an extended range of measurement with a single tool. Sets include anvils in 1" increments and setting
standards complete with a wooden case.
in Grad. mm Grad.
599-178-6-1 26952 0 - 6 .001 in 599-178-6-10 26953 0 - 150 .01 mm
599-178-9-1 26962 6 - 9 .001 in 599-178-9-10 26963 150 - 225 .01 mm
599-178-12-1 26956 9 - 12 .001 in 599-178-12-10 26957 225 - 300 .01 mm
599-178-16-1 26959 12 - 16 .001 in 599-178-16-10 26958 300 - 400 .01 mm
599-178-20-1 26961 16 - 20 .001 in 599-178-20-10 26960 400 - 500 .01 mm
599-178-24-1 26965 20 - 24 .001 in 599-178-24-10 26964 500 - 600 .01 mm
Features:
Spindle lock.
Setting rods.
.001" readings.
Black enamel frame.
Wooden case.
US Made
Wooden case
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-20
AD Series Micrometers with Small Measuring Faces
For measuring grooves, feather grooves, splines and other difficult to reach measuring points.
Particularly suited for measuring small parts in precision work owing to the small measuring faces.
in mm
02.20101 39582 0 - 1 02.10101 39554 0 - 25
02.20102 39583 1 - 2 02.10102 39555 25 - 50
Models MICROMASTER
Models ISOMASTER
AD
DIN 863 T3
(style D3)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
Tungsten
carbide
measuring faces, fixed
Max. 10 N
RS-232:
interface,
opto-coupled
Degree
of protection
(IEC 529, DIN 40 050) :
IP 54 or IP 40 with use
of digital output
For additional
technical data:
see page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
DIN 863 T3
(style D3)
NF E 11-090
0.0001 in
0.01 mm
Tungsten
carbide
measuring faces, fixed
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
5
2
5
2
in / mm
60.30034 27441 0 - 1.2 / 0 - 30
60.30035 27442 1.2 - 2.3 / 30 - 60
60.30036 27443 2.3 - 3.5 / 60 - 90
60.30037 27444 3.5 - 4.7 / 90 - 120
Optional Accessory
01961000 86485
1 lithium battery - 3V, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
B-21
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
Micrometers with One Spherical Measuring Face
Measures wall thickness of tubing.
in / mm in / mm
60.30079 27433 0 - 1.2 / 0 - 30 .138 / 3.5
60.30080 27434 1 - 2 / 25 - 50 .138 / 3.5
DIN 863 T3
(style D1)
MICROMASTER:
0.00005 in/
0.001 mm
ETALON:
.0001 in/
0.002 mm
Anvils:
tungsten carbide
(MICROMASTER) or tita-
nium coated (ETALON)
Tungsten carbide tipped
measuring spindle
Anvil with a 3.5 mm
(MICROMASTER)
or 3.25 mm (ETALON) spher-
ical measuring face
Spindle with a flat
measuring face
Max. 10 N
RS-232 on
MICROMASTER
Other
technical data
on MICROMASTER:
see page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
DIN 863 T3
(style D1)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
Steel,
hardened
Spherical,
radius .138 in/
3.5 mm
Max. 10 N
Other
technical data:
see page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Models MICROMASTER
Micrometers with Two Spherical Measuring Faces

Rounded measuring faces on anvil and spindle for measuring concave
surfaces of workpieces, e.g. ball-bearing guides or walls of tubing.
Models MICROMASTER
Model ETALON
mm in / mm
71.115940 41577 0 - 25 .128 / 3.25
in / mm
60.30081 27435 0 - 1 / 0 - 25
60.30082 27436 0.8 - 1.9 / 20 - 50
60.30083 27437 1.8 - 2.9 / 45 - 75
60.30084 27438 2.8 - 3.9 / 70 - 100
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-22
US Made
DIN 863 T3
(style D1)
NF E 11-090
.0001 in
.002 mm
Measuring
faces rounded
to .125 in
Tungsten
carbide
measuring faces
.02 in
Max. 10 N
Wooden case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Micrometers with Spherical Measuring Faces
Brown & Sharpe Spherical Anvil Micrometer
For fast, accurate mea sure ment of tubing and curved surfaces.
Brown & Sharpe model with spherical anvil and flat measuring spindle makes this mi crome ter ideal for
measuring convex curves directly without having to subtract the diameter of a ball. Measure wall thick ness
of tubing with inside diameters as small as 3/8". Straight/line barrel grad u a tions and glare-free satin -chrome
finish virtually eliminate .025" reading errors. Con vert ible fixed/frictionthimble for a choice in mea sur ing
action and ring lock. Grad u a tions in .0001"
in Grad. mm Grad.
599-228-2-1 25623 0 - 1 .0001 in 599-248-2-1 25853 0 - 25 .002 mm
B-23
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
DIN 863 T3
(style D6)
0.01 mm
Hardened steel
measuring faces
15 mm
Flatness
tolerance: 3 m
Parallelism
tolerance: 6 m
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
DIN 863 T3
(style D6)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
Conversion
Hardened steel
measuring faces
Non-rotating,
.7874 in / 20 mm
dia.
Flatness
tolerance: 3 m
Parallelism
tolerance: 6 m
Max. perm.
error : 4 m
Max. 10 N
RS-232
Other
technical data:
see page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Micrometers for Soft Materials
With two large, flat, round-edge measuring faces - Measure the thickness of materials such as paper and
plastic sheets, felt, cloth and other soft materials.
Models MICROMASTER
Non-rotating measuring spindle Without spindle lock.

in / mm
60.30085 27474 0 - 1.2 / 0 - 30
60.30086 27475 1 - 2.1 / 25 - 55
mm
02.10301 39562 0 - 25
Model ISOMASTER
AF
2
0

R1
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-24
DIN 863 T3
(style D3)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
Conversion
Hardened steel
measuring faces
Non-rotating
spindle
3.54 in / 90 mm:
.984 in / 25 mm dia.
> 3.54 in / 90 mm
4.724 in / 120 mm:
1.18 in / 30 mm dia.
Suited from
module 0.2 in
0.5 mm
Max. 10 N
RS-232
Other
technical data:
see page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
W
K
Models MICROMASTER
Non-rotating spindle - Without spindle lock.

Micrometers for Gear Pitch Measurement
Flanges with ring-shaped measuring faces for root tangent lengths Wk on gear pitches, distance
between grooves and slots as well as otherhard-to-reach locations.
in / mm
60.30041 27604 0 - 1.2 / 0 - 30
60.30042 27605 1 - 2.1 / 25 - 55
60.30043 27606 2.1 - 3.35 / 55 - 85
60.30044 27607 3.35 - 4.5 / 85 - 115
B-25
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
Blade Micrometers
For measuring key ways, grooves, form tool di am e ters and other parts with shallow depths.
Blades measure to a depth of 7/32" (5.5 mm).
Blades are hardened and lapped for ac cu ra cy and durability.
Non-rotating spindle.
in
599-219-2 25352 0 - 1
599-220-2 25357 1 - 2
599-221-2 25616 2 - 3
599-222-2 25617 3 - 4
mm
599-249-2 26877 0 - 25
599-240-2 26874 25 - 50
599-241-2 26875 50 - 75
599-242-2 26876 75 - 100
Wood Cases for Blade Micrometers
Case No.
599-219-2/599-249-2 43683 599-20-9996
599-220-2/599-240-2 43688 599-30-9998
599-221-2/599-241-2 43706 599-40-9998
599-222-2/599-242-2 43712 599-50-9998
US Made
.017" thick blade
Grad. .001"
Hardened steel
measuring faces
Wooden case
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-26
in Grad.
599-234-1 26946 0 - 1 .001 in
599-235-1 26947 1 - 2 .001 in
mm Grad.
599-234-10 26942 0 - 25 .01 mm
599-235-10 26948 25 - 50 .01 mm
US Made
.120" / 3 mm dia.
anvil and spindle
Black enamel
frame
Grad. .001 in
Spline Micrometer
A micrometer with the anvil and spindle reduce to .120" (3 mm) diameter. It is ideal for measuring
splines, slots and keyways.
Features:
.120" (3 mm) diameter anvil and spindle.
.001" readings - inch.
0.01 mm readings - metric.
Straight/line graduations.
Black enamel frame.
Spindle lock.
Rolling Mill Micrometer
A micrometer designed with a deep
throat for measuring sheet metal.
Black enamel frame.
Spindle lock.
.001" reading.
in Throat Depth Grad.
599-237-3-1 26949 0 - 1 3 in .001 in
599-237-6-1 26943 0 - 1 6 in .001 in
mm Throat Depth Grad.
599-237-30-1 26950 0 - 25 75 mm .01 mm
599-237-60-1 26944 0 - 25 150 mm .01 mm
US Made
Grad. .001 in/
.01 mm
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-27
Flange Micrometers - Inch and Metric
One inch diameter flanges make it easy to measure gear pitches, over shoulders, into
grooves, from slots to a reference edge, and a wide variety of other measurements not
possible with standard micrometers. Supplied with ring lock and friction sleeve.
Flanges are .03" thick at the edges. .001" graduations.
Disk Micrometers - Inch and Metric
For measuring narrow grooves and other recessed features from .03" thick.
Disks are 1/2" in diameter, 1/16" thick in the center and .03" thick at the edge.
With ring lock and satin-chrome finish for easy reading. .001"/.01mm graduations.
in
599-215-4 25618 0 - 1
mm
599-245-4 26852 0 - 25
.001 in Grad. .01 mm Grad.
599-224-1 25619 0 - 1 in 599-244-1 26850 0 - 25 mm
599-224-2 25620 1 - 2 in 599-244-2 26851 25 - 50 mm
599-224-3 25621 2 - 3 in
599-224-4 25622 3 - 4 in
US Made
.120 " / 3 mm dia.
anvil and spindle
Black enamel
frame
Grad. .001 in
.01 mm
US Made
.120 " / 3 mm dia.
anvil and spindle
Wood case
Black enamel
frame
Grad. .001 in
.01 mm
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-28
MICROMASTER
with 7 Pairs of Interchangeable Measuring Inserts

Non-rotating spindle - Without spindle lock.
Components of Full Micrometers
in mm
Single micrometers
60.30099 27565 0 - 1.2 0 - 30
60.30100 27564 1.0 - 2.1 25 - 55
Full set of measuring inserts
02.69027
Includes one pair of the following inserts :
mm
02.69020 28389 flat 6.5
02.69021 28390 small, flat 2
02.69023 28391 large, flat 12
02.69024 28392 narrow, flat 0.7
02.69026 28393 knife-edged 0.1/60
02.69022 28394 spherical R = 5
02.69025 28395 cone-shaped 0.3/60
Specially designed measuring faces also available upon
request.
in / mm
60.30045 27563 0 - 1.2 / 0 - 30
60.30046 27571 1.0 - 2.1 / 25 - 55
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
Conversion
Micrometer
element
with a max. perm.error
of 3 m
.295 in / 7.5 mm
dia., non-rotating
spindle with fixing bore
for a measuring insert
Adjustable
attachment on anvil
for a measuring insert
with lock
Hardened steel
measuring faces
Max. 10 N
RS-232
Other
technical data
on page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
0
.
1
60
02.69026
0
.
3
60
02.69025
0
.
7
3.5
6
.
5
02.69024
1
2
4.5
02.69023
6
.
5
4.5
R
=
5
02.69022
2
4
6
.
5
02.69021
6
.
5
4.5
02.69020
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-29
DIN 863 T3
(style D11)
0.01 mm
Titanium
carbide
measuring face on anvil
Tungsten carbide tipped
spindle
Anvil with a
50 x 9 mm
flat face for measuring
range 0 to 25 mm or
60 x 10 mm from 25
up to 50 mm
Spindle with a 6.5 mm
dia. measuring face
Anvil with
a flatness
tolerance of 2 m
0.5 mm
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
AT Series ISOMASTER
Micrometers
with Large Measuring Face on Anvil
Micrometers with a flat, rectangular measuring face that serve for inspecting the
width of milling cutters with staggered teeth and alike.
mm
02.11301 39574 0 - 25
02.11302 39575 25 - 50
Series AL Micrometers for Measuring Tube Wall
Thickness - Metric
The 8 mm diameter rounded anvil can be inserted into the tubing bore.
The anvil is hardened steel and the measuring face of the spindle is 6.5 mm
diameter tungsten carbide. The spindle measuring range is 25 mm with
readings of 0.01 mm.
This micrometer has an enameled frame and is supplied with spanner
wrenches in a fitted case.
D
o
1.2
25
mm
02.10701 39567 0 - 25 mm
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-30
Micrometers with Prismatic Measuring Faces
Measure test pieces with an uneven number of grooves such as milling cutters, taps, drills and
splined shafts as well as odd polygons. Determine roundness errors on cylindrical surfaces.
Angle of the prism aperture is designed for workpieces having a number of 3 or 5 flutes.
in / mm
3-flute test pieces (60)
60.30087 27468 0.04 - 0.27 / 1 - 7
60.30088 27469 0.20 - 0.80 / 5 - 20
60.30089 27470 0.80 - 1.38 / 20 - 35
60.30090 27471 1.38 - 1.97 / 35 - 50
60.30091 27472 1.97 - 2.56 / 50 - 65
60.30092 27473 2.56 - 3.15 / 65 - 80
60.30093 27462 0.04 - 0.27 / 1 - 7
60.30094 27463 0.20 - 0.98 / 5 - 25
60.30095 27464 0.98 - 1.77 / 25 - 45
60.30096 27465 1.77 - 2.56 / 45 - 65
60.30097 27466 2.56 - 3.35 / 65 - 85
60.30098 27467 3.35 - 4.13 / 85 - 105
Models MICROMASTER
108
60
DIN 863 T3
(style D 10)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
Tungsten
carbide tipped
Angle of the
prism aperture:
60 for 3-flute test pieces
or 108 for 5-flute test
pieces
.295 in / 7.5 mm
3-flute test
pieces or .022 in /
0.559 mm for 5-flute
test pieces
Max. 10 N
RS-232
Other
technical data
on page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-31
DIN 863 T3
(style D 10)
NF E 11-090
0.01 mm
Tungsten
carbide tipped
Angle of the
prism aperture:
60 for 3-flute test pieces
or 108 for 5-flute test
pieces
0.75 mm for
3-flute test
pieces or 0.559 mm for
5-flute test pieces
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Hardened
steel alloy
Fitted with
plastic guard
plates from nominal
dimension of 20 mm.
Actual size engraved
on the top face.
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
AS Series ISOMASTER
Micrometers
Cylindrical Setting Standards
.0001" reading-inch.
Carbide anvils for longer measuring life.
Easy-reading, satin-chrome finish.
Inch 3-Flute Micrometers (60 Angle)
mm
04.10001 42458 1 - 7
04.10002 42459 7 - 20
04.10003 42460 20 - 35
04.10004 42461 35 - 50
04.10005 42462 50 - 65
04.10006 42463 65 - 80
04.10101 42464 1 - 7
04.10102 42465 7 - 25
04.10103 42466 25 - 45
04.10104 42467 45 - 65
04.10105 42468 65 - 85
04.10106 42469 85 - 105
mm
04.40001 42492 5
04.40002 42493 20
04.40003 42494 25
04.40004 42495 35
04.40005 42496 45
04.40006 42497 50
04.40007 42498 65
04.40008 42499 85
in
599-175-2-1 25350 .094 - 1.00
599-175-3-1 25351 1 - 2
599-175-4-1 25659 2 - 3
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-32
DIN 863 T3
(style D18)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
Max. 10 N
RS-232
Other
technical data
on page B-3
Plastic case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
AC Series ISOMASTER
Micrometers
Models MICROMASTER
AC
DIN 863 T3
(style D 18)
NF E 11-090
0.001 in
0.01 mm
.02 in/
0.5 mm
Max. 10 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
in / mm
60.30062 27476 0 - 1 / 0 - 25
60.30063 27477 1 - 2 / 25 - 50
60.30064 27478 2 - 3 / 50 - 75
60.30065 27479 3 - 4 / 75 - 100
60.30066 27480 4 - 5 / 100 - 125
60.30067 27481 5 - 6 / 125 - 150
Important
Measuring inserts and setting standards
must be ordered separately.
in mm
02.20001 39576 0 - 1 02.10001 39548 0 - 25
02.20002 39577 1 - 2 02.10002 39549 25 - 50
02.20003 39578 2 - 3 02.10003 39550 50 - 75
02.20004 39579 3 - 4 02.10004 39551 75 - 100
02.20005 39580 4 - 5 02.10005 39552 100 - 125
02.20006 39581 5 - 6 02.10006 39553 125 - 150
Important
Measuring inserts and setting standards must be ordered separately
See page B-37
Micrometers for Thread Measurement
Used for pitch diameter inspection - Anvil with adjustable holder for mounting a measuring insert
with prismatic faces - Fine screw adjustment and locking device - Spindle has a fixing bore for a
cone-shaped measuring insert.
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-33
Hardened steel
Shaft with
a .138 in /
3.5 mm dia., .61 in /
15.5 mm long
Supplied in
sets or pairs
Setting Standards for Screw Thread Micrometers
Interchangeable Thread Inserts
for TESA
AC Series Micrometers
With measuring faces specially designed for pitch diameters.
in mm
60 flank angle
02.50501 42418 1 02.40501 39617 25
02.50502 42419 2 02.40502 39618 50
02.50503 42420 3 02.40503 39619 75
02.50504 42421 4 02.40504 39620 100
02.50505 42422 5 02.40505 39621 125
55 flank angle
02.50601 42423 1 02.40601 39622 25
02.50602 42424 2 02.40602 39623 50
02.50603 42425 3 02.40603 39624 75
02.50604 42426 4 02.40604 39625 100
02.50605 42427 5 02.40605 39626 125
Hardened steel
Insulating
- sleeve marked
with actual size
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Pitch Threads Threads
mm per in per in
ISO Metric Threads Whitworth Threads Unified Threads UN, UNC, UN
60 flank angle 55 flank angle 60 flank angle
02.40000 39604 0.4 - 0.5 02.50100 39652 60 - 48 02.50000 39644 64 - 42
02.40001 39605 0.5 - 0.6 02.50101 39653 48 - 40 02.50001 39645 42 - 25
02.40002 39606 0.6 - 0.8 02.50102 39654 40 - 32 02.50002 39646 25 - 17
02.40003 39607 0.8 - 1.0 02.50103 39655 32 - 24 02.50003 39647 17 - 10
02.40004 39608 1.0 - 1.25 02.50104 39656 24 - 18 02.50004 39648 10 - 6.5
02.40005 39609 1.25 - 1.5 02.50105 39657 18 - 14 02.50005 39649 6.5 - 4
02.40006 39610 1.5 - 2.0 02.50106 42413 14 - 10 02.50006 39650 4 - 2.5
02.40007 39611 2.0 - 2.5 02.50107 42414 10 - 7
02.40008 39612 2.5 - 3.0 02.50108 42415 7 - 4.5
02.40009 39613 3.0 - 4.0 02.50109 42416 4.5 - 3
02.40010 39614 4.0 - 5.0
02.40011 39615 5.0 - 6.0
Full set (12 pairs) Full set (10 pairs) Full set (7 pairs)
02.40015 39616 0.4 - 6.0 02.50115 42417 60 - 3 02.50015 39651 64 - 2.5
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-34
Features:
.001" readings.
Black enamel frame.
Spindle lock.
Screw Thread Comparator Micrometers
A micrometer that will give you a quick check for cut or chased threads. It has been designed for
comparison measurements. Tapered contacting points on the micrometer are lapped flat to .015"
for accurate thread comparison. This micrometer meets government specification GGG-C-105c.
599-210-10 26937 0 - 1 in .001 in
599-210-20 26955 1 - 2 in .001 in
599-210-10-1 26945 0 - 25 mm .01 mm
599-210-20-1 26951 25 - 50 mm .01 mm
US Made
.120 " / 3 mm dia.
anvil and spindle
Black enamel
frame
Grad. .001 in/
.01 mm
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-35
* The 1" size is a
standard round
reference disk. Sizes
2" to 11" are 1/4" diam-
eter rods with flat
ends. Sizes 12" to 23"
are 3/8" tubular with
1/4" diameter flat ends.
Sizes 6" to 23" have
two insulating grips to
protect rods from heat
of hands. Meets
Federal specifications.
Inch Micrometer Standards
Designed for calibrating micrometers and zeroing vernier, dial, and digital calipers.
599-9655-6
599-9655-3
Sets - Inch Micrometer Standards
in in
599-657-16 44506 1* 599-9655-13 87241 13
599-9655-2 45195 2 599-9655-14 87242 14
599-9655-3 45196 3 599-9655-15 87243 15
599-9655-4 45197 4 599-9655-16 87244 16
599-9655-5 45198 5 599-9655-17 87245 17
599-9655-6 87234 6 599-9655-18 87246 18
599-9655-7 87235 7 599-9655-19 87247 19
599-9655-8 87236 8 599-9655-20 87248 20
599-9655-9 87237 9 599-9655-21 87249 21
599-9655-10 87238 10 599-9655-22 87250 22
599-9655-11 87252 11 599-9655-23 87251 23
599-9655-12 87240 12
Micrometer Standards and Measuring Rods
These sets have the #9655 style standards
in Standards Notes
599-77 43725 1 and 2 2 No case
599-78 43726 1 - 5 5 No case
599-79 43728 6 - 11 6 No case
599-80 43729 1 - 11 11 With case
Wood Case Only
599-184-9998 43833 1 - 11 No standards
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-36
Hardened steel
measuring faces
INTERAPID
have one flat
end face and 1 rounded,
lapped
Round end-
face and
plastic insulating grip.
INTERAPID with dull-
chrome shaft.
INTERAPID
with lengths
175 mm: 10 mm
200 mm: 13 mm
ETALON Basic:
75 mm long: 7 mm
100 mm long: 8 mm
Max. perm. error
(ETALON Basic):
75 mm: 2 m
100 and 125 mm: 2.5 m
150 and 175 mm: 3 m
200 275 mm: 3.5 m
300 375 mm: 4 m
400 475 mm: 5 m
500 mm: 6 m
Identification
number
INTERAPID:
Actual length
measured shown
in the inspection report
Declaration
of conformity
Setting Standards
Guide Collars
Make the positioning of INTERAPID setting standards fast and simple.
mm mm
INTERAPID INTERAPID
21.40001 40598 25 21.40026 40623 650
21.40002 40599 50 21.40027 40624 675
21.40003 40600 75 21.40028 40625 700
21.40004 40601 100 21.40029 40626 725
21.40005 40602 125 21.40030 40627 750
21.40006 40603 150 21.40031 40628 775
21.40007 40604 175 21.40032 40629 800
21.40008 40605 200 21.40033 40630 825
21.40009 40606 225 21.40034 40631 850
21.40010 40607 250 21.40035 40632 875
21.40011 40608 275 21.40036 40633 900
21.40012 40609 300 21.40037 40634 925
21.40013 40610 325 21.40038 40635 950
21.40014 40611 350 21.40039 40636 975
21.40015 40612 375 21.40040 40637 1000
21.40016 40613 400 21.40041 40638 1025
21.40017 40614 425 21.40043 40639 1075
21.40018 40615 450 21.40045 40640 1125
21.40019 40616 475 21.40047 40641 1175
21.40020 40617 500 21.40049 40642 1225
21.40021 40618 525 21.40051 40643 1275
21.40022 40619 550 21.40053 40644 1325
21.40023 40620 575 21.40055 40645 1375
21.40024 40621 600 21.40057 40646 1425
21.40025 40622 625 21.40059 40647 1475
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-37
TPI = Threads per inch
M= Measurement
F = Correction factor
P.D. = Pitch Diameter
For measuring pitch diameter of threads using the three-wire method.
For use with any micrometer with a 6.5 mm diameter spindle. Also available as special are
individuals and sets for 5/16" (8 mm) diameter spindles on larger micrometers or bench-
type micrometers. Consult our Sales Dept. for quotes. We can also quote wire sizes for
your special applications such as 29 ACME threads.
The wire holders are held in position on the spindle and anvil. The ordering numbers refer
to holders and wire only. Micrometers are not included.
Supplied in pairs or in sets with chart of correction factors F.
..
Wire Dia. W Metric Pitch Whitworth US Std.
d3 (mm) h (mm) TPI TPI
02.40701 39628 0.17 0.25 and 0.3
72.112025 41608 0.195 72 80
02.40702 39629 0.22 0.35 72
02.40703 39630 0.25 0.4 60 64
02.40704 39631 0.29 0.45 and 0.5 56
02.40705 39632 0.335 0.6 48 and 40 48 and 44
72.112030 42769 0.390 36 40 and 36
02.40706 39633 0.455 0.7 to 0.8 32
02.40707 39634 0.53 0.9 32 and 28 28
02.40708 39635 0.62 1.0 26 and 24 24
02.40709 39636 0.725 1.25 22 and 19 20
02.40710 39637 0.895 1.5 18 and 16 18 and 16
02.40711 39638 1.10 1.75 14 14 and 13
02.40712 39639 1.35 2.0 12 and 11 12 and 11
02.40713 39640 1.65 2.5 10 and 9 10 and 9
02.40714 39641 2.05 3.0 and 3.5 8 and 7 8 and 7
02.40715 39642 2.55 4.0 and 4.5 6 6
02.40716 39643 3.20 5.0 and 5.5 5 and 4-1/2 5 and 4-1/2
72.112023 41606 Complete set inch, metric, and Whitworth: 18 pairs of holders in a case
02.40700 39627 Complete set (metric only): 16 pairs of holders in a case
Thread Measuring Holders (3-Wire Method)
P.D. = M- F
Hardened
steel wires
Steel
wires mounted
on holders:
2-wire holder rests
on anvil
and single wire
holder on spindle
Single pairs
are supplied
in a plastic bag,
full set sets
in a wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-38
Micrometer Heads
Components commonly used for checking the various displacements on measuring fixtures, coordinate
tables, microscopes, machines as well as other special appliances. Mounted on the cylindrical clamping
shaft.
Models MICROMASTER
Without spindle lock.

599-200R
31
6
.
5
1
2
h
6
47
16
599-200
mm mm
599-200 27420 0 - 30 12h6
599-200R 27411 30 - 0 12h6
Micrometer Stand
For micrometers up to 12 in / 300 mm and other measuring instruments.
01.60201 39547
ETALON
72.110123 41597
Clamp aperture
of .63 in / 16 mm
(TESA) or .79 in / 20 mm
(ETALON)
Lacquered
cast iron base
Tilting locking
device
Uses one single bolt
only
72.110123
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-39
US Made
DIN 863 T2
(style E)
NF E 11-090
0.0001 in
0.01 mm
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.256 in
6.5 mm dia.
.02 in
0.5 mm
Max. perm.
error of 3 m
Max. 10 N
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Standard Inch Micrometer Heads
Commonly used for micrometer accuracy in machines, gages, test equipment, as well as
electronic, optical and mechanical instruments. Each micrometer features a
friction thimble.
Standard Micrometer Heads
Micrometer Heads
Grads. Shank
0-1 in Head - Spindle projection 1-3/32 in
599-288-36-1 26087 .001 in .375 in Dia. x 1/2 in
599-288-34-1 26088 .0001 in .375 in Dia. x 1/2 in
0-25 mm Head - Spindle projection 26mm
599-288-38-1 26089 0.01 mm .375 in Dia. x 1/2 in
599-288-37-1 26090 0.002 mm .375 in Dia. x 1/2 in
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-40
DIN 863 T2
(style E)
Vernier reading
to 0.0001 in or
0.001 mm
Digital reading
to 0.005 in or
0.1 mm
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.256 in/
6.5 mm dia
.02 in/
0.5 mm
Max. perm.
error of 2 m
Max. 10 N
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
DIN 863 T2
(style E)
NF E 11-090
0.0001 in
0.01 mm
Tungsten
carbide tipped
.256 in
6.5 mm dia.
.02 in
0.5 mm
Max. perm.
error of 3 m
Max. 10 N
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Model TESAMASTER
AR
Model ISOMASTER
AR
in
02.21201 39601 0 - 1
mm
02.11201 39573 0 - 25
in
03.22301 42457 0 - 1
mm
03.12301 42442 0 - 25
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-41
3-1/2" Diameter Micrometer Heads
Super-accurate for critical applications.
Range: 0 - 1" by .0001"
These heads are dual reading with zero on either end of the range. This feature facilitates work or
table positioning from either point of reference. The long circumference of the thimble provides
widely spaced .0001" graduations, for easy and accurate reading.
Heads are furnished with a carbide measuring face on the spindle end for long life. These heads
meet or exceed Federal Specification GGG-C-105c.
High Accuracy
599-296-2A 26895 0 - 1 in
Measuring faces are flat and square with axis within .000015"
Standard Accuracy
599-296-2 26894 0 - 1 in
Measuring faces are flat and square with axis within .000030"
Metric (100 mm Diameter)
599-292-10 27024 0 - 25 mm
Measuring faces are flat and square with axis within 1m.
US Made
Accuracy:
.00005 in over
1 in range
0.001 mm over
25 mm range
Accuracy: .00005" over 1" range
0.001 mm over 25 mm range
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-42
Electronic Micrometer Head
Featuring Digital Readout!
Features:
Smooth, precise feel.
Hand-lapped lead screws.
Non-rotating spindles.
Consistent measurement performance.
RS-232 output for SPC.
110 or 220 VAC switchable.
Brown & Sharpes electronic micrometer head with digital readout provides instant inch/metric conversion
with the flip of a switch. Panel switches allow zero reset and absolute/relative meas ure ment.
A non-ro tat ing spindle and flat car bide tip are standard. Every mi crome ter head is care fully balanced to
main tain the best pos sible feel. In addition, each hardened steel lead screw and car bide tip is individually
lapped to required tolerances.
599-300-1 86587
Accessories: Output Cable (10-pin)
595-GF-2512R 25419
Range:
0 - 1" (0 25 mm)
Resolution:
Normal mode - .00001" (0.0001 mm)
High resolution mode - .000005" (0.0001 mm)
Accuracy:
.00005" over 1" range
0.001 mm over 25 mm range
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-43
Models MICROMASTER
Non-rotating measuring rods. Sets in increments of 1.18 in / 30 mm.

AQ Series ISOMASTER
Micrometers
Measuring rods in increments of 1 in or 25 mm.
Depth Micrometers
With interchangeable measuring rods provided in sets. These depth rods are adjusted in increments
of 1.18 in / 30 mm, thus eliminating the need for correcting the display when rods are exchanged.
in mm mm
60.30069 27460 0 - 3.5 0 - 90 50 x 15
60.30070 27461 0 - 7 0 - 180 100 x 15
in mm mm mm
02.21002 39597 0 - 3 50 x 15 02.11002 39569 0 - 75 50 x 15
02.21003 39598 0 - 6 50 x 15 02.11003 39570 0 - 150 50 x 15
02.21004 39599 0 - 3 100 x 15 02.11004 39571 0 - 75 100 x 15
02.21005 39600 0 - 6 100 x 15 02.11005 39572 0 - 150 100 x 15
.02 in
0.5 mm
Max. perm.
error
(meas. element): 3 m
Plastic
case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
DIN 863 T2
(style T)
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
Non-rotating
spindle
Measuring rods
with hardened
steel ends
3 mm dia.
depth rods.
.118 in / 30 mm
RS-232
output
DIN 863 T2
(style T)
NF E 11-097
0.0001 in
0.01 mm
Measuring rods
with hardened
steel ends
.157 in /
4 mm dia.
measuring rods.
For the measuring face
on the base: see table.
.02 in/
0.5 mm
Max- perm. error
of the measuring
element : 3 m
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-44
Note: There are
four design series
of 603 rods for
inch depth micrometers. The
most recent two are listed.
Contact Brown & Sharpe
Customer Service at
1-800-283-3600 if you are
uncertain about your application.
Measuring Rods for Current Design
Metric Reading Depth Micrometers
Measuring Rods for Inch Reading
Depth Micrometers
Individual Measuring Rods
Measuring Rods for Current Design
Inch Reading Depth Micrometers
mm
599-603-810-1 25646 .125 in 0 - 25
599-603-820-1 25647 .125 in 25 - 50
599-603-830-1 25648 .125 in 50 - 75
599-603-840-1 25649 .125 in 75 - 100
599-603-850-1 25650 .125 in 100 - 125
599-603-860-1 25651 .125 in 125 - 150
in
599-603-401-1 25634 0 - 1 .125 in
599-603-402-1 25635 1 - 2 .125 in
599-603-403-1 25636 2 - 3 .125 in
599-603-404-1 25637 3 - 4 .125 in
599-603-405-1 25638 4 - 5 .125 in
599-603-406-1 25639 5 - 6 .125 in
599-603-407-1 25640 6 - 7 .125 in
599-603-408-1 25641 7 - 8 .125 in
599-603-409-1 25642 8 - 9 .125 in
599-603-410-1 25643 9 - 10 .125 in
599-603-411-1 25644 10 - 11 .125 in
599-603-412-1 25645 11 - 12 .125 in
Micrometer Depth Gages
Micrometer Depth Gages are available in both inch and metric models. Both feature a hardened, preci -
sion base. Bases are available in lengths of 2.5"/ 63.5 mm and 4"/100 mm to satisfy a wide range of
mea sur ing ap pli ca tions. Base width is 1/2".
All micrometer depth gages feature a satin-chrome finish for glare-free reading and a friction thimble
for uniform measurements. All models on this page are sup plied complete in a fitted wooden case.
Features:
1/8" measuring rods.
Friction thimble.
Ring lock.
in
(For use with prior design Depth Micrometers - marked England with
.157 in / 4 mm diameter rods)
599-603-401 51861 0 - 1 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-402 51862 1 - 2 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-403 51863 2 - 3 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-404 51864 3 - 4 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-405 51865 4 - 5 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-406 51866 5 - 6 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-407 51867 6 - 7 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-408 51868 7 - 8 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-409 51869 8 - 9 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-410 51870 9 - 10 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-411 51871 10 - 11 .157 in / 4 mm
599-603-412 51872 11 - 12 .157 in / 4 mm
Depth Micrometers
No. Base
Rods Length
Inch Reading (.001" Graduations)
599-603-123-3 25624 0 - 3 in 3 2.5 in
599-603-143-3 25627 0 - 3 in 3 4 in
599-603-126-3 25625 0 - 6 in 6 2.5 in
599-603-146-3 25628 0 - 6 in 6 4 in
599-603-128-3 25626 0 - 12 in 12 2.5 in
599-603-148-3 25629 0 - 12 in 12 4 in
Metric Reading (0.01 mm Graduations)
599-603-223-1 25630 0 - 75 mm 3 63.5 mm
599-603-243-1 25632 0 - 75 mm 3 100 mm
599-603-226-1 25631 0 - 150 mm 6 63.5 mm
599-603-246-1 25633 0 - 150 mm 6 100 mm
US Made
DIN 863 T2
(style T)
NF E 11-097
0.0001 in
0.01 mm
Measuring rods
with hardened
steel ends
.157 in /
4 mm dia.
measuring rods.
For the measuring face
on the base: see table.
.02 in
0.5 mm
Max- perm. error
of the measuring
element : 3 m
Wooden case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-45
Features:
Set assists you in meeting Federal Specification GGG-C-15c for flatness and parallelism and
conforms to MIL-STD-45662A.
Ten-piece selection of gage blocks allows checking of various spindle positions over the
complete micrometer range.
Two optical flats: .500" diameter and .5125" diameter which allows checking anvil faces at
half revolutions of the spindle for measuring flatness.
Each set and each block is individually serialized.
Grade 2 gage blocks include certificate of calibration.
Includes fitted wooden case.
Micrometer Checking Set
The First Complete Set!
The Brown & Sharpe Micrometer Checking Set has all the necessary components to check the accu-
racy of your micrometers, ensuring you that they are performing to their optimum specifications.
598-10-18 27076
MIL-STD-45662A
Wooden case
Certificate of
Calibration
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-46
Attachments for Micrometer Ball Tips
Fit on micrometers with measuring faces having a .256 in / 6.5 mm diameter
Serve to measure tubing wall thickness, workpieces with concave
surfaces, etc.
Ball
72.103522 41579 5 mm
Ball
72.103523 41580 0.200 in
Rounded
measuring
faces in hardened and
lapped steel
Dull-chrome brass
retainer
.200" or 5 mm
Brown & Sharpe Series
Micrometer Ball Attachments
Converts any micrometer with standard spindle and anvil di am e ters listed below to an accurate
tool for measuring tubing wall thickness as well as other curved surfaces. Hard ened and lapped
chrome steel ball in neoprene retainer fits on either anvil or spindle of the mi crome ter. To meas-
ure, simply subtract the ball di am e ter from the micrometer reading to com pen sate for the size
of the ball.
Ball Spindle/
ETALON No. Dia. Anvil Dia.
599-226-200 45577 72.103523* .200 in .250 in / .256 in
599-226-10 43893 72.103522* 5 mm 6.3 - 6.5 mm
Rubber retainer
* Ball retained by metal collet
ISOMASTER
& ETALON Series
.200" or 5 mm
E
X
T
E
R
N
A
L

M
I
C
R
O
M
E
T
E
R
S
B-47
Micrometer Cases
Fitted Wood Cases for Micrometer Sets
Individual Micrometer Cases for
Brown & Sharpe Micrometers Only
Description
599-181-9996 43800 0 - 3 in Set with Chrome Frames
599-181-9997 43801 0 - 3 in / 0 - 75 mm Set with Enamel Frames
599-181-9998 25964 0 - 3 in & 0 - 4 in Set with Enamel Frames - 44 Series
599-182-9998 25975 0 - 6 in Set with Enamel Frames - 44 Series
599-182-9999 43813 0 - 6 in / 0 - 150 mm Set
599-183-9996 26083 6 - 12 in Set - 44 Series
599-183-9999 43823 6 - 12 in / 150 - 300 mm Set
599-184-9996 26086 0 - 12 in Set - 44 Series
599-184-9999 43834 0 - 12 in / 0 - 300 mm Set
in / mm Description
599-1-9999 43652 0 - 1 / 0 - 25 Wooden
599-4-9997 43659 0 - 1 / 0 - 25 Soft leather, pocket type
599-20-9996 43683 1 - 2 / 25 - 50 Wooden - enamel frame
599-20-9997 43684 1 - 2 / 25 - 50 Soft leather, pocket type
599-20-9998 43685 1 - 2 / 25 - 50 Wooden - chrome frame
599-30-9996 43697 2 - 3 / 50 - 75 Wooden - chrome frame
599-30-9998 43698 2 - 3 / 50 - 75 Wooden - enamel frame
599-40-9998 43706 3 - 4 / 75 - 100 Wooden
599-50-9998 43712 4 - 5 / 100 - 125 Wooden
599-60-9998 43718 5 - 6 / 125 - 150 Wooden
599-70-9998 43724 6 - 7 / 150 - 175 Wooden
599-80-9998 43736 7 - 8 / 175 - 200 Wooden
599-90-9998 43742 8 - 9 / 200 - 225 Wooden
599-100-9998 43748 9 - 10 / 225 - 250 Wooden
599-110-9998 43754 10 - 11 / 250 - 275 Wooden
599-120-9998 43760 11 - 12 / 275 - 300 Wooden
599-181-9996
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I NTERNAL MEASUREMENT
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-2
The 3 measuring
bolts spaced 120
apart provide opti-
mum self-centering.
Line contact of the 3 measuring bolts allows
the instrument to align itself parallel to the
contact surfaces.
? ? ? ?
2-point contact
does not allow the
instrument to align
itself in relation to
the bore axis.
2-point contact measuring instruments are
not self-centering. To make bore measure-
ment easier, auxiliary means will additionally
be used.
A single measuring
instrument can replace
hundreds of plug gages
Unlike plug gages that check only one
tolerated size, a single instrument can
measure many diameters. Depending
on the model that is being used,
through bores and blind bores, as well
as short centering shoulders, can be
measured reliably.
Establishing form errors
Form errors are established by meas-
urements made at several points on
the bore.
Measuring instruments with 3-line
contact determine run-out errors in
a triangular way.
Measuring instruments with 2-point
contact measure medium-size diame-
ters only. They do not allow the user
to differentiate diameters measured at
various points.
Dmax. Dmin.
D
Internal Measuring and Requirements
Internal measuring of bores is more demanding than external measurement of workpieces. A unique
cone-generated movement eliminates wear problems common to tools with acutely angled arms. The
INTRIMIK
capa system
series is designed to meet the tight tolerances that internal measurements

require, without complicated setups and excessive operator training. A three-point measuring system
makes the tool self-centering and self-aligning, for consistently accurate measurements every time -
even when different users are involved. The three measuring bolts are spaced 120 degrees apart for
optimum self-centering.
Advantage of 3-line contact
Self-centering and self-aligning
internal measuring instruments
make bore measurement reliable
and consistent from measurement
to measurement and user to user.
C-3
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Micromaster INTRIMIK
with capa system
and Digital Display

New capacitive measuring system (patented) associated
with the unique cone of the Brown & Sharpe INTRIMIK internal micrometers.
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
0.00005
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
LCD, .275" / 7 mm
digit height
Floating
zero
Display
lock
Measuring
faces for
application ranges .138"
to .472" / 3.5 to 12mm:
hardened steel (770 HV)
.433 in to 3.94 in / 11 to
100mm: TIN hard-coating,
hardness to 0.05 2300 HV.
3.95-11.80/100 to 300 mm:
carbide tipped (1300 HV)
Opto-coupled
RS-232 interface,
bidirectional.
3 V lithium
battery
1 to 2 a
( 2000 h/a)
Automatic
shut down after
10 min. Display setting
is retained as long as
stable.
50 F to 104 F
/ 10 C to 40 C
14 F to 140 F
/ -10 C to 60 C
80 %, with no
condensation
Protection of
the meas. ele-
ment IP 54 (IEC 60529)
or IP 40 with use of
digital output
Plastic
case
Identification
number
In-house calibra-
tion certificate
Declaration
of conformity
in mm in m Ain/mm Bin/mm Cin/mm
599-290-28-1 27499 .138 - .158 3.5 - 4 .00016 4 .079 / 2 .059 / 1.5 .787 / 20
599-290-30-1 27500 .158 - .178 4 - 4.5 .00016 4 .079 / 2 .059 / 1.5 .787 / 20
599-290-32-1 27501 .178 - .217 4.5 - 5.5 .00016 4 .079 / 2 .059 / 1.5 .984 / 25
599-290-34-1 27502 .217 - .256 5.5 - 6.5 .00016 4 .079 / 2 .059 / 1.5 .984 / 25
599-290-35-1 27503 .240 - .320 6 - 8 .00016 4 .098 / 2.5 .059 / 2.5 2.17 / 55
599-290-42-1 27504 .320 - .400 8 - 10 .00016 4 .098 / 2.5 .059 / 2.5 2.17 / 55
599-290-50-1 27505 .400 - .480 10 - 12 .00016 4 .098 / 2.5 .059 / 2.5 2.17 / 55
599-290-60-1 27506 .430 - .550 11 - 14 .00016 4 .139 / 3.5 .158 / 4 2.68 / 68
599-290-70-1 27507 .550 - .670 14 - 17 .00016 4 .139 / 3.5 .158 / 4 2.68 / 68
599-290-80-1 27508 .670 - .790 17 - 20 .00016 4 .139 / 3.5 .158 / 4 3.27 / 83
599-290-100-1 27509 .790 - .990 20 - 25 .00016 4 .277 / 7 .158 / 7 3.27 / 83
599-290-120-1 27510 .990 - 1.18 25 - 30 .00016 4 .277 / 7 .158 / 7 3.5 / 88
599-290-140-1 27511 1.18 - 1.38 30 - 35 .00016 4 .277 / 7 .158 / 7 3.5 / 88
599-290-160-1 27512 1.38 - 1.58 35 - 40 .00016 4 .277 / 7 .158 / 7 3.5 / 88
599-290-200-1 27513 1.58 - 1.98 40 - 50 .00024 5 .433 / 11 .472 / 12 3.85 / 98
599-290-240-1 27514 1.98 - 2.38 50 - 60 .00024 5 .433 / 11 .472 / 12 3.85 / 98
599-290-280-1 27515 2.36 - 2.76 60 - 70 .00024 5 .433 / 11 .472 / 12 3.85 / 98
599-290-320-1 27516 2.76 - 3.16 70 - 80 .00024 5 .433 / 11 .472 / 12 3.85 / 98
599-290-360-1 27517 3.15 - 3.55 80 - 90 .00024 5 .433 / 11 .472 / 12 3.85 / 98
599-290-400-1 27518 3.55 - 3.95 90 - 100 .00024 5 .433 / 11 .472 / 12 3.85 / 98
599-290-420-1 27519 3.95 - 4.94 100 - 125 .00024 6 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
599-290-440-1 27520 4.94 - 5.90 125 - 150 .00024 6 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
599-290-460-1 27521 5.90 - 6.90 150 - 175 .00028 7 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
599-290-480-1 27522 6.90 - 7.88 175 - 200 .00028 7 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
599-290-500-1 27523 7.88 - 8.86 200 - 225 .00032 8 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
599-290-520-1 27524 8.86 - 9.85 225 - 250 .00032 8 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
599-290-540-1 27525 9.85 - 10.84 250 - 275 .00032 8 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
599-290-560-1 27526 10.84 - 11.80 275 - 300 .00032 8 1.02 / 26 .71 / 18 3.93 / 100
Battery
19.61000 86485 1 lithium battery - 3V, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
Cable
47.61046 61046 RS-232 optional coupled cable, 6.5 ft. / 2 in (9-pin)
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-4
in in in in
Partial sets Meas. Measuring Setting
including: element heads rings Extensions
61.90230 27537 .138 - .256 61.90040 61.60020 .138 - .1575 08.60100 .1575
61.60021 .1575 - .177 08.60101 .2165
61.60022 .177 - .2165
61.60023 .2165 - .256
61.90231 27538 .240 - .480 61.90041 61.60024 .236 - .315 08.60102 .315 08.40001 3.94
61.60025 .315 - .394 08.60103 .394
61.60026 .394 - .472
61.90232 27539 .430 - .790 61.90041 61.60027 .433 - .55 08.60104 .433 08.40301 5.9
61.60028 .55 - .670 8.60105 .670
61.60029 .670 - .787
61.90233 27540 .790 - 1.58 61.90041 61.60030 .787 - .984 08.60106 .984 08.41100 5.9
61.60031 .984 - 1.18 08.60107 1.38
61.60032 1.18 - 1.38
61.60033 1.38 - 1.58
61.90234 27541 1.58 - 3.95 61.90041 61.60034 1.58 - 1.97 08.60108 1.97 08.41800 5.9
61.60035 1.97 - 2.36 08.60109 2.75
61.60036 2.36 - 2.75 08.60110 3.54
61.60037 2.75 - 3.15
61.60038 3.15 - 3.54
61.60039 3.54 - 3.95
61.90235 27542 3.95 - 7.88 61.90042 61.60040 3.95 - 4.92 08.60111 4.92 08.42600 5.9
61.60041 4.92 - 5.9 08.60112 6.89
61.60042 5.9 - 6.89
61.60043 6.89 - 7.88
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
0.00005
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
LCD, .275" / 7 mm
digit height
Floating
zero
Display
lock
Measuring
faces for
to .472" / 3.5 to 12mm:
.433 in to 3.94 in / 11 to
100mm: TIN hard-coating,
hardness to 0.05 2300 HV.
3.95-11.80/100 to 300 mm:
Opto-coupled
RS-232 interface,
bidirectional.
3 V lithium
battery
1 to 2 a
(= 2000 h/a)
Automatic
shut down after
stable.
50 F to 104 F /
10 C to 40 C
14 F to 140 F /
-10 C to 60 C
80 %, with no
condensation
Protection of
the meas. ele-
digital output
Plastic
case
Identification
number
In-house calibra-
tion certificate
Declaration
of conformity
Brown & Sharpe Micromaster INTRIMIK
Partial
Sets with capa system
and Digital Display

C-5
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Brown & Sharpe Micromaster INTRIMIK
Full Sets
with capa system
and Digital Display
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
0.00005
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
LCD, .275" /
7 mm digit height
Floating
zero
Display
lock
Measuring
faces for
to .472" / 6 to 12mm:
.433 to 3.94 / 11 to 100mm:
TIN hard-coating, hard-
ness 0.05 4000 to 6000 HV
3.95-11.80/100 to 300 mm:
Opto-coupled
RS-232 interface,
bidirectional.
3V lithium
battery
1 to 2 a
(= 2000 h/a)
Automatic
shut down after
stable.
50 F to 104 F
/ 10 C to 40 C
14 F to 140 F
/ -10 C to 60 C
80 %, with no
condensation
Protection of
the meas. ele-
digital output
Plastic
case
Identification
number
In-house calibra-
tion certificate
Declaration
of conformity
in in in in
Full sets including: Single instruments Setting rings Extensions
599-290-6 27530 .138 - .256 599-290-28-1 .138 - .1575 08.60100 .1575
599-290-30-1 .1575 - .177 08.60101 .2165
599-290-32-1 .177 - .2165
599-290-34-1 .2165 - .256
599-290-8 27531 .240 - .480 599-290-35-1 .236 - .315 08.60102 .315 08.40001 3.94
599-290-42-1 .315 - .394 08.60103 .394
599-290-50-1 .394 - .472
599-290-10 27532 .430 - .790 599-290-60-1 .433 - .55 08.60104 .433 08.40301 5.9
599-290-70-1 .55 - .670 08.60105 .670
599-290-80-1 .670 - .787
599-290-12 27533 .790 - .1.58 599-290-100-1 .787 - .984 08.60106 .984 08.41100 5.9
599-290-120-1 .984 - 1.18 08.60107 1.38
599-290-140-1 1.18 - 1.38
599-290-160-1 1.38 - 1.58
599-290-14 27534 1.58 - 2.76 599-290-200-1 1.58 - 1.97 08.60108 1.97 08.41800 5.9
599-290-240-1 1.97 - 2.36 08.60109 2.75
599-290-280-1 2.36 - 2.75
599-290-18 27535 2.76 - 3.95 599-290-320-1 2.75 - 3.15 08.60109 2.75
599-290-360-1 3.15 - 3.54 08.60110 3.54
599-290-400-1 3.54 - 3.95
599-290-20 27536 3.95 - 7.88 599-290-420-1 3.95 - 4.94 08.60111 4.921 08.42600 5.9
599-290-440-1 4.94 - 5.90 08.60112 6.889
599-290-460-1 5.90 - 6.90
599-290-480-1 6.90 - 7.88
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-6
Brown &Sharpe Style AINTRIMIK
/ IMICRO
Style A INTRIMIK/IMICRO reads like a micrometer, making direct readings of bore diameters easy and
accurate. Style A INTRIMIK/IMICROs fixed measuring ranges eliminate the need for recalibrating the
tool each time a new diameter is to be measured. INTRIMIK/IMICROs three contact points are spaced
120 apart, ensuring proper centering and alignment - even in deep holes.
Features:
Economy: Each INTRIMIK/IMICRO can replace hundreds of fixed gages, or several dial and
other gages costing thousands of dollars.
Accuracy: INTRIMIK/IMICRO reads like a micrometer, eliminating the errors associated with
fixed, transfer and comparator gages.
Consistency: Ratchet setting eliminates user-to-user measuring variations, providing reliable
repeat accuracy.
Unique cone-generated movement eliminates wear problems common to tools with acutely
angled arms.
C-7
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
NF E 11-099
Models from
0.275 to 0.500 in
with vernier
Measuring faces
on models from
0.275 to 0.500 in:
hardened steel
0.50 to 4.0 in:
hardened steel
4 to 12 in:
tungsten carbide tipped
Single
instruments:
shipping box. Full sets:
plastic case or suitcase
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Style A INTRIMIK
with Analog Indication - Inch Models

Measuring Depth (in)
With Extensions
in in None One Two
599-281-3 43972 08.20001 .275 to .350 .0001 2 6 10
599-281-4 43974 08.20002 .350 to .425 .0001 2 6 10
599-281-5 43976 08.20003 .425 to .500 .0001 2 6 10
599-281-6 43978 08.20301 .500 to .600 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-7 43980 08.20302 .600 to .700 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-8 43982 08.20303 .700 to .800 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-10 43984 08.21101 .800 to 1.000 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-12 43986 08.21102 1.000 to 1.200 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-14 43988 08.21103 1.200 to 1.400 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-16 43990 08.21104 1.400 to 1.600 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-20 43992 08.21801 1.600 to 2.000 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-24 43994 08.21802 2.000 to 2.400 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-28 43996 08.21803 2.400 to 2.800 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-32 43998 08.21804 2.800 to 3.200 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-36 44000 08.21805 3.200 to 3.600 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-40 44002 08.21806 3.600 to 4.000 .0002 3 9 15
599-281-50 44004 08.22601 4.000 to 5.000 .0005 4 10
599-281-60 44006 08.22602 5.000 to 6.000 .0005 4 10
599-281-70 44008 08.22603 6.000 to 7.000 .0005 4 10
599-281-80 44010 08.22604 7.000 to 8.000 .0005 4 10
599-281-90 * 44012 08.23101 * 8.000 to 9.000 .0005 4 10
599-281-100 * 44014 08.23102 * 9.000 to 10.00 .0005 4 10
599-281-110 * 44016 08.23103 * 10.00 to 11.00 .0005 4 10
599-281-120 * 44018 08.23104 * 11.00 to 12.00 .0005 4 10
* Comes with 6" extension in finished wooden case
Features:
INTRIMIK/IMICROs measuring arms move at right angles to the spindle.
Analog reading, with graduations as shown in the table.
Instruments in the range .275" to 4.00" have hardened steel measuring points (770 HV).
Instruments in the range 4.00" to 12.00" have tungsten carbide inserts in the measuring
points (1300 HV).
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-8
Measuring Depth (mm)
With Extensions
mm mm None One Two
- - 08.13410 3.5 to 4 0.001 20 - -
- - 08.13411 4.0 to 4.5 0.001 20 - -
- - 08.13412 4.5 to 5.5 0.001 25 - -
- - 08.13413 5.5 to 6.5 0.001 25 - -
599-281-3-1 43973 08.10001 6 to 8 0.001 50 150 250
599-281-4-1 43975 08.10002 8 to 10 0.001 50 150 250
599-281-5-1 43977 08.10003 10 to 12 0.001 50 150 250
599-281-6-1 43979 08.10801 11 to 14 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-7-1 43981 08.10802 14 to 17 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-8-1 43983 08.10803 17 to 20 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-10-1 43985 08.11101 20 to 25 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-12-1 43987 08.11102 25 to 30 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-14-1 43989 08.11103 30 to 35 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-16-1 43991 08.11104 35 to 40 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-20-1 43993 08.11801 40 to 50 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-24-1 43995 08.11802 50 to 60 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-28-1 43997 08.11803 60 to 70 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-32-1 43999 08.11804 70 to 80 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-36-1 44001 08.11805 80 to 90 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-40-1 44003 08.11806 90 to 100 0.005 75 225 375
599-281-50-1 44005 08.12601 100 to 125 0.01 100 250
599-281-60-1 44007 08.12602 125 to 150 0.01 100 250
599-281-70-1 44009 08.12603 150 to 175 0.01 100 250
599-281-80-1 44011 08.12604 175 to 200 0.01 100 250
599-281-90-1 * 44013 08.13101 * 200 to 225 0.01 100 250
599-281-100-1 * 44015 08.13102 * 225 to 250 0.01 100 250
599-281-110-1 * 44017 08.13103 * 250 to 275 0.01 100 250
599-281-120-1 * 44019 08.13104 * 275 to 300 0.01 100 250
* Comes with 6" extension in finished wooden case
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
NF E 11-099
Models from
3.5 to 12 mm
with vernier reading
Measuring faces
on models from
3.5 to 12 mm: hardened
steel (770 HV)
11 to 100 mm:
titanium nitride hard-
coating (TIN), hardness
0.05 2300 HV.
100 to 300 mm:
tungsten carbide tipped,
hardness 1300 HV.
Application
ranges from
3.5 to 200 mm:
shipping box
200 to 300 mm:
wooden case with:
1 extension 150 mm
(08.42600)
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Style A INTRIMIK
with Analog Indication- Metric Models

Self-centering and self-aligning internal micrometers. The high-precision thread, machined into
the measuring cone, combined with the measuring bolts specially arranged to provide
3-line contact make the IMICROs the only micrometers in the world that respect the Abb
principle. Made to measure depths, reliably.
C-9
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Style A INTRIMIK
with Analog Indication - Full Inch Sets
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
NF E 11-099
Measuring faces
on models from
.138" to .472" / 3.5 to 12
mm: hardened steel
4.25 to 4.0/11 to 100 mm:
0.05 2300 HV.
4 to 8/100 to 200 mm:
Plastic case
or suitcase
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Sets - Style A Inch Reading INTRIMIK/IMICRO
INTRIMIK/IMICRO Rings
TESA In Set In Set
Series B&S TESA in (in)
Steel Measuring Faces
00880100 20214 08.20000** BAFE 599-281-3 / 08.20001 .275 to .350 .350
.275 to .500 in 599-281-4 / 08.20002 .350 to .425 .500
599-281-5 / 08.20003 .425 to .500
00880400 20215 08.20300** BAGE 599-281-6 / 08.20301 .500 to .600 .500
.500 to .800 in 599-281-7 / 08.20302 .600 to .700 .700
599-281-8 / 08.20303 .700 to .800
00880200 20216 08.21100** BAHE 599-281-10 / 08.21101 .800 to 1.000 1.000
.800 to 1.600 in 599-281-12 / 08.21102 1.000 to 1.200 1.400
599-281-14 / 08.21103 1.200 to 1.400
599-281-16 / 08.21104 1.400 to 1.600
00880900 20217 08.21800** BAJE 599-281-20 / 08.21801 1.600 to 2.000 2.000
1.600 to 4.000 in 599-281-24 / 08.21802 2.000 to 2.400 2.800
599-281-28 / 08.21803 2.400 to 2.800 3.600
599-281-32 / 08.21804 2.800 to 3.200
599-281-36 / 08.21805 3.200 to 3.600
599-281-40 / 08.21806 3.600 to 4.000
00880700 20218 08.22600** BAKE 599-281-50 / 08.22601 4.000 to 5.000 5.000
4.000 to 8.000 in 599-281-60 / 08.22602 5.000 to 6.000 7.000
599-281-70 / 08.22603 6.000 to 7.000
599-281-80 / 08.22604 7.000 to 8.000
* Brown & Sharpe sets supplied in wooden case with setting rings and one extension
** TESA sets supplied in molded case with setting rings and one extension
.425" ring in TESA Set
INTRIMIK/IMICRO sets provide the flexibility of a wide range of measuring capabilities with the
convenience of keeping tools, setting rings and extensions in one place.
Specifications for the individual INTRIMIK/IMICROs provided in the sets on this page are listed
on the previous page.
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-10
Style A INTRIMIK
with Analog Indication - Full Metric Sets
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
NF E 11-099
Measuring faces
on models from
3.5 to 12 mm:
hardened steel
11 to 100 mm:
0.05 2300 HV.
100 to 200 mm:
Plastic case
or suitcase
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
INTRIMIK/IMICRO Rings
TESA In Set In Set
Series B&S TESA mm (mm)
08.13409** BAE - 08.13410 3.5 to 4 4
- 08.13411 4 to 4.5 5.5
- 08.13412 4.5 to 5.5
- 08.13413 5.5 to 6.5
599-282-1* 44067 08.10000** BAF 599-281-3-1 / 08.10001 6 to 8 8
6 to 12 mm 599-281-4-1 / 08.10002 8 to 10 10
599-281-5-1 / 08.10003 10 to 12
599-283-1* 44070 08.10800** BAG 599-281-6-1 / 08.10801 11 to 14 11
11 to 20 mm 599-281-7-1 / 08.10802 14 to 17 17
599-281-8-1 / 08.10803 17 to 20
599-284-1* 44073 08.11500** BAH 599-281-10-1 / 08.11501 20 to 25 25
20 to 40 mm 599-281-12-1 / 08.11502 25 to 30 35
599-281-14-1 / 08.11503 30 to 35
599-281-16-1 / 08.11504 35 to 40
599-285-1* 44076 08.12300** BAJ 599-281-20-1 / 08.12301 40 to 50 50
40 to 100 mm 599-281-24-1 / 08.12302 50 to 60 70
599-281-28-1 / 08.12303 60 to 70 90
599-281-32-1 / 08.12304 70 to 80
599-281-36-1 / 08.12305 80 to 90
599-281-40-1 / 08.12306 90 to 100
599-286-1* 44079 08.12600** BAK 599-281-50-1 / 08.12601 100 to 125 125
100 to 200 mm 599-281-60-1 / 08.12602 125 to 150 175
599-281-70-1 / 08.12603 150 to 175
599-281-80-1 / 08.12604 175 to 200
* Brown & Sharpe sets supplied in wooden case with setting rings and one extension
** TESA sets supplied in molded case with setting rings and one extension
C-11
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Optional Accessories for INTRIMIK
Micromaster
and Style A Models
DIN 863 T4
(style C1)
Extensions for Deep Hole Measurement
The centering device is used to center and support
the measuring element when using three or more
extensions or the long extensions, and can be easily
installed between extension on INTRIMIK
A/IMICRO and measuring element. The centering
device adds 150 mm to the reach.
Centering Devices for INTRIMIK
Extension
mm Length (mm)
Style A - Metric
599-281-322 44021 08.40001 6 - 12 100
599-281-622 44028 08.40301 11 - 20 150
08.40302 11 - 20 500
599-281-1022 44034 08.41100 20 - 40 150
08.41101 20 - 40 500
08.41102 20 - 40 1000
599-281-2022 44042 08.41800 40 - 100 150
08.41801 40 - 100 500
08.41802 40 - 100 1000
599-281-5022 * 44051 08.42600 * 100 - 300 150
08.42601 100 - 300 500
08.42602 100 - 300 1000
* Recommend using the 500 mm or 1000 mm extensions, rather than combining
multiple 150 mm extensions
Extension
in Length (in)
Style A - Inch
599-281-321 44020 08.50001 .275 to .500 4
599-281-621 44027 08.50301 .500 to .800 6
08.50302 .500 to .800 20
599-281-1021 44033 08.51100 .800 to 1.600 6
08.51101 .800 to 1.600 20
08.51102 .800 to 1.600 40
599-281-2021 44041 08.51800 1.600 to 4.000 6
08.51801 1.600 to 4.000 20
08.51802 1.600 to 4.000 40
599-281-5021 * 44050 08.52600 * 4.000 to 12.000 6
08.52601 4.000 to 12.000 20
08.52602 4.000 to 12.000 40
* Recommend using the 20" or 40" extensions, rather than combining multiple
6" extensions
08.60001 40030 Centering Device* 40-100 mm
08.62601 40047 Centering Device* 100-200 mm
* Inch version on request
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-12
Wooden & Molded Cases for INTRIMIK
-
Single Instruments,
Full Sets and Partial Sets
-
-
-
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
Wooden Case Molded Case in mm
Cases for Individual - Style A - Inch or Metric INTRIMIK RANGE
599-281-9999 44065 .275 to .350 6 - 8
599-281-9999 44065 .350 to .425 8 - 10
599-281-9999 44065 .425 to .500 10 - 12
599-281-9998 44064 08.60007 .500 to .600 11 - 14
599-281-9997 44063 08.60007 .600 to .700 14 - 17
599-281-9997 44063 08.60007 .700 to .800 17 - 20
599-281-9996 44062 08.60011 .800 to 1.000 20 - 25
599-281-9996 44062 08.60011 1.000 to 1.200 25 - 30
599-281-9994 44060 08.60011 1.200 to 1.400 30 - 35
599-281-9994 44060 08.60011 1.400 to 1.600 35 - 40
599-281-9993 44059 08.60015 1.600 to 2.000 40 - 50
599-281-9993 44059 08.60015 2.000 to 2.400 50 - 60
599-281-9992 44058 08.60015 2.400 to 2.800 60 - 70
599-281-9992 44058 08.60016 2.800 to 3.200 70 - 80
08.60016 3.200 to 3.600 80 - 90
08.60016 3.600 to 4.000 90 - 100
08.63013 4.000 to 5.000 100 - 125
08.63013 5.000 to 6.000 125 - 150
08.63014 6.000 to 7.000 150 - 175
08.63014 7.000 to 8.000 175 - 200
08.63015 * 8.000 to 9.000 200 - 225
08.63015 * 9.000 to 10.000 225 - 250
08.63016 * 10.000 to 11.000 250 - 275
08.63016 * 11.000 to 12.000 275 - 300
Cases for Sets - Style A - Inch or Metric
599-282-9999 44068 08.63005 .275 to .500 6 - 12
599-283-9999 44071 08.60008 .500 to .800 11 - 20
599-284-9999 44074 08.60012 .800 to 1.600 20 - 40
599-285-9999 44077 08.60017 1.600 to 4.000 40 - 100
599-286-9999 44080 08.63017 4.000 to 8.000 100 - 200
Cases for Individual - Style B - Inch or Metric
599-238-9997 43921 09.60023 .600 to .800 14 - 20
599-238-9997 43921 09.60023 .800 to 1.000 20 - 25
599-238-9997 43921 09.60023 1.000 to 1.200 25 - 30
599-238-9996 43920 09.60025 1.200 to 1.600 30 - 40
599-238-9996 43920 09.60025 1.600 to 2.000 40 - 50
599-238-9996 43920 09.60025 2.000 to 2.400 50 - 60
09.60027 2.400 to 2.800 60 - 70
09.60027 2.800 to 3.200 70 - 80
09.60027 3.200 to 3.600 80 - 90
09.60004 3.600 to 4.000 90 - 100
09.60004 4.000 to 4.400 100 - 110
09.60004 4.400 to 4.800 110 - 120
Cases for Sets - Style B - Std. Range Type
599-241-9997 43923 09.60024 .600 to 1.200 15 - 30
599-241-9997 43923 09.60026 1.200 to 2.400 30 - 60
Cases for Sets - Style B - Extended Range
599-241-9998 45372 09.60028 2.400 to 3.600 60 - 90
599-241-9998 45372 09.60008** 3.600 to 4.800 90 - 120
* These TESA cases are WOODEN storage cases, not carrying cases.
** May use 09.60004 for a partial set.
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
Brown & Sharpe cases are
wooden cases for storage and
protection of
INTRIMIK/IMICRO in all sizes.
Each wooden case has a
durable piano hinge and a dou-
ble clasp to close the case
securely.
TESA carrying cases are strong
molded plastic attachestyle
cases with thermo-formed
inserts. Brown & Sharpe
wooden cases are for static
storage and dust protection.
TESA molded suitcases are for
transport and storage.
C-13
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
DIN 863 T4.

Style C1 for models
.236" to .394"/ 6 to 10mm
or C2 for all other models
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
mm / in
conversion
LCD, height of
digits: .275"/ 7 mm
Floating
zero
Display
lock
Measuring
inserts for
application ranges
.236" to .394" / 6 to 10
mm: steel hardened to 30
550HV
10 to 300: tungsten car-
bide tipped 70 HRC
Opto-coupled
RS-232 interface,
bidirectional.
3V lithium
battery
1 to 2 a
( 2000 h/a)
Automatic
shut down
after 10 min. Display
setting is retained as long
as power supply remains
stable.
50 F to 104 F
/ 10 C to 40 C
14 F to 140 F
/ -10 C to 60 C
80 %, with no
condensation
For the meas-

uring element :
IP54 (IEC 60529) or
IP 40 with use of the
digital output
.394" / 100 mm
in a in a plastic
case, >.394" / 100 mm in
a wood case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
ALESOMETER capa system
with Digital Display

New patented TESA capacitive measuring system.
Internal micrometers with 3-line contact. All TESA ALESOMETERS are specially suited for through
and blind bores, as well as short centering shoulders, except for the models covering the applica-
tion ranges from .236 in to .397 in / 6 mm to 10 mm.
A
B
C
in mm m m Amm* Bmm Cmm
Single instruments, complete
62.90051 28418 0.2362 - 0.3150 6 - 8 4 4 1.2 3 55
62.90052 28419 0.3150 - 0.3970 8 - 10 4 4 1.2 3 55
62.90023 28420 0.3970 - 0.4921 10 - 12.5 4 4 0 6.5 65
62.90024 28421 0.4921 - 0.5905 12.5 - 15 4 4 0 6.5 65
62.90025 28422 0.5905 - 0.6890 15 - 17.5 4 4 0 6.8 65
62.90026 28423 0.6890 - 0.7874 17.5 - 20 4 4 0 6.8 95
62.90027 28424 0.7874 - 0.9843 20 - 25 4 4 0 8.5 100
62.90028 28425 0.9843 - 1.1811 25 - 30 4 4 0 8.5 100
62.90029 28426 1.1811 - 1.3780 30 - 35 4 4 0 8.5 100
62.90030 28427 1.3780 - 1.5748 35 - 40 4 4 0 8.5 100
62.90031 28428 1.5748 - 1.9685 40 - 50 5 5 0 14.5 140
62.90032 28429 1.9685 - 2.3622 50 - 60 5 5 0 14.5 140
62.90033 28430 2.3622 - 2.7560 60 - 70 5 5 0 14.5 140
62.90034 28431 2.7560 - 3.3465 70 - 85 5 5 0 14.5 140
62.90035 28432 3.3465 - 3.9370 85 - 100 5 5 0 14.5 140
62.90036 28433 3.9370 - 4.9212 100 - 125 6 6 0 30 175
62.90037 28434 4.9212 - 5.9055 125 - 150 6 6 0 30 175
62.90038 28435 5.9055 - 6.8897 150 - 175 7 7 0 30 175
62.90039 28436 6.8897 - 7.8740 175 - 200 7 7 0 30 175
62.90040 28437 7.8740 - 8.8582 200 - 225 8 8 0 30 175
62.90041 28438 8.8582 - 9.8425 225 - 250 8 8 0 30 175
62.90042 28439 9.8425 - 10.8267 250 - 275 8 8 0 30 175
62.90043 28440 10.8267 - 11.8110 275 - 300 8 8 0 30 175
Optional Accessory
19.61000 86485 1 lithium battery - 3V, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
* Not applicable to the models from .397" since the measuring inserts are close to the instruments front face.
For ordering information on setting rings, see pages C-28 and C-29.
External Micrometers
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-14
ALESOMETER capa system
with
Digital Display - Partial Sets and Components
TESAs new, patented capacitive measuring system. Models that cover the applica-
tion ranges from .236 in to .394 in / 6 to 10 mm are suited for through bores only
all other ALESOMETER partial sets also permit blind bores, as well as short centering
shoulders to be inspected.
DIN 863 T4. Style

C1 for models .236 in to
.394 in / 6 to10 mm or C2
for all other models
0.00005 in
0.001 mm
Measuring
inserts for
application ranges
.236 in to .394 in / 6 to10 mm:
steel hardened to 30 550 HV
.394 to 11.811 / 10 to
300 mm: tungsten car-
bide tipped 70 HRC
4 / 100 mm in a
plastic case,
> 4 / 100 mm in a wood case
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
in/mm in in
Partial sets including: Measuring Connectors Measuring Setting Cases
heads elements rings
62.90100 28458 .2362-.3970 / 6-10 09.90100 .240 - .320 08.1620491 62.30020 21.60001 .3149 08.1629521
09.90101 .320 - .400
62.90110 28468 .3970-.7874 / 10-20 09.90102 .400 - .492 08.1620492 62.30020 21.60002 .4921 08.1629521
09.90103 .492 - .590 21.60003 .6889
09.90104 .550 - .689
09.90105 .689 - .790
62.90111 28469 .7874-1.5748 / 20-40 09.90106 .790 - .990 08.1620493 62.30020 21.60004 .9842 08.1629521
09.90107 .990 -1.18 21.60005 1.3779
09.90108 1.18 - 1.38
09.90109 1.38 - 1.58
62.90112 28470 1.5748-3.9370 / 40-100 09.90110 1.58 - 1.98 08.1620494 62.30020 21.60006 1.7716 08.1629525
09.90111 1.98 - 2.38 21.60007 2.3622
09.90112 2.36 - 2.76 21.60009 3.3464
09.90113 2.76 - 3.35
09.90114 3.35 - 3.94
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-15
DIN 863 T4
(style C2)
NF E 11-099
0.0002 in
or 0.002 mm
0.001 in
or 0.01 mm
Measuring
arms and cone:
Max. perm. error
for models cov-
ering appl. ranges from:
0.6 to 2.4 in or
15 to 60 mm: 3 m
2.4 to 3.6 in or
60 to 90 mm: 4 m
3.6 to 4.8 in or
90 to 120 mm: 5 m
Repeatability
limit for models
covering the application
ranges from:
0.6 to 2.4 in or
15 to 60 mm: 4 m
2.4 to 3.6 in or
60 to 90 mm: 5 m
3.6 to 4.8 in or
90 to 120 mm: 6 m
Supplied with
1 heat insulating
sleeve No. 09.40020,
2 keys No. 09.40001,
1 screwdriver
No. 08.62801
Shipping box
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Special Measuring Arms
Used for Whitworth threads (55), Unified Inch threads UN,
UNC or UNF (60) and Metric ISO threads (M16x0.5 -
M150x6). Measuring bolts with special profiles can also be
made available. Both the size and type of the thread or the
workpiece to be measured must be specified in your
inquiries or purchase orders (see drawings).
B
A
C
Style B Digital Reading INTRIMIK/TRI-O-BOR
Self-centering and self-aligning internal micrometers with 3-line contact with

the part being inspected. These measuring instruments are specially suited
for through holes, but also for blind bores or short centering shoulders.
D
e
P
d
1
d
2
D d
R
l L
D d
R
L
in mm Ain Bin Cin
599-238-8-1 50422 09.20005 0.6 - 0.8 09.10005 15 - 20 .236 2.6 5.2
599-238-10-1 50423 09.20006 0.8 - 1.0 09.10006 20 - 25 .236 2.6 5.2
599-238-12-1 50424 09.20007 1.0 - 1.2 09.10007 25 - 30 .236 2.6 5.2
599-238-16-1 50425 09.20405 1.2 - 1.6 09.10405 30 - 40 .394 2.75 5.43
599-238-20-1 50426 09.20406 1.6 - 2.0 09.10406 40 - 50 .394 2.75 5.43
599-238-24-1 50427 09.20407 2.0 - 2.4 09.10407 50 - 60 .394 2.75 5.43
599-238-28-1 50428 09.20705 2.4 - 2.8 09.10705 60 - 70 .709 3.07 5.8
599-238-32-1 50429 09.20706 2.8 - 3.2 09.10706 70 - 80 .709 3.07 5.8
599-238-36-1 50430 09.20707 3.2 - 3.6 09.10707 80 - 90 .709 3.07 5.8
599-238-40-1 50431 09.21105 3.6 - 4.0 09.11105 90 - 100 .709 3.07 5.8
599-238-44-1 50432 09.21106 4.0 - 4.4 09.11106 100 - 110 .709 3.07 5.8
599-238-48-1 50433 09.21107 4.4 - 4.8 09.11107 110 - 120 .709 3.07 5.8
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-16
in in in in
Partial sets including: Measuring Measuring heads, Setting
elements complete rings
09.20300 40113 0.6 - 1.2 09.20201 09.20101 0.6 - 0.8 08.50104 0.6
09.20102 0.8 - 1.0 08.50106 1.0
09.20103 1.0 - 1.2
09.20600 40121 1.2 - 2.4 09.20201 09.20501 1.2 - 1.6 08.50107 1.4
09.20502 1.6 - 2.0 08.50108 2.0
09.20503 2.0 - 2.4
Partial sets including: Measuring Measuring Measuring Setting
elements heads arms rings
09.20900 40128 2.4 - 3.6 09.20802 09.20801 2.4 - 3.6 09.31001 2.4 - 2.8 08.50109 2.8
09.31002 2.8 - 3.2 08.50110 3.6
09.31003 3.2 - 3.6
09.21300 40134 3.6 - 4.8 09.20802 09.21201 3.6 - 4.8 09.31401 3.6 - 4.0 08.50110 3.6
09.31402 4.0 - 4.4 08.50111 4.4
09.31403 4.4 - 4.8
Style B INTRIMIK/TRI-O-BOR
- Inch Partial Sets
Supplied with
1 extension for
depth increase (5.9 in /
150 mm) No. 09.40000,
1 heat insulating sleeve
No. 09.40020,
2 keys No. 09.40001,
1 screwdriver
No. 08.62801
Plastic case
or suitcase
Inspection
report with a
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-17
- Metric Partial Sets

mm mm mm mm
Partial sets including: Measuring Measuring heads, Setting
elements complete rings
09.10302 15 - 30 09.10201 09.10101 15 - 20 08.40104 15
09.10102 20 - 25 08.40106 25
09.10103 25 - 30
09.10602 30 - 60 09.10201 09.10501 30 - 40 08.40107 35
09.10502 40 - 50 08.40108 50
09.10503 50 - 60
Partial sets including:Measuring Measuring Interchange Measuring Setting
elements heads arms rings
09.10902 60 - 90 09.10802 09.10801 60 - 90 09.11001 60 - 70 08.40109 70
09.11002 70 - 80 08.40110 90
09.11003 80 - 90
09.11302 90 - 120 09.10802 09.11201 90 - 120 09.11401 90 - 100 08.40110 90
09.11402 100 - 110 08.40111 110
09.11403 110 - 120
Supplied with
1 extension for
150 mm) No. 09.40000,
1 heat-insulating sleeve
No. 09.40020,
2 keys No. 09.40001,
1 screwdriver
No. 08.62801
Plastic case
or suitcase
Inspection
report with a
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-18
- Full Sets
in in in in
Full sets including: Single Setting Extensions
instruments rings
599-241-1 50420 0.6 - 1.2 599-238-8-1 0.6 - 0.8 08.50104 0.6 09.40000 5.9
599-238-10-1 0.8 - 1.0 08.50105 1.0
599-238-12-1 1.0 - 1.2
599-242-1 50421 1.2 - 2.4 599-238-16-1 1.2 - 1.6 08.50107 1.4 09.40000 5.9
599-238-20-1 1.6 - 2.0 08.50108 2.0
599-238-24-1 2.0 - 2.4
09.20704 40122 2.4 - 3.6 09.20705 2.4 - 2.8 08.50109 2.8 09.40000 5.9
09.20706 2.8 - 3.2 08.50110 3.6
09.20707 3.2 - 3.6
09.21104 40129 3.6 - 4.8 09.21105 3.6 - 4.0 08.50110 3.6 09.40000 5.9
09.21106 4.0 - 4.4 08.50111 4.4
09.21107 4.4 - 4.8
mm mm mm mm
Full sets including: Single Setting Extensions
instruments rings
09.10004 40069 15 - 30 09.10005 15 - 20 08.4010415 09.40000 150
09.10006 20 - 25 08.40105 25
09.10007 25 - 30
09.10404 40078 30 - 60 09.10405 30 - 40 08.40107 35 09.40000 150
09.10406 40 - 50 08.40108 50
09.10407 50 - 60
09.10704 40086 60 - 90 09.10705 60 - 70 08.40109 70 09.40000 150
09.10706 70 - 80 08.40110 90
09.10707 80 - 90
09.11104 40096 90 - 120 09.11105 90 - 100 08.40110 90 09.40000 150
09.11106 100 - 110 08.40111 110
09.11107 110 - 120
Supplied with
1 extension for
150mm) No. 09.40000,
1 heat-insulating sleeve
No. 09.40020,
2 keys No. 09.40001,
1 screwdriver
No. 08.62801
Plastic case
or suitcase
Inspection
report with a
Inch Sets
Metric Sets
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-19
Interchangeable Measuring Arms
Extend the range of the INTRIMIK above by selecting one or two additional
measuring arm sets below. Or you can select a Partial Setfrom Page C-19,
which includes an instrument and all three arms.
P
D
2
1
in
For use with INTRIMIK 599-238-28-1; 599-238-32-1; 599-238-36-1 only
599-238-2864 43914 09.31001 2.400 - 2.800
599-238-3264 43915 09.31002 2.800 - 3.200
599-238-3664 43916 09.31003 3.200 - 3.600
For use with INTRIMIK 599-238-40-1; 599-238-44-1; 599-238-48-1 only
599-238-4064 43917 09.31401 3.600 - 4.000
599-238-4464 43918 09.31402 4.000 - 4.400
599-238-4864 43919 09.31403 4.400 - 4.800
Special order Internal Measuring Arms for Thread Measurement
Thread measurement anvils are available for:
Cylindrical bores from .59 in to 4.72 in / 15 mm to 120 mm.
60 metric ISO threads M16 x 0.5 to M150 x 6.
60 Unified inch threads UN, UNC, UNF, 5/8"-40 threads per inch to 6"-4 threads per inch.
55 Whitworth threads 5/8"-40 threads per inch to 6"-3 threads per inch.
For additional information contact your local distributor
Note: Setting rings should be used to ensure proper reading whenever
measuring arms are changed
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-20
Wooden & Plastic Cases or Suitcases
for Style B INTRIMIK/TRI-O-BOR
Optional Accessory
Extension for Deep Hole Measurement
in mm
Cases for Individual - Style B - Inch or Metric
599-238-9997 43921 09.60023 0.600 to 0.800 14 - 20
599-238-9997 43921 09.60023 0.800 to 1.000 20 - 25
599-238-9997 43921 09.60023 1.000 to 1.200 25 - 30
599-238-9996 43920 09.60025 1.200 to 1.600 30 - 40
599-238-9996 43920 09.60025 1.600 to 2.000 40 - 50
599-238-9996 43920 09.60025 2.000 to 2.400 50 - 60
- - 09.60027 2.400 to 2.800 60 - 70
- - 09.60027 2.800 to 3.200 70 - 80
- - 09.60027 3.200 to 3.600 80 - 90
- - 09.60004 3.600 to 4.000 90 - 100
- - 09.60004 4.000 to 4.400 100 - 110
- - 09.60004 4.400 to 4.800 110 - 120
Cases for Sets - Style B - Std. Range Type
599-241-9997 43923 09.60024 0.600 to 1.200 15 - 30
599-241-9997 43923 09.60026 1.200 to 2.400 30 - 60
Cases for Sets - Style B - Extended Range
599-238-9998 45372 09.60028 2.400 to 3.600 60 - 90
599-238-9998 45372 09.60008* 3.600 to 4.800 90 - 120
* May use 09.60004 for partial sets.
Use with Extension
INTRIMIK Length
599-238-1021 43913 09.40000 .600 in to 4.800 in / 6 in / 150 mm
15 to 120 mm
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-21
Models from
.396 to 4.0 / 10
to 100 mm: DIN 863 T4
(style C2) NF E 11-099
Models from
.188 to 4.0 / 5
to 100 mm: 0.0001 in or
0.002 mm, with vernier
reading
4.0 to 6.0 / 100 to 300
mm: 0.001 in or 0.01 mm
Measuring arms
on models from
.188 to 4.0 / 5 to 100
mm: hardened steel
4.0 to 6.0 / 100 to 300
mm: tungsten carbide
tipped
Max. perm. error
for models
covering appl. ranges
from .188 to 1.595 / 5 to
40 mm : 2 m
1.394 to 4.005 in or 40 to
100 mm: 3 m
4 to 6 in or 100 to 300
mm : 5 m
Repeatability
limit for models
covering the application
ranges from:
0.188 to 1.604 in or 5 to
40 mm : 3 m
1.394 to 4.005 in or 40
to 100 mm : 4 m
4 to 6 in or 100 to
300 mm : 5 m
Plastic case
or suitcase
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
in mm
78.112374 41834 0.188 - 0.238 78.112356 41816 5 - 6 2 x 180
78.112375 41835 0.233 - 0.278 78.112357 41817 6 - 7 2 x 180
78.112376 41836 0.272 - 0.338 78.112358 41818 7 - 8.5 2 x 180
78.112377 41837 0.332 - 0.402 78.112359 41819 8.5 - 10 2 x 180
78.112378 41838 0.396 - 0.502 78.112360 41820 10 - 12.5 3 x 120
78.112379 41839 0.496 - 0.602 78.112361 41821 12.5 - 15 3 x 120
78.112380 41840 0.596 - 0.704 78.112362 41822 15 - 17.5 3 x 120
78.112381 41841 0.696 - 0.804 78.112363 41823 17.5 - 20 3 x 120
78.112382 86151 0.794 - 1.004 78.112364 41824 20 - 25 90 135 135
78.112383 41843 0.994 - 1.204 78.112365 41825 25 - 30 90 135 135
78.112384 41844 1.194 - 1.404 78.112366 41826 30 - 35 90 135 135
78.112385 41845 1.394 - 1.604 78.112367 41827 35 - 40 90 135 135
78.112386 41846 1.595 - 1.805 78.112368 41828 40 - 45 90 135 135
78.112387 41847 1.795 - 2.005 78.112369 41829 45 - 50 90 135 135
78.112388 41848 1.995 - 2.405 78.112370 41830 50 - 60 90 135 135
78.112389 41849 2.395 - 2.805 78.112371 41831 60 - 70 90 135 135
78.112390 41850 2.795 - 3.405 78.112372 41832 70 - 85 90 135 135
78.112391 41851 3.395 - 4.005 78.112373 41833 85 - 100 90 135 135
78.111174 41812 4 - 5 78.110733 41803 100 - 125 3 x 120
78.111176 41813 5 - 6 78.110735 41804 125 - 150 3 x 120
78.110737 26304 150 - 175 3 x 120
78.110739 26305 175 - 200 3 x 120
78.110741 26306 200 - 225 3 x 120
78.110743 26307 225 - 250 3 x 120
78.110745 26308 250 - 275 3 x 120
78.110747 26309 275 - 300 3 x 120
ETALON
INGAGE 531
Measures through holes and blind bores, as well as short centering shoulders. All models covering the
application ranges up to 4 in / 100 mm have slanted measuring bolts that extend beyond the front
face of the measuring head.
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-22
ETALON
INTALOMETER 531 Inch Sets
Plastic case
or suitcase
Inspection
report with a
in in in in
Full sets including: Single Extensions Setting
instruments rings
78.110600 41799 0.188 - 0.402 78.112374 0.188 - 0.238 78.103613 4 08.50100 0.200
78.112375 0.233 - 0.278 08.50114 0.250
78.112376 0.272 - 0.388 08.50115 0.300
78.112377 0.332 - 0.402 08.50101 0.350
78.110602 41800 0.396 - 0.804 78.112378 0.396 - 0.502 78.103621 6 08.50103 0.500
78.112379 0.496 - 0.602 08.50105 0.700
78.112380 0.596 - 0.704
78.112381 0.696 - 0.804
78.110604 41801 0.794 - 1.604 78.112382 0.794 - 1.004 78.103624 6 08.50106 1.000
78.112383 0.994 - 1.204 08.50107 1.400
78.112384 1.194 - 1.404
78.112385 1.394 - 1.604
78.110606 41802 1.595 - 4.005 78.112386 1.595 - 1.805 78.104940 6 08.50116 1.800
78.112387 1.795 - 2.005 08.50118 2.400
78.112388 1.995 - 2.405 08.50117 3.400
78.112389 2.395 - 2.805
78.112390 2.795 - 3.405
78.112391 3.395 - 4.005
in in in
Partial set including: Single Measuring Extension
instrument bolts
78.111179 41814 4 - 6 78.111174 78.111011* 4 - 5 78.104940 6
78.111012 5 - 6
* One set of measuring arms is provided with the single instrument No. 78.111174
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-23
Plastic case
or suitcase
Inspection
report with a
ETALON
INGAGE 531 Metric Sets

mm mm mm mm
Full sets including: Single Extensions Setting
instruments rings
78.110592 41795 5 - 10 78.112356 5 - 6 78.103613 100 08.40114 6
78.112357 6 - 7 08.40115 8.5
78.112358 7 - 8.5
78.112359 8.5 - 10
78.110594 41796 10 - 20 78.112360 10 - 12.5 78.103621 150 08.40116 12.5
78.112361 12.5 - 15 08.40117 17.5
78.112362 15 - 17.5
78.112363 17.5 - 20
78.110596 41797 20 - 40 78.112364 20 - 25 78.103624 150 08.40106 25
78.112365 25 - 30 08.40107 35
78.112366 30 - 35
78.112367 35 - 40
78.110598 41798 40 - 100 78.112368 40 - 45 78.104940 150 08.43230 45
78.112369 45 - 50 08.43239 60
78.112370 50 - 60 08.40118 85
78.112371 60 - 70
78.112372 70 - 85
78.112373 85 - 100
mm mm mm
Full sets including: Single Measuring Extensions
instruments bolts
78.110749 41805 100 - 150 78.110733 78.111003* 100 - 125 78.104940 150
78.111004 125 - 150
78.110751 26310 150 - 300 78.110737 78.111005* 150 - 175 78.104940 150
78.111006 175 - 200
78.111007 200 - 225
78.111008 225 - 250
78.111009 250 - 275
78.111010 275 - 300
* One set of measuring bolts is provided with the single instrument No. 78.110733 or 78.110737
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-24
599-265-2
Micrometer No. of Spacing
Measuring Ext. Collar
in in Capacity (in) Rods Length (in)
599-263-1 51163 1 - 2 .001 .250 2 .250
599-264-2 25104 1.5 - 8.5 .001 .500 6 .500
599-265-2 26004 1.5 - 12.5 .001 .500 10 .500
Features:
Spindle lock.
Sizes marked on interchangeable extension rods for easy identification.
Handle included for hard-to-reach places.
Satin-chrome finish for easy reading.
Includes wooden case (264 and 265 only).
599-263-1
599-264-2
Interchangeable Rod Inside Micrometers
A versatile and flexible tool for precise micrometer measurement of inside dimensions ranging from
1.5" to 12.5" on a variety of parts. Sets include a micrometer head, specified rods and spacing col-
lars, along with a handle and wrench in a wooden case. With the handle, the tool can be used at
depths either beyond reach or otherwise inaccessible.
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-25
Shipping
packing
Identification
number
Brown & Sharpe Setting Rings and Setting Master
599-281-7080
599-281-1080
in
Inch Setting Rings for Style A and Style B
599-281-380 44022 .350 1.5 1.5
599-281-580 44025 .500 1.5 1.5
599-281-680 44029 .600 1.5 1.5
599-281-780 44030 .700 1.5 1.5
599-281-880 44032 .800 1.5 1.5
599-281-1080 44035 1.000 1.5 1.5
599-281-1280 44037 1.200 2.0 2.0
599-281-1480 44038 1.400 2.0 2.0
599-281-1680 44040 1.600 2.0 2.0
599-281-2080 44043 2.000 2.0 2.0
599-281-2880 44045 2.800 2.0 2.0
599-281-3680 44047 3.600 2.0 2.0
599-281-4480 44049 4.400 2.5 2.5
599-281-5080 44052 5.000 2.5 2.5
599-281-7080 44054 7.000 4.0 4.0
599-281-9080 88445 9.000 4.0 4.0
599-281-1180 88446 11.000 4.0 4.0
NOTE: Rings are marked to the nearest .0001 in.
mm
Metric Setting Rings for Style A and Style B
599-281-382 44023 8 1.5 1.5
599-281-482 44024 10 1.5 1.5
599-281-582 44026 11 1.5 1.5
599-281-782 44031 17 1.5 1.5
599-281-1082 44036 25 1.5 1.5
599-281-1482 44039 35 2.0 2.0
599-281-2082 44044 50 2.0 2.0
599-281-2882 44046 70 2.0 2.0
599-281-3682 44048 90 2.0 2.0
599-281-5082 44053 125 2.5 2.5
599-281-7082 44055 175 4.0 4.0
599-281-8082 * 44057 225 & 275
* 599-281-8082 is setting master for 200-225 mm, 225-250 mm,
250-275 mm, and 275-300 mm INTRIMIK.
NOTE: Rings are marked to the nearest .003 in.
m* m**
m* m**
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-26
in mm m* m**
Setting rings
08.43200 40001 4 1.5 1.5
08.50100 87051 0.200 08.43201 40002 5.5 1.5 1.5
08.50114 88117 0.250 08.40114 88087 6 1.5 1.5
08.50115 88104 0.300 08.40101 39976 8 1.5 1.5
08.50101 40004 0.350 1.5 1.5
08.50102 40005 0.425 08.40102 39977 10 1.5 1.5
08.40103 39978 11 1.5 1.5
08.50103 40006 0.500 1.5 1.5
08.50104 40007 0.600 08.40104 39979 15 1.5 1.5
08.50105 40008 0.700 08.40105 39980 17 1.5 1.5
08.40117 87367 17.5 1.5 1.5
08.50106 40009 1.000 08.40106 39981 25 1.5 1.5
08.50107 40010 1.400 08.40107 39982 35 2 2
08.50116 87371 1.800 08.43230 87369 45 2 2
08.50108 40011 2.000 08.40108 39983 50 2 2
08.50118 88083 2.400 08.43239 87370 60 2 2
08.50109 40012 2.800 08.40109 39984 70 2 2
2 2
08.50110 40013 3.600 08.40110 39985 90 2 2
08.50111 40014 4.400 08.40111 39986 110 2.5 2.5
08.50112 40015 5.000 08.40112 39987 125 2.5 2.5
08.50113 40016 7.000 08.40113 39988 175 2.5 4
Setting master
08.53101 40028 9 and 11 08.43101 40000 225 and 275 6
* Without taking a rim of 1 mm into account.
** Dimension is determined through a 2-point measurement taken at mid-height of the setting ring. Measuring
direction is marked with 2 strokes. Actual dimensions measured are engraved on the setting master.
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-27
Factory
standard
Bolts spaced
120 apart
The three measuring
bolts are retracted for
easy entry into the bore
to be checked.
Measuring
arms for
application ranges .236
to .394 / 6 to 10 mm in
hardened steel, 550 HV 30
.394 to 3.94 / 10 to 100
mm with tungsten carbide
coating, hardness
1300 HV 5
Aluminum-coated
main part
Application
range .236 to
1.968 / 6 to 50 mm: 4m
1.968 to 3.937 /
50 to 100 mm:
5 m
Both given values
are valid for the bore
gages alone, without
value sensor.
Models 1.58 up
to 3.95 / 40 mm up to
100 mm are provided
with an extension rod for
the measuring insert
L = .400 / 10 mm
Wooden case
with free room
for a 2.36 / 60 mm dia.
dial gage
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
ETALON PISTOL GRIP Bore Gages
Self-aligning and self-centering bore gages with 3-line contact All ROCH ALESOTEST are
designed for measuring not only blind bores, but also through bores, as well as short centering
shoulders, except for the models covering the application ranges from .236 in -
3.936 in / 6 to 10 mm.
Built for strength, these bore gages are ideally suited for part series inspection
on the production floor.
ROCH ALESOTEST are used in conjunction with a value sensor (must be ordered separately).
Use of a mechanical or electronic dial gage or axial probe is recommended.
Supplied with 3/8Collett.
in/mm in in in/mm
Full sets Measuring Main Setting Extensions
including: heads part rings
62.90080 28931 .236-.394 / 6-10 09.90100 .236 - .315 09.90200 21.60001 .3149 08.1625081 4 / 100
09.90101 .315 - .394
62.90081 28932 .394-.787 / 10-20 09.90102 .394 - .492 09.90201 21.60002 .4921 08.1625082 4 / 100
09.90103 .492 - .591 21.60003 .6889
09.90104 .591 - .689
09.90105 .689 - .787
62.90082 28933 .787-1.575 / 20-40 09.90106 .787 - .984 09.90202 21.60004 .9842 08.1625083 6 / 150
09.90107 .984 - 1.181 21.60005 1.3779
09.90108 1.181 - 1.377
09.90109 1.377 - 1.575
62.90083 28934 1.575-2.756 / 40-70 09.90110 1.575 - 1.968 09.90203 21.60006 1.7716 08.1625084 6 / 150
09.90111 1.968 - 2.362 21.60007 2.3622
09.90112 2.362 - 2.756
62.90084 28935 2.756-3.936 / 70-100 09.90113 2.756 - 3.346 09.90204 21.60008 3.3464 08.1625085 6 / 150
09.90114 3.346 - 3.936 21.60010 3.5433
Indicator Included
I
N
T
E
R
N
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
C-28
Cases for Partial Sets
Value sensor, e.g. electronic dial gage Bore gage body Measuring head
C
B1
D
3
/
8
A
E
in/mm
08.1669521 28576 .240 - .400 / 6 - 10
08.1669522 28577 .400 - .790 / 10 - 20
08.1669523 28578 .790 - 1.58 / 20 - 40
08.1669524 28579 1.58 - 2.76 / 40 - 70
08.1669525 28580 2.76 - 3.94 / 70 - 100
mm Amm* Bmm Cmm Dmm Emm
6 - 10 1.2 3 54.5 144.4 18.4
10 - 15 0 6.5 64.5 154.5 18.4
15 - 20 0 6.8 64.5 154.5 18.4
20 - 40 0 8.5 70 160 28.4
40 - 70 0 14.5 103.7 198.7 29.4
70 - 100 0 14.5 134.7 216.7 28.3
* Non-applicable for the models from 10 mm since the measuring
bolts are close to the instruments front face
MEASURI NG I NSTRUMENTS FOR LARGE DI MENSI ONS
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-1
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-2
Large sizes in mechanical engineering are dimensions in excess of 20" (500 mm). Choosing the right
instrument and method to measure large dimensions is crucial for minimizing gravity-induced distortion.
For dimensions from 10" (250 mm) up to 6 ft (2 m), Brown & Sharpe offers different types of measuring
instruments that have long proven their value in practical use. Whatever the dimension, from a simple
distance between two parallel surfaces or the measurement of a large diameter, Brown & Sharpes line of
Inside Micrometers, Universal Measuring Instruments, and Comparative Measuring Instruments include
features and accessories to accommodate
virtually any application.
Brown & Sharpe - Everything You Need
to Measure Large Sizes
Internal and external measuring, either vertically or horizontally.
Separate calibration of the measuring head, with measuring arms in
position, by means of the setting gage supplied.
Rigid, durable, firmly connected extension pieces of 1.5" (38 mm) diameter.
Negligible deflection in service.
Internal gage rods protected from thermal expansion due to hand heat by the surrounding walls of
the extension pieces. Optional 40" (1000 mm) extensions are available for very long measurements.
Above 100" (2500 mm) some accuracy is lost and special handling is required. Consult with your
sales representative or the factory.
Measuring head:
Micrometer system with .05" (1 mm) pitch and a range of 1" (25 mm), barrel graduations .0005"
(0.01 mm). The plunger movement is transmitted to a dial indicator with .0005" (0.01 mm) scale read-
ing and an anti-shock mechanism, with ball bushings. Simple conversion from internal to external mea-
surement and vice-versa by turning a screw on the measuring plunger.
Measuring arms:
Hexagonal section, clamped to the fixed anvil and the measuring plunger, at the height needed for the
component being measured. Three pairs of standard arms, all fitted with tungsten carbide contact
faces: contact faces spherical, on instrument centerline, for internal measurements; offset, for depths to
2" (50 mm), for internal and external measurements; extra-rigid, for depths to 3" (75 mm).
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-3
UNIMASTER
Universal Measuring Instrument

The UNIMASTER Universal Measuring Instruments durable construction is designed for the direct
measurement of especially large internal and external dimensions. It is an accurate, easy-to-handle
instrument that can be positioned horizontally or vertically while maintaining a constant measuring
force. An integrated dial indicator makes it easy to view the culmination point.
The UNIMASTER provides direct measurement of internal dimensions from 10" (250 mm) to 59"
(1475 mm) and external dimensions from 9" (225 mm) to 58" (1450 mm).The instrument consists
of a measuring head with fixed anvil and measuring plunger, interchangeable measuring arms, a
set of extensions with integral precision gage rod, and positioning accessories.
11.10208
11.10205
11.10203
11.62001
DIN 863 T4
(style B)
Measuring element
Micrometer and
lever-type dial
indicator : .0005 in / 0.01 mm
Micrometer :
1 in / 25 mm
.05 in / 1 mm
Lever-type dial
indicator:
.015 in / 0.4 mm
Mobile
ball-bearing
anvil under spring
pressure
15 to 20 N
Reversible
probing direction to allow
both internal and external
measuring
.2 in / 5 m
Measuring bolts
With tungsten
carbide tipped
measuring inserts
Measuring
bolts in pairs:
No. 11.10203 for internal
measuring in the instrument
axis.
No. 11.10205 for internal/
external measuring, meas.
depth up to 2.4 in / 60 mm
from the lower edge of the
instrument.
No. 11.10208, extra-rigid for
depth up to 3 in / 75 mm
from the lower edge of the
instrument.
Extensions
1.5 in / 38 mm dia.
steel tube
with snap-ring system
Built-in gage rods
Tungsten
carbide tipped
One spherical
and one flat
measuring face
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-4
Additional data
Wooden case
Measuring
element and
setting standard with
identification number
Declaration
of conformity
TESA UNIMASTER complete set
in in in
11.20000 40245 Int. dim. 10 - 59*
Ext. dim. 9 - 58*
consisting of:
11.20300 86171 Measuring element Int. dim. 10 - 11
Ext. dim 9 - 10
11.20203 86168 Pair of meas. bolts for int. measurements
11.20205 86169 Pair of meas. bolts for int. and ext.
measurements, length 3
11.20208 86170 Pair of bolts for ext. measurements, length: 4
11.20501 86172 Setting gage Int. / Ext. dim. 10 / 9
11.20101 86158 Extension 1 .00003
11.20102 86159 Extension 2 .00004
11.20103 86160 Extension 3 .00005
11.20104 86161 Extension 4 .00006
11.20105 86162 Extension 5 .00006
11.20106 86163 Extension 6 .00008
11.20112 86164 Extension 12 .00014
11.20118 86165 Extension 18 .00018
11.20124 86166 Extension 24 .00026
11.30001 86180 Special screwdriver for extensions
11.10401 86156 Set of suspension accessories (4 brackets and 4 clamps)
11.12401 86157 Wooden storage case for the complete set
Optional accessories
11.20140 86167 Extension 40 .0004
11.62001 40293 Pair of bolts for internal/external dimensions
and turned grooves. Measuring depth: .8
Tungsten carbide measuring inserts: .16 x .28
11.60001 86184 Support roller available as single item (2 are needed)
TESA UNIMASTER complete set
mm mm m
11.10000 40213 Int. dim. 250 - 1475*
Ext. dim. 225 - 1450*
consisting of:
11.10300 40227 Measuring element Int. dim. 250 - 275
Ext. dim. 225 - 250
11.10203 40224 Pair of measuring bolts for int. measurements
11.10205 40225 Pair of measuring bolts for int. and ext.
measurements, length: 75
11.10208 40226 Pair of bolts for ext. measurements, length: 100
11.10501 40229 Setting gage Int. dim. 250
Ext. dim. 225
11.10101 40214 Extension 25 0.7
11.10102 40215 Extension 50 1
11.10103 40216 Extension 75 1.2
11.10104 40217 Extension 100 1.5
11.10105 40218 Extension 125 1.5
11.10106 40219 Extension 150 2
11.10112 40220 Extension 300 3.5
11.10118 40221 Extension 450 4.5
11.10124 40222 Extension 600 6.5
11.30001 86180 Special screwdriver for extensions
11.10401 86156 Set of suspension accessories (4 brackets and 4 clamps)
11.12401 86157 Wooden storage case for the complete set
11.10140 40223 Extension 1000 10
11.62001 40293 Pair of bolts for internal/external dimensions
and turned grooves. Measuring depth: 20
Tungsten carbide measuring inserts: 4 x 7
11.60001 86184 Support roller available as single item (2 are needed)
* Using a maximum number of 3 extensions
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-5
No. 270 Inch Reading Tubular Inside Micrometers
The Tubular Inside Micrometer includes hardened and ground spherical measuring ends for accurate
gaging of parallel and curved surfaces. Fiber grips are provided on all except 599-270-25-2 and
599-270-30-2 for protection against thermal effects. All sizes, except the 2" to 2-1/2" range,
provide a clamp screw for locking the thimble.
in in
Single instruments
599-270-25-2 51323 2 - 2.5 .001 .500
599-270-30-2 51227 2.5 - 3 .001 .500
599-270-35-2 51228 3 - 3.5 .001 .500
599-270-40-2 51229 3.5 - 4 .001 .500
599-270-45-2 51230 4 - 4.5 .001 .500
599-270-50-2 51231 4.5 - 5 .001 .500
599-270-60-2 51232 5 - 6 .001 1.000
599-270-70-2 51233 6 - 7 .001 1.000
599-270-80-2 51234 7 - 8 .001 1.000
599-270-90-2 51235 8 - 9 .001 1.000
599-270-100-2 51236 9 - 10 .001 1.000
599-270-110-2 51237 10 - 11 .001 1.000
599-270-120-2 51238 11 - 12 .001 1.000
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-6
UNITEST
Internal Micrometer
The UNITEST Internal Micrometer measures along the instrument axis with 2-point contact on the
workpiece. It is a precise, easy-to-handle instrument that can be positioned horizontally or vertically
while maintaining a constant measuring force. An integrated dial indicator makes it easy to view the
culmination point.
The UNITEST provides direct measurement of internal and external dimensions from 8" (200 mm) to
56" (1400 mm). The instrument consists of a measuring head with fixed anvil and measuring plunger,
a set of extensions with integral gage rod, and positioning accessories.
For the direct measurement of internal and external dimensions from 8" (200 mm) to 56" (1400 mm).
Similar to the Unimaster, but lighter in construction with extensions only 1" (26 mm) in dia . Consists
of a measuring head with fixed anvil and measuring plunger, a set of extensions with integral gage
rod, and positioning accessories.
Measuring head:
Micrometer system with a range of 1" (25 mm). Every .005" (0.1 mm) indicated digitally (system
TESA-MASTER). .0005" (0.01 mm) indicated by the barrel. Dial indicator incorporated, reading to
.0005" (0.01 mm). Measuring head calibrated separately, by means of setting gage supplied with set.
Contact faces:
Tungsten carbide, spherical, both at plunger end and at fixed anvil. Adapter for external
measurements available on request.
Extensions:
Round section steel tube, housing a gage rod with one flat and one spherical end, on centerline of
extension. Extension diameter is 1" (26 mm).
Positioning:
Either by resting on the flat portions of the head, or by use of the special
supporting device available on request.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-7
TESA UNITEST complete set
Accuracy
in in m
11.20700 40261 8 - 56
consisting of:
11.20901 86179 Measuring element 8 - 9
11.51001 86182 Setting gage 8
11.20801 86173 Extension 1 0.7
11.20802 86174 Extension 2 1
11.20804 86175 Extension 4 1.5
11.20808 86176 Extension 8 2.5
11.20812 86177 Extension 12 3.5
11.20820 86178 Extension 20 5.5
11.60901 40291 Special screwdriver
11.62302 86187 Wooden case for complete set
11.51101 86183 Extension 40 10
11.60701 86185 Pair of measuring bolts for blind bores,
tungsten carbide tipped faces
11.62301 86186 Additional components for external measuring
Measuring depth: .40
11.50801 86181 Suspension device, complete
Measuring depth 4.0
TESA UNITEST complete set
Accuracy
mm mm m
11.10700 40230 200 - 1400
consisting of:
11.10901 40237 Measuring element 200 - 225
11.41001 40280 Setting gage 200
11.10801 40231 Extension 25 0.7
11.10802 40232 Extension 50 1
11.10804 40233 Extension 100 1.5
11.10808 40234 Extension 200 2.5
11.10812 40235 Extension 300 3.5
11.10820 40236 Extension 500 5.5
11.60901 40291 Special screwdriver
11.62302 86187 Wooden case for complete set
11.41101 40281 Extension 1000 10
11.60701 86185 Pair of measuring bolts for blind bores,
tungsten carbide tipped faces
11.62301 86186 Additional components for external measuring
Measuring depth: 10
11.40801 40279 Suspension device, complete
Measuring depth: 100
DIN 863 T4
(style B)
Measuring element
Micrometer and
dial gage t o
.0005 in / 0.01 mm
Micrometer :
.005 in / 0.1 mm
Micrometer :
1 in /25 mm
.02 in /
0.5 mm
Dial gage:
.1 in / 0.22 mm
0.7 to 1 N
Accuracy
.0003 in / 8 m
Measuring bolts
Spherical end
for measuring
in the instruments axis.
All inserts are
interchangeable.
Tungsten
carbide tipped
Extensions
1 in / 26 mm
dia. steel tube
with snap-ring system
Built-in gage rods
Tungsten
carbide tipped
One spherical
and one flat
measuring face
Additional data
Wooden case
Setting
gage with
identification number
Declaration
of conformity
Inch Model
Metric Model
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-8
Measuring element
Mobile
ball-bearing
anvil,10 mm measuring
travel
Waterproof
dial gauge
No. 14.70104
or No. 14.80101
0,01 mm or
0.0005 in
10 mm or
0.40 in
Additional
technical data,
see section E
4 to 7 N
Reversible
probing direction to allow
both internal and external
measuring
Measuring bolts
With a tungsten
carbide tipped
measuring face
Measuring
bolts in pairs:
No. 11.31901 for internal
measuring in the instrument
axis
No. 11.31902 for internal/
depth up to 30 mm from the
lower edge of the instrument
Extensions
25 mm dia.
steel tube.
19 mm dia. telescopic
tube that can be clamped
Additional data
Plastic case
Dial gauge
with serial
number
Inspection report
(dial gauge)
Declaration
of conformity
TESA
INOTEST
Comparative Measuring Instrument

Allows large internal and external dimensions to be measured by comparison.
Consists of a measuring element with interchangeable inserts as well as a set of extensions with
no material measure. The indication is set using a separate reference standard that can either be
a gauge block, setting ring or horizontal measuring bench.
Measuring inserts for inspection in the instrument axis or offset inserts - Vertical or horizontal
position of use - Integrated dial gauge to show you the culmination point - Constant
measuring force - Heat insulating grips for extensions.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-9
mm in
TESA INOTEST complete set
mm in
11.11900 40238 Internal dimensions: 275 - 1025 11.21900 40269 11 - 41
External dimensions: 250 - 1010 10 - 40
consisting of:
mm mm in
11.12301 40243 Measuring element with dial gauge 11.22301 40274
11.31901 40276 Pair of bolts for internal measurements 11.31901 40276
11.31902 40277 Pair of bolts for internal and 11.31902 40277
external measurements, length: 60
11.32001 40278 4 resting bolts 7 x 40 11.32001 40278
01.60101 39544 3 insulating grips (order number for 1 item) 01.60101 39544
11.12001 40239 Extension Internal dimensions: 275 - 335 11.22001 40270 11 - 13
11.62303 40297 Plastic storage case for complete set 11.62303 40297
11.41901 40282 Extensions for increasing the 11.51901 40287
application range by 500 20
11.41902 40283 Extension for increasing the 11.51902 40288
application range by 1000 40
11.62001 40293 Pair of bolts with tungsten carbide measuring 11.62001 40293
inserts for internal/external measuring 4 x 7
11.62002 40294 Pair of bolts with tungsten carbide measuring 11.62002 40294
inserts for turned grooves 4 x 7
11.61900 40292 Measuring device for small dimensions 11.61900 40292
Internal dimensions: 35 - 280 1.4 - 11
External dimensions: 15 - 255 0.6 - 10
11.31901 11.62001
METRIC INCH
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-10
Height Measurement
Measures height in the form of step and thickness
dimensions up to 250 mm.
Determines internal dimensions such as the distance
between two parallel surfaces if the probe constant is
taken into account.
ETALON ZEDURAM Universal
Measuring Instrument - Electronic
The other way of measuring - Brings quality control into practice.
Easy, reliable measuring - even in the toughest surrounding conditions.
Perfect for inspecting large internal and external diameters as well as radii, circumferences,
heights and angles.
Capable to compute the mean value of n single values.
Error-free reading of the numerical display.
Permanently ready-to-measure with battery power.
Infrared data transfer to the printer.
Versatility
Measures metal, plastic or wood pieces
of work.
Checks forming processes, e.g. on metal
sheets and tubes.
Inspects distortion during
bending and continuous rounding operations
of metal sheets into cylinders or boiler
bottoms and the like.
Measures manufactured and machined
pattern parts (profiles) made from metal,
plastic or wood.
Cylindrical Surface Measurement
Measures internal and external diameters from 350
up to 20 000 mm.
Measures radii on concave and convex surfaces
from 175 up to 10 000 mm.
Displays any related circumference.
Instrument
ETALON ZEDURAM
3
LC display
1 mm, 0,1 mm,
0,01 mm,
0,01
10 x 6,5 mm
(H x W)
Metric/inch
conversion
Internal/external
diameters
from
350 up to 20 000 mm or
14 to 800 in
Radii on concave and convex
surfaces from
175 up to 10 000 mm or
7 up to 400 in
heights (drawing):
120 to + 250 mm
4,75 to + 9,8 in
Angles (drawing):
50 to + 95
Diameter
sizes
from
350 to 2000 mm: 0,05%
2000 to 5000 mm: 0,1%
5000 to 10 000 mm: 0,3%
10 000 to 20 000 mm: 0,6%
Heights: 0,04 mm
Angles: 0,03
Infrared
data transfer
(ZEDURAM 2020
only)
2 batteries
1,5 V, AA, LRC 6
10 C to 40 C
-10 C to 50 C
80%, with no
condensation
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-2
Housing in anodiz-
ed aluminium;
resting cylinders
in hardened steel
420 x 160 x 90 mm
(max. L x H x D)
Net weight of
main part : 2,4 kg;
gross weight of
ZEDURAM complete:
4,6 kg (No. 01139001)
5,1 kg (No. 01139002)
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-11
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
HP 82240 B Printer
3
Matrix printer for
use with the 57 mm
wide thermal
paper roll HP 821175
Cableless, infrared
data transfer
(ZEDURAM 2020)
Transfer distance:
450 mm / 18 in
Max. reception angle:
60 (horizontal)
-10 to + 20 (vertical)
4 batteries
1,5 V, AA,
type LRC 6
0 C to 50 C
-40 C to 60 C
5% to 95%
at 40 C,
non-condensing
Security:
EN 60950:
1992 +A1, A2
EN 50082-1
EN 55022:
1994 Class B
EN 61000-3-2:1995
EN 61000-3-3:1995
91 x 61 x 186 mm
0,4 kg
Angle Measurement
Allows workpiece positioning with or without the use of the rules
0
250 mm
9.8 in
-120 mm
-4.75 in
0
01139001 25290 ETALON ZEDURAM 2010
04768002 42748 1
3
2
01139002 20260 ETALON ZEDURAM 2020
1
1
For measuring large diameters as well as
heights and angles; numerical display with
1 to 0.01 mm resolution; battery-powered.
furnished with:
Set of 4 batteries, 1,5 V, AA, type LRC 6
Resting discs
Rules for angle measurement
Identical to No. 01139001, but with added
infrared data transfer capability
Also included:
Matrix printer with infrared data transfer,
type HP 82240B
Thermal paper roll, 57 mm wide,
type HP 821175
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-12
Laser Distance Meters
Fast and effective Capture long distances very quickly, with no additional help.
Accurate and reliable Measure any distance up to 200 meters most accurately and reliably.
User-friendly Eliminate the need for tiresome manual calculation.
Versatile Made for indoor and outdoor applications as well as in any hard-to-access areas.
TESA SPACER 100
Distance measurement within everyones reach!
Small but strong, this laser meter fits any pocket and can be used everywhere.
Provided with a laser range up to 100 m along with shortcut keys that make
addition, subtraction, surface and volume calculations easier.
Shortcut keys enabling
Addition and subtraction of measured values
Calculation of surfaces and volumes
MIN/MAX distance measurement
33
Laser
switches off
itself after
3 min. or 6 min. for the tool.
Automatically for both.
IP54
-10C to + 50C
-25C to + 70C
Identification
number
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
Users manual
with safety
instructions
01130010 TESA SPACER 100
04761059
Provided with one set of 2 batteries, AAA, type LR 03, 1,5 V. Also with dust cover.
Optional Accessory
1 Set of 4 spare batteries, AAA, type LR 03, 1,5 V.
24721
21126
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
F
O
R
L
A
R
G
E
D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-13
3
Laser
switches off
itself after
3 min. or 6 min. for the tool.
Automatically for both.
IP54
-10C to + 50C
-25C to + 70C
Identification
number
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
Users manual
with safety
instructions
TESA SPACER 200
Versatile, also with ergonomic design
Handy, easy-to-use. Includes a viewfinder for easy targeting along with a practi-
cal folding datum end piece for measuring short and long distances. Identifies the
right datum value automatically.
Ergonomic design
Laser range up to 200 m
Folding datum end piece
Built-in view finder
(2x magnification)
Integrated spirit level
01130020 TESA SPACER 200
04768002
Provided with one set of 2 batteries, AAA, type LR 03, 1.5 V. Also with dust cover.
Optional Accessory
1 Set of 4 spare batteries, AAA, type LR 03, 1.5 V.
Also available upon request
Model with Bluetooth wireless connection
24722
42748
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S

F
O
R

L
A
R
G
E

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
D-14
Spacer 100 Spacer 200

1
19 20

Surfaces / Volumes
Space measurement
Release switch
MIN/MAX distances, continuous measurement
Addition / Subtraction
Storage of constant values
Recall of last measured values
Illuminated display
Multifunction end piece
Coupling thread for tripod
1
/4
Integrated view finder
Built-in spirit level
Main functionalities with additional key features
Spacer 100 Spacer 200
1,5 mm 2 mm
0,05 100 m 0,05 200 m
0,000 m, 0,00 m 0,000 m, 0,00 m, 0 mm
0.00 ft, 0.00
1
/16 ft in, 0.00 ft, 0.00
1
/32 ft in,
000
1
/16, 0.0 in, 0
1
/16 in 000
1
/32, 0.0 in, 0
1
/32 in
10, 50, 100 m 10, 50, 100 m
6, 30, 60 mm 6, 30, 60 mm
Type AAA, 2 x 1,5 V Type AA, 2 x 1,5 V
135 x 45 x 31 mm 148 x 64 x 36 mm
145 g 241 g
635 nm, < 1mW 635 nm, < 1mW
Accuracy*
Laser range
Numerical scale
Distance
Laser point diameter
Autonomy 5'000 measurements 10'000 measurements
Batteries
Dimensions
Weight (with batteries included)
Laser wavelength
* Measuring accuracy up to 30 m (standard deviation 2 ). The max. deviation may be measured under bad conditions, e.g. high
sunlight radiation or low reflective pointed surface. This deviation may increase by at least 10 mm over 30 m without target plate.
Laser safety
Both laser distance meters belong to the safety class II. This means that even if the laser beam is inadvertently focused by the eye,
the natural reflex of blinking will prevent any eye damage.
Technical Data
E-1
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
ELECTRONI C I NDI CATORS, DI AL GAGES, PRECI SI ON I NDI CATORS
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
External Micrometers ELECTRONI C I NDI CATORS, DI AL GAGES, PRECI SI ON I NDI CATORS
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-2
Electronic indicators, precision dial gages
and dial test indicators have the capability to
measure with the lowest possible hysteresis.
Therefore, they are ideally suited for runout
inspection where this capability is required.
In order to significantly reduce the effects of
the systematic errors, we recommend carrying
out a number of comparative measurements
since only the actual size of each related
nominal length will be read out.
The measuring instruments that are best suited
for this purpose are electronic indicators, dial
gages with limited range of indication and
precision indicators.
Dial test indicators (lever-type) are specially
designed for :
checking malleable parts due to low
measuring force;
inspecting hard-to-reach measuring points
with awkward edges.
Easy-to-use, versatile
With over 50 years experience producing
precision dial gages, we offer a wide variety
of models.
Electronic indicators featuring a combined ana-
log/digital indication and the most
up-to-date technology.
Mechanical dial gages with high-precision
movement, smooth pointer revolution and
double-action shockproof mechanisms, as
well as measuring spans up to 4.0" / 100 mm.
Which Style Do
You Need?
Digital indication provides error-free readout
of the measured values as the fractions of the
scale divisions need not be estimated visually.
Analog indication is best suited for dynamic
measurements, e.g. when determining axial and
radial runout errors. Analog displays provide a
clear, visual representation of the variations on
a part being measured.
Standards and Definitions
0
10
5
-5
20
15
-10
-15
-20
0 1 2 3 4 5 7 6 8 9
10
E
r
r
o
r
o
f
a
m
e
a
s
u
r
i
n
g
i
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
,
m
Hysteresis
Local measuring span
T
o
t
a
l
d
e
v
i
a
t
i
o
n
s
p
a
n
Downward plunger movement
Upward plunger movement
(conventional) true value, mm
Deviation span
0
10
5
-5
20
15
-10
-15
-20
0 1 2 3 4 5 7 6 8 9 10
Hysteresis
Local measuring span
Downward plunger movement
Upward plunger movement
(conventional) true value, mm
E
r
r
o
r
o
f
a
m
e
a
s
u
r
i
n
g
i
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
,
m
M
a
x
.
e
r
r
o
r
o
f
i
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
M
a
x
.
p
e
r
m
.
e
r
r
o
r
s
o
f
i
n
d
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
Measuring instruments:
Electronic indicators
Definitions used in this section:
Max. perm. errors in one measuring direction
over the whole measuring range
within the local measuring range
in both measuring directions
Repeatability limit
Max. hysteresis
Measuring instruments:
Mechanical dial gages
Dial test indicators (lever-type)
Definitions used in this section:
Deviation span
Deviation span within
the local measuring span
Total deviation span
Repeatability limit
Max. hysteresis
E-3
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
DIGICO
1 and 2
Electronic Indicators
Both models are remarkable for their versatile functions, large measuring span and high accuracy.
Analog and digital display.
Digital display can be placed in any position for easy reading.
Zero-setting at any point within the measuring span.
Data input through the keyboard.
Counting sense reversal.
Classification of measured values through symbols; in the external power supply mode, the
display lights up with a green background or changes to orange or red if the part is not within
tolerance.
Value storage by means of the functions Highest value, Lowest valueor Highest value minus
lowest value.
in in mm mm
19.30000 86508 DIGICO 1 1.18 0.00005 or 0.0005 30 0.001 or 0.01
19.30001 26752 DIGICO 2 3.36 0.00005 or 0.0005 60 0.001 or 0.01
LC display
with colored
background
6 digits plus
minus sign
.354" x .177" /
9 x 4.5 mm digit
height (HxW)
See the
table opposite
mm / in
Conversion
1.50 in / 40 mm
scale length
25
scale divisions
According to
selected
tolerances
1.20 in/ 30.4 mm
(DIGICO 1)
or 2.376 in / 60.4 mm
(DIGICO 2)
Incremental
glass scale
Max. 1 m/s
(DIGICO 1) or
max. 2 m/s (DIGICO 2)
Plunger
guiding
on a plain bearing
M2.5 thread for the
measuring insert
DIGICO 1: 2 m
DIGICO 2: 3 m
1 m
1 m
See table
on page E-4
RS-232
3.6 V
lithium battery
or mains adapter
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-4
Accessories for DIGICO
1 and 2
47.61057 88310 110 V mains adapter

19.60007 26761 3.6 V lithium battery, LR6, AA
19.60005 86331 Lever for the plunger retraction
35.40203 41139 Plunger retract cable, 8.5 in/ 220 mm long
Measuring Force
Measuring force* close
to the plunger stop
bottom: 0.85 N 0.15 N 0.90 N 0.20 N
top: 1.10 N 0.20 N 1.45 N 0.25 N
Force hysteresis*: 0.10 N 0.15 N
* Valid with the indicator used vertically, with downward oriented
plunger, or in static measurement.
DIGICO 1 DIGICO 2
1000 h with
lithium battery
0.002 % / C
50 F to 104 F
50 F to 122 F
Degree of
protection
(IEC 60529): IP 54
(standard model
housing)
.6 lb/ 290 g
(DIGICO 1)
.7 lb/ 310 g (DIGICO 2)
Moved mass (plunger ) :
DIGICO 1: 28 g
DIGICO 2: 27 g
Supplied
in a suited
carrying case with:
1 lithium battery
No. 19.60007
1 lever No. 19.60005
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
E-5
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
Models DIGICO
10
Provided with all the features listed above.
Brown & Sharpe Series 1034,
DIGICO
10 and 11 Electronic Indicators

These three versions are made for optimum adaptation to your metrology-based applications.
Zero-setting of display anywhere within the measuring span.
Display and keyboard rotate through 270.
Ability to hold the measured values.
Digit entry (PRESET function).
Two reference points.
Digital output.
LC display.
6 digits
plus minus sign
.335 in / 8.5 mm
digit height
See tables
mm / in
Conversion
Glass scale
with capacitive,
incremental divisions
Max. perm. :
1.5 m / s
Case in light
alloy. Front face
in polyamide.
Stainless steel plunger
guided on a plain bearing.
M2.5 thread for the
measuring insert.
See tables
2 m
2 m
(.0001"/ 0.001 mm)
RS-232,
opto-coupled
3V lithium
battery, type
CR 2032.
DIGICO 10:
4000 h
DIGICO 11 / MIN/MAX:
2000 h
41 F to 104 F
68 F to 140 F
EN 50081-1:
1993
EN 50082-1: 1993
599-1034
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-6
IEC 60529:
IP 51
See tables
Supplied in a
suited carrying
case with:
1 lithium battery, type
CR 2032, No. 19.61000
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
DIGICO
MIN/MAX
With same basic features as DIGICO 11 except that PRESET function is not available.
Mainly used for value classification through the function Highest value minus lowest value.
in in mm mm m Amm Bmm g
19.30120 28637 0.5 0.00005 12.5 0.001 5 65.9 53.4 120
599-1034 86378 1 0.00005 25 0.001 5 78.4 53.4 130
19.30110 26756 0.5 0.0005 12.5 0.01 10 65.9 53.4 120
19.30111 26757 1 0.0005 25 0.01 10 78.4 53.4 130
19.30112 26758 2 0.0005 50 0.01 20 150.5 90.5 210
19.30113 26759 4 0.0005 100 0.01 20 250.5 140.5 250
19.30101 26753 0.5 0.00005 12.5 0.001 5 65.9 53.4 120
19.30100 26760 1 0.00005 25 0.001 5 78.4 53.4 130
19.30102 26754 2 0.00005 50 0.001 12 150.5 90.5 210
19.30103 26755 4 0.00005 100 0.001 15 250.5 140.5 250
19.30104 27281 0.5 0.00005 12.5 0.001 5 65.9 53.4 120
19.30105 27280 1 0.00005 25 0.001 5 78.4 53.4 130
DIGICO
11
With same basic features as set forth on page E-7 plus the following functions:
Possible entry of limiting values for classification through color LEDs: green for Good, red for Scrap,
amber for Rework.
Value storage using the functions Highest value, Lowest valueand Highest value minus lowest value.
E-7
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
in in mm mm
Models IP65 with electronic module protected against the penetration of liquids
01930130 29017 0.5 0.0005 12.5 0.01 without
01930132 29018 0.5 0.00005 or 0.0005 12.5 0.001 or 0.01 with
Models IP65 with both mechanics and electronics protected against the penetration of liquids
01930131 28885 0.5 0.0005 12.5 0.01 without
01930133 28884 0.5 0.00005 or 0.0005 12.5 0.001 or 0.01 with
TESA DIGICO
12 Mini-Dial Gages, Electronic

IP65 compliant - Made to measure in extreme workshop conditions.
Water and coolant resistant.
60
8.54
6.4
1
.5
1
.
6
5
5
8
1
8
2
5
.
8
1
0
1
.
8
TESA DIGICO 12 Standard Models
1.73 in / 44 mm diameter dial
IP65 compliant Water and coolant resistant
RS-232 data output combined with external power supply
Patented inductive measuring system
Choice between absolute ABSand relative
RELmeasuring modes
Numerical display
PRESET function
Switchable measuring direction
Direct inch/metric conversion
Automatic shut down
4
2
.
5
1
3
1
3
1
8
5
8
1
2
.
5
19.3
5
4
8 h6
13
1
0
1
.
5
44
LCD,
5 digits + sign
Digit height:
.24 in / 6 mm
Zero-setting of
display
Max. error:
20 m
5 m
0.5 to 0.9 N
(0.15 N)
max. 2 m/s
Number of
measurements
per second: 7
Working tempe-
rature range:
41 F to 104 F /
+5 C to +40 C
3V lithiumbattery,
type CR 2032
Battery life:
> 3500 hours
RS-232
2.5 oz / 70 g
EN 61326-1
IP65 (IEC 529)
Shipping
packaging
incl. 1 lithium
battery, type CR 2032
(No. 01961000)
Serial number
Declaration of
conformity
(Diagram dimensions shown in mm)
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-8
60
8.54
6.4
1
.5
1
.
6
5
TESA DIGICO 12 - HP Models
High-precision measuring system
Combined analog/digital display
Analog readout: 0.025 1.25 mm
Measuring modes: NOR/MIN/MAX/MAX-MIN
1.73 in / 44 mm diameter dial
RS-232 data output combined with
external power supply
Zero-setting of display
Direct inch/metric conversion
Automatic shut down. Can also be locked
5
0
.
5
1
8
1
6
.
3
8
4
.
8
4
2
.
5
1
3
5
.
5
1
8
5
0
.
5
1
2
.
5
19.3
5
4
8 h6
13
8
6
.
5
44
10 50
24.5
5
5
1
5
5
2
.
5
1
9 5
5
2.5/4
19.05
6
.
4
9
.
5
1
4
.
3
6
.
4
26.2
03238013
01961012
01961013
in in mm mm
Models IP65 with electronic module protected against the penetration of liquids
01930134 28890 0.210 0.00005 or 0.0005 5 0.001 or 0.01
Models IP65 with both mechanics and electronics protected against the penetration of liquids
01930135 29546 0.210 0.00005 or 0.0005 5 0.001 or 0.01
Accessories
03238013 29547 Back with lug
01961012 29548 Upper lift lever
01960005 29549 Lower lift lever
01961013 29550 Pneumatic retraction device
04761060 29551 RS-232 connection cable with external power supply
01961000 29552 3V lithium battery, type CR 2032, 190 mAh
LCD,
5 digits + sign
Digit height:
24 in / 6 mm
Zero-setting
of display
Max. error:
4 m
2 m
0.4 to 0.75 N
(0.15 N)
Max. 2 m/s
Number of
measurements
per second: 9
Working tempe-
rature range:
41 F to 104 F /
+5 C to +40 C
3V lithium
battery,
type CR 2032
Battery life:
> 4000 hours
RS-232
2.5 oz / 70 g
EN 61326-1
IP65 (IEC 529)
Shipping
packaging
incl. 1 lithium
battery, type CR 2032
(No. 01961000)
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
E-9
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
TESA DIGICO 205 Digital Electronic Indicators
The only electronic indicators that fully
conforms with DIN requirements.
Dimensions according to DIN 878
ABSOLUTE measuring mode
Combined analog/digital display
Mechanical tolerance markers
OPTO-RS data output
Auto-reverse and lockable keypad
Inspection report included
Swiss mad
Catalog No. EDP No. Range (IN/MM) Resolution Measuring
01990230 39676 .5/12.5mm (IN/MM) Force (N)
.0005/0.01mm < 2.0
V
i
e
w
A
l
l
N
e
w
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-10
Digit-Dial
plus Digital Indicator

Digit-Dial plus conforms to AGD Group 2 mechanical specifications. Its excellent response allows
spindle travel up to 20 in/sec. In addition, Digit-Dial plus features selection of either English or metric
readout with direct conversion, preset capability, a selectable display providing maximum, minimum and
range values with output for SPC applications:
Measuring range. . . . . . . . . . . 1 in. (25.4 mm)
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 digit LCD with sign
Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.00005 in. (1 m)
Accuracy at 68 F (20 C) . . . . 0.00005 in. (1 m)
Response speed. . . . . . . . . . . . 20 in/sec (500 mm/sec)
Measuring force . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 oz. (150 g)
Display mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum value, Minimum
value or Range (maximum
to minimum), Absolute, Preset
Power supply 120 VAC/60 Hz AC adapter
(part number 99-1033-2)
or self-contained rechargeable
battery, continuous operation
for 8 hours on full charge
(part number 99-1033-17).
1 in / 25.4 mm
Range
LC display.
6 digits
plus minus sign
1 m
mm / in
Conversion
RS-232
Output
5.3 oz / 150 g
E-11
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
Digit-Dial plus
Air Release Cable
Digit-Dial plus
Mech. Release Cable
Digit-Dial plus
Lift Lever
Ordering Information:
599-1033 25843 Digit-Dial plus
596-1033-82 87011 Optional Output Cable
RS-232 - 25 Pin - for PC
595-G-0196B 25463 Optional Output Cable - 10 Pin
Accessories
599-1033-12 25848 Digit-Dial plus Lift Lever
599-1033-13 25849 Digit-Dial plus Contact Point
599-1033-14 25850 Digit-Dial plus Flat Back
599-1033-15 25851 Digit-Dial plus Lug Back
599-1033-16 25852 Digit-Dial plus 1" Dust Bellow
599-1033-17 25956 Digit-Dial plus Release Cable Adapter
599-1033-18 25957 Digit-Dial plus Air Release Cable
599-1033-19 25958 Digit-Dial plus Mech. Release Cable
External Micrometers DI AL GAGES
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
E-12
5
10
15
20
15
10
5
-0+
0.001 in.
Type 71
1 1
2
3
4
5
4
3
2
0.0001 in.
Type 73
-0+
Brown & Sharpe Dial Indicators
Better Response - Better Reliability
Unlimited application for set up and checking of turned, milled and ground parts; for tool setting gages,
fixtures and inspection, etc. The AGD Dial Indicator Series likely meets more requirements than any other
indicators.
Racks and bottom bearings are made from stainless steel. Rack teeth are ground to ensure accuracy,
responsiveness and reliability that you can count on.
All AGD Indicators are supplied with central lug back which can be rotated 90 for vertical or horizontal use.
Now available in easy-to-read satin black Jet Consoleface with high visibility orange hand or standard white
face with black hand.
Series 0 Indicators - 1-1/8" Diameter Dial
Combining precision with reliability, the small size
and light weight of the Series 0 indicators
make them ideal for multidimensional fixture
applications.
Fitted with central lug back and ball contact tip as
standard. A flat back is also available as an ac-
cessory.
Contact point thread is No. 10 BA.
Travel Total Dial Hand
Series per rev. Travel Color Color
14.81000 81000 MW73 0.0001 in 0.01 in 0.05 in 0-5-0 White Black
14.81001 81001 MB73 0.0001 in 0.01 in 0.05 in 0-5-0 Black Orange
E-13
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
DI AL GAGES
AGD 1 Indicators - 1-11/16" Diameter Dial
The AGD 1 series dial indicators are supplied with revolution counter, tolerance pointers,
central lug back and ball contact tip as standard.
Alternative flat and slide back are available as accessories.
5
10
15
20
25
20
15
10
5
183
1
2
3
4
5
4
3
2
1
193
-0+ -0+
10
20
30
40
50
40
30
20
10
-0+
181
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
E-14
AGD 2 Indicators - 2-1/4" Diameter Dial
AGD 2 - SHOCKPROOF MODELS
The models MB211 and MW211 are supplied with a full shockproof mechanism, which is ideal where
the indicators may be subjected to sudden impacts to the rack.
5
10
15
20
25
20
15
10
5
212SP
-0+ 10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
211SP 216
10
20
30
40
50
40
30
20
10
-0+
210
5
-0+
15
10
20
15
10
5
214
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
217
1
2
3
4
5
4
3
2
1
240
-0+
14.83020 88346 MW211SP 0.001 in 0.10 in 0.5 in 0-100 White Black
14.83021 88347 MB211SP 0.001 in 0.10 in 0.5 in 0-100 Black Orange
14.83014 88348 MW212SP 0.0005 in 0.05 in 0.5 in 0-25-0 White Black
14.81029
w/special
yellow dial
14.82022
The AGD 2 series of dial
indicators are the most popular
indicators in the Brown & Sharpe
range. All models are supplied
with a revolution counter, toler-
ance pointers, central lug back and
ball contact tip as standard.
Alternative flat and slide backs
are available as accessories.
14.82023
14.83018 88337 MW210 0.001 in 0.10 in .350 in 0-50-0 White Black
14.83019 88338 MB210 0.001 in 0.10 in .350 in 0-50-0 Black Orange
14.83012 88339 MW214 0.0005 in 0.04 in .350 in 0-20-0 White Black
14.83013 88340 MB214 0.0005 in 0.04 in .350 in 0-20-0 Black Orange
14.82022 26862 MW216 0.001 in 0.10 in 1.0 in 0-100 White Black
14.82023 26863 MB216 0.001 in 0.10 in 1.0 in 0-100 Black Orange
14.82017 26861 MB217 0.0005 in 0.05 in 1.0 in 0-50 Black Orange
14.81029 27058 MB216Y 0.001 in 0.10 in 1.0 in 0-100 Yellow Black
Counterclockwise dial for depth gages.
E-15
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
DI AL GAGES
AGD 3 Indicators - 3" Diameter Dial
The AGD 3 series gages have a large, clear dial and are easy to read at a distance. Fatigue is thereby
minimized. A tensator return spring gives a constant pressure throughout the total travel of the gage.
Both models are supplied with a revolution counter, central lug back, and ball contact tip as standard.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0
222A
Extremely valuable in the workshop, where many
awkward machining situations arise, the back
plunger indicator has been designed to ensure that
the face of the dial can be presented to the opera-
tor. Note that the 1/4" O.D. holding rod can
be unscrewed from the indicator if required.
All gages are supplied with ball contact tip.
-0+
5
10
15
20
25
20
15
10
5
TYPE 91
0.001 in.
Back Plunger Indicators 1-1/2" Diameter Dial
14.83026 88349 MW22A 0.001 in 0.10 in 2.0 in 0-100 White Black
14.83027 88350 MB222A 0.001 in 0.10 in 2.0 in 0-100 Black Orange
14.83027 14.83026
14.81025 14.81024
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
E-16
Actual Size Dial Faces
AGD Dial Indicator Dimensions
All Brown & Sharpe Dial Indicators conform to ANSI B89.1.10M specifications.
0
10
20
30
40
50
40
30
20
10
S
H
O
CK PRO
O
F
.001
0
10
20
30
40
50
40
30
20
10
S
H
O
CK PRO
O
F
.001
*Dimensions courtesy of The American Society Of Mechanical Engineers, ANSI SPEC. B89.1.10M.
C
D
B
1/4 in.
3/4 in.
A
5/16 in.
Range
Minimumdistance
fromcenter of hole
to nearest projection
on back.
0.375 in.
diam.
No. 4-48
thread
1/4 in.
Dimension Reference
Bezel Diameter A 1.812 2.250
Center Line to Tip of Contact B 1.625 2.000
Case Diameter C 1.608 2.031
Stem Length D 0.572* 0.739*
*Long Stem Indicators D equals 3.000 inches.
AGD Size (in)
1 2
E-17
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
DI AL GAGES
Quick Selection Table
The Industrys Most Popular Indicators
This quick selection table has been arranged to make it easier to locate the AGD Indicators that you
demand most often. Each one is listed again among its designated group in the pages that follow.
Regular Models
D1-20141A 33638 1 .025 in .0001 in 1.75 0-5-0
D1-20241A 33836 2 .025 in .0001 in 2.25 0-5-0
D1-20126A 33611 1 .075 in .0005 in 1.75 0-15-0
D1-20226A 33786 2 .075 in .0005 in 2.25 0-15-0
D1-20111A 33557 1 .250 in .001 in 1.75 0-50-0
D1-20211A 33705 2 .250 in .001 in 2.25 0-50-0
Long-Range Indicators
D5-21221F 86002 2 1.00 in .0005 in 2.25 0-50
1-Rev Indicators
D1-23226A 86006 2 .025 in .0005 in 2.25 0-10-0
D1-23241A 34018 2 .008 in .0001 in 2.25 0-4-0
Metric Indicators
D1-20261A 33857 2 2.5mm 0.01 mm 2.25 0-50-0
D1-20281A 33886 2 0.5mm 0.002 mm 2.25 0-10-0
AGD
Group
Dial
Dia.
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
E-18
Rotating dial
with lock
Full metal
case housing
and bevel
Identification
number
Declaration of
conformity
Plastic box
in in in
D1-20111A 33557 1 .250 .100 .001
D1-20211A 33705 2 .250 .100 .001
D1-20126A 33611 1 .075 .030 .0005
D1-20226A 33786 2 .075 .030 .0005
D1-20141A 33638 1 .025 .010 .0001
D1-20241A 33836 2 .025 .010 .0001
AGD
Group
Regular Models
Conform to ANSI B89.1.10M Specifications.
High performance, shockproof design.
Hardened steel contact point.
Vertical centered lug back.
Balanced dial reading.
Precision Bearings
The sizes, materials, and finishes of pivots and bearings are the best possible
choice for optimum Indicator performance and lowest cost of ownership.
*For AGD Dimensions, see page E-14.
E-19
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
DI AL GAGES
Intermediate Range
Indicators are a standard
modification of the Regular
AGD Indicators. Designed
to meet the occasional
requirement for extra
range, they are supplied
with a balanced dial and
a revolution counter for
comparative-type reading
applications.
Intermediate Range Indicators
Revolution counter.
Tolerance pointers.
D2-29111E 34052 1 .312 in .100 in .001 in
D2-29211E 34117 2 .312 in .100 in .001 in
D2-29128E 34080 1 .312 in .040 in .0005 in
D2-29228E 34157 2 .312 in .040 in .0005 in
D2-29141E 34088 1 .100 in .010 in .0001 in
D2-29241E 34169 2 .100 in .010 in .0001 in
D2-29161E 34097 1 8.0 mm 1.0 mm .01 mm
D2-29261E 34181 2 8.0 mm 1.0 mm .01 mm
D2-29181E 34112 1 1.9 mm 0.2 mm .002 mm
D2-29281E 34192 2 1.9 mm 0.2 mm .002 mm
AGD
Group
0
2
4
9
1
4
6
8
9
10
D2-29181
S
H
OCKPROO
F
0.002mm
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2
3
5
7
8
7
6
5
3
1
0
10
20
30
10
20
30
40
50
40
D2-29161
S
H
OCKPROO
F
0.01mm
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
4
D1-29141
S
H
OCKPROO
F
.0001"
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
0
5
10
15
20
D1-29128
.0005"
S
H
OCKPROO
F
2
3
0
10
20
30
10
20
30
40
50
40
D1-29111
S
H
OCKPROO
F
.001"
0
1
2
3
4
5
4
3
2
1
*The periphery of dial designs are identical to Regular Model dials.
Rotating dial
with lock
Full metal
case housing
and bevel
Identification
number
Declaration of
conformity
Plastic box
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
E-20
Rotating dial
with lock
Full metal
case housing
and bevel
Identification
number
Declaration of
conformity
Plastic box
1-REV Indicators
Exclusive Shockproof Design.
Precision Bearings.
The 1-Rev always keeps the Indicator Hand within one revolution.
Does not restrict spindle travel.
Does not affect magnification.
Does not damage the movement.
Provides accurate, instant readings.
D1-23111A 86362 1 .080 in .250 in .001 in
D1-23211A 33986 2 .080 in .250 in .001 in
D1-23126A 86366 1 .025 in .075 in .0005 in
D1-23226A 86006 2 .025 in .075 in .0005 in
D1-23141A 86368 1 .008in .025 in .0001 in
D1-23241A 34018 2 .008 in .025 in .0001 in
D1-23161A 86369 1 2.5 mm 2.50 mm .01 mm
D1-23261A 34027 2 2.5 mm 2.50 mm .01 mm
D1-23171A 33974 1 1.25 mm 1.25 mm .005 mm
D1-23271A 34037 2 1.25 mm 1.25 mm .005 mm
D1-23181A 33979 1 .5 mm 0.50 mm .002 mm
D1-23281A 34047 2 .5 mm 0.50 mm .002 mm
Spindle
Travel
AGD
Group
0
2
4
6
2
8 8
D1-23181
REV
1
3
5
7
9 9
1
SHOCKPROOF
0.002mm
D1-23171
0.005mm
0
5
10
15
20
5
10
5
0
SHOCKPROOF
REV
0
10
20
30
10
40 40
D1-23161
REV
SHOCKPROOF
0.01mm
D1-23211
REV
SHOCKPROOF
.001"
0
10
20
30
10
40 40
30
20
The 1-Rev cannot be a full
revolution off because the
Indicator only makes one
revolution.
Shockproof Mechanism
Available in all AGD sizes
and in inch or metric.
Metric dials are yellow for
easy identification.
Dead Zone
E-21
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
DI AL GAGES
Rotating dial
with lock
Full metal
case housing
and bevel
Identification
number
Declaration of
conformity
Plastic box
5" Long Stem Indicators
When a surface is difficult to access, a Long Stem Indicator can be used to reach it without losing
measuring accuracy and without great expense. Stem lengths are 5" long.
Revolution counter.
Tolerance pointers.
D4-20226A 34400 2 .075 in .030 in .0005 in
D4-20261A 34417 2 2.5 mm 1.0 mm .01 mm
AGD
Group
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
E-22
Rotating dial
with lock
Full metal
case housing
and bevel
Identification
number
Declaration of
conformity
Plastic box
Metric Indicators - Regular Models
mm mm mm
D1-20161A 33653 1 2.5 1.0 .01
D1-20261A 33857 2 2.5 1.0 .01
D1-20171A 33670 1 1.25 0.5 .005
D1-20271A 33873 2 1.25 0.5 .005
D1-20181A 33686 1 0.5 0.2 .002
D1-20281A 33886 2 0.5 0.2 .002
AGD
Group
E-23
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
DI AL GAGES
D5-21221F 86002 2 1.000 in .050 in .0005 in
D5-21201F 34434 2 30 mm 1 mm .01 mm
AGD
Group
Long Range Indicators
Continuous and Balanced Dials.
Revolution Counter.
Precision Bearings.
Long-Range Lifting Lever
Catalog No. 599-8400-279
Rotating dial
with lock
Full metal
case housing
and bevel
Identification
number
Declaration of
conformity
Plastic box
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
E-24
IP54 Indicator
IP54 - Waterproof protection (Norm IEC 60529)
Fully protected against the penetration of liquid or solid contaminants. Dust, particles of metal, spraying water
or oil are prevented from entering the indicator.
Corrosion resistant.
Revolution counter.
Tolerance pointers.
D2-29111F-W 28629 .001 in .100 in .200 in 0-50-0 White
D2-29228F-W 28630 .0005 in .050 in .400 in 0-25-0 White
D2-29161F-W 28631 0.01 mm 0.5 mm 5 mm 0-50 Yellow
D2-29261F-W 28632 0.01 mm 1 mm 10 mm 0-100 Yellow
Dial
Color
In a shop environment, Precision Dial Gages are in constant contact with oil, water mist and dust.
Hermetically sealed IP54 waterproof gages from Brown & Sharpe are specifically designed to withstand
these conditions.
Features:
A flexible rubber bellows is fitted where the spindle enters the stem.
The upper end of the measuring spindle is sealed by a safety cap and an Oring.
A new design of the external metal ring and its assembly produces a perfect seal. Its special features
include Orings, flat glasses and a screwed on brass ring. An additional Oring is placed between the
rotating outer ring and the indicators metal housing.
The back plate is fitted to prevent foreign matter from entering.
E-25
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
DI AL GAGES
90 Models
Precision Bearings.
Metric Indicators are supplied with yellow tinted faces.
8 mm stem supplied with .375" bushing.
Revolution counter.
Tolerance pointer.
D9-20111E 34479 1 .200 in .100 in .001 in
D9-20221E 34526 2 .125 in .050 in .0005 in
D9-20161E 34507 1 2.5 mm 1.0 mm .01 mm
D9-20261E 34552 2 2.5 mm 1.0 mm .01 mm
AGD
Group
.375" bushing
35.60101
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-26
AGD Dial Indicator Contacts
Mushroom
Material in
D0-03405 33480 Steel 3/32
D0-80109 33477 Steel 1/8
D0-03466 33481 Carbide 1/8
Regular
Furnished on all indicators unless otherwise
specified.
Material in
D0-80001 33460 Steel 1/8
D0-80104 33474 Steel 1/4
D0-03024 33430 Steel 3/8
D0-03032 33433 Steel 1/2
D0-03040 33436 Steel 5/8
D0-03048 33438 Steel 3/4
D0-03056 33439 Steel 7/8
D0-03100 33447 Steel 1
D0-03132 33452 Steel 1-1/2
D0-03140 33453 Steel 1-5/8
D0-03148 33454 Steel 1-3/4
D0-03156 33455 Steel 1-7/8
D0-03200 33456 Steel 2
D0-03208 33457 Steel 2-1/8
D0-03216 33458 Steel 2-1/4
D0-03224 33459 Steel 2-3/8
D0-03240 33462 Steel 2-5/8
D0-03248 33463 Steel 2-3/4
D0-03256 33467 Steel 2-7/8
D0-03263 33468 Steel 3
D0-03308 33469 Steel 3-1/8
D0-03316 33470 Steel 3-1/4
D0-03366 33475 Carbide 1/4
D0-03250 33464 Diamond 1/4
Flat
Material in
D0-80101 33476 Steel 5/32
D0-03364 33473 Steel 1/4
D0-03013 33420 Steel 3/8
D0-03014 33421 Steel 1/2
D0-03015 33422 Steel 5/8
D0-03016 33423 Steel 3/4
D0-03017 33424 Steel 7/8
D0-03018 33425 Steel 1
D0-03363 33472 Carbide 1/4
Extension
Material in
D0-80102 33431 Steel 7/16
D0-03058 33440 Steel 7/8
D0-70160 33539 Steel 1
D0-03123 33450 Steel 1-3/8
Large Wide Face
Material in
D0-03403 33478 Steel 1/8
Presser Foot
Material in
D0-80103 33543 Steel 7/16
Needle Point
Material in
D0-80007 33545 Steel 1/2
D0-80007 33544 Steel 5/8
D0-73517A 33547 Carbide 1/2
D0-73517 33546 Carbide 5/8
Taper
Material in
D0-80005 33426 Steel 7/16
D0-80010 33427 Steel 1
D0-03021 33428 Steel 1-7/16
D0-03022 33429 Steel 2
Shock Absorbing
Material in
D0-80105 33471 Steel 5/8
E-27
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
Contact Points with M2.5 Threads
Measuring insert with off-center, narrow
measuring face. Lock nut for radial
alignment.
Bmm
35.10602 28662 Carbide 0.5
Measuring insert with adjustable narrow
measuring face (parallelism). Lock nut
for radial alignment.
Bmm
35.10702 28663 Carbide 0.5
Measuring insert with a flat, adjustable
measuring face (parallelism). Lock nut
for radial alignment.
mm
35.10902 28668 Carbide 2.5
16
3
,
3
5
6
,
5
1
5
0
,
5
Measuring insert with a cylindrical
measuring face. Lock nut for radial
alignment.
35.10502 28661 Carbide Measuring inserts with blade-shaped
measuring faces. Lock nut for radial
alignment.
Bmm
35.60024 28655 Steel 0.3
35.60025 28656 Carbide 0.3
Measuring inserts with blade-shaped
measuring faces, in steel. Lock nut for
radial alignment.
35.60031 28657 5 0.2
35.60032 28658 10 0.2
35.60033 28659 15 0.2
35.60034 28660 20 0.2
L
mm
B
mm
Measuring insert with needle contact
point.
35.60030 28652 Steel
Measuring inserts with ball-bearing rollers.
Lock nut for radial alignment.
Shape
35.60010 28653 Steel Cylindrical
35.60011 28654 Steel ball-shaped
Measuring insert with offset (A)
contact point. Lock nut for radial
alignment.
Amm
35.60063 28651 Steel 12
2
6
3
,
3
2,5
1.6
3,0
2,0
8
7
,
5
7
13
6
1
,
6
0
,
0
0
3
2
,
5
4
2,3
16
0
,
5
7,5
Measuring inserts with a flat measuring face.
mm
35.10801 28664 Steel 2.5
35.10802 28665 Carbide 2.5
35.60022 28666 Steel 3.4
35.60023 28667 Carbide 3.4
6
D
4
DO-69998 28650
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-28
AGD Dial Indicator Backs for Prior Design
(Indicators purchased before 01/2002)
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Lug
Furnished on all dial indicators unless
otherwise specified.
D0-29002 33497 1
D0-29202 33507 2
AGD
Group
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Offset Lug
D0-29001 33496 1
D0-29201 33506 2
AGD
Group
L
C
L
C
Dovetail Rack
D0-29056 33500 1
D0-29256 33511 2
AGD
Group
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Post
D0-29069 33504 1
D0-29269 33515 2
AGD
Group
.875 to
Spindle
L
c
.562
1.50
.635
1.00
1.50
.938
Flat
D0-29021 33499 1
D0-29221 33509 2
AGD
Group
Dovetail Bracket
D0-29253 33510
(fits both sizes)
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Screw
D0-29068 33503 1
D0-29268 33514 2
AGD
Group
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Adjustable
D0-29003 33498 1
D0-29203 33508 2
AGD
Group
Style H
Style K Style M Style N
Style P Style R
Style T
E-29
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
AGD Dial Indicator Backs for Current Design
(Indicators purchased during or after 01/2002)
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Lug
Furnished on all dial indicators unless
otherwise specified.
D0-29002-1 28669 1
D0-29202-1 28670 2
AGD
Group
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Offset Lug
D0-29001-1 28671 1
D0-29201-1 28672 2
AGD
Group
L
C
Flat
D0-29021-1 28673 1
D0-29221-1 28674 2
AGD
Group
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Post
D0-29069-1 28675 1
D0-29269-1 28676 2
AGD
Group
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Screw
D0-29068-1 28677 1
D0-29268-1 28678 2
AGD
Group
To or der an i ndi cat or wi t h a
speci f i c back, pl ace t he st yl e
l et t er desi gnat i on at t he end
of t he i ndi ct at or par t
number. For exampl e, a
D1-20241A i ndi cat or
( shown on page E-17) wi l l be
shi pped wi t h a f l at back i f
t he st yl e l et t er K i s added t o
t he end of t he par t number,
as D1-20241AK.
Style N
Style K
Style P
Style R
A.G.D. Mil. Spec. Adjustable
D0-29203 -1 2
AGD
Group
Style H
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-30
Indicator Dial Options
Solid Dial
Continuous dial reading clockwise or counterclockwise, or balanced dial with plus" or minus" signs.
Format A
Balanced Numbering
(Plus on right, minus on left)
0
10
20
30
40
50
40
30
20
10
.001
Double Dials - Revolution Counting Hands
Continuous dials reading clockwise or counterclockwise, or balanced dials without plusor minus
signs, complete with revolution counting hands.
Format E
Balanced Numbering
(Plus and minus omitted)
Format F
Continuous Clockwise
Numbering
0
10
20
30
40
50
40
30
20
10
.001
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
.001
0
9
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
MADE IN U.S.A.
E-31
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
AGD Dial Indicator Accessories
D0-69984 33538
Moisture Seal*
Bell Crank* Collet Clamp
in
D0-48255 33521 12
B&S 599-8941 45054
B&S 599-8940 (9/16-18 Thrd.) 45053
* Fits all .375 AGD Mil. Spec. stem diameters
Hole Attachments*
in
D0-69974 33534 .25
D0-69975 33535 .50
.81
2.06
.87
1.81
3.81
.87
1.125"
1.125"
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-32
Long-Range Lifting Lever
Split Bushing*
Holding Rod
in
For 90 Indicators
D0-95020 33548 0.31
D0-95030 33549 0.25
D0-95050 33550 0.38
D0-69976 33536
All dimensions are in inches unless otherwise specified.
* Fits all .375 AGD Mil. Spec. stem diameters
in
D0-48279 33522 0 - 1
Used primarily on D5-21211F to provide
for full spindle retraction.
AGD Dial Indicator Accessories (cont.)
.50
.50
2.50
E-33
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
Wood case
Contact Point Set
Eliminates trouble in measuring hard-to-get-at places and enables you to make complete use of
your Dial Indicator. The set includes 22 points in various shapes and sizes.
The set is supplied with a fitted case. Points have AGD Standard #4-48 threads and are protected
against corrosion.
AGD Dial Indicator Accessories
599-7886 44958
Material in
Blanks
D0-03007 33414 Steel 1/2
D0-03008 33415 Steel 3/4
D0-03009 33416 Steel 1
D0-03010 33417 Steel 1-1/2
D0-03011 33418 Steel 2
D0-03012 33419 Steel 2-1/2
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-34
40 mm Diameter Dial Gages, Perpendicular
Total Repeat- Hyste- N
Reading ability resis
mm mm mm mm error (m) m m
CP 352 0.01 3 3.2 1 0-50-100 14 3 3 0.9
CP 352S 0.01 0.4 3.2 (1) 4-0-4 9 3 3 0.9
CP 353 0.01 3 3.2 0.5 0-25-50 14 3 3 0.9
CP 355 0.002 3 3.2 0.2 0-10-20 14 2 2.5 0.9
CP 355S 0.002 0.08 3.2 (0.2) 8-0-8 9 2 2.5 0.9
S: Models with a reduced range.
Since the pointer travels less than one revolution, all reading errors due to the revolution counter are
eliminated.
DIN 878 and

factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and stem
with a 8h6 dia. in stainless
steel, hardened and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Adjustable
tolerance
markers.
M2,5 coupling thread for
contact points.
Fastening sleeve with a
8h6 or 25h6 diameter
Contact points with
a 3 mm dia. ball tip,
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-35
JET Type Dial Gages
4
8h6
5
10
3
7
2
9
6
4
8
.
4
(
7
7
.
4
)
6.5 14.5
4
0
3
7
3 4.5
8h6
5
10
5
0
4
3
6
6
8
(
1
1
1
)
9 15.7
5
8
5
3
3
mm mm mm mm mm error (m) m m
313K 0.01 40 5 5.4 0,5 0 25 50 14 3 3 1.4
512K 0.01 58 10 10.5 1 0 50 100 17 3 3 1.4
Metric models
in mm in in in error (in) in in
314AK .0005 40 .200 .212 .020 0 10 20 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.4
513AK .0005 58 .400 .420 .050 0 25 50 .0007 .00015 .00015 1.4
Inch models
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
stem with a 8h6 dia. in
stainless steel, hardened
and ground
Ajustable
tolerance
markers.
contact point
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-36
40 mm Diameter Dial Gages
Series 350, reading to 0.01/0.002 mm
353 0.01 5 5.4 0.5 0 25 50 14 3 3 1.4
353B 0.01 5 5.4 0.5 0 25 50 14 3 3 1.4
353E 0.01 5 5.4 0.5 0 25 50 14 3 3 1.7
353S 0.01 0.2 3.3 (0.5) 20 0 20 9 3 3 1.4
353SB 0.01 0.2 3.3 (0.5) 20 0 20 9 3 3 1.4
353SE 0.01 0.2 3.3 (0.5) 20 0 20 9 3 3 1.7
355 0.002 3 3.3 0.2 0 10 20 12 1.5 2 1.4
355B 0.002 3 3.3 0.2 0 10 20 12 1.5 2 1.4
355E 0.002 3 3.3 0.2 0 10 20 12 1.5 2 1.7
Metric models
in in in in error (in) in in
352A .001 .200 .212 .050 0 25 50 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.4
352AB .001 .200 .212 .050 0 25 50 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.4
352AE .001 .200 .212 .050 0 25 50 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.7
354A .0005 .200 .212 .020 0 10 20 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.4
354AB .0005 .200 .212 .020 0 10 20 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.4
354AE .0005 .200 .212 .020 0 10 20 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.7
354AS .0005 .008 .130 (.020) 8 0 8 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.4
354ASB .0005 .008 .130 (.020) 8 0 8 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.4
354ASE .0005 .008 .130 (.020) 8 0 8 .0006 .00015 .00015 1.7
355A .0001 .120 .130 .010 0 5 10 .0005 .00006 .00008 1.4
355AB .0001 .120 .130 .010 0 5 10 .0005 .00006 .00008 1.4
355AE .0001 .120 .130 .010 0 5 10 .0005 .00006 .00008 1.7
Inch models
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050,
factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Ajustable
tolerance
markers.
contact point
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
B: With bezel lock.
E: Watertight as per
DIN 40050, IP64.
S: Models with a reduced
range, balanced reading.
Since the pointer travels
less than one revolution,
all reading errors due to
the revolution counter
are eliminated.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-37
40 mm Diameter Dial Gages Series 360,
reading to 0.002/0.001 mm
365S 0.002 0.08 1.5 (0.2) 8 0 8 3 1 1 1.4
365SB 0.002 0.08 1.5 (0.2) 8 0 8 3 1 1 1.4
365SE 0.002 0.08 1.5 (0.2) 8 0 8 3 1 1 1.7
367 0.001 1 1.5 0.1 0 5 10 5 1 1 1.4
367B 0.001 1 1.5 0.1 0 5 10 5 1 1 1.4
367E 0.001 1 1.5 0.1 0 5 10 5 1 1 1.7
367S 0.001 0.04 1.5 (0.1) 4 0 4 2 0.8 0.8 1.4
367SB 0.001 0.04 1.5 (0.1) 4 0 4 2 0.8 0.8 1.4
367SE 0.001 0.04 1.5 (0.1) 4 0 4 2 0.8 0.8 1.7
Metric models
in in in in error (in) in in
367A .00005 .050 .060 .005 0 2.5 5 .0002 .00004 .00004 1.4
367AB .00005 .050 .060 .005 0 2.5 5 .0002 .00004 .00004 1.4
367AE .00005 .050 .060 .005 0 2.5 5 .0002 .00004 .00004 1.7
367AS .00005 .002 .060 (.005) 2 0 2 .0001 .00003 .00003 1.4
367ASB .00005 .002 .060 (.005) 2 0 2 .0001 .00003 .00003 1.4
367ASE .00005 .002 .060 (.005) 2 0 2 .0001 .00003 .00003 1.7
Inch models
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050,
factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Ajustable
tolerance
markers.
contact point
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
B: With bezel lock.
DIN 40050, IP64.
are eliminated.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-38
58/82 mm Diameter Dial Gages
Series 531, reading to 0.1 mm
15.7
4.5
8 h6
5
10
5
0
/
6
0
4
3
6
6
8
/
7
2
(
1
1
1
)
9
5
8
5
3
3
19,2
8
2
M 2,5 - 6H
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050,
factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Ajustable
tolerance
markers (models
with a 58 mm dial diameter
only).
contact point.
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
531 0.1 58 10 10.5 5 0 2.5 5 35 3 10 1.5
531B 0.1 58 10 10.5 5 0 2.5 5 35 3 10 1.5
531G 0.1 82 10 10.5 5 0 2.5 5 35 3 10 1.5
531GB 0.1 82 10 10.5 5 0 2.5 5 35 3 10 1.5
Metric models
B: With bezel lock.
G: Large dial having a
82 mm diameter.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-39
Series 532, reading to 0.01 mm
reading ability resis
532 0.01 58 10 10.5 1 0 50 100 17 3 3 1.5
532 LEFT 0.01 58 10 10.5 1 100 50 0 17 3 3 1.5
532B 0.01 58 10 10.5 1 0 50 100 17 3 3 1.5
532BLEFT 0.01 58 10 10.5 1 100 50 0 17 3 3 1.5
532G 0.01 82 10 10.5 1 0 50 100 17 3 3 1.5
532GB 0.01 82 10 10.5 1 0 50 100 17 3 3 1.5
532E 0.01 58 10 10.5 1 0 50 100 17 3 3 2
532S 0.01 58 0.4 4 (1.27) 40 0 40 9 3 3 1
532ST 0.01 58 0.4 4 (1.27) 40 0 40 9 3 3 1
533S 0.01 58 0.5 4 (1.27) 50 0 50 9 3 3 1
533SB 0.01 58 0.5 4 (1.27) 50 0 50 9 3 3 1
Metric models
533A .0005 58 .400 .420 .050 0 25 50 .0007 .00015 .00015 1.5
533AB .0005 58 .400 .420 .050 0 25 50 .0007 .00015 .00015 1.5
533AG .0005 82 .400 .420 .050 0 25 50 .0007 .00015 .00015 1.5
533AGB .0005 82 .400 .420 .050 0 25 50 .0007 .00015 .00015 1.5
533AE .0005 58 .400 .420 .050 0 25 50 .0007 .00015 .00015 2
533AS .0005 58 .020 .155 (.050) 20 0 20 .00035 .00015 .00015 1
533ASB .0005 58 .020 .155 (.050) 20 0 20 .00035 .00015 .00015 1
Inch models
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050,
factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Ajustable
tolerance
markers (models
only).
contact point.
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
B: With bezel lock.
DIN 40050, IP64.
82 mm diameter.
are eliminated.
T: The short pointer, which
moves along with the
reading pointer, continu-
ously indicates the high-
est value of the meas-
ured quantity.
Both are attached in the
middle of the dial. Ideal
for checking axial and
radial runouts.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-40
Series 550,
555 0.002 58 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
555B 0.002 58 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
555E 0.002 58 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.7
555G 0.002 82 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
555GB 0.002 82 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
556 0.001 58 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
556B 0.001 58 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
556E 0.001 58 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.7
556G 0.001 82 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
556GB 0.001 82 5 5.3 0.2 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
Metric models
1
2
9
)
555A .0001 58 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
555AB .0001 58 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
555AE .0001 58 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.7
555AG .0001 82 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
555AGB .0001 82 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
556A .00005 58 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
556AB .00005 58 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
556AE .00005 58 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.7
556AG .00005 82 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
556AGB .00005 82 .200 .210 .010 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
Inch models
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050,
factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Ajustable
tolerance
markers (models
only).
contact point.
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
B: With bezel lock.
DIN 40050, IP64.
82 mm diameter.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-41
Series 560,
5
565S 0.002 58 0.08 3.3 (0.2) 8 0 8 3 1 1 1.5
565SB 0.002 58 0.08 3.3 (0.2) 8 0 8 3 1 1 1.5
565SE 0.002 58 0.08 3.3 (0.2) 8 0 8 3 1 1 1.7
567 0.001 58 1 3.3 0.1 0 5 10 5 1 1 1.5
567B 0.001 58 1 3.3 0.1 0 5 10 5 1 1 1.5
567E 0.001 58 1 3.3 0.1 0 5 10 5 1 1 1.7
567S 0.001 58 0.04 3.3 (0.1) 4 0 4 2 0.8 0.8 1.5
567SB 0.001 58 0.04 3.3 (0.1) 4 0 4 2 0.8 0.8 1.5
567SE 0.001 58 0.04 3.3 (0.1) 4 0 4 2 0.8 0.8 1.7
567SG 0.001 82 0.04 3.3 (0.1) 4 0 4 2 0.8 0.8 1.5
Metric models
567A .00005 58 .050 .130 .005 0 2.5 5 .0002 .00004 .00004 1.5
567AB .00005 58 .050 .130 .005 0 2.5 5 .0002 .00004 .00004 1.5
567AE .00005 58 .050 .130 .005 0 2.5 5 .0002 .00004 .00004 1.7
567AS .00005 58 .002 .130 (.005) 2 0 2 .0001 .00003 .00003 1.5
567ASB .00005 58 .002 .130 (.005) 2 0 2 .0001 .00003 .00003 1.5
567ASE .00005 58 .002 .130 (.005) 2 0 2 .0001 .00003 .00003 1.7
Inch models
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050,
factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Ajustable
tolerance
markers (models
only).
contact point.
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
B: With bezel lock.
DIN 40050, IP64.
82 mm diameter.
are eliminated.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-42
58/82 mm Dial Gages
with Long Range, Series 700
DIN 878,
NF E 11-050,
factory
standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Ajustable
tolerance markers
(models with a
58 mm dial diameter only).
contact point.
Revolution counter in the
middle
Contact point with
already mounted
Cardboard box
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
58 mm 82 mm 58/82 mm
30 mm 30 mm 50 mm 100 mm 150 mm 200 mm
mm 1 in 1 in 2 in 4 in 6 in 8 in
A 148 158 228 390 599 752
B 88 98 117.2 211.6 355 437
C 50 60 60 103.6 150 150
D 10 10 9 9 10.4 10.4
E 20 20 19 19 20.2 20.2
F 8h6 8h6 8h6 8h6 12 12
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-43
711 0.1 58 30 30.5 5 0 2.5 5 40 3 10 2.2
711B 0.1 58 30 30.5 5 0 2.5 5 40 3 10 2.2
711G 0.1 82 30 30.5 5 0 2.5 5 40 3 10 2.2
711GB 0.1 82 30 30.5 5 0 2.5 5 40 3 10 2.2
721 0.1 58 50 50.5 5 0 2.5 5 50 3 10 2.5
721B 0.1 58 50 50.5 5 0 2.5 5 50 3 10 2.5
721G 0.1 82 50 50.5 5 0 2.5 5 50 3 10 2.5
721GB 0.1 82 50 50.5 5 0 2.5 5 50 3 10 2.5
731 0.1 58 100 100.5 5 0 2.5 5 60 3 10 3.2
731B 0.1 58 100 100.5 5 0 2.5 5 60 3 10 3.2
731G 0.1 82 100 100.5 5 0 2.5 5 60 3 10 3.2
731GB 0.1 82 100 100.5 5 0 2.5 5 60 3 10 3.2
713A .0005 58 1 1.02 .05 0 25 50 .001 .00015 .0002 2.2
713AB .0005 58 1 1.02 .05 0 25 50 .001 .00015 .0002 2.2
713AG .0005 82 1 1.02 .05 0 25 50 .001 .00015 .0002 2.2
713AGB .0005 82 1 1.02 .05 0 25 50 .001 .00015 .0002 2.2
723A .0005 58 2 2.02 .05 0 25 50 .0012 .00015 .0002 2.5
723AB .0005 58 2 2.02 .05 0 25 50 .0012 .00015 .0002 2.5
723AG .0005 82 2 2.02 .05 0 25 50 .0012 .00015 .0002 2.5
723AGB .0005 82 2 2.02 .05 0 25 50 .0012 .00015 .0002 2.5
733A .0005 58 4 4.02 .05 0 25 50 .0014 .00015 .0003 3.2
733AB .0005 58 4 4.02 .05 0 25 50 .0014 .00015 .0003 3.2
733AG .0005 82 4 4.02 .05 0 25 50 .0014 .00015 .0003 3.2
733AGB .0005 82 4 4.02 .05 0 25 50 .0014 .00015 .0003 3.2
Inch models
Reading to 0.1 mm Metric models
Reading to 0.01 mm
712 0.01 58 30 30.5 1 0 50 100 25 3 5 2.2
712B 0.01 58 30 30.5 1 0 50 100 25 3 5 2.2
712BLEFT 0.01 58 30 30.5 1 100 50 0 25 3 5 2.2
712G 0.01 82 30 30.5 1 0 50 100 25 3 5 2.2
712GB 0.01 82 30 30.5 1 0 50 100 25 3 5 2.2
722 0.01 58 50 50.5 1 0 50 100 30 3 5 2.5
722B 0.01 58 50 50.5 1 0 50 100 30 3 5 2.5
722BLEFT 0.01 58 50 50.5 1 100 50 0 30 3 5 2.5
722G 0.01 82 50 50.5 1 0 50 100 30 3 5 2.5
722GB 0.01 82 50 50.5 1 0 50 100 30 3 5 2.5
732 0.01 58 100 100.5 1 0 50 100 35 3 8 3.2
732B 0.01 58 100 100.5 1 0 50 100 35 3 8 3.2
732G 0.01 82 100 100.5 1 0 50 100 35 3 8 3.2
732GB 0.01 82 100 100.5 1 0 50 100 35 3 8 3.2
742G 0.01 82 150 150.5 1 0 50 100 40 3 10 4
752G 0.01 82 200 200.5 1 0 50 100 50 3 10 4
Metric models
B: With bezel lock.
82 mm diameter.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-44
Type CL2
Consists of a mechanical dial gage combined with an element featuring 2 elec-
trical contacts. Can be used in conjunction with the amplifying unit R43
(No. 044285).
Type CL4
Measuring unit with the following components included:
Mechanical dial gage.
Element fitted with 2 electrical contacts for setting tolerances.
Electronic amplifying unit controlling 3 color signals for value classification
with red for scrap, green for good and yellow for rework.
Power supply: 12 V AC through the R13 type transformer.
Factory standard
Rotating dial
Full-metal
housing.
Plunger and
and ground
Shockproof
system to protect
the movement
Adjustable toler-
ance markers on
models with a
58 mm dia. dial.
M2,5 thread for contact
point.
Revolution counter in the
middle
Contact point with
already mounted
Contact
accuracy:
0,001 mm.
Current passing through
the contacts: 10 A, 12 V.
Response time: 0,1 s.
Power supply for CL4:
12 V, 50 Hz, 60 mA
Cardboard box
Serial number
Declaration of
conformity
Dial Gages with electrical contacts, Type CL
CL2
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-45
Tolerance Total Repeat- Hyste- N
Setting Reading ability resis
CL2532 0.01 58 3 0.5 1.5 0 50 100 17 3 3 1.5
CL2532G 0.01 82 3 0.5 1.5 0 50 100 17 3 3 1.5
CL2555 0.002 58 3 0.5 1.5 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
CL2556 0.001 58 3 0.5 1.5 0 10 20 14 1.5 2 1.5
Metric models
Tolerance Total Repeta- Hyste- N
Setting Reading ability resis
in mm in in error (in) in in
CL2533A .0005 58 .120 .020 .060 0 25 50 .0007 .00015 .00015 1.5
CL2555A .0001 58 .120 .020 .060 0 5 10 .00055 .00006 .00008 1.5
Inch models
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-46
LC display
with coloured
background
6 digits plus
minus sign
Digit size:
9 x 4.5 mm
0.001/0.01 mm,
.00005/.0005 in
Metric/inch
conversion
40 mm
scale length
25 scale divisions
According
to chosen
tolerances
MC 2030:
30.4 mm
MC 2060:
60.4 mm
Incremental
glass scale
MC 2030:
max. 1 m/s
MC 2060:
max. 2 m/s
Plunger
guided on a
plain bearing
M2.5 coupling thread for
contact point
MC 2030: 2 m
MC 2060: 3 m
1 m
1 m
RS-232
3.6 V lithium
battery or mains
adapter
1000 h
using battery
0,002%/ C
10 C 40 C
10 C 50 C
Continued next page
COMPAC Electronic Indicators
MC 2030 or 2060
Exclusive electronic indicators providing a variety of simple functions, large
measuring span and high accuracy.
Combined analog/digital display. Analog display can be oriented for easy
reading in any position.
Numerical keyboard for data inputs.
Possible input of limit values for classification with displaying of related sym-
bols.
Display with color background Green, red and amber if the indicator is
connected to its external power source.
Value storage through the functions max., min.and max.-min..
5
7
/
8
6
,
5
3
0
/
6
0
1
9
9
/
2
3
3
6
8 h6
49
18/17
29
9
2
0
4,5
01990001 MC 2030 Electronic indicator, 30 mm plunger travel
01990005 MC 2060 Electronic indicator, 60 mm plunger travel
01990004 MC 2030-MT 30 mm model
with 9 pairs of tolerances
01990006 MC 2060-MT 60 mm model
with 9 pairs of tolerances
S19070744 MC 2030-FC 30 mm model
with correction against 2 reference standards
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-47
Measuring force
MC 2030 MC 2060
Measuring force close to the plunger stop. Valid for indicator
used in upright position, with downward oriented plunger, as
well as in static measuring.
Upwards 0.85 0.15 N 0.90 0.20 N
Downwards 1.10 0.20 N 1.45 0.25 N
Hysteresis 0.10 N 0.15 N
Standard Accessories for MC 2030 and 2060
01960008 01960010 01960009
01960007 3 V lithium battery, type LR6, AA
01960008 Connector for the plunger retraction by vacuum with model
MC 2060
01960009 Connector for the plunger retraction by vacuum with model
MC 2030
01960010 Connector for the plunger retraction by air pressure with model
MC 2030
01960011 Connector for use of a mains adapter together with a trigger
switch for data transfer
04768000 Hand switch for triggering data transfer
04768001 Foot switch for triggering data transfer
04761038 RS-232 connecting cable, 25-pin
04761017 Adapter 25-pin to 9-pin
04761037 Mains adapter, 230 V, 50 Hz, 9 V, 200 mA, 1.8 VA
04761057 Mains adapter, 110 V, 60 Hz, 9 V, 200 mA, 1.8 VA
MC 2030: 290 g
MC 2060: 310 g
Shipping
box
including:
1 lithium battery
(No. 01960007) and
1 lifting lever
(No. 01960005)
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
IP54
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-48
MICRO-CODEL
Length Measuring System, Digital
UC-1030 and UC-1060 incremental probe
UA-2030 display unit, programmable
Both probes UC-1030 and UC-1060 include an opto-electronic system
based on a glass scale with incremental divisions Use of infrared diodes for scanning the glass
scale ensures exceptional reliability and accuracy.
The display unit provides the following main features:
Combined analog/digital display with bargraph.
Value classification through symbols with additional color background
green for good, orange for reworkand red for scrap.
Numerical keyboard One key = One operating function
Easy input of tolerances.
Pre-setting of any value.
Inch/metric conversion.
Value storage max., min.and max.-min..
RS-232 digital output, bi-directional.
Analog output. Also with a BCD parallel output for model UA-1030 only.
UA display unit
LC display
with a green,
orange or red
background for value
classification
6-digit display
plus minus sign
Digit size:
9 x 4,5 mm
0,001/0,01 mm,
.00005/.0005 in
Metric/inch con-
version
40 mm
scale length
25 scale divisions
According
to chosen
tolerances
UC 1030:
30,4 mm
UC 1060:
60,4 mm
Incremental
glass scale
UC 1030:
max. 1 m/s
UC 1060:
max. 2 m/s
Plain bearing
guiding for the
plunger.
contact point
Continued next page
Incremental
sensors
DIN 32876,
Part 2
Plain bearing
guiding for the
plunger.
contact point.
8h6 dia. stem
IP54
Fitted shipping
case
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
,
D
I
A
L
G
A
G
E
S
,
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
E-49
5
7
/
8
6
,
5
3
0
/
6
0
1
9
9
/
2
3
3
6
8 h6
49
18/17
4
22
9
6
2
0
4,5
01960008 01960010 01960009
04690003 UC 1030 Incremental probe,
30 mm long travel
04690004 UC 1060 Incremental probe,
60 mm long travel
04690021 UA 2030 Programmable display unit.
Table model
04690022 UA 1030 Programmable display unit.
Can be built in
04690005 Extension cable for incremental probes,
7 mm long
04690019 Vacuum cap for incremental
probes
01960008 Connector for retracting the plunger of the
UC-1060 probe by vacuum
UC-1030 probe by vacuum
UC-1030 probe by air pressure
UC 1030: 1 m
UC 1060: 2 m
1 m
1 m
RS-232
0.002%/ C
10 C 40 C
10 C 50 C
IP54
UC 1030: 290 g
UC 1060: 310 g
Fitted
shipping case
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
Value classi-
fication based
on both lower
and upper
specification limits
(LSL and USL)
Digital capture of
both extreme values
max.and min.as
well as difference
max.-min.in
dynamic
measurement
max.
min.
max.-min.
PRESET
UNIT 000
MEM R.MEM PRINT
TOL< TOL>
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
+/ 0
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
DI AL TEST I NDI CATORS ( LEVER- TYPE)
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-2
599-7032-3
BESTEST
-3 and -13 Series

BESTEST -3 and -13 sets are furnished with .080" carbide contact points,
a rectangular bar, swivel clamp, point wrench and a certificate of accuracy
and traceability. The -3 sets with end mounted dials are furnished with a
universal dovetail mounting attachment (7054) in place of the rectangular
bar and swivel clamp.
BESTEST
/ TESATAST
Dial Test Indicators

All BESTEST and TESATAST indicators meet or exceed federal or DIN specifications. All BESTEST and
TESATAST indicators are furnished with a certificate of accuracy and traceability. BESTEST and
TESATAST indicators provide all of the following features:
Constant Clockwise Rotation Indicator pointer always rotates clockwise (whether measuring
over or under) to eliminate plus or minus confusion.
Automatic Reversal Measuring is bi-directional with double lever system. No switch to interfere
with movement. Measures inside, outside, over and under.
Swiveling Point Contact point can be set over 210 arc to measure
hard-to-reach areas.
Universal Mounting Dovetails top, front and back for required mounting orientation
and rigid set up.
Carbide Tip Furnished as standard on all BESTEST/TESATAST indicators.
Monobloc (precision watch) Body Design All pinions are mounted in jeweled bearings in an
isolated assembly completely separate from outer body to maintain highest accuracies.
Anti-Magnetic and Corrosion Resistant Safe for use around magnetic chucks. Chrome plated to
resist corrosion.
F-3
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
BESTEST
- 6 Series (White Face)

BESTEST -6 sets are furnished with 3 carbide contact points, .040", .080", and .120", 2 extensions
with dovetail, point wrench and a certificate of accuracy and traceability in a durable molded case.
DIN 2270
NF E 11-053
Rotating dial
BESTEST
/ TESATAST
- 5 Series (Black Face)

BESTEST -5 sets are furnished with a .080" carbide contact point, a .250" diameter extension with
dovetail, point wrench and a certificate of accuracy and traceability in a durable molded case.
TESATAST
Every TESATAST is furnished with a .080" (2 mm) carbide contact point, a .310" (8 mm)
diameter extension with dovetail, a point wrench and a certificate of accuracy and traceability
in a durable molded case.
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-4
Technical Data
Top Mounted Models
Well-proven lever-type dial test indica-
tors with dial face mounted parallel to
the inserts axis.
Side Mounted Models
Lever-type dial test indicators
with dial face mounted parallel
to the inserts axis, but on the
flat side of the dial housing.
End Mounted Models
Lever-type dial test indicators with
dial face mounted at right angle to
the inserts axis.
60
8.54
6.4
1
.5
1
.
6
5
.001"/ .0005"/ .00005"/
0.02 mm 0.01 mm 0.002 mm
.001"/ .0004"/ .0001"/
Deviation span 27 m 10 m 2 m
Deviation span within .0005"/
the local measuring span 0.20 mm 12 m .0002"/
0.10 mm 5 m .00005"/
0.02 mm 1 m
Total deviation span .0012"/
31 m 13 m 3.5 m
.00016"/ .00012"/ .00005"/
Repeatability limit 4 m 3 m 1 m
.00016"/ .00012"/ .00006"/
Max. hysteresis 4 m 3 m 1.5 m
Measuring force with the following measuring inserts
12.53 mm long 0.15 N 0.15 N
36.53 mm long 0.06 N 0.06 N
24
15
4
5
7
0
/
9
4
8,3 7,6
13
2
3
8
,
4
2
8
,
5
1
1
,
8
3
5
,
8 240
7
7
/
1
0
1
1
1
,
8
3
5
,
8
17,4
10,1
7
0
/
9
4
1
1
,
8
3
5
,
8
BESTEST
/ TESATAST
Dial Test Indicators (Lever-Type)

These lever-type dial test indicators are especially intended for use on the shop floor or in the inspection
room Ideally suited for comparative measurements on a surface plate, for instance Determine form,
shape and positional deviations, as well as axial and runout errors.
Bi-directional measuring with automatic reversal inside the movement.
Continuous clockwise pointer rotation providing error-free reading.
Insensitive to magnetic fields.
Jeweled movement with 7 rubies.
Ball-bearing lever system with measuring insert swiveling through to 240.
Very low measuring force.
Full-metal construction giving exceptional durability.
Monobloc housing with 3 countersunk dovetail attachments.
F-5
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
TESA IP65 Electronic Dial Test
Indicators (Lever-Type)
All the mechanical advantages of a dial test indicator, with a digital
reading and a durable IP65 compliant design.
LCD,
5 digits + sign
Digit height:
.24 in / 6 mm
Zero-setting
Max. perm.
error: 10 m
Repeatability:
1 m
Hysteresis:
3 m
01830001
max. 0.05 m/s
01830002
max. 0.15 m/s
Number of
measurements:
9/s
Operating tem-
perature range:
41 F to 104 F
+5 C to + 40 C
Lithium battery,
3V, type CR
2032
Autonomie
> 4000 hours
RS-232
01830001
2.57 oz
01830002
2.65 oz
EN 61326-1
Degree of
protection
IEC 529: IP65
Supplied
in a plastic
case with:
1 insert with a .0787 in /
2 mm dia. No. 01860202
1 wrench No. 01860307
1 .315 in / 8 mm dia.
mounting rod No.
01840105
Identification
number
Declaration of
conformity
Accessories
44
4
2
.
5
17
1.5
5
8
.
36
6
.
3
18.4
1
.
5
1.5
8
1
2
.
5
3
6
.
5
35
60
8.54
6.4
1
.5
1
.
6
5
Analog and numerical indication
Numerical interval .0005/.00005 in / 0.01/0.001 mm
Selectable scale division: 10, 20, 50 m/1, 2, 5 m
Inch/metric conversion
RS-232 data output combined with external power supply
Displayed measuring modes (NOR/MIN/MAX/MAX-MIN)
Automatic shut down
Compatible with all TESATAST accessories
in mm mm Insert N ( 15%)
01830001 29015 .0005/.00005 0.01/0.001 0.8 12.5 0.13
01830002 29016 .0005/.00005 0.01/0.001 0.5 36.5 0.07
01961000 29552 3V lithium battery, 190 mAh, type CR 2032
04761060 29551 RS-232 connection cable with external power supply
Compatible with TESATAST measuring inserts and accessories, page E-47
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-6
599-7032-3 599-7030-13 18.20006
Inch Reading (.0001" Repeatability, .0005" Calibration Accuracy)
599-7029-3 45977 18.20010 40507 .001 in .030 in 1 in 0-15-0
599-7030-3 45978 18.20006 40503 .0005 in .030 in 1 in 0-15-0
599-7031-3 45979 18.20007 40504 .0005 in .030 in 1-1/2 in 0-15-0
599-7032-3 45980 18.20011 40508 .0001 in .008 in 1 in 0-4-0
599-7023-3 46400 18.20012 40509 .0001 in .008 in 1-1/2 in 0-4-0
599-7033-3 45981 18.20013 40510 .00005 in .008 in 1-1/2 in 0-4-0
Metric Reading (0.002 mm Repeatability, 0.01 mm Calibration Accuracy)
599-7030-13 45984 18.10005 40491 0.01 mm 0.8 mm 28 mm 0-0.4-0
599-7031-13 45985 18.10006 40492 0.01 mm 0.8 mm 38 mm 0-0.4-0
599-7032-13 45986 18.10009 40495 0.002 mm 0.2 mm 28 mm 0-100-0
599-7033-13 45987 18.10010 40496 0.002 mm 0.2 mm 38 mm 0-100-0
Dial
Dia.
Top Mounted Dials
BESTEST indicators with top mounted dials are supplied with a rectangular bar, swivel clamp,
contact point wrench and a certificate of accuracy and traceability in a fitted case. Contact points for
models on this page are 1/2" (12.5 mm) long. Carbide tips are .080" (2 mm) diameter.
Available with either 1" (28 mm) or 1-1/2" (38 mm) diameter dials.
TESATAST indicators are supplied in a plastic case with .080" (2 mm) ball-end carbide contact point,
1 key for fixing the point, 1 extension w/dovetail .31" (8 mm) diameter, an instruction leaflet and a
test certificate.
DIN 2270
NF E 11-053
Rotating dial
F-7
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
DIN 2270
NF E 11-053
Rotating dial
Side Mounted Dials
BESTEST indicators with side mounted dials. Contact points are 1/2" long. Carbide
tip is .080" diameter. Ideal for height gages, and transfer gages. Supplied with a
rectangular bar, swivel clamp, contact point wrench, and a certificate of accuracy
and traceability in a fitted case.
Inch Reading
599-7021-3 50566 .0005 in .030 in 1-1/2 in 0-15-0 .0001 in .0005 in
18.20014 40511 .0005 in .030 in 1 in 0-15-0 .0001 in .0005 in
599-7022-3 50567 .00005 in .008 in 1-1/2 in 0-4-0 .00002 in .0001 in
18.20015 40512 .0001 in .008 in 1 in 0-4-0 .00002 in .0001 in
Metric Reading
18.10011 40497 0.01 mm 0.8 mm 28 mm 0-0.4-0 0.002 mm 0.01 mm
18.10013 40499 0.002 mm 0.2 mm 28 mm 0-100-0 0.0004 mm 0.002 mm
Dial
Dia.
- -
- -
- -
Inch Reading
599-7037-3 50437 18.20204 40514 .0005 in .030 in 1 in 0-15-0 .0001 in .0005 in
599-7024-3 46406 18.20304 40516 .0001 in .008 in 1-1/2 in 0-4-0 .00002 in .0001 in
599-7038-3 50436 .00005 in .008 in 1-1/2 in 0-4-0 .00002 in .0001 in
Metric Reading
18.10204 40500 0.01 mm 0.8 mm 28 mm 0-0.4-0 0.002 mm 0.01 mm
18.10304 40502 0.002 mm 0.2 mm 38 mm 0-100-0 0.0004 mm 0.002 mm
All TESATAST indicators are supplied in a plastic case with .08 in (2 mm) ball-end carbide contact point, 1 key for
fixing the point, 1 extension w/dovetail .31 in (8 mm) diameter, an instruction leaflet and a test certificate.
Dial
Dia.
End Mounted Dials
All BESTEST indicators with end mounted
dials come with contact points 1/2" long
with a carbide tip .080" diameter, a No. 599-
7054 universal dovetail mounting attach-
ment, a contact point wrench and a
certificate of accuracy and traceability in a
fitted case.
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-8
BESTEST
- 5 Series (Black Face)

Easy-to-read, satin-black, jet consoleface, BESTEST
indicators with high visibility orange hand.

BESTEST -5 sets are furnished with a .080" carbide contact point, a .250" diameter extension with
dovetail, point wrench and a certificate of accuracy and traceability in a durable molded case.
Easy Reading Console Faces
in in
599-7029-5 51732 .001 .030 1 0-15-0 1/2
599-7030-5 51733 .0005 .030 1 0-15-0 1/2
599-7031-5 51734 .0005 .030 1-1/2 0-15-0 1/2
599-7032-5 51737 .0001 .008 1 0-4-0 1/2
599-7033-5 51738 .00005 .008 1-1/2 0-4-0 1/2
599-7034-5 51735 .0005 .020 1 0-10-0 1-7/16
599-7035-5 51736 .0005 .020 1-1/2 0-10-0 1-7/16
Dial
Dia.
(in)
Inserts
(in)
DIN 2270
NF E 11-053
Rotating dial
F-9
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
BESTEST
-6 and -14 Series (White Face)

BESTEST -6 and -14 sets are furnished with 3 carbide contact points, .040", .080" and .120",
one 1/2" long x .25" diameter extension with dovetail, one 1/2" long x .22" diameter
extension with dovetail, a contact point wrench and a certificate of accuracy and traceability in
a durable molded case.
599-7030-6 25925 .0005 in .030 in 1 in 0-15-0
599-7031-6 25926 .0005 in .030 in 1-1/2 in 0-15-0
599-7032-6 25929 .0001 in .008 in 1 in 0-4-0
599-7023-6 25923 .0001 in .008 in 1-1/2 in 0-4-0
599-7030-14 25927 0.01 mm 0.8 mm 28 mm 0-0.4-0
599-7031-14 25928 0.01 mm 0.8 mm 38 mm 0-0.4-0
599-7032-14 25930 0.002 mm 0.2 mm 28 mm 0-100-0
Dial
Dia.
DIN 2270
NF E 11-053
Rotating dial
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-10
Extra Long Contact Points
BESTEST indicators with top mounted dials. Contact points are
1-7/16" long. Carbide tip is .080" diameter. Supplied with a
rectangular bar, swivel clamp, contact point wrench and a
certificate of accuracy and traceability in a fitted case.
All TESATAST indicators are supplied in a plastic case with
.080" (2 mm) ball-end carbide contact point, 1 key for fixing
the point, a .31" (8 mm) diameter extension with dovetail, an
instruction leaflet and a test certificate.
Top Mounted Inch Reading (.0001" Repeatability, .0005" Calibration Accuracy)
599-7034-3 45982 18.20008 40505 .0005 in .020 in 1 in 0-10-0
599-7035-3 45983 18.20009 40506 .0005 in .020 in 1-1/2 in 0-10-0
Vertical/End Inch Reading (.0001" Repeatability, .0005" Calibration Accuracy)
18.20205 40515 .0005 in .020 in 1 in 0-10-0
Side Mount Inch Reading (.0001" Repeatability, .0005" Calibration Accuracy)
18.20016 40513 .001 in .020 in 1-1/2 in 0-40-0
Top Mounted Metric Reading (0.002 mm Repeatability, 0.01 mm Calibration Accuracy)
18.10007 40493 0.01 mm 0.5 mm 28 mm 0-0.25-0
18.10008 40494 0.01 mm 0.5 mm 38 mm 0-0.25-0
Vertical/End Metric Reading (0.002 mm Repeatability, 0.01 mm Calibration Accuracy)
18.10205 40501 0.01 mm 0.5 mm 28 mm 0-0.25-0
Side Mount Metric Reading (0.002 mm Repeatability, 0.01 mm Calibration Accuracy)
18.10012 40498 0.02 mm 0.2 mm 38 mm 0-0.1-0
Dial
Dia.
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
DIN 2270
NF E 11-053
Rotating dial
F-11
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
599-7739 44892 A. Inch Indicator Set complete with case
599-7739-10 45705 B. Metric Indicator Set complete with case
Components for Indicator Set ( Inch and Metric)
599-7739-1 44893 C. Swivel for Posts .312 diameter and mounting rods .220 to .250 diameter
599-7739-2 44894 D. Clamp: 1-5/16" range and 1/4-28 threaded hole
599-7739-3 44895 E. Hole Attachment w/ Indicator Mounting Hole .375" dia. and
finger 7/32" dia. w/ 1-7/8" reach
599-7739-4 44896 F. Bar: 5-5/16" long x 3/8" thick x 3/4" high w/ tapped thru holes
at top, bottom and both sides of front and one tapped hole at
back end for attaching Holding Rods
599-7739-5 44897 G. Holding Rod: .312" x 5" long
599-7739-6 44898 H. Holding Rod: .312" x 3" long
599-7739-9999 44899 I. Fitted Case for indicator and accessories
BESTEST
Universal Test Indicators

Full jewelled movement in a universal indicator
D
I
A
L

T
E
S
T

I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S

(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-12
Dial Test Indicators - BESTEST
Accessories

Components for Accessory Set
599-7046 44861 A. Rectangular bar 3/16" thick x 5/16" high x 3" long with .220" diameter stud
599-7048 44863 B. Round bar 7/32" diameter with .163" stepped end; .220" diameter stud;
2-7/8" long
599-7042 44857 C. Swivel support (short) 3/8" diameter x 1" long shank
599-7043 44858 D. Angle attachment 3/8" hole with 3/8" diameter x 1" long shank
599-7052 44867 E. Extension with dovetail .220" diameter x 1/2" long shank
599-7053 44868 F. Extension with dovetail .250" diameter x 1/2" long shank
599-7030-40 44827 G. Carbide ball contact point .040" diameter x 1/2" long
599-7030-120 44829 H. Carbide ball contact point .120" diameter x 1/2" long
599-7041 44856 Complete set of accessories (A-H above)
Additional Accessories
599-7047 44862 I. Rectangular bar: Furnished with all front-mounted BESTEST indicators.
1/4" thick x 1/2" high x 3" long with .220" diameter stud
599-7044 44859 J. Swivel support (long): 3/8" diameter x 3-5/8" long shank
E
F
A
G H
C
D
I
B
J
F-13
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
Universal Clamp
For mounting indicator on dovetail. 7/32" hole in swivel. Dovetail end has 7/32" hole and 5/32"
hole adjacent to the dovetail. For use on Interapid 312 style indicators.
Universal Swivel Clamp
Dovetail opposite 3/8" mounting hole and V-side hole with clamp screw for range 1/8" to 1/4".
74.108603 41663
599-7055 44870
Swivel Clamp
3/8" and 7/32" dia. mounting holes. Dovetail opposite 3/8" hole. For use with all front-mounted
dial BESTEST/TESATAST indicators.
599-7045-1 51853
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-14
Universal Dovetail Attachment
Supplied with vertical top-mounted dial BESTEST indicators. Fits all BESTEST indicators and dovetail-
mounting electronic gage heads. Chrome plated. Shank is 1/4" diameter x 2-1/2" long (to center of ball).
Lug-Back Bracket
Dovetail fits all BESTEST indicators and dovetail-mounting electronic heads. Mounting slot is 1/4".
Combination BESTEST Indicator Axial Support
Used for mounting indicator on dovetail or rod. Hinges on support allow indicator to be positioned
for best orientation to workpiece. Support mounting stem is 3/8". Tool length is 5-1/4".
599-7054 44869
599-980-10 44740
74.106931 41656
F-15
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
599-7036-80
599-7030-15
599-7030-40
599-7050
599-7034-120
599-7030-80
599-7049
599-7030-120
599-7034-40
599-7034-80
599-7051
Ruby Tip Contact Points
Contact Points
Contact points of different lengths are not interchangeable because any change in length of point
radically changes the magnification of the indicator. Be sure to replace or interchange only with points
of the same length. Points of the same length but having different tip diameters are completely inter-
changeable.
Length x Tip Dia. (in / mm) Ball Material
For use with BESTEST indicators 599-7021, 7022, 7023, 7024, 7029, 7030, 7031, 7032, 7033,
7037, and 7038 inch and metric models:
599-7030-15 45702 1/2 x .015 / 12.5 x 0.4 Carbide
599-7030-40 44827 1/2 x .040 / 12.5 x 1 Carbide
599-7050 44865 1/2 x .040 / 12.5 x 1 Steel
599-7030-80 44828 1/2 x .080 / 12.5 x 2 Carbide
599-7049 44864 1/2 x .080 / 12.5 x 2 Steel
599-7030-120 44829 1/2 x .120 / 12.5 x 3 Carbide
599-7051 44866 1/2 x .120 / 12.5 x 3 Steel
For use with 599-7034 and 599-7035 BESTEST indicators:
599-7034-40 44841 1-7/16 x .040 / 37 x 1 Carbide
599-7034-80 44842 1-7/16 x .080 / 37 x 2 Carbide
599-7036-80 44847 1-7/16 x .080 / 37 x 2 Steel
599-7034-120 44843 1-7/16 x .120 / 37 x 3 Carbide
Ruby Tip Contact Points
599-7030-40R 24694 1/2 x .040 / 12.5 x 1 Synthetic Sapphire
599-7034-80R 24697 1-7/16 x .080 / 37 x 2 Synthetic Sapphire
599-7034-120R 24698 1-7/16 x .120 / 37 x 3 Synthetic Sapphire
Contact point thread size is M1.4 x 0.3
599-7030-120R
599-7034-80R
599-7030-40R 599-7030-80R
599-7034-120R
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-16
Dial Test Indicators - TESATAST
Accessories
Styli are available with various ball tip diameters and lengths in either hard-chrome plated or
carbide ball tips.
18.60201
18.60202
18.60203
18.60211
18.60212
18.60213
in/ mm
Hard-chrome Carbide
18.60101 40542 18.60201 40548 .04 / 1 .5 / 12.5
18.60102 40543 18.60202 40549 .08 / 2 .5 / 12.5
18.60103 40544 18.60203 40550 .12 / 3 .5 / 12.5
18.60112 40546 18.60211 40551 .04 / 1 1.5 / 36.5
18.60113 40547 18.60212 40552 .08 / 2 1.5 / 36.5
18.60213 40553 .12 / 3 1.5 / 36.5
Ball Tip
in/ mm
Note: Same point for both inch and metric instruments
F-17
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
TESATAST Accessories
in mm
Fixing shanks and supports for clamping the TESATAST in the measuring position.
Dovetail shanks:
18.50104 40533 18.40104 40522 1. 7/32 in (8 mm) x .5 in (12 mm)
18.50105 40534 18.40105 40523 2. 1/4 in (8 mm) x .5 in (12 mm)
Rod shank:
18.50202 40535 18.40202 40524 3. 3/8 in (8 mm) dia. x 3.5 in (80 mm)
Oblong section shank:
18.50203 40536 18.40203 40525 4. 1/2 in x 1/4 in x 3 in (13 x 6 x 75 mm)
Swivel shanks:
18.50404 40537 18.40404 40526 5. 3/8 in (8 mm) dia. x 1 in (25 mm)
18.50405 40538 18.40405 40527 6. 3/8 in (8 mm) dia. x 3.5 in (90 mm)
Angle shanks:
18.50406 40539 18.40406 40528 7. 3/8 in (8 mm) dia. x 1 in (25 mm)
18.40501 40529 18.40501 40529 8. Centering support with shank 3/8 in (8 mm) dia. x 1 in
(25 mm) clamping by dovetail and 3/16 in (4 mm) bore
18.60401 40557 18.60401 40557 9. Fixing clamp, double
Sets and additional accessories:
18.50001 40531 18.40001 40519 Set of accessories consisting of: 18.60101 stylii,
18.60102 stylii, 18.60103 stylii, 18.60307 key holder,
18.50104 dovetail shank or 18.40104 dovetail shank,
18.50105 dovetail shank or 18.40105 dovetail shank,
18.60308 case
18.50100 40532 18.40100 40521 Set of accessories consisting of: 18.60401 clamp,
18.50202 shank or 18.40202 shank,
18.50203 support or 18.40203 support,
18.50404 shank or 18.40404 shank,
18.50405 shank or 18.40405 shank,
18.50406 shank or 18.40406 shank, 18.60608 case
18.50703 40540 18.40703 40530 Set similar to 18.50101 or 18.40101 but with centering
support 18.40501 in addition, in case 18.60702
18.60307 40555 18.60307 40555 Stylus key
1 2 3
5 4
6
9
7
8
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-18
INTERAPID
312 Dial Test Indicators (Lever-Type)

Very large measuring span Ideal for inspecting all significant size variations, e.g.
on the surface plate Measure positional, form and shape errors.
For measurement at 12.
With revolution counter.
Inclined, easy-to-read dial.
One piece, solid case.
High rigidity.
Very high sensitivity, very light measuring pressure.
Jeweled mechanism fitted with ball-bearings.
Fully reversible, swiveling through 210 without reversing lever.
Hard steel or tungsten carbide contact points.
Variety of mounting positions.
Horizontal Model
Time-tested dial test
indicator (lever-type) with
dial face mounted parallel
to the insert axis.
Vertical Model
Dial test indicator (lever-type)
with dial face mounted at
right angle to the insert axis.
Angular position
of 12 for stylus insert
The models INTERAPID 312 are
designed to give a true reading when
the angle between the stylus and the
workpiece surface is 12 (Fig. A).
In other measuring positions, includ-
ing the parallel position of the stylus
against the workpiece surface, the val-
ues read have to be corrected (Fig. B).
9
6
.
5
~
1
6
1
6
.
5
0 4
0
3
0
0
3
7
.
5
29
6
7
.
5
Technical Data
Measuring
direction
Measuring
direction
B
Measuring
direction
A
0.01 mm 0.002 mm
Deviation range 10 m 20 m 4 m 8 m
Total deviation range 13 m 23 m 6 m 10 m
Repeatability limit 3 m 1 m
Max. hysteresis 3 m 2 m
Measuring force 0.12 N 0.25 N
Pointer Revolution
1 2
Pointer Revolution
1 2
F-19
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
INTERAPID
312 Vertical Models

74.111366 74.111367 74.111368 74.111369
40
30
20
10
0
30
20
10
0.01 mm
40
30
20
10
0
30
20
10
0.01 mm
0
2
0.002 mm
4
6
8
10
8
6
4
2
0
2
0.002 mm
4
6
8
10
8
6
4
2
INTERAPID
312 Horizontal Models

Inserts
in
74.111377 41685 0.0005 0.060 1.5 0 - 15 - 0 0.65
74.111378 41686 0.0005 0.060 1.2 0 - 15 - 0 0.65
74.111958 41715 0.0005 0.060 1.5 0 - 15 - 0 2.675
74.111379 41687 0.001 0.060 1.2 0 - 15 - 0 0.65
74.111957 41714 0.0001 0.016 1.5 0 - 4 - 0 0.65
mm
74.111375 41683 0.01 1.6 37.5 0 - 40 - 0 16.5
74.111376 41684 0.01 1.6 30.0 0 - 40 - 0 16.5
Bezel
Dia.
Rotating
dial
Very low measur-
ing force as in
the table on page E-45
Lever system
with friction
drive preventing from
overload
Accuracy:
see table on
page E-45
Supplied in a
plastic case
wit h:
1 insert with a
.080 in / 2 mm dia.
in hardened steel
1 key No. 18.60307
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Series Inserts
in
74.111370 42775 312b-1 0.0005 0.060 1.5 0 - 15 - 0 0.65
74.111371 86150 312b-2 0.0005 0.060 1.2 0 - 15 - 0 0.65
74.111965 41716 312b-15 0.0005 0.060 1.5 0 - 15 - 0 2.675
74.111374 41682 312b-20 0.001 0.060 1.2 0 - 15 - 0 0.65
74.111372 41680 312b-3 0.0001 0.016 1.5 0 - 4 - 0 0.65
74.111373 41681 312b-4 0.0001 0.016 1.2 0 - 4 - 0 0.65
mm
74.111366 41674 312-1 0.01 1.6 37.5 0 - 40 - 0 16.5
74.111367 41675 312-2 0.01 1.6 30.0 0 - 40 - 0 16.5
74.111368 42773 312-3 0.002 0.4 37.5 0 - 10 - 0 15.2
74.111369 42774 312-4 0.002 0.4 30.0 0 - 10 - 0 15.2
Bezel
Dia.
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-20
Technical
data as listed
under each
single product
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
INTERAPID
312 Horizontal Models

Full Indicator Sets with Accessories
Full sets consist of:
INTERAPID 312 dial test indicators
as shown in the tables hereafter
74.106331 41651 Height gage bar with clamp
74.108943 41665 Reducing sleeve, inch
or
74.108942 41664 Adapter sleeve 5/ 32" - 3/ 8"
74.106931 41656 Axial support - .375" stem
or
74.106026 41650 Axial support - 8 mm stem
74.111474 41688 Case
18.60307 40555 Contact point wrench
in 74.111370 74.111371 74.111372 74.111373 74.106331 74.108943 74.106931 74.111474 18.60307
74.111508 41706 G G G G G G
74.111509 41707 G G G G G G
74.111510 41708 G G G G G G
74.111511 41709 G G G G G G
mm 74.111366 74.111367 74.111368 74.111369 74.106331 74.108942 74.106026 74.111474 18.60307
74.111502 41700 G G G G G G
74.111503 41701 G G G G G G
74.111504 42777 G G G G G G
74.111505 42778 G G G G G G
in 74.111377 74.111378 74.106331 74.108943 74.106931 74.111474 18.60307
74.111513 41710 G G G G G G
74.111514 41711 G G G G G G
mm 74.111375 74.111376 74.106331 74.108942 74.106026 74.111474 18.60307
74.111506 41704 G G G G G G
74.111507 41705 G G G G G G
F-21
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
Measuring Inserts for INTERAPID
312
Series 312 Dial Test Indicator Sets
Length L of the measuring inserts
Note:
The original measuring insert mounted on
every INTERAPID 312 and other inserts with
same nominal length but having different tip
diameters are completely interchangeable.
L
L
in
74.107899 41660 74.105996 41647 all** 0.080 0.650
74.107901 41661 74.105997 41648 all** 0.060 0.650
74.107903 41662 74.105998 41649 all** 0.031 0.650
74.106361 41654 all** 0.080 1.375*
74.106363 41655 all** 0.031 1.375*
74.111913*** 41713 0.080 2.675
74.111912**** 41712 0.100 2.675
mm
74.107893 41657 74.105993 41644 0.01 2 16.5
74.107895 41658 74.105994 41645 0.01 1.5 16.5
74.107897 41659 74.105995 41646 0.01 0.8 16.5
74.106358 41652 0.01 2 36.6*
74.106360 41653 0.01 0.8 36.6*
74.110481 41666 74.110482 41667 0.002 2 15.2
74.110492 41669 74.110491 41668 0.002 1.5 15.2
74.110493 41670 74.110507 42772 0.002 0.8 15.2
74.110494 41671 0.002 2 34*
74.110508 41673 0.002 0.8 34*
in / mm
18.60307 40555 Key for measuring inserts
74.111474 41688 Case for measuring inserts
Carbide
Ball Tips
Steel
Ball Tips
* The length of the used insert changes the amplification factor of the lever system,
therefore, each read value must be doubled.
** Except for models No. 74.111965 and No. 74.111958
*** Only for model No. 74.111965
**** Only for model No. 74.111958
Ball tips in
hardened steel
or tungsten carbide
M1.7
coupling thread
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-22
Accessories for INTERAPID
312
74.108942
74.106331
Type
74.111486 42776 Carbide .080 in .812 in
74.111487 41693 Carbide .060 in .812 in
74.111488 41694 Carbide .031 in .812 in
74.111489 41695 Chrome .080 in .812 in
74.111490 41696 Chrome .060 in .812 in
74.111491 41697 Chrome .031 in .812 in
74.111492* 41698 Carbide .080 in 1.750 in
74.111493* 41699 Carbide .031 in 1.750 in
74.110481 41666 Chrome 2.0 mm 15.2 mm
74.110482 41667 Carbide 2.0 mm 15.2 mm
74.110491 41668 Carbide 1.5 mm 15.2 mm
74.110493 41670 Chrome 0.8 mm 15.2 mm
74.110494* 41671 Carbide 2.0 mm 34 mm
74.110507 42772 Carbide 0.8 mm 15.2 mm
74.110508* 41673 Carbide 0.8 mm 34 mm
With .0001 in (0.002 mm) graduations
* Note when these special purpose contact points are used, the dial reading must be
doubled to obtain the correct reading!
Contact Points For INTERAPID
Models 310-3, 311-3, 310-b-3,

311-bn-3, 312-3, 312-4
3 + 2 = 1
74.106931
in mm in mm
74.106331 41651 Height gage bar with clamp 74.106331 41656
18.50203 40536 Height gage bar 18.40203 40525
1
/2 x
1
/4 x 2 13 x 6 x 50
7
/32 5.6
74.108603 41663 Double attachment with clamping 74.108603 41663 4
point and dovetail
74.106931 41656 Swivel holder 74.106026 41650
3
/8 x 5.25 8 x 133
with clamping points 4
and dovetail
74.108943 41665 Reducing sleeve 74.108942 41664
3
/8 /
5
/32 8 / 4
74.111481 41689 Rectangular fixing shank
3
/16 x
5
/16
SP111317 38854 Adaptor shank for INTERAPID 312 Indicators
F-23
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
6.38
1
.
6
60
0
.
7
9
Metric reading
Order Reading Total Travel per Bezel Contact Total Repeat- Hysteresis N
code Range Revolution Point Reading ability
mm mm mm mm L mm error (m) m m
213 0.01 1.5 0.5 27 0-25-50 18 13 3 3 0.35
213G 0.01 1.5 0.5 40 0-25-50 18 13 3 3 0.35
212L 0.01 3 1 27 0-50-100 36 26 3 6 0.20
212GL 0.01 3 1 40 0-50-100 36 26 3 6 0.20
215 0.002 0.6 0.1 27 0-5-10 18 13 1.5 2.5 0.30
215G 0.002 0.6 0.1 40 0-5-10 18 13 1.5 2.5 0.30
215GL 0.002 1.2 0.2 40 0-10-20 36 26 5 5 0.20
216G 0.001 0.6 0.1 40 0-5-10 18 4 1.5 1.5 0.30
COMPAC Lever Dial Test Indicators
Essential for the workshop, but also in the inspection room and laboratory - Ideal for comparative
measurement on a surface plate - Detect form and position errors - Measure axial and radial
runouts, especially.
Note for use of the COMPAC dial test indicators (lever-type):
When the measuring insert is parallel to the workpiece surface (Fig. A), these dial test indicators give true reading as
the amplification factor is 1: 1. In other measuring positions (angle in Fig. B), the effective lever length changes
so that the read value need be corrected. With respect to this, also refer to the instruction manual.
A
B
Measuring direction
Measuring direction
Shorten lever
DIN 2270 and

factory standard
Rotating dial
Friction lever
system for
preventing
from overload
Contact points
with tungsten
carbide ball tips
Delivery in a
suited plastic
case including:
1 x 2 mm dia. contact point
1 x 8 mm dia. rigid stem,
L = 15 mm
(No. 01840107)
L = 15 mm
(No. 01840109)
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
Technical features:
Long range up to 3 mm.
Bi-directional measuring, without reversing lever.
Continuous clockwise rotation of the pointer in both ways.
Swivelling probe through 180.
Main pivot on oversized, self-aligning angular bearings.
Dovetail mounting directly machined in the indicator body.
Dull-chrome plated bezel and housing.
Rotating dial.
Insensitive to magnetic fields produced in universal precision mechanics.
Series 210, standard
Inch reading
Code Range Revolution Point Reading ability
in in in in L in error (in) in in
212A .001 .06 .02 1.063 0-10-20 .72 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.35
214A .0005 .06 .02 1.063 0-10-20 .72 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.35
214GA .0005 .06 .02 1.575 0-10-20 .72 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.35
213LA .0005 .12 .04 1.063 0-20-40 1.44 .001 .00015 .00025 0.20
213GLA .0005 .12 .04 1.575 0-20-40 1.44 .001 .00015 .00025 0.20
215A .0001 .024 .004 1.063 0-20-40 .72 .0005 .00015 .0001 0.30
215GA .0001 .024 .004 1.575 0-20-40 .72 .0005 .00015 .0001 0.30
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-24
Series 220, perpendicular
Metric reading
223 0.01 1.5 0.5 27 0-25-50 18 13 3 3 0.35
223G 0.01 1.5 0.5 40 0-25-50 18 13 3 3 0.35
222L 0.01 3 1 27 0-50-100 36 26 3 6 0.20
222GL 0.01 3 1 40 0-50-100 36 26 3 6 0.20
225 0.002 0.6 0.1 27 0-5-10 18 13 1.5 2.5 0.30
225G 0.002 0.6 0.1 40 0-5-10 18 13 1.5 2.5 0.30
Inch reading
224A .0005 .06 .02 1.063 0-10-20 .72 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.35
224GA .0005 .06 .02 1.575 0-10-20 .72 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.35
223LA .0005 .12 .04 1.063 0-20-40 1.44 .001 .00015 .00025 0.20
223GLA .0005 .12 .04 1.575 0-20-40 1.44 .001 .00015 .00025 0.20
225A .0001 .024 .004 1.063 0-20-40 .72 .0005 .0001 .00015 0.30
225GA .0001 .024 .004 1.575 0-20-40 .72 .0005 .0001 .00015 0.30
F-25
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
Series 230, parallel
Metric reading
233 0.01 1.5 0.5 27 0-25-50 18 13 3 3 0.35
233G 0.01 1.5 0.5 40 0-25-50 18 13 3 3 0.35
232L 0.01 3 1 27 0-50-100 36 26 6 3 0.20
232GL 0.01 3 1 40 0-50-100 36 26 6 3 0.20
235 0.002 0.6 0.1 27 0-5-10 18 13 1.5 2.5 0.30
235G 0.002 0.6 0.1 40 0-5-10 18 13 1.5 2.5 0.30
Inch reading
234A .0005 .06 .02 1.063 0-10-20 .72 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.35
234GA .0005 .06 .02 1.575 0-10-20 .72 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.35
233LA .0005 .12 .04 1.063 0-20-40 1.44 .001 .00015 .00025 0.20
233GLA .0005 .12 .04 1.575 0-20-40 1.44 .001 .00015 .00025 0.20
235A .0001 .024 .004 1.063 0-20-40 .72 .0005 .0001 .00015 0.30
235GA .0001 .024 .004 1.575 0-20-40 .72 .0005 .0001 .00015 0.30
DIN 2270 and

factory standard
Rotating dial
Friction lever
system for
preventing
from overload
Contact points
with tungsten
carbide ball tips
Delivery in a
suited plastic
case including:
L = 15 mm
(No. 01840107)
L = 15 mm
(No. 01840109)
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-26
8
4
8
.
9
1
L
17
10.65
9.4
4
0
2
7
60
6.38
1
.
6
0
.
7
9
Series 240, with reduced range
One-Revolution
Metric reading
Order Reading Total Bezel Contact Total Repeat- Hysteresis N
Code Range Point Reading ability
mm mm mm L mm error (m) m m
242 0.01 0.8 27 0-40-0 18 13 3 3 0.25
242G 0.01 0.8 40 0-40-0 18 13 3 3 0.25
243L 0.01 0.5 27 0-25-0 45 13 3 3.5 0.10
243GL 0.01 0.5 40 0-25-0 45 13 3 3.5 0.10
245 0.002 0.2 27 0-10-0 18 4 1.5 2 0.25
245G 0.002 0.2 40 0-10-0 18 4 1.5 2 0.25
Inch reading
Order Reading Total Bezel Contact Total Repeat- Hysteresis N
Code Range Point Reading ability
in in in L in error (in) in in
244A .0005 .030 1.063 0-15-0 .6754 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.25
244GA .0005 .030 1.575 0-15-0 .6754 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.25
244LA .0005 .020 1.063 0-10-0 1.800 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.10
244GLA .0005 .020 1.575 0-10-0 1.800 .0005 .00015 .00015 0.10
245A .0001 .008 1.063 0-4-0 .7200 .00015 .00006 .00008 0.25
245GA .0001 .008 1.575 0-4-0 .7200 .00015 .00006 .00008 0.25
DIN 2270 and

factory standard
Rotating dial
Friction lever
system for
preventing
from overload
Contact points
with tungsten
carbide ball tips
Delivery in a
suited plastic
case including:
L = 15 mm
(No. 01840107)
L = 15 mm
(No. 01840109)
Serial number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
F-27
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
Tungsten carbide
or ruby ball tips
M1,6 coupling
thread
Standard contact
points mounted
on all dial test
indicators can easily be
replaced by those having
a same length, but with a
different diameter.
Contact Points for Lever Dial Test Indicators
Metric reading
Carbide Ball Tips Ruby Ball Tips
Compac TESA Compac New mm L mm
4/210-84 210084 01866014 0.8 18
4/210-82 210082 01866003 4/210-82R 210082R 01866026 2 18
4/210-83 210083 01866021 3 18
4/210L-84 210L084 01866016 0.8 36
4/210L-82 210L082 01866004 4/210L-82R 210L082R 01866027 2 36
4/210L-83 210L083 01866023 3 36
4/240L-84 240L084 01866015 0.8 45
4/240L-82 240L082 01866006 4/240L-82R 240L082R 01866028 2 45
4/240L-83 240L083 01866022 3 45
Inch reading
Carbide Ball Tips
COMPAC TESA mm L in
4/240A-84 240A084 01866010 0.8 .6754
4/240A-82 240A082 01866007 2 .6754
4/240A-83 240A083 01866017 3 .6754
4/210A-84 210A084 01866011 0.8 .72
4/210A-82 210A082 01866005 2 .72
4/210A-83 210A083 01866018 3 .72
4/210LA-84 210LA084 01866024 0.8 1.44
4/210LA-82 210LA082 01866009 2 1.44
4/210LA-83 210LA083 01866025 3 1.44
4/240LA-84 240LA084 01866012 0.8 1.8
4/240LA-82 240LA082 01866008 2 1.8
4/240LA-83 240LA083 01866019 3 1.8
Contact points with COMPAC order codes are available while stock lasts.
Contact points with TESA order number are in stainless steel.
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
F-28
mm in
01840104 1 Fixing shank with dovetail clamp 4 01850104
7
/32
01840105 2 Fixing shank with dovetail clamp 8 01850105
1
/4
01840202 3 Cylindrical fixing shank 8 x 80 01850202
3
/8 x 3.5
with clamp 5.6
7
/32
01840203 4 Rectangular fixing shank 13 x 6 x 50 01850203
1
/2 x
1
/4 x 2
with clamp 5.6
7
/32
01840404 5 Short swivel holder with cylindrical shank 8 x 25 01850404
3
/8 x 1
and dovetail clamp
01840405 6 Long swivel holder with cylindrical shank 8 x 90 01850405
3
/8 x 3.5
and dovetail clamp
01840406 7 Angle holder with cylindrical shank 8 x 25 01850406
3
/8 x 1
Clamping bore 8
3
/8
01840501 8 Holder shoulder for perpendicular model
with cylindrical shank 8 x 25 01840501
1
/4 x 1
Clamping point for fixing shank 4
and dovetail clamp
01860401 9 Double fixing clamp with 5.6 01860401
dovetail clamp
01840407 10 Long swivel holder with cylindrical shank and 8 x 125
dovetail clamp as well as fine adjustment
01860008 11 Fixing shank with dovetail clamp 6
Accessories for Lever Dial Test Indicators
6
9
2 4
5
10
8
11
F-29
D
I
A
L
T
E
S
T
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
S
(
L
E
V
E
R
-
T
Y
P
E
)
Stem Clamping
length
SPT Rotating holder 8 mm 25 mm
SPTA Rotating holder
1
/4 in 1 in
SPTA-3/16 Rotating holder
3
/16 in 1 in
3
/8 in 1 in
5
/16 in 1 in
15
D
23,8
1
6
D
Dovetail fixing shanks and mounting lug
01850106 Fixing shank swivelling through 30
1
/4 in
01850107 Rigid fixing shank
1
/4 in
01840106 Fixing shank swivelling through 30 8 mm
01840107 Rigid fixing shank 8 mm
01840108 Fixing shank swivelling through 30 4 mm
01840109 Rigid fixing shank 4 mm
TA6 Fixed stem
5
/16 in
TMA6 Swivel stem through 30
5
/16 in
TA8 Fixed stem
3
/8 in
TMA8 Swivel stem through 30
3
/8 in
13
1
6
26,8
D
3
0
3
0
Accessories for Lever Dial Test Indicators (cont.)

C
O
M
P
A
T
R
I
T
I
V
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
COMPARATI VE MEASUREMENT
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-2
3
0,001 mm
1,5 + L (mm) / 300
m
1 m
10 N
100/240 AC 1,5
A
50/60 Hz
RS 232
3
+10 to +40C
10 to +40C
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Inspection
report
Declaration
of conformity
TESA TPS 300 / 500 / 1000 Motorised Setting Benches
These motorised benches are specially made for display setting as well as for calibrating
2-point or 3-point shop tools used to measure both internal and external dimensions up
to 1000 mm.
Benefit
A single bench can replace a wide
number of setting standards such as
gage blocks or setting rings.
Int. dimensions mm/in Ext. dimensions mm/in mm kg
02130001 28461 TPS 300 1 - 305 (0.04 -12) 40 - 330 (1.6 13) 610 x 300 x 270 50
02130002 28462 TPS 500 1- 508 (0.04 - 20) 40 - 532 (1.6 21) 820 x 300 x 300 75
02130003 28463 TPS 1000 10 - 1016 (0.4 - 40) 40 - 1040 (1.6 41) 1330 x 340 x 300 300
On request TPS 1500 mm
Provided with the following accessories:
Power supply 80 240 V, 50 60 Hz
Rubber feet (3) acting as vibration inhibitors
AL300003 adapter mounted on the mobile stop (order No. 02160027)
All given maximum permissible errors for a metrological characteristic (MPE) are valid for a temperature of 20 0,5 C and relative
humidity of 50 5%.
Technical Data
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
G-3
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
COMPARATI VE MEASUREMENT COMPARATI VE MEASUREMENT
X
AL300003
AL90125
AL5590
AL3055
AL300003
AL3055
0
Each bench is supplied with AL300003 adapter.
Each bench is supplied with AL300003 adapter.
Application range 4.5 - 50 mm
Application range 50 - 550 mm
For Bore Gages TESA Veribor
TESA YA
Interapid
mm
02160020 28505 A7547 4.5 - 6 0 4.5
02160021 28506 A7548 6 - 12.5 0 5.,8
02160022 28507 A7525 12 - 25 0 9.5
02160023 28508 A7559 25 - 50 0 17.5
mm
02160024 28509 AL3055 50 - 150
02160021 285010 AL5590 150 - 300
02160026 285011 AL90125 240 - 550
mm
02160024 28509 AL3055 50 - 250
mm
02160028 28513 A7750-A7751-A7752 6 - 12.5
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-4
TPS 300 requires 1 item, TPS 500 and 1000 need 2 items.
Requires 2 items
Requires 2 items.
Requires 2 items.
For Internal Micrometers
For TESA INOTEST
Comparator gages with 2-point contact for internal and
external mesuring
For IRA2 and ETALON Caliper Gages
Internal measuring
For ETALON Caliper Gages
External measuring
mm
02160029 28548 A300000 40 - 1500
mm
02160030 28549 A300005 10 -150
mm
02160029 28548 A300000 40-60
mm
02160031 28550 A300004 50 - 1500
G-5
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
For Dial Gages
For Lever-Type Dial Test Indicators
For any other shop tool, please ask your local
TESA sales representative.
For TESA IMICRO and ALESOMETERS
Internal measuring
mm
02160033 28552 A7913 26 - 140
02160034 28552 A7914 125 - 240
01639025 42785 Measuring support with articulated arm
mm
02160035 28554 A300001-A300002 50 - 250
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-6
3
2 m
4 m
Measuring
bolts and anvils
in steel,
hardened to 60 HRC 2
and 63 HRC 3,
respectively.
Mount for a sensor
having a 8h6 dia.
clamping shaft
Set
including
1 single
TESA VERIBOR Light plus
1 set of interchangeable
fixed inserts
covering the whole
application range.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
TESA VERIBOR Light Bore Gage
Bore gage with 2-point contact made to measure bores and form errors
Self-centring Can equally be used with a dial gage, precision indicator
or any other sensor type having a 8 h6 dia. clamping shaft.
mm Bolt travel, mm
Measuring
depth, mm
05710090 28456 TESA Veribor Light 18 - 35 1.30 176
05710093 28460 TESA Veribor Light 18 - 150 1.30 / 1.40 176 / 178
Dial gage not included
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
G-7
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
mm
05710012 4,5 - 6
05710013 6 - 12,5
05710014 12 - 25
05710015 25 - 50
05710016 50 - 150
05710018 50 - 300
05710017 240 - 550
3
3
Set
including
1 single
TESA VERIBOR Light plus
1 set of interchangeable
fixed inserts
covering the whole
application range.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
See tables
Measuring bolts
and anvils fitted
with tungsten
carbide ball tips
Mount for
a sensor having
a 8 h6 dia.
clamping shaft
2 m
(VERIBOR alone)
2s = 0,5 m
(VERIBOR alone)
TESA VERIBOR Bore Gages
Proven construction and high reliability over decades Perform 2-point measurements of
bores from 4,5 up to 550 mm Detect form and shape errors Gage body with a 8 mm
diameter fixing bore for a dial gage, precision indicator or any other sensor.
High repeatability through the circular reversing element inside the gage, virtually free from
clearance.
Gage body made of invar steel to prevent the measurement results from being affected by
hand warmth transfer.
Centring shoe to ensure a correct alignment of the gage into the bore to be checked.
Tungsten carbide ball tips for high resistance to wear.
TESA VERIBOR
without dial gage
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-8
3
mm
05710054 05710061 4,5 - 6
05710055 05710062 6 - 12,5
05710056 05710063 12 - 25
05710057 05710064 25 - 50
05710058 05710065 50 - 150
05710059 05710066 50 - 300
05710060 05710067 240 - 550
01412010 01412510 01412310 01412511
mm 40 40 58 58
mm 0,01 0,001 0,01 0,001
A mm mm B mm C mm D mm E mm F mm G mm
4,5 - 6 0,35 74 2 138 3,3 3,8 16
6 - 12,5 0,5 93 2,6 156 4,3 4,9 16
12 - 25 0,9 106 4,5 194 7,8 7,9 19
25 - 50 1,3 140 6 228 16 8 19
50 - 150 1,4 173 10 279 36 12 23
50 - 300 1,4 173 10 279 36/66 12 23
240 - 550 1,6 227 14 347 112 18 28
E
A
C B
D
G
30
2
0
Full set
including
1 single
TESA VERIBOR
Light plus
1 set of inter changeable
fixed inserts covering
the whole application range,
1 dial gage
as shown in
the table opposite,
1 dial gage guard.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
Provided with a TESA dial gage
Special Versions
Available on request :
TESA VERIBOR for blind bores and centring shoulders.
TESA VERIBOR elbow-shaped for hard-to-reach bores.
Handtools for measuring the distance between two plan-parallel surfaces.
Handtools for inspecting gear pitch diameters.
G-9
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
mm
05740001
50 mm
mm
05760026 250
05760027 500
05760028 750
05760029 1000
mm
05760012 40
05760013 58
05760014
05760025
mm
05740004 4,5 - 300
05740005 160 - 550
Set of extensions
For extending the application range of
VERIBOR No. 05710016, 05710058 and
05710065 up to 300 mm dia.
Consisting of :
1 Centring shoe
3 Extensions
Depth extensions (not pictured)
To be mounted on each tool shaft from
diameters 25 to 550 mm for depth
increase (Size B Drawing on page G-
13).
Dial gage guard
Protects the dial gage against shocks.
Also prevents the dial from being inad-
vertently rotated.
Cable holder
Used for the probe cable. To be mount -
ed at the end of the gage shaft.
Clear/Memory switch
Cancels any value captured through the
electronic unit such as TESATRONIC,
easily and quickly.
Setting device
Uses gage blocks that serve as material
measures (not included in delivery
scope). Supplied in a wooden case.
Optional Accessories for TESA VERIBOR Bore Gages
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-10
Standard Dial Bore Gages
Centralizing Plunger Type - Style 1
Dial indicator graduations. Inch - .0001"Metric - 0.002 mm
Each model furnished in a protective case with all extensions and adapters.
Positive Centralization. Centralizing Plungers automatically locate the gaging contacts
centrally on the bore diameter even when the gage is inserted at an angle.
Available in sizes 0 thru 6.
Gage Size 0 Gage Size 1 Gage Size 2 Gage Size 3
Gage Size 5 Gage Size 6 Gage Size 4
G-11
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
in in mm mm
B1-12100 32497 0 2.5 .37 - .63 9.5 - 16.0 64 B1-18100 32863
B1-12101 32499 1 2.5 .63 - 1.00 16.0 - 25.5 64 B1-18101 32864
B1-12102 32501 2 2.5 1.00 - 1.53 25.5 - 39.0 64 B1-18102 32865
B1-12103 32516 3 4.0 1.50 - 2.16 38.0 - 55.0 102 B1-18103 32870
B1-12104 32531 4 5.0 2.12 - 3.13 54.0 - 79.5 127 B1-18104 32877
B1-12105 32545 5 6.0 3.09 - 6.13 78.5 - 156.0 152 B1-18105 32885
B1-12106 32560 6 6.0 6.00 - 12.13 152.5 - 308.0 152 B1-18106 32893
Gaging
Depth A
(in)
Gage
Size
Gaging
Depth A
(mm)
Application Range
* Metric Bore Gages available from 9.5 mm thru 308.0 mm (.002 mm Dial Indicator graduations).
Contact Brown & Sharpe at 1-800-283-3600 for pricing information.
EXTENSIONS
Bore Gage Size 4 in 5 in 6 in 10 in 14 in 18 in 24 in 36 in
2 N/A
3 STD
4 STD
5 STD
6 N/A N/A STD
CONTACT POINTS
Option 1* 2 4 5 7
Gaging Contacts Steel T.C. Diamond T.C. Diamond
Centralizing Contacts Steel Steel Steel T.C. T.C.
Gaging Size
0 STD N/A N/A N/A N/A
1 STD N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 STD
3 STD
4 STD
5 STD
6 STD
* Steel Gaging and Centralizing Contacts
are normally furnished on all Dial Bore
Gages unless otherwise specified; cost is
included in the Option 1 price of the gage
BORE GAGE OPTIONS
Extension lengths greater than 36are available. Please contact customer service for a quote.
Range Extension
Reference Contact
Centralizing Plungers
Gaging Plunger
Extensions
Furnished with
each Size
Dial Bore Gage
Positive Centralization
Centralizing Plungers automatically
locate the gaging contacts centrally
on the bore diameter even when the
gage is inserted at an angle.
A
A Reference
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-12
in mm
B1-22100 32952 B1-28100 28516
B1-22101 32954 B1-28101 32978
B1-22102 32955 B1-28102 32979
B1-22103 32956 B1-28103 32980
B1-22104 32958 B1-28104 32981
B1-22105 32959 B1-28105 32983
B1-22106 32960 B1-28106 28522
Centralizing-Plunger Type - Style 2
For jig-grinding machine operations.
Designed to avoid disturbing the machine tool setup.
For restricted areas or applications that might be hazardous to the operators hands.
Available in sizes 0 thru 6.
Style 2
Right-Angle
Design and Application Data -
Dimensions in Inches
Style 1 Standard Style 2 Right-Angle
Gage A B A B C
Size Std. Min. Std. Min.
0 2.50 2.50 7.25 1.13 1.13 2.50 2.75
1 2.50 2.50 7.25 1.13 1.13 2.50 2.75
2 2.50 2.31 8.12 2.53 2.35 3.88 6.25
3 4.00 2.63 9.50 2.53 2.35 3.88 6.25
4 5.00 2.63 10.50 2.53 2.35 3.88 6.25
5 6.00 2.63 11.50 2.53 2.35 3.88 6.25
6 6.00 4.00 13.00 2.50 2.50 4.44 6.69
C
B
A
A, B & C Reference
B
A
A & B Reference
G-13
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
in / mm
B3-12509 87618 .0001 in
B3-14509 87621 .0005 in
B3-17509 87620 .005 mm
B3-18509 87619 .002 mm
Balanced and lightweight for greater sensitivity and less operator fatigue.
Excellent stability in holding mastered value.
Tungsten carbide contacts.
Measuring range: 2 in - 8 in / 50 mm - 200 mm
Dial Indicator is shockproof, and is available in a choice of
graduations. The mechanism is protected by a cast housing.
Up to 36 in extensions available.
Supplied in black carrying case.
Rinseable Bore Gage
Eliminate time spent cleaning bore gages. The rinseable bore gage from Standard Gage can be
cleaned without disassembly. The plunger mechanism is completely immersible, making it as
easy to clean as it is to use.
Alternate Face for
Metric Dial Bore Gage
2
2
5
4
4
3
3
0
1
1
The bore gage can be disassembled
into its three basic sub-assemblies
by two set screws.
Centralization is accomplished via

a single lever/pivot mechanism.
The sensitive contact
and right angle transfer
mechanism have been
combined into one
lever-type unit.
Cutouts located at the side of the

bore gage improve the operator's
ability to use and clean the
gage without disassembly.
Easily adjustable restricter mechanism

to allow for easy entry into bores
throughout the entire range.
The bottom bushing for the extension plunger has
been relocated higher in the extension housing to eliminate
coolant and debris from adversely affecting its motion.
Springs that actuate the centralizer lever are external

to the bore gage head for ease of service or replacement.
The measuring range is
adjustable to .100.
The set screw will
restrict the travel of the
lever as desired
by the operator.
Exceptional quality, more range for the money.
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-14
Dial Bore Gage Combination Kit - Models 0 and 1
Covers diameter range: .370 in - 1.000 in / 9.3 mm - 25 mm.
Industrys most popular Dial Bore Gage now available in an easy-to-use Com bi na tion Kit.
Considerable cost savings.
Interchangeable Gage Heads and Range Ex ten sions to cover diameters from .370 in -
1.000 in / 9.3 mm to 25 mm.
Convenient carrying case.
Ideal for small shops or short production runs.
Cost savings! Replaces separate Dial Bore Gages covering the same ranges, Models #0 and #1.
in / mm in / mm
B1-K0001 87601 .370 in -1.000 in .0001 in
B1-K0001M 28523 9.3 mm - 25 mm .002 mm
G-15
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
in / mm in / mm
B1-K2345 33249 1.0 in - 8.0 in .0001 in
B1-K2345M 33250 25 mm - 200 mm .002 mm
Dial Bore Gage Combination Kit -
Models 2, 3, 4, and 5
Ideal for small machine shops or short production runs.
Covers diameter range:
1.000 in - 8.000 in / 25 mm - 200 mm.
Industrys most popular Dial Bore Gage now available in an
easy-to-use Com bi na tion Kit.
Considerable cost savings.
Interchangeable Gage Heads and Range Ex ten sions to cover
diameters from 1.000 in - 8.000 in / 25 mm to 200 mm.
Convenient carrying case.
Cost savings! Replaces separate Dial Bore Gages covering
the same ranges, Models #2, #3, #4, and #5.
Models 2, 3, 4, and 5
Cover Diameter Range
of 1.000" to 8.000"
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-16
Digital Electronic Bore Gages
The Standard Digital Indicator No. D6-31034 was specifically designed for use with Dial Bore Gages.
"0" set to master for comparative reading.
Resolution 0.00005" (1m).
Preset size of master for absolute reading.
Battery life 2000 hours.
Minimum hold feature may be used to lock on the bore size as the gage is rocked through the bore.
RS-232 interface.
Gage Size 0
Gage Sizes 0 and 1 use Mounting Sleeve.
Gage Sizes 2 - 6 use Protective Housing.
Complete Digital Electronic Bore Gages
in mm
B5-10100 87594 0 2.5 .37 - .63 9.5 - 16.0 64
B5-10101 87595 1 2.5 .63 - 1.00 16.0 - 25.5 64
B5-10102 87596 2 2.5 1.00 - 1.53 25.5 - 39.0 64
B5-10103 87597 3 4.0 1.50 - 2.16 38.0 - 55.0 102
B5-10104 87598 4 5.0 2.12 - 3.13 54.0 - 79.5 127
B5-10105 87599 5 6.0 3.09 - 6.13 78.5 - 156.0 152
B5-10106 87600 6 6.0 6.00 - 12.13 152.5 - 308.0 152
Gage
Size
Application Range
Gaging
Depth
(in)
Gaging
Depth
(mm)
in/m
Indicator Alone
D6-31034 86481 .00005 in / 1 m
Gage Size 1 Gage Size 2 Gage Size 3 Gage Size 4 Gage Size 5 Gage Size 6
Digital Electronic Handle Assemblies
Convert Dial Bore Gages to Digital Electronic Gages with
these Digital Electronic Handle Assemblies:
X4-81030 87588 0 & 1
X4-81032 87589 2
X4-81033 87590 3
X4-81034 87591 4
R1BX4 81035R 5
X4-81036 87593 6
Gage
Size
G-17
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
See
dial gage
table
Regular
dial gages
with a release
button for activating
the measuring bolt
Wooden case
Identification
number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
TESA Bore Gages
Perform 2-point measurement of diameters, shape and form errors
Self-centring and self-aligning into the bore Release button on each bore
gage for activating the measuring bolt Interchangeable dial gages
and contact pins.
Bore gages, Type IA00 or IA0
Complete with Dial Gage
mm mm mm min. max. N min. 2.80
S57100765 26071 IA 00-365 0.002 3.75 - 6.75 0.5 2 25/40 1 2.80
S57100383 26072 IA 00-367 0.001 3.75 - 6.75 0.5 2 25/40 1 2.80
S57200063 26073 IA 0-365 0.002 6.75 - 12.25 0.5 3 60 1 2.80
S57200066 26074 IA 0-367 0.001 6.75 - 12.25 0.5 3 60 1
Metric Readout
Measuring depth (in)
in in in min. max. N min. Max
S57100425 26078 IA 00-365A 0.0001 0.150 .270 0.020 0.080 1/1
5
/8 1 2.80
On request IA 00-367A 0.00005 0.150 .270 0.020 0.080 1/1
5
/8 1 2.80
S57200426 26075 IA 0-365 0.0001 0.270 .485 0.020 0.120 2
3
/8 1 2.80
S57200507 26076 IA 0-367A 0.00005 0.270 .485 0.020 0.120 2
3
/8 1 2.80
Inch Readout
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-18
3
3
3
See
dial gage
table
Regular
dial gages
with a releasse
button for activating the
measuring bolt
Cardboard box
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
declaration
of conformity
6,75 12,25 mm/
.0.270 0.485 in
0,5 mm/0.020 in for
each gage body
1,5 m
(gage body alone,
w/o dial gage)
Tungsten
carbide
contact pins
1 gage
body.
1 set of contact
pins, interchangeable.
1 wrench for exchanging
the contact pin.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
3,75 6,75 mm/
0.150 0.270 in
0,5 mm/0.020 in for
each gage body
1,5 m
(gage body alone,
w/o dial gage)
Tungsten carbide
contact pins
6 gage
bodies,
interchangeable.
2 depth stops.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
mm mm
IA00 3.75 - 6.75 0.5
Interchangeable gage body
(included in the delivery scope)
mm mm
IA00A 0.150 - 0.270 0.020
Interchangeable gage body
(included in the delivery scope)
mm
IA00011 IA00/1 3.75 - 4.25
IA00012 IA00/2 4.25 - 4.75
IA00013 IA00/3 4.75 - 5.25
IA00014 IA00/4 5.25 - 5.75
IA00015 IA00/5 5.75 - 6,25
IA00016 IA00/6 6.25 - 6.75
in
IA00011 IA00/1 0.150 - 0.170
IA00012 IA00/2 0.170 - 0.190
IA00013 IA00/3 0.190 - 0.210
IA00014 IA00/4 0.210 - 0.230
IA00015 IA00/5 0.230 - 0.250
IA00016 IA00/6 0.250 0.270
Bore Gages, Type IA00 - Without Dial Gage
Bore Gages, Type IA0 - Without Dial Gage
mm mm
IA0 6.75 - 12.25 0.5
in in
IA0A 0.270 - 0.485 0.020
IA019
IA020
Depth stop
Knurled knob
Standard Accessories for Type IA0 or IA0A
Dial Gages with a 40 mm Dial Diameter
for Type IA00 or IA0
mm
IAP365 0.002
AP367 0.001
in
IAP365A 0.0001
AP367A 0.00005
Metric Readout Inch Readout
G-19
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
See
dial gage
table
Regular
dial gages
with a release
measuring bolt
Wooden case
Identification
number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
Bores Gages, Type IA1 or IA2 Complete with Dial Gage
Depth (in)
in in in min. max. N min. max
S57300771 26315 IA 1-543 A 0.0005 0.500 - 1.00 0.048 0.200 3
1
/2 1 3
S57300427 26343 IA 1-555 A 0.0001 0.500 - 1.00 0.048 0.200 3
1
/2 1 3
S57400772 26357 IA 2-543 A 0.0005 0.800 - 2.00 0.048 0.320 4
3
/4 1 3
S57400428 26370 IA 2-555 A 0.0001 0.800 - 2.00 0.048 0.320 4
3
/4 1 3
Depth (mm)
in in in min. max. N min. max
S57300077 26099 IA 1-542 0.01 12 - 25 1.2 5 90 1 3
S57300230 26150 IA 1-555 0.002 12 - 25 1.2 5 90 1 3
S57300064 26204 IA 1-556 0.001 12 - 25 1.2 5 90 1 3
S57400062 26226 IA 2-542 0.01 20 - 50 1.2 8 120 1 3
S57400748 26227 IA 2-555 0.002 20 - 50 1.2 8 120 1 3
S57400065 26228 IA 2-556 0.001 20 - 50 1.2 8 120 1 3
Metric readout
Inch readout
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-20
3
20 - 50 mm/
0.800 - 2.00 in
3
12 - 25 mm/
0.500 - 1.00 in
Standard Accessories for IA2 or IA2A
1,2 mm/0.048 in
for each gage
body
1,5 m
(gage body alone,
w/o dial gage)
Tungsten carbide
contact pins
1 gage body.
1 set of
contact pins
along with extensions,
inter changeable.
the contact pin.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
1,2 mm/0.048 in
for each gage
body
1,5 m
(gage body alone,
w/o dial gage)
Tungsten carbide
contact pins
1 gage body.
1 set of
contact pins
along with extensions,
inter changeable.
the contact pin.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
Standard Accessories for Type IA1 or IA1A
Bore Gages, Type IA2 Without Dial Gage
Bore Gages, Type IA1 Without Dial Gage
mm mm
IA1 12 - 25 1.2
in in
IA1A 0.500 - 1.00 0.048
IA123 Depth stop
IA124 Knurled knob
mm mm
IA2 20 - 50 1.2
in in
IA2A 0.800 - 2.00 0.048
IA229 Depth stop, short
IA230 Depth stop, long
IA231 Knurled knob
G-21
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
See
dial gage
table
Regular
dial gages
with a release
measuring bolt
Wooden case
Identification
number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
Bore Gages, Type IA3, IA4 or IA6
Complete with Dial Gage
Depth (mm)
mm mm mm min. max. N min. max
S57500761 26522 IA 3-542 0.01 50 - 150 3 9 220 1 3
S57500749 26523 IA 3-555 0.002 50 - 150 3 9 220 1 3
S57500061 26554 IA 3-556 0.001 50 - 150 3 9 220 1 3
S57600105 26555 IA 4-542 0.01 50 - 300 3 9 220 1 3
S57600067 26556 IA 4-555 0.002 50 - 300 3 9 220 1 3
S57600252 26557 IA 4-556 0.001 50 - 300 3 9 220 1 3
S57700762 22589 IA 6-542 0.01 300 - 500 3 9 220 1 3
S57700763 22590 IA 6-555 0.002 300 - 500 3 9 220 1 3
S57700764 22591 IA 6-556 0.001 300 - 500 3 9 220 1 3
mm mm mm min. max. N min. max
Upon request IA 3-543 A 0.0005 2 - 6 0.120 0.360 8
3
/4 1 3
S57500193 26558 IA 3-555 A 0.0001 2 - 6 0.120 0.360 8
3
/4 1 3
Upon request IA 4-543 A 0.0005 2 - 12 0.120 0.360 8
3
/4 1 3
S57600587 26559 IA 4-555 A 0.0001 2 - 12 0.120 0.360 8
3
/4 1 3
Upon request IA 6-543 A 0.0005 12 - 20 0.120 0.360 8
3
/4 1 3
Upon request IA 6-555 A 0.0001 12 - 20 0.120 0.360 8
3
/4 1 3
Bore Gages, Type IA3, IA4 or IA6 Without Dial Gage
mm mm
IA3 50 - 150 3
IA4 50 - 300 3
IA6 300 - 500 3
in in
IA3A 2 - 6 0.120
IA4A 2 - 12 0.120
IA6A 12 - 20 0.120
Metric Readout
Inch Readout
3
IA3: 50-150 mm/
2-6 in.
IA4: 50-300 mm/
2-12 in.
IA6: 300-500 mm/12-20 in
3 mm/.120 in for
each gage body
1,5 m
(gage body alone,
w/o dial gage)
Tungsten carbide
contact pins
1 gage body.
1 set of
extensions
for the contact pins.
1 set of contact pins,
interchangeable.
1 extension RI 100.
the contact pin.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-22
Metric readout
Dial Gages for Type IA1 to IA6, 58 mm Dial Diameter
Standard Accessories for Bore Gages
mm
IAP542 0.01
IAP555 0.002
IAP556 0.001
3
See
dial gage
table
Regular
dial gages
with a release
measuring bolt
Cardboard box
Identification
number
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
IA34
RIA4
RI100
EIA2
IABL0500
IABL0750
IABL1000
IABL1500
IABL2000
532IA
555IA
533AIA
555AIA
For use of a gage type IA3 as IA4.
Consists of 2 extensions and 1 centring shoe.
Handle for gage type IA2 up to IA6.
Allows the use of a regular dial gage or inductive probe.
100 mm long extension for gage type IA2 up to IA6.
2 extensions can be used together at the most.
Setting device, capacity 0 - 215 mm.
Provided in a wooden case, without slip gages.
500 mm long extension for IA3, IA4 and IA6.
Features a counterweight based mechanism for raising the measuring bolt,
thus ensuring that the measurements are being taken correctly in any position of use.
Provided in a wooden case.
750 mm long extension for IA3, IA4 and IA66
Identical to series 532, but with reinforced pressure spring for use with
IABL-type extensions.
Identical to series 555, but with reinforced pressure spring for use with
Identical to series 533A, but with reinforced pressure spring for use with
Identical to series 555A, but with reinforced pressure spring for use with
G-23
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
33
Measuring
faces: see
opposite
Plug gages
with built-in
probe.
2-point model : 1%
3-point model : 3%
These percentages refer to
the measuring span of each
plug gage
Plug gages
with built-in
probe.
2-point model :
1 m
3-point model :
2 m
Plug gages
with built-in
probe:
0,4 m
0,3 to 1,2 N
according to
relevant model
10 C to 35 C
-25 C to 55 C
Declaration
of conformity
You may ask for a quotation for plug
gages with their own setting rings as
well as for the electronic unit.
Specify nominal dimension along
with both upper and lower limits of
size as well as workpiece material.
TESADIA Plug Gage
Easy-to-handle plug gage for 2-point or 3-point measurement on cylindrical bores
Ideal for blind bores and short centring shoulders with diameters
ranging from 2,98 up to 250 mm.
Features a built-in probe that can be connected to a TESAs electronic unit, e.g.
TESATRONIC or TESA Interface Box BP 880.
Specially suited for recurrent measuring on the production floor as well as for receiving
and final inspection of medium and large-sized batches of parts.
Equipped with a guiding cylinder that renders unnecessary swinging the plug gage to
find the culmination point. Self-centring and self-aligning.
Handle
With built-in TESA GT 21 axial probe.
Mechanical device for fine adjustment,
stress-relieved probe cable.
Possible connection of a TESA GT 21
compatible probe from another source.
Plug Gage
Equipped with both a measuring
head and guiding cylinder.
Uses the measuring needle with
reversal wedge at one end to trans-
fer the sweeping movement of the
measuring insert to the
axial probe.
Houses a guiding cylinder having
a special profile for unrestrainedly
introduction of the plug gage
into the bore to be measured.
No locking, no tilting.
Choice of gauging contacts
offering optimum adaptation to
the parts to be checked, i.e. :
tungsten carbide tipped (not
suited for non-ferrous metal alloy);
hard-chrome plated (partially
suited for non-ferrous metal alloy);
ruby contacts (suited for
non-ferrous metal alloy);
diamond contacts (suited for
soft light alloy);
synthetic contacts (suited for
polished surfaces).
S 2-point plug gage in standard execution for through holes
D 2-point plug gage with longer guiding cylinder for through holes
FB Plug gage for blind bores
3P 3-point plug gage for through holes
05560221
05560228
S55071072
Handle with built-in
GT21 axial probe
Hanle alone
Handle for indicator
21192
21193
41242
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-24
3
2,1 kg
3
2,1 kg
0 to 30 mm
Mobile
measuring bolt
mounted on a
plain bearing, also fitted with
a semi-circular releasing disc
plate.
Measuring inserts
supplied in pairs. One is
tighten on the measuring
bolt, the other on the fixed
anvil using one indexing pin
with 1 mm dia. and two
M1,4 clamping screws.
Resting table with
vertical and lengthwise
adjustment facility
Table surface area:
24 x 9,5 mm.
Setting range:
15 mm upright,
14 mm lengthwise.
With tightening screws.
Sensor
(must be ordered separately),
e.g. dial gage, electronic
or precision indicator,
analogue or digital probe
with a 8 mm dia. shaft.
Main body
in cast iron.
Other parts
in hardened and ground
steel.
Produced by
used sensor.
The SH.30
model has no spring-loaded
measuring force.
Accuracy is
usually influenced
by the measuring
instrument as well as both
flatness and parallelism of
the measuring faces of
used inserts.
Clamping precision
Tolerance in flatness of both
clamping faces: 0,05 mm.
Tolerance for the axial posi-
tion of both indexing pins
against bolt axis: 0,05 mm.
Tolerance for the parallel
position of the table surface
against bolt axis: 0,05 mm.
Also see drawing
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
INTERAPID Small Bench SHE.30 or SHE.35
The ideal solution for precise inspection of small part series dedicated to watchmaking and
precision mechanics Fast in measuring and changing from a part to another Wide choice of
measuring inserts specially designed for the broadest variety of metrology applications.
INTERAPID SHE.30
for External Dimensions
03330004 20941 INTERAPID small measuring bench SHE.30 for external dimensions,
without measuring inserts
Tungsten carbide tipped measuring inserts available in pairs
03360300 20965 Flat measuring face, 3.5 mm long, 0.4 mm thick*
03360301 29567 Flat measuring face, 3.5 mm long, 0.4 mm thick*
03360302 29568 Cylindrical insert with a flat measuring face, 2 mm diameter
03360307 29573 Knife-edged measuring face, 3.5 mm long, 0.05 mm thick, 40
* Measuring inserts with thickness to 0.1 mm or 1.5 mm also available upon request
B 122/03360300
B 111/03360301
B 112/03360302
B 123/03360307
B 152 B 151 B 133 B 134
B 125 B 121 B 132 B 124
Measuring inserts (For a detailed description, see on page G-28)
60
185
5
7
74 91
8
4
7
030,8
0
1
5
,
4
G-25
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
30 mm
2,3 kg
8 up to 38 mm
(std accessory)
Mobile
measuring bolt
mounted on
a plain bearing, also
fitted with a retracting
ball-shaped handle.
Measuring inserts
supplied in pairs. Can be
exchanged. Provided with
a 4 mm dia. fixing shaft.
Height adjustable
resting table
Table surface area:
40 x 70 mm.
Setting range: 8 mm.
1 tightening screw.
Sensor (must be ordered
separately), e.g. dial gage,
electronic or precision
indicator, analogue or
digital probe with a 8 mm
dia. clamping shaft.
Main body
in cast iron.
Other parts in
hardened and ground
steel.
Inserts with carbide
measuring
faces.
Produced by
used sensor.
The bench has
no spring-loaded measuring
force.
Accuracy
is usually
influenced
by the measuring
instrument as well as
the type of used
inserts.
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
185
5
7
74 91
8
4
7
8 38
60
INTERAPID SHE.35 for Internal Dimensions
03330006 000000 INTERAPIDssmall bench SHE.35 for internal dimensions,
with measuring inserts included. 8 - 38 mm
Inserts with special design also available on request
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-26
0 to 82 mm
Insert
retraction travel: 26
mm
Fixing bore diameter for the
sensor: 8h6
Cast-iron base. Other
components in hard-
ened and
ground steel
Sensor
dependent accuracy
Measuring force is
produced by the sen-
sor (not included)
2.5 kg
Wooden case
Declaration of
conformity
Tables and measuring
inserts must be
ordered
together with the measuring
bench as accessories. Correct
assembly is ensured by the
manu facturer for even greater
accuracy.
0 to 82 mm
Insert
retraction travel: 26
mm
Fixing bore diameter for the
sensor: 8h6
Cast-iron base. Other
components in hard-
ened and
ground steel
Sensor
dependent accuracy
Measuring force is
produced by the sen-
sor (not included)
2.5 kg
Wooden case
Declaration of
conformity
Tables and measuring
inserts must be
ordered
bench as accessories. Correct
assembly is ensured by the
manu facturer for even greater
accuracy.
TESA CARY
Small Horizontal Measuring Benches
TESA CARY BML with fixed anvil
Specially designed for fast and accurate measurement of parts.
TESA CARY BMS with setting spindle on anvil side
Simple non-rotative spindle that can be locked in any position. Very useful for measur-
ing parts by comparison against a reference setting standard.

8
26
2
2

8
2
2

8
2
2
03330021 29566 TESA CARY small horizontal bench
accessories and dial gage not included.
03330018 29563 TESA CARY small horizontal bench BMS,
accessories plus electronic probe not included.
03330019 29564 TESA CARY small horizontal bench BMS GT,
accessories plus electronic probe not included.
This model is provided with a removable table with
adjustable height over 8 mm.
G-27
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
TESA CARY BMH with micrometer element
This bench has a mounted micrometer head with a non-rotative, straight-guided spindle. The ana-
log indication features additional graduations with lock by steps of 0.01 mm ensuring quick and reli-
able positioning of the micrometer. This ingenious device guarantees a positioning accuracy better
than 1 m with a repeatability to < 0.5 m.
TESA CARY BMC
Derived from the BMH model, this small bench has the following key features:
Analog indication on the TESA CARY MCA8-2 microcomparator mounted above the measurin point.
Possible assembly of a TESA inductive probe or an electronic indicator.

8
2
2
0 5 10 15
60
70
50
03330020 29565 TESA CARY small horizontal bench BMC with mounted.
TESA precision indicator MCA8-2, but without accessories.
03330015 29560 TESA CARY small horizontal bench BMH,
accessories and electronic probe not included.
03330016 29561 TESA CARY small horizontal bench BMH IN,
(Indication is specially graduated for inside measurement)
03330017 29562 TESA CARY small horizontal bench BMH GT,
This model is provided with a removable table with
adjustable height over 8 mm using the lever system.
0 to 50 mm
Insert
retraction travel:
10 mm
(using the lever system)
Micrometer travel:
15 mm
Spindle lock by steps of
0.01 mm
Plexiglass tube to protect
the micrometer.
Fixing bore diameter for
the sensor: 8h6
1 mm
Cast-iron base.
Other components
in hardened
and ground steel
Sensor
dependent
accuracy
Measuring force
is produced
by the sensor
(not included)
3.2 kg
Wooden case
Declaration of
conformity
Tables and
measuring inserts
must be ordered
bench as accessories.
Correct assembly is
ensured by the manu -
facturer for even greater
accuracy.
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-28
Resting table without support
Resting tables and support with fine setting, vertically
Type Description
03360336 29602 BT 21 H-shaped table with tungsten carbide resting surface (h = 2 mm) B
03360337 29603 BT 41 H-shaped table with tungsten carbide long plate (h = 2 mm) C
03360338 29604 BT 51 H-shaped steel table, hardened D
03360339 29605 BT 81 H-shaped steel table with borders, hardened F
03360340 29606 BT 101 Tilted tungsten carbide table H
Type Description
03360327 29593 BT 1 Small table with a 16 mm diameter A
03360328 29594 BT 2 H-shaped table with tungsten carbide resting surface (h = 2 mm) B
03360329 29595 BT 4 H-shaped table with tungsten carbide long plate (h = 2 mm) C
03360330 29596 BT 5 H-shaped steel table, hardened D
03360331 29597 BT 6 Small table, 16 mm dia., with tungsten carbide plate (h = 2 mm) E
03360332 29598 BT 8 H-shaped steel table with borders, hardened F
03360333 29599 BT 9 H-shaped steel table with 3 cups and borders on the front face, hardened G
03360334 29600 BT 10 Tilted tungsten carbide table H
03360335* 29601 Common table support
* Use of the support is required for each measuring bench
G-29
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Pairs of measuring inserts for external measurement
03360301
03360302
03360303
03360304
03360305
03360306
03360307
03360308
03360309
03360310
03360311
03360312
03360313
03360314
03360315
03360316
29567
29568
29569
29570
29571
29572
29573
29574
29575
29576
29577
29578
29579
29580
29581
29582
B111
B112
B121
B122-0.15
B122-0.4
B122-0.6
B123
B124
B125
B131
B132
B133
B134
B135
B141
B142
Cylindrical, tungsten carbide,
1.2 mm in diameter
2 mm in diameter
Knife-shaped, 0.4 mm wide,
2 mm thick, fitted with diamond
pads
Flat, tungsten carbide,
3.5 mm wide, 0.15 mm thick
Same as above, 0.4 mm thick
Same as above, 0.6 mm thick
Knife-shaped, tungsten carbide,
3.5 mm wide, 0.05 mm thick,
40 angle
Flat, tungsten carbide.
Thickness: bevel-edged
3.5 mm, standard 0.12 mm
(must be indicated on
ordering)
Knife-shaped, tungsten carbide,
0.05 mm wide, 1.5 mm thick
2 mm dia. with a 90 V-groove,
0.3 mm in depth
Flat, tungsten carbide, 3.5 mm
wide, 0.7 mm thick with a 90
V-groove, 0.35 mm in depth
wide, 0.6 mm thick with a 90 V-
groove, 0.4 mm in depth
wide, 0.85 mm thick; with two
90 V-grooves, 0.4 mm or
0.8 mm in depth
Flat, tungsten carbide, 5 mm
wide, 0.6 mm thick, with one or
two 90 V-grooves, 0.4 mm in
depth. Hardened steel V-racks,
0.12 mm thick
With two 90 V-grooves, tung-
sten carbide, 0.5 or 0.8 mm in
depth. Possible setting for vary-
ing diameters up to 1 mm
With one or two 90 V-grooves,
tungsten carbide, 0.6 mm in
depth. Hardened steel V-racks,
0.12 mm thick, adjustable for
varying diameters up to 1 mm
Measure diameters on cylin -
drical parts, e.g. staffs, arbors,
rods, pins, balls, spheres
Same as B111 plus thickness
of prismatic parts, bars, wash-
ers, blades
Measure diameters on watch
stones. Tracked counter-pivots.
Mounted on a wire
Measure diameters and thick-
ness on watch stones, washers
etc.
Same as above
Same as above
Measure diameters of slots,
grooves, short staffs, pinion
cores
Measure diameters on staff piv-
ots of watch wheels and pin-
ions
Measure diameters on gages,
gage rods and staffs
Measure diameters on cylindrical
parts, e.g. staffs, arbors, rods,
pins, balls, spheres or distance
between shoulders
Measure diameters and thick-
ness on watch stones,
washers, files or distance
be tween shoulders
Measure distance between
shoulders and diameters of
staff, rods, bearing pins, pin-
ions
shoulders of staffs, bearing
pins, rods, pinions for pivot
diameters up to 1.5 mm
shoulders or centers of staffs,
rods or pinions
rods or pinions
rods or pinions with varying
pivot diameters
A-C-D-F-G
A-C-D-F-G
C-H
A-C-D-F-G
As above
As above
A-D-F-G
B
E
A-C-D-F-G
A-C-D-F-G
A-C-D-F-G
A-C-D-F-G
A-D-F-G
A-D-F-G
Characteristics Applications Appropriate

(as examples) Tables
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-30
Pairs of measuring inserts for external measurement
B 111 B 112 B 121 B 122 / 0.15 0.4 0.6
B 123 B 124 B 125 B 131
B 132 B 133 B 134
B 141 B 151 B 152
B 135
Characteristics Applications Appropriate

(as examples) Tables
03360317
03360318
03360319
03360320
29583
29584
29585
29586
B151
B152
BTS121-47
B151-9
Jaws, tungsten carbide,
3.5 mm wide, in excess by
1.5 mm on top, full angle to 79
Jaws, tungsten carbide,
1.5 mm thick, in excess by
1.3 mm sideways, full angle
to 80
Width of the leaves of pinions,
lowest module 0.05 mm
Width of wheel, lowest module
0.05 mm
A-D-F-G
E
G-31
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Pairs of measuring inserts for internal
measurement, without holder
< 0.6
0
.
8
< 1
1
B 171 B 172
< 1.5
1
.
4
< 2.5
1
.
8
B 173 B 174
<1.45
0
.
9
1
B 175 B 200
Characteristics
03360321 29587 B171 For internal dimensions from 0.6 to 4 mm
03360322 29588 B172 For internal dimensions from 1 to 5 mm
03360325 29591 B175 For inside grooves from 1.45 mm
03360326* 29592 B200 Probe holder for inside measurement:
measuring capacity from 0.6 to 7 mm
* Use of the support is required for each measuring bench.
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-32
Steel inserts,
hardened
Finished lapped
measuring faces
QUICK CONTROL
alone: 2m
0 to N, adjustable.
Can be reversed
from neutral to inter-
nal or external measuring
Plastic case
Identification number
Declaration of
conformity
TESA QUICK-CONTROL for Stationary Use
Versatile instrument for comparative measurement of internal or external dimensions - Ideal for part series
inspection - Accommodates a clamping fixture for mounting a mechanical dial gage, an electronic indica-
tor or an axial probe having a 8 mm diameter fixing shank.
Solidly built, easily mounted, simple to use.
Wide application range from the smallest internal dimension of 2 mm up to
the highest dimension of 425 mm.
Measures workpieces with plan parallel surfaces as well as cylindrical or
conical surfaces, e.g. shafts, through holes, blind bores, short centering
shoulders, grooves and wall thickness - Checks gear diameters -
Determines form and position errors such as roundness, concentricity, coaxiality
errors and the like.
03360027
03360032
03360042
03360025
03360027
03360032
03360042
03360025
in mm in mm
Internal measurement External measurement
03330000 29460 QUICK-CONTROL 1 0.33 x 7.68 8.5 x 195 0 x 6.70 0 x 170
03330001 29461 QUICK-CONTROL 2 1.85 x 16.93 47 x 430 0 x 16.73 0 x 425
G-33
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
QUICK-CONTROL 1
03360022 29462 1 Insert holder for external or internal dimensions up to 115 mm or from 2 to 143 mm, resp.
03360023 29463 1 Insert holder for external or internal dimensions from 97 to 170 mm or 115 to 208 mm, resp.
03360025 29464 1 Pair of insert adapters, shaft diameter 8 mm for 5 mm
03360027 29465 Measuring insert for checking bores, external diameters and grooves
03360029 29466 Measuring insert for checking internal or external diameters, through and blind bores
03360031 29467 1 Pair of inserts for external dimensions from 8.5 mm
03360032 29468 1 Pair of raising supports for insert adapters No. 03360025
03360033 29469 1 Extension, 20 mm long, for dial gage plunger
03360034 29470 1 Blocking segment for insert holder
QUICK-CONTROL 2
03360057 29471 1 Pair of measuring inserts for external dimensions from 47 mm
03360058 29472 1 Pair of measuring inserts for internal dimensions from 47 mm
03360059 29473 1 Pair of disc-shaped measuring inserts for external dimensions from 62 mm
03360060 29474 1 Pair of disc-shaped measuring inserts for internal dimensions from 62 mm
03360061 29475 1 Insert holder, 60 mm long, with a 12 mm clamping bore
03360062 29476 1 Insert holder, 200 mm long, with a 12 mm clamping bore
03360063 29477 1 Pair of adapters for measuring inserts, shaft diameter 12 for 8 mm
03360064 29478 1 Blocking segment for insert holder
03360057/58
03360033
03360034
03360059/60
5
9
1
4
.
5
M
2
.
5
M
2
.
5
20
03360032
33
2
0
6
0
03360031
5 4
8
0
.
5
4
1
2
3
03360029
8 5
2
11
10
R=0.3
03360027
12
8 5
2
4
2
03360025
5
17
8
5
5
03360022/23
38 / 110
8
12
8
5

/

1
4
5
23
R=0.3
03360061/62
60 / 200
12
12
7
0

/

1
3
0
30
R
=
1
6
0
5
.
6
03360063
8
12
5
5
03360064
14.5
3
2
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-34
Optional Accessories (must be ordered separately)
M
2
.
5
M
2
.
5
60

8
03360045
Min. 10
Max. 20

8
03360050
Min. 18
Max. 70

8
03360051
5
17
8
3
6
03360024
12
8 2
5
4
2
03360026
8 2
5
11
10
R=0.3
03360028
5 2
5
0
.
5
4
1
2
3
03360030
15
8
2
5

/

5
2
2
03360035/36
16
8
2
5

/

5
2
2
03360037/38
18
8
2
5

/

5
2
2
03360039/40
5
2
5

/

4
8
1
4
1
0
1.5
03360041/42
8
2
5

/

5
2
60
03360043/44
G-35
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
Hardened steel
inserts
Lapped
measuring faces
2 m
(QUICK-CONTROL
alone)
Adjustable
from 0 up to10 N.
Can be reversed from
neutralto internal or
external measuring
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
TESA QUICK-CONTROL C2
for Stationary Use
This versatile shop tool allows 2-point measurement of part series using one mobile
insert coupled with the sensor plus another fixed one fitted with a clamp for mounting
a dial gage, precision indicator or axial probe having a 8 mm dia. clamping shaft.
Quick, easy, dependable and precise measurement (repeatability to 2 m without the
use of the sensor).
Robust construction, easy to mount and further use.
Adjustable measuring force.
Measure workpieces with plan-parallel, cone-shaped or cylindrical surfaces, grooves,
through holes and blind bores, short centring shoulders and wall thickness. Also serve
to check diameters on gear teeth.
Detect form and position errors, i.e. roundness, concentricity and coaxiality.
mm in mm in
03330024 28560 QUICK-CONTROL 160 C2 30 - 120 1.19 - 4.72 0 - 90 0 - 3.54
03360022 29462
03360027 29465
03360026 20944
03360065 28566 22 - 120 0.87 - 4.72 0 - 90 0 - 3.54
03360031 29467 11.5 - 60 0.46 - 2.36 0 - 90 0 - 3.54
03360024 20943
03360032 29468
03360023 29463 30 - 150 1.19 - 5.9 0 - 125 0 - 4.93
Internal dimensions External dimensions
1 Steady insert holder, short.
1 Pair of long inserts for internal/external
diameters, through holes, blind bores,
grooves and slots with max. depth to
3,7 mm, max. height to 25 mm.
1 additional insert,
as above but short.
For use instead of the long one when
measuring at low height.
Option 1 For small dimensions
1 Pair of long inserts with
a 8 mm dia.clamping shaft,
6 mm dia. probing head.
Option 2 For smaller dimensions
1 Pair of inserts for checking
very small bores.
1 Pair of adapters for
5 mm dia. inserts.
For use at probing points with a 8 mm dia.
1 Pair of raising blocks used to scale down
the width of the slot lying in the middle of
the upper tool table.
Option 3 For large dimensions
1 Fixed insert holder, long.
TESA QUICK-CONTROL
160 C2
Main version within the C2 tool
range. Measure mean to very
small dimensions (see below for
more details).
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-36
3
Hardened steel
inserts
Lapped
measuring faces
2 m
(QUICK-CONTROL
alone)
Adjustable
from 0 up to10 N.
Can be reversed from neu-
tralto internal or external
measuring
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
TESA QUICK-CONTROL 160 C2 JS
Identical to TESA QUICK-CONTROL 160 C2, but with extended application range.
TESA QUICK-CONTROL 350 C2
Identical to Quick-Control 160 C2 JS for large dimensions, but specially made for
inspecting heavy workpieces.
mm in mm in
03330025 QUICK-CONTROL 160 C2 JS 30 - 275 1.19 - 10.8 0 - 245 0 - 9.64
03360022
03360026
03360027
Provided with the following standard accessories:
1 Insert holder, short
1 Standard insert, short
1 Pair of sandard inserts, long
The options 1 and 2 for small and smaller dimensions described earlier can also be used on the model 160 C2 JS.
29462
20944
29465
28561
mm in mm in
03330001 QUICK-CONTROL 350 C2 47 - 430 1.8 - 16.93 0 - 350 0 - 13.77
03360057
03360058
03360061
03360062
1 Pair of standard inserts, short
for diameters from 62 mm
Same as above, but long
1 Fixed insert holder, short, L = 60 mm,
with a 12 mm dia. clamping bore
1 Fixed insert holder, long, L = 200 mm,
with a 12 mm dia. clamping bore
29461
29471
29472
29475
29476
G-37
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
Hardened steel
inserts
Lapped
measuring faces
2 m
(QUICK-CONTROL
alone)
Adjustable from
from 0 up to10 N.
measuring
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
TESA QUICK-CONTROL C3 for Stationary Use
Having the same features and capabilities as TESA QUICK-CONTROL C2, this model
also provides an extra transverse insert.
Both mobile and fixed inserts are used to perform 2-point measurements. The third one
moves transversally, thus enabling a correct positioning of the workpiece, without the
need for locating the culmination point. This insert also allows workpiece diameter and
form errors to be measured at the same time.
TESA QUICK-CONTROL
160 C3 AL
Main version within the C3 tool
range for mean to small dimen-
sions. With a mounted stop-like
insert that can be moved in the
45 V-slot.
mm in mm in
03330026 QUICK-CONTROL C3 AL 32 - 120 1.26 - 4.72 0 - 90 0 - 3.54
03360067
03360068
03360069
03360070
03360066 25 - 120 0.99 - 4.72 0 - 90 0 - 3.54
03360072 15 - 60 0.6 - 2.36 0 - 50 0 - 1.97
03360073
03360074
03360075
03360023 32 - 150 1.26 - 5.9 0 - 125 0 - 4.93
03360076
1 Mobile standard insert,
10 mm dia. spherical probing head
Pair of standard inserts for fixed holder,
10 mm dia. spherical probing head,
L = 36 mm
1 Fixed insert holder
1 Fixed stop holder
Option 1 For small dimensions
3 long inserts with a
8 mm clamping shaft,
6 mm dia. probing head.
Option 2 For smaller dimensions
for adapter
for the third point
3 Adapters
3 long inserts with a 5 mm clamping
shaft for small bores
Option 3 For large dimensions
1 Fixed insert holder, long
1 Fixed insert holder for the third point,
intermediate length = 72 mm
29463
28577
28575
28570
28570
28571
28562
28568
28569
28573
28574
28567
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-38
3
Hardened steel
inserts
Lapped
measuring faces
2 m
(QUICK-CONTROL
alone)
Adjustable
from 0 up to10 N.
measuring
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
TESA QUICK-CONTROL 160 C3 JS
Identical to TESA QUICK-CONTROL 160 C3 Al, but with extended application range.
mm in mm in
03330027 QUICK-CONTROL 160 C3 JS
03360067 32 - 190 1.26 - 7.48 0 - 170 0 - 6.69
32 - 275 1.26 - 10.8 0 - 245 0 - 9.65
03360068
03360069
03360070
1 Mobile standard insert, long,
10 mm dia. spherical probing head (3 points) (3 points) (3 points) (3 points)
(2 points) (2 points) (2 points) (2 points)
Pair of standard inserts for fixed
stop and support, 10 mm dia. spherical
probing head, L = 36 mm
1 Fixed stop holder
The options 1 and 2 for small and smaller dimensions described earlier can also be used on the model 160 C3 JS.
28570
28571
28563
28568
28569
G-39
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
Hardened steel
inserts
Lapped
measuring faces
2 m
(QUICK-CONTROL
alone)
Adjustable
from 0 up to10 N.
measuring
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
TESA QUICK-CONTROL 160 C3 90 ST2
Special model for small dimensions. Features a mounted stop-like insert
that can be moved in the 90 V-slot.
mm in mm in
03330028 QUICK-CONTROL 160 C3 90 ST2 10 - 80 0.4 - 3.14 0 - 55 0 - 2.16
03360072
03360073
03360074
03360075
03360067
03360068
for adapter
for the third point and adapter
3 Adapters
3 Long inserts with as 5 mm dia. shaft
10 mm dia. probing head
1 Pair of standard inserts
for fixed holder, 10 mm dia.
spherical probing head, L = 36 mm
28575
28576
28568
28564
28573
28574
28569
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-40
3 TESA QUICK-CONTROL 160 C3 120
Measures internal and external dimensions with 2-point contact. Features one mobile
and two fixed inserts lying 120 apart. Specially designed for bore measurement.
Uses 2 setting rings matching both upper and lower limit values of the toleranced
size for display setting and calibration. Recommended sensor: MC 2030-FC precision
indicator with order No. S19070744.
Hardened steel
inserts
Lapped
measuring faces
2 m
(QUICK-CONTROL
alone)
Adjustable
from 0 up to10 N.
measuring
Suited
plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
mm in mm in
03330029 QUICK-CONTROL 160 C3 120 25 0.99 80 3.15
03360067
03360068
03360022
0 10 mm dia. spherical probing head
1 Pair of standard inserts
for fixed holder, 10 mm dia.
spherical probing head, L = 36 mm
2 Fixed insert holders, short
28565
28568
28569
28462
G-41
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Standard Accessories for TESA QUICK-CONTROL
03360022
03360023
03360024
03360026
03360027
03360028
03360029
03360031
03360032
03360033
03360034
03360037
03360038
03360039
03360040
03360042
03360044
03360045
03360050
03360051
03360053
03360057
03360058
03360061
03360062
03360064
03360065
03360066
03360067
03360068
03360069
03360070
03360071
03360072
03360073
03360074
03360075
03360076
03360077
03360078
1 Fixed insert holder, short.
1 Fixed insert holder, long.
1 Pair of adapters for 5 mm dia. inserts,
8 mm dia. clamping bore.
1 Standard insert, short, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft.
1 Pair of standard inserts, long, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft, for internal/external dimensions,
through bores, blind bores, grooves with max. depth to 3,7 mm, max. height to 25 mm.
1 Pair of cone-shaped inserts, short, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft.
1 Pair of cone-shaped inserts, short, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft.
1 Pair of long inserts, 5 mm dia. clamping shaft, for smaller bores.
1 Pair of resting blocks used to scale down the width of the slot lying in the middle of the upper
tool table. For use with 5 mm dia. inserts.
1 Extension, 20 mm long, for dial gage plunger.
1 Blocking shoe for short or long insert holder.
1 Pair of short inserts, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft, for grooves with max. depth to 7,5 mm.
1 Pair of long inserts, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft, for grooves with max. depth to 7,5 mm.
1 Pair of short inserts, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft, for grooves with max. depth to 9,5 mm.
1 Pair of inserts for measuring centre-distances.
1 Insert for probe holder, M2,5 x 0,40 coupling thread.
1 Insert holder with stop included.
To to be mounted on the upper plate, height adjustable from 10 to 20 mm.
1 Insert holder with stop included.
To to be mounted on the upper plate, height adjustable from 18 to 70 mm.
1 Measuring stop with adjustable slot for use in any measuring position.
1 Pair of standard inserts, short, for QUICK CONTROL 350 C2.
1 Pair of standard inserts, long, for QUICK CONTROL 350 C2.
1 Short insert holder, L = 60 mm, with a 12 mm dia. mounting bore,
for QUICK CONTROL 350 C2.
1 Long insert holder, L = 200 mm, with a 12 mm dia. mounting bore,
for QUICK CONTROL 350 C2.
1 Angular blocking shoe, for fixed insert holder on QUICK CONTROL 350 C2.
1 Pair of long inserts, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft, 6 mm probing head, for small dimensions.
1 Mobile standard insert, 10 mm dia. spherical probing head.
1 Pair of standard inserts for fixed holders, 10 mm dia. spherical probing head,
L = 36 mm.
1 Fixed insert holder for QUICK CONTROL C3.
1 Holder for mounted stop-like insert on QUICK CONTROL C3.
1 Fixed insert holder for adapters.
1 Fixed holder for stop-like insert and adapter.
3 Adapters.
3 Long inserts, 5 mm clamping shaft.
1 Fixed holder for stop-like insert, intermediate length = 72 mm.
1 Pair of long inserts, 8 mm dia. clamping shaft, 4,8 mm probing head, for small dimensions.
1 Fixed holder for stop-like insert, intermediate length = 56 mm.
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-42
1
0

-

1
5
0
m
m
5
1
0
1
5
2
0
IN
T
E
R
A
P
ID
0
5
1
0
1
5
2
0
S
W
IT
Z
E
R
L
A
N
D
0
Z (2:1)
Z
M 2.3
3
.
5
2
.
5

m
a
x
.
~ 65
1
0

-

1
5
0
m
m
5
1
0
1
5
2
0
IN
T
E
R
A
P
ID
0
5
1
0
1
5
2
0
S
W
IT
Z
E
R
L
A
N
D
0
Z (2:1)
Z
M 2.3
3
.
5
2
.
5

m
a
x
.
~ 65
Groove Checking Comparator Gages
GROOVE GAGE .375" 6" / 10 - 150 mm.
Precise measurement of internal grooves from .375" - 6" / 10 - 150 mm
without ex ten sion.
The finest instrument for reliable checking of ovality, parallelism, grooves,
un der cuts, blind holes and T-slots.
Locking lever and dial locking screw prevent accidental al ter ation of setting.
When the instrument is used with two contact points, it is set by means of a
micrometer; for three-point contact it is set with a ring gage.
Wide or narrow cen ter ing arm holds contact points central when checking
medium and large bores.
Adjustable arm ends.
in mm
79.108640 86149 79.105704 41869 INTERAPID IRA 2
Supplied with the following standard accessories :
79.105697* 41866 79.105667* 41862 3 Measuring inserts in hardened steel (No. for 1 item)
79.105698* 41867 79.105668* 41863 3 Short measuring inserts in hardened steel (No. for 1 item)
79.105699* 41868 79.105669* 41864 3 Long measuring inserts in hardened steel (No. for 1 item)
79.112126 41889 79.112126 41889 2 Adjustable contact arms for bores .03 in / 6 mm
79.110113 41884 79.110111 41882 1 Small insert holder for 3-point contact
79.110112 41883 79.110110 41881 1 Large insert holder for 3-point contact
79.108504 41874 79.108502 41872 1 Centering arm for bores 5/8"-1/4" / 15-30 mm
79.108505 41875 79.108503 41873 1 Centering arm for bores 1-1/4"-6" / 30-150 mm
79.105694 41865 79.105694 41865 1 Special screwdriver
79.111402 41886 79.111401 41885 INTERAPID IRA 2 md
Same as INTERAPID IRA 2, but furnished with the measuring
inserts mentioned below instead of those in steel
No. 79.105697 or 79.105667
79.105759* 79.105756* 3 Tungsten carbide tipped measuring inserts (No. for 1 item)
* Part number for these items is for one piece. 3 pieces needed per set
0.0005 in
/ 0.01 mm
0.375 to 6 in /
10 to 150 mm
0.008 in /
to 0.20 mm
Arm
clearance:
40 in / 10 mm
Hardened
steel
or tungsten carbide
tipped measuring faces:
see opposite
3.5 N
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Technical Data:
Capacity: .375 - 6 in / 10 - 150 mm
Arm clearance: .40 in / 10 mm
Measuring force: 12.5 oz. / 3.5 N (per arm)
1 scale division: .0005 in / 0.01 mm
Scale range: .008 in / 0.20 mm
Max. measuring depth: 2-1/2 in / 62.5 mm
in a 1/2 in dia. / 13 mm
dia. hole
G-43
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
79.112051 41887 1 set = 2 Small measuring inserts (1-point contact)
1 Small measuring insert (2-point contact)
79.112052 41888 1 set = 2 Large measuring inserts (1-point contact)
1 Large measuring insert (2-point contact)
79.108830 41877 Holder
R2
3
2.2
R2
2.2
2
.
2
3
2.5
3.5
1
.
4
3
5
6
1
.
4
3
0.8 6
4
3
.
5
2
0.7
2
.
5
7
5
.
5
1.5
5
.
5
4
79.105667
79.105756
79.105668
79.105669
79.112126
79.112051
79.112052
Steel, hardened
and chrome plated
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-44
Dial Indicator
Depth Gages/Round Bases
Dial Depth Gages for Small Holes
Round depth base is 5/8" di am e ter. Contact point is .052" diameter and will measure to ap prox -
i mate ly .650" depth. Dial in di ca tor is graduated in .001" with 1.0" range dial and coun ter -
clock wise reading.
599-8941
599-8930 599-8931
599-8940
599-610 44389 Dial Indicator Depth Gage with 599-8931
Depth Base and 14.82028 Dial Indicator
Mounting Collets and Round Depth Bases
Indicator Mounting Collet:
599-8940 45053 9/16-18 Mounting Thread; 3/8" hole dia.
599-8941 45054 3/8-32 Mounting Thread; 1/4" hole dia.
Round Depth Bases (Individual):
599-8930 45051 1" diameter; .240" hole dia.
599-8931 45052 5/8" dia; furnished with .052" dia. contact point
Rectangular Depth Gage Bases
Rectangular bases are 9/16" high and have 9/16tapped holes to ac com mo date In di ca tor Mount ing
Collet 599-8940, which is fur nished with each Rectangular Depth Base on this page.
No. of
Mounting Holes Length (in)
599-8922 45046 1 2
599-8923 45047 2 3
599-8924 45048 3 4
599-8926 45049 3 6
599-8928 45050 3 8
599-610
G-45
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
.650" .600"
2"
599-7252
599-7250 599-7251
Dial Thickness Gages
A handy addition to any machinists tool chest, providing quick measurement of paper, film, wire,
flat stock, and sheet metal up to 1" thick.
Lightweight, compact design.
Readings from .001" - .005" with Revolution Counter*.
Black dial face with yellow graduations.
Smallest Dial
Marking
Division Dia.
in (in) (in) (in)
599-7250* 27054 .400 0 - 40 .005 1.500
599-7251 27055 .400 0 - 100 .001 1.500
599-7252 27056 1.00 0 - 100 .001 2.250
* Revolution Counter not available on 599-7250
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-46
3
Steel table,
hardened
and ground,
104 x 125 mm
6 M6 clamping
bores for tooling
150 mm
table height
0 - 100 mm
Can either be
used vertically
or horizontally
Furnished with
1 flat plus
1 rounded
inserts, 2 extensions
(25 or 50 mm long). Dial
gage must be ordered
separately.
Reinforced
cardboard box
Declaration
of conformity
Dial Depth Gages
Type SPF2
SPF2 Support for depth measurement, without dial gage 26572
DIN 879
Self-contained
shockproof
movement
Dial Comparator Gage
Brown & Sharpes new dial comparator gages provide you with the
accuracy needed to make comparative measurements, complete with
an 8 mm stem
and a 3/8" bushing, allowing for a wide variety of setup options.
Large, easy-to-read dial face with clear shadow-free scale.
Constant measuring force: Only 1N.
Self-contained, shockproof movement.
Jeweled bearings and precision ground gears and pinions.
Plus and minus tolerance markers.
Screw-on safety cap prevents unintentionally changing the
fine adjustment setting.
Spindle retracting cable.
White dial face.
Meets DIN Spec. 879.
in in in
14.80000 27052 .008 .0001 .00012
14.80005 27053 .004 .00005 .00006
G-47
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Dial Snap Gages - Special Applications
For purchase information contact Brown & Sharpe at 1-800-283-3600.
Options
Lifting lever available on request.
Bench Stand - Part No. S0-74838.
Cartridge Adapter D0-69973 replaces indicator for use with electronic
indicators or electronic cartridges.
Blade Width Measuring Capacity
.120 in 3 mm .160 in 4 mm .190 in 5 mm in mm
S2-32371 S2-38371 S2-42371 S2-48371 S2-52371 S2-58371 0.00 0.50 0 13
S2-32372 S2-38372 S2-42372 S2-48372 S2-52372 S2-58372 0.50 1.50 13 38
S2-32373 S2-38373 S2-42373 S2-48373 S2-52373 S2-58373 1.50 2.50 38 64
S2-32374 S2-38374 S2-42374 S2-48374 S2-52374 S2-58374 2.50 3.50 64 89
S2-32375 S2-38375 S2-42375 S2-48375 S2-52375 S2-58375 3.50 4.50 89 114
S2-32376 S2-38376 S2-42376 S2-48376 S2-52376 S2-58376 4.50 5.50 114 140
S2-32377 S2-38377 S2-42377 S2-48377 S2-52377 S2-58377 5.50 6.50 140 165
S2-32378 S2-38378 S2-42378 S2-48378 S2-52378 S2-58378 6.50 7.50 165 191
S2-32379 S2-38379 S2-42379 S2-48379 S2-52379 S2-58379 7.50 8.50 191 216
S2-32380 S2-38380 S2-42380 S2-48380 S2-52380 S2-58380 8.50 9.50 216 241
S2-32381 S2-38381 S2-42381 S2-48381 S2-52381 S2-58381 9.50 10.50 241 267
S2-32382 S2-38382 S2-42382 S2-48382 S2-52382 S2-58382 10.50 11.50 267 292
S2-32383 S2-38383 S2-42383 S2-48383 S2-52383 S2-58383 11.50 12.50 292 318
S2-32384 S2-38384 S2-42384 S2-48384 S2-52384 S2-58384 12.50 13.50 318 343
S2-32385 S2-38385 S2-42385 S2-48385 S2-52385 S2-58385 13.50 14.50 343 368
S2-32386 S2-38386 S2-42386 S2-48386 S2-52386 S2-58386 14.50 15.50 368 394
S2-32387 S2-38387 S2-42387 S2-48387 S2-52387 S2-58387 15.50 16.50 394 419
S2-32388 S2-38388 S2-42388 S2-48388 S2-52388 S2-58388 16.50 17.50 419 445
Tungsten Carbide blades available
Indicator graduations available from .0001 to .001 inch and 0.01 mm to 0.002 mm
Indicators normally furnished are .0001" or 0.002 mm
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
G-48
Dial Snap Gages Paralloc
"D"
Flat Anvils
The most accurate and economical general purpose Dial Snap Gage.
1 inch anvil adjustment range and 360 Rotational Indicator Mounting for versa tile operation.
0 - 18 in / 0 - 458 mm.
Gage pressure may be precisely set to protect fine finishes and thin-walled parts.
Frame is lightweight, sturdy and well-balanced. Machined from met al lur gi cal ly stabilized aluminum plate.
Parallocmechanism locks anvil in place by trapping threaded shank.
.66 inch square tungsten carbide anvils are standard. Within the .50 inch central square surface, standard
square anvils are flat and parallel within .00015 inch on sizes up to 4 inches; within .0002 inch on sizes
from 4 to 8 inches; within .00025 inch on sizes from 8 to 12 inches; and within .0003 inch on sizes from 12
to 18 inches. All anvil edges are chamfered .016 inch by 45.
Indicator graduations available from .0001 to .001 inch and 0.01 mm to 0.002 mm. Within a .50 inch central
square surface, standard square anvils are flat and parallel within .00015 inch on sizes up to 4 inches.
Dial Snap Gage Paralloc
D/ flat anvil type (sold without Indicator)

in mm
S2-15371 35498 0.00 - 1.00 0 - 25
S2-15372 35502 1.00 - 2.00 25 - 51
S2-15373 35506 2.00 - 3.00 51 - 76
S2-15374 35510 3.00 - 4.00 76 - 102
S2-15375 35514 4.00 - 5.00 102 - 127
S2-15376 35518 5.00 - 6.00 127 - 152
S2-15377 35521 6.00 - 7.00 152 - 178
S2-15378 35523 7.00 - 8.00 178 - 203
S2-15379 35525 8.00 - 9.00 203 - 229
S2-15380 35526 9.00 - 10.00 229 - 254
S2-15381 35527 10.00 - 11.00 254 - 279
S2-15382 35528 11.00 - 12.00 279 - 305
S2-15383 35529 12.00 - 13.00 305 - 330
S2-15384 35530 13.00 - 14.00 330 - 356
S2-15385 35531 14.00 - 15.00 356 - 381
S2-15386 35532 15.00 - 16.00 381 - 406
S2-15387 35533 16.00 - 17.00 406 - 432
S2-15388 35534 17.00 - 18.00 432 - 458
Standard Indicators for use with Paralloc D Snap Gages
D1-20241AH 33837 .0001 in 0.25 in 0 - 5 - 0
D1-20281AH 33887 .002 mm .5 mm 0 - 10 - 0
in/m
Digital Indicators for use with Paralloc D Snap Gages
19.30110 26756 0.0005 / 10
Adaptor Bracket for Electronic Indicators
D0-69973 33533
Optional Stand for Paralloc D Snap Gages
S0-74838 35428
G-49
C
O
M
P
A
R
A
T
I
V
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Indicator rotates 180 for
easy viewing in bench-
comparator setups.
in
S2-12371 35446 0.00 - 1.00
S2-12372 35448 1.00 - 2.00
S2-12373 35450 2.00 - 3.00
S2-12374 35452 3.00 - 4.00
S2-12375 35454 4.00 - 5.00
S2-12376 35456 5.00 - 6.00
S2-12377 35458 6.00 - 7.00
S2-12378 35460 7.00 - 8.00
S2-12379 35462 8.00 - 9.00
S2-12380 35463 9.00 - 10.00
S2-12381 35464 10.00 - 11.00
S2-12382 35465 11.00 - 12.00
S2-12383 35466 12.00 - 13.00
S2-12384 35467 13.00 - 14.00
S2-12385 35468 14.00 - 15.00
S2-12386 35469 15.00 - 16.00
S2-12387 35470 16.00 - 17.00
S2-12388 35471 17.00 - 18.00
mm
S2-18371 35562 0 - 25
S2-18372 35566 25 - 51
S2-18373 35570 51 - 76
S2-18374 35574 76 - 102
S2-18375 35578 102 - 127
S2-18376 35582 127 - 152
S2-18377 35585 152 - 178
S2-18378 35587 178 - 203
S2-18379 35589 203 - 229
S2-18380 35590 229 - 254
S2-18381 35591 254 - 279
S2-18382 35592 279 - 305
S2-18383 35593 305 - 330
S2-18384 35594 330 - 356
S2-18385 35595 356 - 381
S2-18386 35596 381 - 406
S2-18387 35597 406 - 432
S2-18388 35598 432 - 458
D1-20241AH 33837 .0001 in 0.25 in 0 - 5 - 0
D1-20281AH 33887 .002 mm .5 mm 0 - 10 - 0
D/ flat anvil type

(sold with .002 mm Indicator)
D/
flat anvil type (sold with .0001Indicator)
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
MEASURI NG STANDS AND AUXI LI ARY FI XTURES
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-2
16.39007 88386 INTERAPID small magnetic support UJ 15 W/FA
16.39016 28398 INTERAPID small magnetic support UJ 15GW/FA
accessory
16.40501 40481 Steel base plate to use UJ 15 as mobile support
in
16.39025 28639 INTERAPID small magnetic 8 (Full length)
support with articulated arm
consisting of:
16.69013 28640 1 Articulated arm 4.7 (Length)
16.69012 28641 1 Dovetail clamp with fine adjustment
16.69014 28642 1 Magnetic base 1.2 x 1.2 x 1.2 (Lx BxH)
Model with Articulated Arm
68
8
10
1
0
6
1
5
3
4
7
50
35
60
1
5
2
1
1
0
4
2
M6
M
6 8
120
205
49
Rounded
base with
permanent magnet
Holding force
on a flat surface
UJ 15: 220 N
UJ 15G: 350 N
Dovetail
clamp with
a .315" diameter
fixing bore
UJ 15: 1 lbs
UJ 15G: 2 lbs
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
Steel base plate
2" x 3" x .8"
1.3 lbs
Base has
a vee recess
and one magnetic flat
face with disengageable
magnet. Articulations
made from duralumin.
Holding force
on a flat surface:
170 N
Dovetail
clamp with a
.315" diameter
fixing bore
.9 lbs
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
Model UJ 15
Model UJ 15G
INTERAPID
Small Magnetic Supports

BesTest Indicators- Ideal for dial test indicators (lever-type).
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-3
INTERAPID
Magnetic Supports
Standard Model and Models with Powerful Holding Force
N
16.39017 88418 Standard model 600 yes 70 - 220
16.39018 28643 Powerful holding force 1000 no 70 - 220
16.39019 28644 Powerful holding force 1000 yes 70 - 220
V-base
for :
Fine
Adjustment
Disengageable
magnet
Clamp with a .315" dia.
fixing bore
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
16.39017
16.39018
01639011
01639012
Magnetic Supports with Flat or V-Base
INTERAPID magnetic support with a flat base
INTERAPID magnetic support with a V-base
20521
20522
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-4
Permanent magnet base holders have become the favorite holder for setup and checking work-
in-process among machinists, toolmakers and inspectors.
Featuring articulating arm and dovetail clamp with fine adjustment, these bases provide
precise setting of gage, widely used for high accuracy measuring with high resolution
indicators and electronic gages.
INTERAPID
Magnetic Bases
INTERAPID Magnetic Bases
01690031 01690032
01690033
01690033
Base Assembly Articulating Arm Measuring
Part Number EDP Number Length Width Height Demensions (H & L) Force V Diameter
01690031 29433 2.36 1.97 2.17 H = 12.2" (310mm) L = 4.7" (119.38mm) 400 1.18" to 5.9"
01690032 29434 2.36 1.97 2.17 H = 15.36" (390mm) L = 11" (280mm) 400 1.18" to 5.9"
01690033 29435 2.36 1.97 2.17 H = 14.3" (363mm) L = 11" (280mm) 400 1.18" to 5.9"
01690030 29432 1.18 1.18 1.18 H = 8.07" (205mm) L = 7.9" (200.66mm) 400 1.18" to 5.9"
M8
M6
8
L H
4
9
M8
M6
8
2
8
0
3
6
3
4
9
M
6
M6
8
1
2
0
2
0
5
4
9
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-5
Heavy Duty Magnetic Base with Adjustable
Upright (Column)
599-7742-7
Upright
.987" dia.-
7-13/16" long
Holding Rod
.738" dia.-
10-1/16" long
Permanent Magnet Base and Upright
(For swivel clamps and
dial holding rods, see
pages G-10 and G-11.)
Upright Dia.
599-7905 44964 .738
Heavy Duty Dog-House Permanet Magnetic Base Holder
16.10101 00000
(Furn. without Indicator)
This highly stable and versatile measuring support features a
disengageable permanent magnet. Holding power is about
65 lbs. (300 N). The large base has four magnetic faces and
a vee recess for attaching to cylindrical and cone-shaped
surfaces with diameters from 3/4" - 6" (20-150 mm). The
measuring arms are made of thick-walled, ground, chromi-
um-plated steel tube and have 3 rigid articulation points for
inclining in any direction.
A thumb screw is provided for attachment of dial indicators
by the lug back. A fine adjustment device is also provided at
the end of the arm. Accessories include a clamp with 8
mm for cartridge gage heads (16.40100). A dovetail adaptor
(18.40105) is also included for BesTest Indicators.
16.10101
Upright-
.700" dia.-
8" long
Holding Rod-
.700" dia.-
8" long
Base size
2-1/2"x2-1/4"
Sturdy dog-house style magnet base holds securely in
upside down and other difficult positions on smooth iron
or steel surfaces. Holding power is about 85 lbs. (400 N).
Height of upright is 7-13/16".
Base Assembly Dial Indicator
Length Width Height AGD Range Small Div.
599-7742-7 44902 2-3/4 2-7/16 2-7/16 Without Indicator
Heavy Duty Magnetic Bases
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-6
Medium Size Magnetic Bases
Series 7746 MAGNICATOR
70 steel seg-
ments conform
to any shape or contour.
Cam-lock provides easy,
accurate fine adjustment
of steel segments.
Base dimensions
3"L x 2.25"W x 1.75"H
Tool Post
.472" diameter
9.25" long
Offset Rod
.393" diameter
with fine adjust
Includes
599-7052
Dovetail Attachment to
accommodate AGD and
BesTest Indicators
Omnibase Permanent Magnetic Base
Indicator Holder
Magnetic base, multipurpose indicator holder. Attaches and adheres
securely to any shape or contour. May be used with coolant systems, lamps and
other suitable devices. 70 steel segments conform simply and precisely to any shape
or contour. Cam-lock mechanism provides for easy and accurate fine adjustment of
the steel segments.
With a 599-7052 Dovetail Attachment (included)
the unit accommodates AGD and BesTest Indicators
for all your fixturing needs.
599-7746 44908 Magnicator with fixed upright
599-7747 44909 Magnicator with 7030 BesTest Indicator
599-7748 44910 Magnicator with 7032 BesTest Indicator
599-7746-1 45396 Magnicator with swivel upright
599-7720 51945 Omnibase Permanent Base
Three flat
energized faces
(two sides and bottom).
Simple push button turns
magnetic holding power
on and off.
V-Surface holds
to round sur-
faces. Small size and
light weight
Base dimensions
1.875"L x 1.625"W x
1.9375"H
Tool Post
.375" diameter
7" long
Offset Rod
.250" diameter (.219" at
end) with .25" diameter
clamp screw.
599-7746-1 599-7746
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-7
Small Size Magnetic Bases
MITI-MITE Series
7764, 7765
Channel in base
for use on round or flat
surfaces.
Fingertip release for
easy positioning and
removal.
7762, 7763, 7760, 7761
Vee base for round or flat
surfaces.
7764, 7765
Base dimensions
4"L x 1.25"W x .75"H
Tool Post
6.125" long
Offset Rod
6.125" long
Offset Rod designed to
connect to .25" lug back.
Opposite end of offset
rod has a .3125" step.
Swivel clamp hole for
rods is .25" diameter with
.3125" diameter post
hole.
7762, 7763
Base dimensions
1.25"L x 1.25"W x 1.75"H
Tool Post
5.25" long
Offset Rod
4.5" long stepped widths
of .21875", .25", and
.3125"
7760, 7761
Base dimensions
1.25"L x 1.25"W x 1.75"H
Tool Post
5" long
Includes three posts:
.219" dia. x 1.5" long
.219" dia. x 4.375" long
.312" dia. x 1.5" long
599-7765
599-7762
599-7761
599-7764 44918 Heavy Duty 4 x 1.25 x .75 Ball & Socket
599-7765 44919 Heavy Duty with Fine Adjust 4 x 1.25 x .75 Ball & Socket
599-7762 44916 Medium Duty 1.25 x 1.25 x 1.75 Fixed Upright
599-7763 44917 Medium Duty with Fine Adjust 1.25 x 1.25 x 1.75 Fixed Upright
599-7760 44914 Medium Duty 1.25 x 1.25 x 1.75 Ball & Socket
599-7761 44915 Medium Duty with Fine Adjust 1.25 x 1.25 x 1.75 Ball & Socket
Base
L x W x H in
Post Type
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-8
MITI-MITE Magnetic Base with BesTest
Indicator Set
MITI-MITE's permanent magnet Vbase is only 1.25" square x1.75" high and attaches
solidly to rounded as well as flat surfaces. Ball and socket action provides reach and
orientation not possible with fixed post holders. A fine adjustment simplifies setup. Thread-
ed post segments are easily changed to suit the application.
Base has Ball
and Socket to increase
reach and orientation.
Fine adjustment simpli-
fies setup.
Threaded post segments
are easily interchanged
to suit any application.
Base includes
three posts:
.219" dia. x 1.5" long
.219" dia. x 4.375" long
.312" dia. x 1.5" long
Indicator: 1" diameter dial
and .5" long carbide tip
with .080" dia. ball tip.
Indicator
includes auto-
matic reversal and
swivelling contact point.
Monobloc (precision
watch) body design.
Universal dovetail mount-
ing from top, bottom, and
end.
Plastic case.
Universal Magnetic Indicator Holder with BesTest Indicator
Includes an easy-to-read, satin-black, jet consoleface BesTest indicator with
high visibility orange hand.
BesTest Indicator comes with an .080" carbide contact point and a .250" extension with dovetail.
Complete with powerful permanent magnet.
Overall height: 3.75".
Features a universal swivel joint with friction movement.
599-7755 26990 Universal Magnetic Indicator Holder
599-7755-1 27071 Universal Magnetic Indicator Holder with Indicator & Case
Powerful
magnetic base
with universal joint.
Overall height of
base and arm
3.75"
Indicator includes .080"
carbide contact point and
a .250" extension with
dovetail.
BesTest indica-
tor includes
easy-to-read, satin-black,
jet console face with
high-visibility orange
hand.
Suited
carrying case.
in in
599-849 51083 Base and Indicator Set
consisting of:
599-7761 44915 Magnetic Base with Fine Adjust 1.25 x 1.25 x 1.75
599-7030-3 45978 BesTest Indicator .030 .0005
Base
L x W x H in
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-9
Heavy Duty Flexbar Holder
with MAGNICATOR
Base
Sets and locks with a twist of the knob.
Flexbar Holder and MITI-MITE
Magnetic Base
Base has three
flat energized
faces (two sides and bot-
tom), Vee bottom for flat
or round surfaces.
Flexbar has 13 ball and
socket flexing units.
Variable range tool clamp
holds indicators, gage
heads, scribers, mount-
ing studs, etc. up to .5" in
diameter.
Flexbar
9" long
Fits .25" diameter posts
No. 7770
has Micro-Screw
Fine Adjustment with
.625" range to simplify
setup.
Base has Vee
bottom for flat
or round surfaces.
Flexbar has tool clamp
with a range of 0 - .25"
for holding indicators,
gage heads, scribers,
mounting studs, etc.
Flexbar
5.5" long
Fits .312" diameter posts
Base
1.25" x 1.25" x 1.75"
Fine Adjustment
Control on upright
post makes zeroing a
BesTest Indicator a snap.
599-7770 44925 MAGNICATOR Base, Flexbar & Fine Adjustment
599-7770-1 44926 Heavy Duty Flexbar Arm Only
599-7769 44923 MITI-MITE Base, Flexbar & Fine Adjustment
599-7769-1 44924 Small Flexbar Arm Only
01639020
6
0
21.8
53 x 68
37
INTERAPID Magnetic Support with Flexible Arm
For hard-to-reach locations Lever controlled arm that holds securely
on any surface.
INTERAPID magnetic support
with flexible arm
3
Magnetic base has
2 flat faces plus
1 prismatic one.
Disengageable permanent
magnet.
Full length 350 mm.
Dovetail clamp with a
8 mm diameter clamping
bore.
Holding force
on a flat surface
1000 N
Supplied
without
indicator
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-10
Indicator Holder - Parts and Attachments
Holes
599-7906-1 51892 Sliding Swivel .375" (2) Used w/Rod No. 7807, 7900
Used w/Upright No. 7902
Holes
599-7907-1 51893 Sliding Swivel .375" (1) Used w/Rod No. 7807, 7900
.738" (1) Used w/Upright No. 7903
Used w/Base No. 7905
Holes
599-7908 44967 Sliding Swivel .738" (1) Used w/Rod No. 7808, 7901
.987" (1) Used w/Upright No. 7904
Used w/Base No. 7905-1
Holes
599-7739-1 44893 Sliding Swivel .312" (1) Used w/Test Indicator Sets
.220" - .250" with No. 7739 and 7740
spring-loaded clamp
Holes
599-7909 44698 Adapter Bushing .375" I.D. Used w/Upright and Rods
.738" O.D.
Rod
599-7753-120 44912 Offset Rod .250" 6" long with For use w/Magnicator Indicator
.25" clamp screw Holders and all MITI-MITE Holders
.220" step on other end Used w/Base No. 7905
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-11
Uprights and Dial Holding Rods
For holding AGD lug backs.
INTERAPID
Measuring Supports
8
8
98 x 70
119 1
7
7
1
7
.
8
253
150 x 120
3
1
4
17.8
Base with rest-

ing front face.
Clamp for a .315" dia.
measuring stem or dial
gages with lugs.
Stand
No. 16.39003
with additional dovetail
clamp.
Cast iron
base
2.9 lbs or
9.6 lbs
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
A
16.39003 28645 INTERAPID small meas. support Dial test indicators, small dial gages
16.39004 27527 INTERAPID measuring support Dial test indicators, dial gages, precision
indicators, electronic probes etc.
Used in
conjunction with
L
599-7807 44935 Fine Adjust (F) .375" 9.25" 1/4" clamp screw for 7733
599-7808 44936 Fine Adjust (G) .738" 10" 1/4" clamp screw for 7742
599-7900 44959 No Fine Adj. (D) .375" 9.25" 1/4" clamp screw for 7730, 7744
599-7901 44960 No Fine Adj. (E) .738" 9.625" 1/4" clamp screw for 7731, 7732
599-7902 44961 Upright (A) .375" 8" For old style No. 730
.738" 8.75" For 7730
599-7903 44962 Upright (B) Also for old style No. 730 bases
599-7904 44963 Upright (C) .987" 10" For 7731 and 7732
B C D E F G
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-12
Universal Measuring Support
16.39000 28373 Universal Measuring Support
furnished with:
16.40100 40458 Clamp with a .315" dia. fixing bore
18.40105 40523 Fixing shank with a .315" dia. and dovetail recess
6
.
9
"
9
.
6
"
.
7
0
"
6.7"
7.9" x 2.2"
.70"
1
.
4
"
.83"
.
3
5
"
.47"
.
3
1
5
"
COMPARATOR Measuring Stand
Model without fine adjustment. Suitable as basic component for
mounting specific workpiece attachments for series inspection.
in in
16.39008 88401 Comparator Measuring Stand 0 - 5.5 4 x 4
9
.
3
"
7
.
0
"
1
.
4
"
6" x 4.3"
0
-
5
.
5
"
1.0"
2.25"
.315"
Stand with
guiding faces
sideways.
Vertical column movable
along the T-slot.
2 rigid articulation
points.
Cast iron
base
7.3 lbs
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
Measuring
table with
ground measuring face.
Dismountable column.
Measuring arm with a
.315" dia. clamping bore.
Cast iron table.
Chrome-plated
steel column. Spherical
graphite cast iron arm.
6.6 lbs
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
Medium-sized sliding support for dial test indicators (lever-type), electronic probes, etc.
with fine adjustment.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-13
COMPARATOR Measuring Stands
Basic component for mounting specific workpiece attachments for series inspection.
.315"
0
-
6
.
9
"
9
.
5
"
7.3" x 5.12"
1.2"
2.56"
1
2
"
Basic stand
Ground
measuring face.
2 T-slots. Dismountable
column.
Cast iron table.
Chrome-plated
steel column.
Measuring arm
Fine
adjustment
within a range of .04" dia.
clamping bore
Sliding arm
Floating holder
for TESAYA.
Adjustable swivelling
movement. .512" dia.
clamping bore. 1.38",
2.24" or 3.15"
vertical travel ranges.
Overall span: 2.36".
Stop plate
Dimensions:
4.53" x 1.38" x .138"
120 vee recess for
diameters 4.72".
Two fixing screws.
Additional data
10.7 lbs
(basic stand).
1.9 lbs (measuring arm).
3.9 lbs (sliding arm).
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
in in
16.39009 88412 Basic measuring stand 6.75 5 x 4.5
(without measuring arm)
accessories
16.10200 40448 Measuring arm with fine adjustment
16.10201 40449 Sliding arm used in conjunction with TESAYA internal measuring
instruments for stationary bore measurement.
16.40000 40457 Depth stop plate
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-14
599-7710-1
Three models are available. Each Comparator Stand
includes one 14.81018 Dial Indicator (AGD Group 2,
2-1/4" dia., graduated 0-.050-0 by .001, range .500") and
Lift Lever. The indicator is mounted by the
standard lug back.
Adjusting Arms
Full, 360 swing of arm permits measurement from either
the comparator stand base or a surface plate. Furnished
with a mounting screw for AGD Lug-back mounting of Dial
Indicator.
599-7703
Cast Iron Comparator Bases
Ground bases available in three sizes accommodate both
sizes of Adjusting Arms and Support Columns listed on this
page.
Support Columns (Uprights)
Ground Support Columns provide a rigid and smooth oper-
ating column for adjusting arms. Threaded and furnished
with screw for mounting to comparator base.
599-7705
Comparator Components
599-7700
Comparator Stands with Cast Iron Bases
Base Column Adj. Arm
Size Size Length
599-7710-1 51719 7 x 9 12-3/8 5
599-7711-1 51720 5 x 8 12-3/8 5
599-7712-1 51721 3 x 7 7-3/8 2-1/2
Throat Depth
599-7703 44878 2-1/2
599-7704 44879 5
Base Size
599-7700 44875 3 x 7
599-7701 44876 5 x 8
599-7702 44877 7 x 9
Length Diameter
599-7705 44880 7-3/8 1-1/8
599-7706 44881 12-3/8 1-1/8
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-15
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
Bench Comparator with Black Granite Base
in
16.39030 28646 Granite 7 x 8 0 - 9.4 yes adjustable
16.39033 28647 Granite 7 x 7.8 0 - 10.2 yes adjustable
lbs.
16.39030 28646 Granite 7 x 9.84 x 1.96 .787 11.8 18.5
16.39033 28647 Granite 7 x 9.84 x 1.96 1.38 11.8 23
Overall Span
in
Column
in
Column
in
Measuring
Table in
Measuring
Table
Fine
Adjustment
Measuring
Face in
Measuring
Face
.
9
6
5
"
1
3
.
7
"
7" x 9.8"
1.38"
10.8"
2
"
8
8
98 x 70
119 1
7
7
16.39033
16.39030
Meas. stand
No. 16.39030:
Chrome-plated steel col-
umn. Tilting measuring
arm with articulation.
.04" or .315" dia. bore for
dovetail clamp or lugs.
No. 16.39033:
Chrome-plated steel
column. Sliding measur-
ing arm, horizontally.
.04" or .315" dia. bore for
dovetail clamp or lugs.
DIN 876 T1,
grade 00:
3 m
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-16
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
Measuring table with dust grooves
Hardened steel, lapped measuring face.
in
16.40302 40461 2.6 x .47
Measuring stand (without measuring table)
Height adjustable table mount with thread and fine adjustment.
Clamping groove for UMZ 12 depth stop (No. 16.40300).
in
16.39002 28311 1.6 .6
Fine adjustment
in
Measuring table without dust grooves
Hardened steel, finish ground measuring
face.
in
16.40303 40462 2.6 x .47
Double probe-holder
8 mm dia. mounting bore for 2 probes.
Clamped on the measuring stand with
2 shafts having a 6 mm dia.
16.40401 40463 .5 x 3
Laterally
in
Depth stop
Clamp for mounting purpose in the stand
groove. Hardened and ground stop base.
16.40300 40459 2.2 x 4
Stop Face
in
Side stop
Hardened and ground.
For use with UMZ 12 depth stop.
16.40301 40460 1.24 x .4 x .12
Side Stop
in
.315"
7
.
8
"
0
-
1
.
5
7
5
"
5.7" x 4.9"
1.38"
.25"
Small Measuring Stand
Stable measuring stand for precision measuring of small parts.
Stand has a
.315" dia. bore.
Also with two clamping
bores with a .236" dia. for
UPZ6.Usable overall
span: 1.38"
Measuring
stand (without
measuring table): 6.6 lbs.
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-17
Heavy cast
iron base with
mounted steel column,
ground (2" in.)
Measuring arm with a
.315" dia. clamping bore
and 2 mounting bores
for UPZ6
Fine adjustment using
the protected knob with
.04" travel
Base and
measuring arm
in cast iron. Dull-chrome
plated steel column.
Supplied
without
sensor
Suited
carrying case
Declaration
of conformity
Large Measuring Stand
These two measuring stands provide different heights, as well as a wide range of accessories that
serve for setting up a variety of measuring configurations. These high-precision components are
remarkably stable and wear-resistant. They guarantee minimum measurement errors for state-of-
the-art factory shop floors.
Both stands enable electronic probes to be mounted, especially for direct, sum or
comparative measurements.
INTERAPID Universal Stands UP (without measuring table)
Heavy cast iron models. Measuring arm with locking feature
and brake stop.
in lbs
16.39041 28396 Measuring stand 6.25 30
16.39042 28397 Measuring stand 21 42
1
5
"
/
3
0
"
7.5" x 6.7"
2"
.25"
.315"
2.75"
0
-
6
.
1
"
/
2
1
"
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-18
MEASURI NG STANDS
Standard measuring table
Hardened steel. Two measuring faces
with dust grooves, lapped. One face has a
.5" wide strip along the center.
in m
16.40405 40467 1.75 x 3.75 1
Side table
To be mounted sideways on both
measuring tables. Made of black plastic,
supplied in pairs.
16.40404 40466 2.125 x 3.75
Resting Face
in
Cross beam
For center and vee supports.
Made from cast iron and ground.
16.40416 40476 12
Length
in
Measuring table with probe holder

Features a .315" dia. mounting bore for
axial probe. Hardened and lapped meas-
uring face with dust grooves as well
as a .51" wide strip along the center.
in m
16.40410 40471 1.75 x 3.75 1
Large measuring table with probe holder
Features a .315" dia. mounting bore for
axial probe. Hardened and lapped meas-
uring face with dust grooves as well
as a .63" wide strip along the center.
in m
16.40411 40472 4.75 x 4.75 1.5
Resting stand
For cylindrical or conical part elements.
Resting plates with tungsten carbide
pins for adaptation to the part diameter.
Distance between plates: 12".
For use with cross beam 16.40416.
Supplied in pairs.
in
16.40415 40475 1.2
Vee blocks
Support parts on tungsten carbide pins.
Distance between blocks: 11.25". With
length stop. For use with cross beam
16.40416. Supplied in pairs.
in
16.40418 40478 1.6 108
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

S
T
A
N
D
S

A
N
D

A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y

F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
MEASURI NG STANDS AND AUXI LI ARY FI XTURES MEASURI NG STANDS AND AUXI LI ARY FI XTURES
H-19
MEASURI NG STANDS

!
Center supports
For axial and radial run-out inspection. Max. width of points:
6.1". Feature solid and hollow points movable longitudinally. Fitted
with spring but lockable. For use with cross beam 16.40416
Supplied in pairs.

16.40414 40474 2
Height of points
in
Height of points
in
Length stop
For use with cross beam 16.40416 associated with center
or vee supports. A probe can be mounted instead of the stop pin.

16.40417 40477
Limit stop
Mounted with clamp on the column.
Hardened, dull-chrome plated.

16.40403 40465 2.7 x .8
Resting Face
in
Resting Face
in
Stop plate
For use with the limit stop 16.40403.
Hardened, dull-chrome plated.

16.40402 40464 120
Vee
Recess
Vee
Recess
Rack and pinion slide
For vertical adjustment of the measuring arm.

16.40419 40479 7.625
Travel
in
Travel
in
Double probe holder
.315" dia. clamping bore for 2 electronic
probes. Mounted on the measuring
stand with 2 shafts having a .24" dia.

16.40401 40463 .5 x 3.25
Laterally
in
Laterally
in
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-20
Telescoping Gages
Series 591 Telescoping Gages
Satin-chrome finished. Individual gages are completely assembled with
handle. Knurled lock maintains the setting of the measuring arms to permit
sizing with a micrometer, Dial-Cal or vernier caliper.
Available individually or in sets of 4 or 6 gages.
in / mm in / mm
599-591-1 45362 5/16 - 1/2 / 7.9 - 12.5 4.37 / 111
599-591-2 45363 1/2- 3/4 / 12.5 - 19.0 4.25 / 108
599-591-3 45364 3/4 - 1-1/4 / 19.0 - 31.7 4.25 / 108
599-591-4 45365 1-1/4 - 2-1/8 / 31.7 - 53.9 5.12 / 130
599-591-5 45366 2-1/8 - 3-1/2 / 53.9 - 88.9 5.12 / 130
599-591-6 45367 3-1/2 - 6 / 88.9 - 152.4 5.12 / 130
Sets
599-591-10 45368 4 gages: 591-1 thru 591-4
599-591-20 45369 6 gages: 591-1 thru 591-6
All sets are supplied with fitted plastic case.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-21
No. 596 Small Hole Gage Set
Use like a telescoping gage for measuring small holes, slots and grooves.
Flat bottom of half-ball gaging surface permits use even in the shallowest
recesses. Sensitive knurled knob setting. Entire tool finished in satin-
chrome to prevent corrosion.
in/mm
599-596 51885 .125 - .500 / 3.18 - 12.7
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-22
Series 790 Pin Vises
Handy, sure-grip tool holders feature a through hole in the handle for holding wires, taps, drills,
files, scriber points and the like. Reduced handle diameter ensures easy rotation between thumb
and finger. Available individually in four sizes or as a complete set. Provided in a chrome finish.
in / mm
599-790-1 45387 0 - .040 / 0 - 1.0
599-790-2 45388 .030 -.062 / 0.75 - 1.5
599-790-3 45389 .050 - 1.25 / 1.27 - 3.1
599-790-4 45390 .115 - .197 / 2.9 - 5.0
Set
599-790 45386 Four pin vises in fitted plastic case.
Pin Vises and Pin Chucks
No. 793 Pin Chucks
Provide convenient means for holding small work on lathes and other machines. Set consists of a
chuck and three interchangeable collets to hold work from .010" to .100" diameter.
Pin Chuck Set
599-793 46480
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-23
Radius gages speed-checking or matching of fillets and radii in machining, inspection, lay-
out and pattern-making. The radius gage holder furnished with these sets enables these
gages to be used in recesses and other hard-to-reach areas.
Individual blades have five measuring locations for exterior and interior radii. Material is
carefully selected, high quality stainless steel with satin finish. Measuring surfaces are pre-
cisely machined for high accuracy.
Available in fraction or decimal increments, individually and in sets.
Radius Gage Sets
Decimal and Fraction
No. of Gages Range of Sizes
Radius gage sets
599-628-10 51247 24 1/32 - 17/64 by 64ths
9/32 - 1/2 by 32nds
599-628-12 51246 25 1/64 - 17/64 by 64ths
9/32 - 1/2 by 32nds
599-628-13 51245 26 .010 - .030 by .005
.040 - .100 by .010
.120 - .300 by .020
.350 - .500 by .050
Radius gage holder
599-628-80 44418 Available separately
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-24
Inch Radius Gages
Set of 16 blades measure interior and exterior radii from 1/32" to 17/64" in
increments of 1/64th. Fan-out design provides ready access to a large number of sizes.
Radius Gage Sets - Inch and Metric
Metric Radius Gages
Two sets check radii from 0.75 to 13.0 mm. Fan-out design provides
convenience in use and storage.
Range
16 Blade set, 1/64th in increments
599-629-1 46112 1/32 in - 17/ 64 in
Range
18 Blade set, 0.25 mm increments
599-627-10 44410 0.75 - 5.0 mm
16 Blade set, 0.5 mm increments
599-627-12 44411 5.5 - 13.0 mm
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-25
Individual Radius Gages - Decimal and Fraction
Individual radius gages have five measuring locations for checking
exterior and interior radii. Fan-out design for checking wide range of
inside and outside radii.
Size(in) Size(in)
Fraction
Decimal
599-628-28 51278 1/64 599-628-510 51279 .010
599-628-32 44414 1/32 599-628-515 51280 .015
599-628-46 44415 3/64 599-628-520 51281 .020
599-628-62 44416 1/16 599-628-525 51282 .025
599-628-78 44417 5/64 599-628-535 51283 .030
599-628-93 44419 3/32 599-628-540 51284 .040
599-628-109 44420 7/64 599-628-550 51285 .050
599-628-125 44421 1/8 599-628-560 51286 .060
599-628-141 44422 9/64 599-628-570 51287 .070
599-628-156 44423 5/32 599-628-580 51288 .080
599-628-171 44424 11/64 599-628-590 51585 .090
599-628-187 44425 3/16 599-628-600 51570 .100
599-628-203 44426 13/64 599-628-620 51571 .120
599-628-218 44427 7/32 599-628-640 51572 .140
599-628-234 44428 15/64 599-628-660 51573 .160
599-628-250 44429 1/4 599-628-680 51574 .180
599-628-266 44430 17/64 599-628-700 51575 .200
599-628-281 44431 9/32 599-628-720 51576 .220
599-628-312 44432 5/16 599-628-740 51577 .240
599-628-343 44433 11/32 599-628-760 51578 .260
599-628-375 44434 3/8 599-628-780 51579 .280
599-628-406 44435 13/32 599-628-800 51580 .300
599-628-437 44436 7/16 599-628-850 51581 .350
599-628-468 44437 15/32 599-628-900 51582 .400
599-628-500 44438 1/2 599-628-950 51583 .450
599-628-1000 51584 .500
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-26
Screw Pitch Gages - Inch and Metric
Screw Pitch Gages - 60
For V , Unified, American, National and U.S. Standard, fine, coarse and pipe threads. TPI
stamped on each blade. All gages have blade locks.
599-634
599-639
599-637
599-633
599-630
No. of Blades TPI Blade Locks
Inch screw pitch gages
599-630
44440 22 9 - 40
599-632-1
51175 30 4 - 40
599-633
44443 51 4 - 84
599-634 44444 22 32 - 74
599-635* 44445 25 2-1/4 - 20
No. of Blades Pitch Blade Locks
Metric screw pitch gages - 60
For ISO metric threads. Pitch stamped on each blade. All gages have blade locks.
599-636 44446 22 0.35 - 6.0 mm
599-637 44447 30 0.25 - 3.0 mm
599-639 44449 18 0.5 - 7.0 mm
Includes blades for 11-1/2 and 27 TPI for pipe threads.
* Includes gage for grinding thread tools.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-27
Thickness Gages - Inch and Metric
599-647
599-641
No. Blade Blade Blade
of Blades Thickness Locks Size
Inch thickness gage sets
599-644-1 26131 10 .0015", .002", .003" .004", .006", 2-1/2" x 1/2"
.008", .010", .012", .015", .025"
599-647
44457 26 .0015" - .0025" x .005" 3"

.003 - .025" x .001"
599-648-1* 44458 10 .0015", .002", .003", .004", .006", 3-1/2"
.008", .010", .012" .015" .025"
599-649* 44459 8 .002", .003", .004", .006", .008", 6"
.010", .012", .015"
No. Blade Blade Blade
of Blades Thickness Locks Size
Metric thickness gage sets
599-641
44451 13 .03, .04, .05, .06, .07, .08, .09, 75 mm

.10, .15, .20, .30, .40, .50 mm
599-646
44456 13 .05, .10, .15, .20, .25, .30, 100 mm

.40, .50, .60, .70, .80, .90, 1 mm
Tapered blades - 1/2" wide at heel. 1/4" wide at tip.
* Taper 1 3/4" from 1/4" tip to 1/2" width.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-28
Thickness Gage Stock
12 in and 300 mm Lengths
Accurate, high-grade, uniformly tempered feeler
stock. Frequently used in jig and fixture work, as
shim stock, and for checking clearances and adjust-
ing automobile engine components.
Ends are rounded with one end punched for hang-
ing. Each piece is clearly marked for size and pack-
aged in its own sleeve for protection.
599-9647-1 45153
Assortment (108 pieces complete in display package)
Contents: 12 pieces each of 9 popular sizes:
.0015", .002", .003", .004", .006", .008", .010", .012", .015"
Inch thickness gage stock
12" lengths (1/2" wide) Thickness
599-9647-10 45154 .001"
599-9647-15 45155 .0015"
599-9647-20 44156 .002"
599-9647-25 44157 .0025"
599-9647-30 44158 .003"
599-9647-40 44159 .004"
599-9647-50 44160 .005"
599-9647-60 44161 .006"
599-9647-70 44162 .007"
599-9647-80 44163 .008"
599-9647-90 44164 .009"
599-9647-100 44165 .010"
599-9647-110 44166 .011"
599-9647-120 45167 .012"
599-9647-130 45168 .013"
599-9647-140 45169 .014"
599-9647-150 45170 .015"
599-9647-160 45171 .016"
599-9647-170 45172 .017"
599-9647-180 45173 .018"
599-9647-190 45174 .019"
599-9647-200 45175 .020"
599-9647-210 45176 .021"
599-9647-220 45177 .022"
599-9647-230 45178 .023"
599-9647-240 45179 .024"
599-9647-250 45180 .025"
Thickness
Metric thickness gage stock
300 mm lengths (13 mm wide)
599-9648-3 45181 0.03 mm
599-9648-4 45182 0.04 mm
599-9648-5 44183 0.05 mm
599-9648-6 44184 0.06 mm
599-9648-8 44185 0.08 mm
599-9648-10 44186 0.10 mm
599-9648-15 44187 0.15 mm
599-9648-20 44188 0.20 mm
599-9648-25 44189 0.25 mm
599-9648-30 44190 0.30 mm
599-9648-35 44191 0.35 mm
599-9648-40 44192 0.40 mm
599-9648-45 44193 0.45 mm
599-9648-50 45194 0.50 mm
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-29
Thread, Center, Rolling Mill and Wire Gages
Twist Drill Gages
599-650-1
599-652-10
599-716 44527 29 ScrewThreadTool Gage
Acme Standard. Hardened. Provides a
standard for grinding thread tools. Has 29
included angle.
599-694 44523 U.S. Standard Gage
0 to 36. Hardened. Recognized standard in U.S.
for uncoated sheet and plate iron and steel
Decimal equivalents on reverse side.
599-688-1* 44520 Brown & Sharpe Wire Gage*
American Standard - The generally accepted
standard for nonferrous metals. 0 to 36.
Hardened. Decimal equivalents stamped on
reverse side. Screw Slotting Cutters also made
to this gage.
599-650-1 44460 Center Gage-Inch
Tempered. Satin-chrome finish. 60 angles for
Unified, American, American National and U.S.
Standard Threads. Graduated 14, 20, 24 and 32
divisions per inch. Shows double depth of
threads.
599-652-10 44461 Center Gage-Metric
Tempered, chrome finish. 60 angles for metric
ISO threads. Graduated two edges. 1 mm and
0.5 mm.
* Similar to No. 694 photo
599-707 44525 Twist Drill and Machine ScrewTap
Gage (Chrome Plated)
1 to 60. Hole sizes tested for accuracy
after hardening. Table gives tap size,pitch,
and drill sizes for tap. For Unified and
American as well as older American
National or U.S. Standard. Threads
6-1/8" x 2-3/8" x 1/16".
599-710 45526 Jobbers Drill Gage
Similar to No. 707, (left). For twist drills
from 1/16" to 1/2 by 64ths. Hole sizes
tested for accuracy after hardening.
Decimal equivalents stamped on front
side. 6-1/4" x 2-3/8" x 1/16".
599-694
599-716
599-707
599-710
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-30
Adjustable Parallels
Used as parallels for checking, marking, or positioning work. Handy gages
for measuring inside dimensions of recesses or slots, or for setting tools.
Each parallel consists of two tapered parts, dovetailed together. The distance between
the two outside parallel surfaces is varied by moving the mating parts together or apart.
Quickly adjusted to desired size using just a
micrometer. Clamp screws lock parallels to size.
Each adjustable parallel has a generous range, eliminating the need for stocking many
solid parallels.
Length in / mm in / mm Thickness in / mm
599-673-1 44509 1-3/4 / 44 3/8 - 1/2 / 10 - 13 9/32 / 7
599-673-2 44510 2-1/18 / 54 1/2 - 11/16 / 13 - 17 9/32 / 7
599-673-3 44511 2-11/16 / 68 11/16 - 15/16 / 17 - 24 9/32 / 7
599-673-4 44512 3-9/16 / 90 15/16 - 1-5/16 / 24- 33 9/32 / 7
599-673-5 44513 4-3/16 / 106 1-5/16 - 1-3/4 / 33 - 44 9/32 / 7
599-673-6 44514 5-1/16 / 129 1-3/4 - 2-1/4 / 44 - 57 9/32 / 7
in / mm No. of Parallels
Sets - Adjustable Parallels
599-673-10 44515 3/8 - 1-5/16/ 10 - 33 4
599-673-20 44516 3/8 - 2-1/4 / 10 - 57 6
Cases only
599-673-9999 44518 case only 4
599-673-9998 44517 case only 6
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-31
Made of special steel. Hardened, ground and finished on four sides to
exceed government specifications for flatness and squareness.
Parallels available in matched pairs only.
Size(in) Size(mm) (in)
599-920-4 44686 6 x 1/4 x 3/8 150 x 6 x 10 .0001
599-920-8 44687 6 x 1/4 x 1/2 150 x 6 x 13 .0001
599-920-12 44688 6 x 1/4 x 5/8 150 x 6 x 17 .0001
599-920-16 44689 6 x 1/4 x 3/4 150 x 6 x 19 .0001
599-920-20 44690 6 x 3/8 x 1/2 150 x 10 x 13 .0001
599-920-24 44691 6 x 3/8 x 5/8 150 x 10 x 17 .0001
599-920-28 44692 6 x 3/8 x 3/4 150 x 10 x 19 .0001
599-920-32 44693 6 x 1/2 x 5/8 150 x 13 x 17 .0001
599-920-36 44694 6 x 1/2 x 3/4 150 x 13 x 19 .0001
599-920-40 44695 6 x 1/2 x 1 150 x 13 x 25 .0001
599-920-44 44696 9 x 1/2 x 5/8 225 x 13 x 17 .00015
599-920-48 44697 9 x 1/2 x 3/4 225 x 13 x 19 .00015
599-920-52 44698 9 x 1/2 x 1 225 x 13 x 25 .00015
599-920-56 44699 9 x 3/4 x 1 225 x 19 x 25 .00015
599-920-60 44700 9 x 3/4 x 1-1/4 225 x 19 x 32 .00015
599-920-64 44701 9 x 3/4 x 1-1/2 225 x 19 x 38 .00015
599-920-68 44702 12 x 11/16 x 1-1/4 300 x 17 x 32 .0002
599-920-72 44703 12 x 3/4 x 1 300 x 19 x 25 .0002
599-920-76 44704 12 x 3/4 x 1-1/4 300 x 19 x 32 .0002
599-920-80 44705 12 x 13/16 x 1-1/4 300 x 21 x 32 .0002
599-920-84 44706 12 x 1 x 1-1/4 300 x 25 x 32 .0002
599-920-88 44707 12 x 1 x 1-1/2 300 x 25 x 38 .0002
599-920-92 44708 12 x 1 x 2 300 x 25 x 51 .0002
599-920-96 44709 12 x 1-1/4 x 1-1/2 300 x 32 x 38 .0002
599-920-100 44710 12 x 1-1/4 x 1-3/4 300 x 32 x 44 .0002
599-920-104 44711 12 x 1-1/4 x 2 300 x 32 x 51 .0002
599-920-108 44712 12 x 1-1/4 x 2-1/2 300 x 32 x 64 .0002
599-920-112 44713 12 x 1-1/2 x 2 300 x 38 x 51 .0002
599-920-116 44714 12 x 1-1/2 x 3 300 x 38 x 76 .0002
Steel Parallels
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-32
Steel Parallel Sets
Size(in) Size(mm) No. of Parallels
Complete set of six
599-921-3 44715
599-920-12 44688 6 x 14 x 5/8 150 x 6 x 17 2
599-920-28 44692 6 x 3/8 x 3/4 150 x 10 x 19 2
599-920-40 44695 6 x 1/2 x 1 150 x 13 x 25 2
Steel Parallel Set
Complete Set of 9 pairs supplied in custom molded case.
6" Length, 1/4" Width, 9 Pairs: 3/4", 7/8",1",1-1/8", 1-1/4",1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-5/8", 1-3/4"
599-921-4 26882
Hardened
and ground
on four sides.
Consists of three
pairs of matched
parallels.
Wooden
case
High-grade alloy
steel, hardened
and ground from 1/4"
stock. Hardness 52-58HRC
9 pairs
6 x .25 in (L x W)
2 holes in each parallel.
Height specifications
relate to consistency
within each pair. Absolute
heights are nominal.
Parallelism .0002"
Paired in height
.0002"
Custom
molded case
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-33
Ultra Thin Parallel Set
Ultra Precision Parallel Set
Ultra Precision Parallel Set
Complete set of 10
6" Length, 1/8" Width, 10 pairs: 1/2", 5/8", 3/4", 7/8", 1", 1-1/8", 1-1/4", 1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-5/8"
599-921-10 86615
Ultra Thin Parallel Set
Complete set of 10 pairs
6" Length, 1/32" Width, 10 pairs: 1/2", 5/8", 3/4", 7/8", 1", 1-1/8", 1-1/4", 1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-5/8"
599-921-20 26884
High-grade alloy
steel, hardened
stock. Hardness 50HRC
10 pairs
6 x .03125 in
(L x W). 2 holes in each
parallel. Height
specifications relate to
consistency within each
pair. Absolute heights are
nominal.
Parallelism .0001"
Paired in height
.0001"
Custom
molded case
High-grade alloy
steel, hardened
stock. Hardness
58-63HRC
10 pairs
6 x .125 in
(L x W). 2 holes in each
parallel. Height
specifications relate to
consistency within each
pair. Absolute heights are
nominal.
Parallelism .0002"
Paired in height
.00015"
Custom
molded case
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-34
Ultra Precision Wavy Parallel Set
Reliable and precise vertical positioning of workpieces.
Parallel within .0002" paired .0002".
Made of high quality spring steel, hardened, stress relieved
and precision ground.
Includes 9 pairs 4-1/4" in length, with the following heights:
1/2", 5/8", 3/4", 7/8", 1",1-1/8", 1-1/4", 1-3/8", 1-1/2".
Shims can be compressed, which proves useful in the
holding of thin parts.
Complete set supplied in fitted wooden case
599-921-25 27279
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-35
Universal 1-2-3 Blocks Set
Consisting of a matched pair of 1" x 2" x 3" blocks, five plated 5/16" - 18"
socket head cap screws and a hex key wrench.
Each block is precision ground and case hardened on all 6 surfaces.
Surface nish 6 to 16 micro-inches.
Squareness on all sides to .0001".
There are a total of 11 holes on three faces. Five 5/16" - 18" tapped holes
arranged for holding down and for conversion to an angle plate. Six holes
drilled through with deep recesses for easy clamping.
Blocks are oversized to allow for normal lapping to .0003".
Complete set suppliedinshop-hardenedmoldedcase
599-750-50 27396
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

S
T
A
N
D
S

A
N
D

A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y

F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-36

Complete set supplied in custom molded case
599-750-10 26764

!

Each block
has 18 through
bores of 9.53 mm as
well as 5 threaded
bores (M10)

Steel hardened
to 55 to 60 HRC

7 m
for each pair

2.5 m
for all surfaces

Supplied with
5 M10 hexagon
socket screws as well
as one 8 mm hexagon
socket key.

Suited
plastic case
Ultra Precision Ground 1-2-3 Blocks Set
Supplied in custom molded case. Ideal for precision layout and setup
Each block is ground and case hardened on all six surfaces
Surface finish 6 to 16 microinches
Squareness on all sides to .0001"per inch
23 holes: 5 tapped 3/8-16
Oversized to allow for normal tapping .0001" - .0003"
Case hardened to 50-60 HRC
Set consists of a pair of 1 x 2 x 3 inch blocks, five 3/8-16
stainless steel socket head cap screws and a hex key wrench
Tapped Holes

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-37
Unique universal holding tool for small, miniature or intricate parts. Ideal holding fixture for grind-
ing/indexing punches and pins, drilling, milling, EDM, and inspection on optical comparators.
Features:
Capacity .030" to 9/32".
Furnished with bridges to straddle long workpieces, allowing top hold-down screw of V-block
clamp to be used.
Sides and ends are square within .0005.
Vs of pairs central and parallel within .0003.
Set contains 2 90
o
Ultra Wee-Vee Blocks, size A .030"-5/32" capacity and size B .050"-9/32"
capacity; Bridge A and B; 5 Upper Prisms 1/8", 5/32" and 3/16" capacity; two clamps; in a fitted case.
Capable of holding parts as
small as .030" diameter!
Ultra Wee-Vee Blocks
Complete set
599-749-100 26913
Optional accessory Extra Clamp
99-749-101 88128
Ground
resting
and vee faces
Hardened
steel
Not available
as single
components
Suited
plastic case
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-38
Toolmakers Vise and Clamps
Toolmakers Vise
Handy for use in drilling, fitting and laying out work on surface plates. Tongue
on large jaw slides in groove in base and is held in place by a strap that
prevents jaw from lifting. 1-15/16" capacity. Furnished with two steel jaws
as shown.
Toolmakers Clamps
Steel, case hardened. Ends of jaws chamfered for clamping under shoulder or in
recess. Clip holds loose jaw in position when clamp screw is released, a conven-
ient and original Brown & Sharpe feature.
Toolmakers Vise
599-752-3 51852
Jaws Open Length Jaws
(in) (in)
599-754-8-2 28314 1-1/4 2-1/8
599-754-12-2 28315 2-1/4 2-3/4
599-754-20-2 28316 2-3/4 4
599-754-28-2 28317 3-1/2 5
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-39
Rod adjusts quickly and locks at any angle. Fine adjustment by small knurled nut. Hardened
base has V-groove for cylindrical work and two gage pins for use against edge of surface
plate or T-slot of machine table.
When used with optional dial holding rod 599-7048 and BESTEST
dial
indicator numbers 621 and 622, surface gages reach places inaccessible to large dial indica-
tors.
Universal Surface Gages
599-621-192* 45495 3-1/2 x 2-1/2 / 87 x 62 9 / 225 .312 / 8
599-921-222* 45496 3-1/2 x 2-1/2 / 87 x 62 9 / 225 & 12 / 300 .312 / 8
599-622-222* 45797 4 x 3-3/8 / 100 x 84 12 / 300 .375
599-622-283* 45498 4 x 3-3/8 / 100 x 84 12 / 300 & 18 / 450 .375
* A .156" scriber pointer rod is included with all surface gages
Base Dimensions
(in/mm)
Length of Uprights
(in/mm)
Upright Diameter
(in/mm)
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-40
V-Blocks and Clamps
No. 745 V-Block and Clamp
Versatile tool for grinding, milling, or drilling can be used on its base, end or sides. Case
hardened and ground. Two Vs, four tapped holes 3/8 in -16 UNC.
Central hole in Vfor removing pins or drilling. Forged clamp has adjustable side screw to
support the block and prevent tilting.
Work Capacity: 1-5/16" (33 mm) approximate diameter.
Dimensions: 1-7/8" (48 mm) sq. x 3-5/8" (92 mm) long.
Accuracy: All surfaces (except Vs) parallel and square within .0002". Long V-groove is central,
parallel and square with all surfaces within .0003". Half inch V-groove is central, parallel and
square with all surfaces within .00015". Vs are 90 + .0000"-.0003".
One block and clamp
599-745 44530
Clamp only
599-9745-10 45206
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-41
No. 749-1 V-Blocks and Clamp
For larger and heavier work. Made in numbered pairs from mild steel. Set consists of two blocks
and one clamp. Blocks feature two clamping grooves. Lower grooves permit blocks to be
clamped to table.
Dimensions: 2-1/2" (64 mm) square. 3" (76 mm) long.
Work capacity is approximately 1/2" to 2-1/2"(13 mm to 64 mm) diameter.
Accuracy: Sides are square with each other within .003". Ends are square with sides within
.003". V-groove is parallel and central with sides within .002". V-groove is 90 1/2. Vs of
pairs are central and parallel to each other within .004".
No.749 V-Blocks and Clamp
Made in numbered pairs from mild steel. Surfaces (except V) are square and parallel with
each other within .002". V-grooves are square and parallel with all surfaces within .0035".
Dimensions: 1-1/2" (38 mm) square x 2" (50 mm) long.
0Work capacity of approximately 1-1/2" (40 mm) diameter.
Two blocks and one clamp
599-749-1 44533
Extra clamp
599-9749-12 45210
Two blocks and one clamp
599-749 44532
Extra clamp
599-749-12 51890
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-42
No. 750-2 V-Blocks and Clamps
Stepped groove construction. Made of case hardened steel in numbered pairs. Clamps within
grooves permit use on sides. Set consists of two blocks and two clamps.
Dimensions: 2-1/2(64 mm) long. 2-3/4(70 mm) wide. 2(51 mm) high.
Work capacity to approximately 2(51 mm) diameter.
Accuracy: V-grooves are central, parallel and square with all surfaces within .0003. V-groove
is 90 +.0000-.0003. Corresponding dimensions for each pair are alike within .0003 in.
Two blocks and two clamps
599-750-1 44534
Extra clamp
599-750-14 51891
599-750-2 44535
Single block and clamp
599-9750-2 45211
Extra clamp
599-9750-22 45213
For finest toolroom work. Made in numbered pairs from case hardened steel.
Set consists of two blocks and two clamps.
Dimensions: 1-1/4(32 mm) square. 1-5/8(42 mm) long.
Work capacity of approx. 1(25 mm) diameter.
Accuracy: Surfaces (except V) are square and parallel with each other within .0003 in. V-grooves
are square and parallel with all surfaces within .0003. V is 90 + .0000- .0002. Corresponding
dimensions for each pair are alike within .0003.
Hardened
Steel
Clamping Range
1.0
Hardened
Steel
Clamping Range
2.0
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-43
599-750-5 44538
Made of case hardened steel and furnished in matched pairs. Clamps are within grooves to permit
use on sides. Each block has two Vees to accommodate different size work. Set consists of two
blocks and two clamps.
Dimensions: 2" (51 mm) square. 2-1/2" (64 mm) long.
Work capacity to approx. 1-1/4" (32 mm) diameter.
Accuracy: Surfaces (except V) are square and parallel with each other within .0002". V-grooves are
parallel, square and central to all surfaces within .0003". Corresponding dimensions for each pair
are alike within .0002".
Hardened
Steel
Clamping Range
1.25
Hardened
Steel
Clamping Range
1.5
No. 747 Bench Block
Holds work for knocking out pins or drilling through holes. Drill or pin comes out in hole in Bench
Block.
Case hardened, tempered and ground steel. Smooth V- slot wont mar work. Top and bottom of block
are parallel within .0005". 1-1/2" high and 3" diameter, with hole sizes varying 1/8" to 5/8".
Bench block
599-747 44531
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-44
Black Granite Plates And Tools
Grain Structure
Black Granite has the finest grain structure. A fine, uniform structure means a smoother,
less abrasive surface.
Easy Maintenance
Black Granite wont rust. Washing with soap and water, Brown & Sharpe Cleaner, or other
readily available cleaners is all thats needed to keep it like new.
Reflectivity
Black Granite has the lowest reflectivity. Verniers, dials and meters are easier to read
against its non-glare surface.
Stability
Black Granite is more stable. Its uniform density of structure is less susceptible to change
due to temperature and humidity.
Federal Specifications
Black Granite meets or exceeds Federal Specifications.
Overall flatness shown guarantees that, All points of the work surface shall be contained
between two parallel planes, the base plane and the roof plane, separated a distance no greater
than that specified for the respective grades.(Reference: Federal Specification GGG-P-463c)
Center-Point Load Ratings
Per Federal Specification, surface plates may be specified as rated for normal loading condi-
tions (50-pounds-per-square-foot center-point load) or for abnormal loading conditions
(100-pounds-per-square-foot center-point load). This means that the designated load may be
placed in the center of the plate without deflecting the overall accuracy more than 50%.
Unless otherwise specified by the customer, all Brown & Sharpe surface plates are manufac-
tured to meet the more-difficult-to-achieve 100-pounds-per-square-foot requirement - your
assurance of the highest-quality plate.
All granite products are manufactured in an ISO 9002 certified facility.
Note: Sierra Grey and High Quartz Pink Granite Plates available as specials.
The Base for Accuracy
What a difference Black Granite makes! More than simple appearance makes Brown & Sharpe Black
Granite surface plates the preferred base for accuracy.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-45
MEASURI NG STANDS
Toolmakers Flat
Made of the same high quality black granite as surface plates. A valuable addition to the equip-
ment of toolmakers and others engaged in precision bench checking, layout work, and other
operations requiring a flat reference surface. Flatness is within 400 micro inches (0.01 mm).
Black Granite Surface Plates 0-Ledge
Surface plate covers are available for all plates on request.
Surface plates 48 in x 72 in and larger are made from Sierra Grey Granite.
Tool Room Surface Plate - Grade (B)
701-107 45236 12 x 18 x 3 300 x 450 x 75 .0002 in / 5.0 m 60
701-113 45241 18 x 24 x 3 450 x 600 x 75 .0002 in / 5.0 m 145
701-125 45246 24 x 36 x 4 600 x 900 x 100 .0002 in / 5.0 m 375
701-149 45251 36 x 48 x 6 900 x 1200 x 150 .0006 in / 15.0 m 1125
701-152 45254 36 x 60 x 6 900 x 1500 x 150 .0008 in / 20.0 m 1848
701-155 45257 36 x 72 x 8 900 x 1800 x 200 .0012 in / 30.0 m 2465
701-173 45260 48 x 60 x 8 1200 x 1500 x 200 .0010 in / 25.0 m 2875
701-176 45262 48 x 72 x 8 1200 x 1800 x 200 .0012 in / 30.0 m 3600
701-183 45263 48 x 96 x 10 1200 x 2400 x 250 .0016 in / 40.0 m 5050
InspectionSurface Plates - Grade (A)
701-110 45239 12 x 18 x 4 300 x 450 x 100 .0001 in / 2.0 m 80
701-116 45244 18 x 24 x 4 450 x 600 x 100 .0001 in / 2.0 m 165
701-128 45249 24 x 36 x 5 600 x 900 x 125 .0001 in / 2.0 m 470
Laboratory Surface Plate - Grade (AA)
701-111 45240 12 x 18 x 4 300 x 450 x 100 .00005 in / 1.0 m 80
701-117 45245 18 x 24 x 4 450 x 600 x 100 .00005 in/1.0 m 165
701-129 45250 24 x 36 x 6 600 x 900 x 150 .00005 in / 1.0 m 550
701-4 45235 8 x 12 x 2 5 lbs.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-46
MEASURI NG STANDS
Black Granite Surface Plates 2 and 4-Ledge
2-Ledge Plates - Inspection Grade (A)
701-108 45237 12 x 18 x 4 300 x 450 x 100 .0001 in / 2.0 m 60
701-114 45242 18 x 24 x 4 450 x 600 x 100 .0001 in / 2.0 m 145
701-126 45247 24 x 36 x 6 600 x 900 x 150 .0001 in / 2.0 m 375
701-150 45252 36 x 48 x 6 900 x 1200 x 150 .0003 in / 7.5 m 1125
701-153 45255 36 x 60 x 8 900 x 1500 x 200 .0004 in / 10.0 m 1840
701-156 26125 36 x 72 x 10 900 x 1800 x 250 .0006 in / 15.0 m 2465
701-174 26126 48 x 60 x 8 1200 x 1500 x 200 .0005 in / 12.5 m 2875
701-177 26127 48 x 72 x 8 1200 x 1800 x 250 .0006 in / 15.0 m 3600
701-184 45264 48 x 96 x 12 1200 x 2400 x 300 .0008 in / 20.0 m 5050
4-Ledge Plates - Laboratory Grade (AA)
701-109 45238 12 x 18 x 4 300 x 450 x 100 .00005 in / 1.0 m 60
701-115 45243 18 x 24 x 4 450 x 600 x 100 .00005 in / 1.0 m 145
701-127 45248 24 x 36 x 6 600 x 900 x 150 .00005 in / 1.0 m 375
701-151 45253 36 x 48 x 8 900 x 1200 x 200 .00015 in / 3.0 m 1125
701-154 45256 36 x 60 x 10 900 x 1500 x 250 .0002 in / 5.0 m 1840
701-157 45259 36 x 72 x 12 900 x 1800 x 300 .0003 in / 7.5 m 2465
701-175 45261 48 x 60 x 10 1200 x 1500 x 250 .00025 in / 6.3 m 2875
701-178 26128 48 x 72 x 12 1200 x 1800 x 300 .0003 in / 7.5 m 3600
701-185 45265 48 x 96 x 14 1200 x 2400 x 350 .0004 in / 10.0 m 5050
lbs.
Overall
Flatness
Tolerance
Size
mm
Size
in
Case of 12 701-901 45481
one-quart bottles
Surface Plate Cleaner
Cleans and maintains surface plates and all granite
products. Specially formulated to remove oil,
grease, dirt and metal particles without water and
to act as a rust inhibitor.
Special sizes for 0, 2 and 4 ledge plates available on request.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

S
T
A
N
D
S

A
N
D

A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y

F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-47
MEASURI NG STANDS AND AUXI LI ARY FI XTURES MEASURI NG STANDS
Surface Plate Stands
Cabinet support stands with a working height of 36
inches are available on request.
Casters and wheel locks are available on request.

701-307 45273 701-302 45269 701-303 45270 12 in x 18 in 77 lbs.
300 x 450 mm 35 kg
701-313 45276 701-304 45271 701-305 45272 18 in x 24 in 93 lbs.
450 x 600 mm 42 kg
701-325 45280 701-308 45274 701-316 45277 24 in x 36 in 115 lbs.
600 x 900 mm 52 kg
701-349 45286 701-320 45278 701-328 45281 36 in x 48 in 166 lbs.
900 x 1200 mm 75 kg
701-353 45288 701-332 45282 701-336 45283 36 in x 60 in 225 lbs.
900 x 1500 mm 101 kg
701-355 45289 701-340 45284 701-344 45285 36 in x 72 in 245 lbs.
900 x 1800 mm 110 kg
701-373 45295 701-348 26129 701-352 45287 48 in x 60 in 255 lbs.
1200 x 1500 mm 115 kg
701-375 45296 701-356 45290 701-360 45291 48 in x 72 in 400 lbs.
1200 x 1800 mm 180 kg
701-383 45298 701-364 45292 701-368 45293 48 in x 96 in 550 lbs.
1200 x 2400 mm 248 kg
For Plate
Size
4-LEDGE 2-LEDGE 0-LEDGE 4-LEDGE 2-LEDGE 0-LEDGE
For Plate
Size
Stand for 2-Ledge with Casters. Tool No. 701-312; EDP No. 45275
Stand for 2-Ledge with Casters. Tool No. 701-324; EDP No. 45279
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-48
Parallelism
Laboratory Grade AA:
.000025 in (0.6 m) per 12 in
Inspection Grade A:
.000050 in (1.2 m) per 12 in
Black Granite Parallels
Black Granite Straight Edges
701-906 45326 .75 x 1 x 6 19 x 25 x 150 AA 2
701-908 45328 .75 x 1 x 6 19 x 25 x 150 AA 4
701-956 45335 .75 x 1 x 6 19 x 25 x 150 A 2
701-958 45336 .75 x 1 x 6 19 x 25 x 150 A 4
701-910 45329 1 x 2 x 12 25 x 50 x 300 AA 2
701-911 45331 1 x 2 x 12 25 x 50 x 300 AA 4
701-960 45337 1 x 2 x 12 25 x 50 x 300 A 2
701-961 45338 1 x 2 x 12 25 x 50 x 300 A 4
701-912 45332 1.5 x 3 x 18 38 x 75 x 450 AA 2
701-914 45334 1.5 x 3 x 18 38 x 75 x 450 AA 4
701-962 45339 1.5 x 3 x 18 38 x 75 x 450 A 2
701-964 45340 1.5 x 3 x 18 38 x 75 x 450 A 4
No.
Faces Accuracy
Size
mm
Size
in
Linear dimensions are nominal.
Parallels are sold in matched pairs only.
Special sizes and cases are available on request.
Inspection Grade (.00005 in / 1.2 m Accuracy)
701-704 45315 24 x 2 x 4 600 x 50 x 100 15 (6.8 kg) 2
701-706 45316 36 x 2 x 6 900 x 50 x 150 30 (13.5 kg) 4
701-708 45317 48 x 2 x 8 1200 x 50 x 150 60 (27 kg) 2
Laboratory Grade (.000025 in / 0.6 m Accuracy)
701-754 45320 24 x 2 x 4 600 x 50 x 100 15 (6.8 kg) 4
701-756 45321 36 x 2 x 6 900 x 50 x 150 30 (13.5 kg) 2
701-758 45322 48 x 2 x 8 1200 x 50 x 150 60 (27 kg) 4
No.
Faces
Approx.
lbs. (kg)
Size
mm
Size
in
Straightness per foot, per auto-collimator inspection.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-49
Black Granite Angle Plates
Designed for fast, easy clamping of a variety of tools
and fixtures. Black Granite provides stability, long-life,
fine-grain smoothness and easy maintenance.
Black Granite Master Angle Square
Made of fine grain Black Granite finished to Lab Grade (square within .000025 in over 6 in).
Used for calibrating and establishing squareness of high accuracy measuring and referencing tools.
Also used for direct checking of squareness, straightness and parallelism in the same manner
as steel squares.
701-818 45325 9 x 18 x 3 225 x 450 x 75 38 (17.3 kg)
701-812 26688 12 x 18 x 3 300 x 450 x 75 67 (30.5 kg)
701-824 26689 18 x 24 x 3 450 x 600 x 75 88 (40 kg)
Inspection Grade (A) Accuracy: .000025 in
(1.2 m) per 6 in flatness and squareness
701-556 45309 4 x 4 x 4 100 x 100 x 100 15 lbs. 2
701-558 45310 4 x 4 x 4 100 x 100 x 100 15 lbs. 4
701-560 54311 6 x 6 x 6 150 x 150 x 150 20 lbs. 2
701-562 54312 6 x 6 x 6 150 x 150 x 150 20 lbs. 4
701-564 54313 6 x 9 x 12 150 x 225 x 300 45 lbs. 2
701-566 54314 6 x 9 x 12 150 x 225 x 300 45 lbs. 4
Laboratory Grade (AA) Accuracy: .000025 in
(0.6 m) per 6 in flatness and squareness
701-506 45300 4 x 4 x 4 100 x 100 x 100 15 lbs. 2
701-508 45302 4 x 4 x 4 100 x 100 x 100 15 lbs. 4
701-510 45303 6 x 6 x 6 150 x 150 x 150 20 lbs. 2
701-512 45305 6 x 6 x 6 150 x 150 x 150 20 lbs. 4
701-514 45306 6 x 9 x 12 150 x 225 x 300 45 lbs. 2
701-516 45308 6 x 9 x 12 150 x 225 x 300 45 lbs. 4
Cases Only For:
701-506-9999 45301
701-510-9999 45304
701-514-9999 45307
Other sizes are available on request.
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
S
T
A
N
D
S
A
N
D
A
U
X
I
L
I
A
R
Y
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
S
H-50
Black Granite Vee Blocks
Black Granite Master Square
Master Square
Made of fine grain Black Granite finished to Lab
Grade (square within .000025 in over 6 in). Four
narrow faces and one large face finished.
Used for calibrating and establishing
squareness of high accuracy measuring and
referencing tools. Also used for direct
checking of squareness, straightness and
parallelism in the same manner as steel squares.
Vee Blocks
Made of fine grain Black Granite
finished to Lab Grade (square, flat
and parallel within .000050 in over 6 in).
L W
701-830 26690 12 x 12 x 3 300 x 300 x 75 45 (20.5 kg)
701-832 26691 14 x 14 x 3 350 x 350 x 75 61 (27.7 kg)
701-838 26692 18 x 18 x 3 450 x 450 x 75 102 (46.4 kg)
Inspection Grade .00005 in and larger sizes available on request.
701-603 26685 3 x 3 x 3 75 x 75 x 75 5 (2.3 kg)
701-604 26686 4 x 4 x 4 100 x 100 x 100 12 (5.5 kg)
701-606 26687 6 x 6 x 6 150 x 150 x 150 40 (18.2 kg)
Special sizes and cases available on request.
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
STRAI GHTNESS ANGLE AND I CLI NATI ON MEASUREMENT
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-2
Mechanical instruments with vial or electronic inclinometers take advantage of the earths gravity to
provide highly accurate readings of horizontal and vertical angles.
The horizontal and vertical positions of the measuring faces on the housing allow form errors of
the geometrical elements to be measured on the workpiece. For instance, straightness, flatness or
position errors, such as deviations from parallelism or squareness can be measured.
Depending on the type of level, readings may differ. Typical measurement outputs are:
Inclination in / 10 in, respectively in mm / m.
Radians in mrad.
Angle in decimal output, e.g. 12.37.
Sexagesimal angle in degrees (), minutes (') and seconds ("), e.g. 15, 30', 45".
Application of two electronic Inclinometers
in differential mode for the capture of the
squareness errors on a machine tool.
Calibrating a try square using the
ETALON RA squareness measuring
instrument.
Levels and Inclinometers
I-3
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Precision Squares - Inch
Preferred for Accuracy and Versatility
Fine precision tools with true right angles, both inside and outside. Blade beams and edges are made
from hardened and stabilized steel and are ground accurately for straightness and parallelism.
in m
No. 540 Squares
599-540-3-2 51166 .0003 3
599-540-4-2 51167 .0003 3
599-540-6-2 51064 .0003 3
599-540-12-2 51168 .0005 5
in m
No. 540 Squares-Beveled Edges
599-542-3-2 51172 .0003 3
599-542-4-2 51173 .0003 3
599-542-6-2 51208 .0003 3
DIN 874 T2
NF E 11-104
Hardened steel
RC 45
Try square
with a large and
short reinforced beam
Accuracy
class 00
Accuracy
class 00
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
DIN 874 T2
NF E 11-104
Hardened steel
RC 45
Try square
with a large and
Accuracy
class 00
Accuracy
class 00
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-4
ETALON
Flat and Try Squares
DIN 874 T2
NF E 11-104
Hardened steel
700 HV 5
Try square
with a large and
Accuracy
class 00
Accuracy
class 00
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
mm m
Thick beam type
90 flat squares 90 try squares
81.115777 26721 40 x 30 3
81.115778 26722 50 x 40 3
81.115779 26723 75 x 50 3
81.115780 26724 100 x 70 3
81.115781 26725 150 x 100 4
81.115782 26726 200 x 130 4
ETALON
Beveled Edge Squares

mm m
Flat beam type
81.115783 26727 40 x 30 3
81.115784 26728 50 x 40 3
81.115785 86663 75 x 50 3
81.115786 26729 100 x 70 3
81.115787 26730 150 x 100 4
81.115788 26731 200 x 130 4
Hardened
steel
Try square
with a large
Accuracy
class 00:
DIN 875
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
mm m
Flat beam type
81.115771 26715 40 x 30 3
81.115772 26716 50 x 40 3
81.115773 26717 75 x 50 3
81.115774 26718 100 x 70 3
81.115775 26719 150 x 100 4
81.115776 26720 200 x 130 4
mm m
Thick beam type
81.115789 26732 40 x 30 3
81.115790 26733 50 x 40 3
81.115791 26734 75 x 50 3
81.115792 26735 100 x 70 3
81.115793 26736 150 x 100 4
81.115794 86915 200 x 130 4
I-5
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
ETALON
Beveled Straight Edges

Provided with 1 or 3 beveled edges Heat insulating handle.
mm m
81.115795 26737 30 2
81.115796 86706 81.115802 26739 50 2
81.115797 26738 81.115803 26740 75 2
81.115798 86714 81.115804 26741 100 2
81.115799 86914 81.115805 86599 150 3
81.115800 86784 81.115806 86742 200 3
81.115801 86636 81.115807 86743 300 3
1 Beveled
Edge
3 Beveled
Edges
DIN 874 P2
NF E 11-104
Hardened steel
650 HV 10
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
599-527-12-1
599-526-12
599-528-12
(in)
L W T Straightness (in)
Beveled, not hardened
599-526-12 44222 12 1-5/8 1/4 .0002
599-526-24 44223 24 2 5/16 .0003
599-526-36 44224 36 2-1/2 3/8 .0004
599-526-48 44225 48 2-1/2 3/8 .0005
Hardened, straight edge
599-527-12-1 51183 12 1-5/8 1/4 .0002
599-527-24-1 51184 24 2 5/16 .0003
599-527-36-1 51185 36 2-1/2 3/8 .0004
599-527-48-1 51186 48 2-1/2 3/8 .0005
Straight edge, not hardened
599-528-12 44234 12 1-5/8 1/4 .0002
599-528-18 44235 18 2 5/16 .0002
599-528-24 44236 24 2 5/16 .0003
599-528-36 44237 36 2-1/2 3/8 .0004
599-528-48 44238 48 2-1/2 3/8 .0005
Steel Straight Edges
Straight edges are a basic tool for accuracy in scribing, drafting and straightness inspection. Made of
selected steels they are matched to masters to ensure precision. Width and thickness have been
carefully determined to provide optimum rigidity to weight ratios. Edges are square.
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S

A
N
G
L
E

A
N
D

I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-6

Blade
Blades (in) m

size / Beam (in)
3 Pc. Square Set
599-540-246 27061 2 / 1.5 2, 4, & 6 1 Try square 16
4 / 3
6 / 4
4 Pc. Square Set
599-540-2346 27060 2 / 1.5 2, 3, 4, & 6 1 Try square 16
3 / 2.5
4 / 3
6 / 4
Brown & Sharpe Try Square Set
Square within .0006".
Machined notch at inner corner provides clearance for burrs.
Available in 3 or 4 piece sets (inch only).
!

Factory
standard

Hardened &
Ground steel

Plastic
Case
TM
I-7
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
TESA Angle Protractor with Numerical Indication
Multifunctional display
Large display in or DM
2 measuring directions
Fine setting
Locking device
Inch/metric conversion
LCD,
5 digits + sign
Measuring
ranges: 1 x 360,
2 x 180, 4 x 90
Digit height:
33 in
Resolution:
0.01 or 1 minute
of arc (001)
Preset
to 0 or 180
Accuracy:
4 minutes of arc
Max. rotation
speed:
1080/s
Protection
degree: IP51
(IEC 529)
Operating tem-
perature range:
+5 C to + 40 C
3V lithiumbattery,
type CR 2032
Battery life:
> 3000 hours
RS 232,
opto-coupled
Stainless
steel body,
hardened
410 g
Wooden case
Serial number
Declaration of
conformity
MODE ON / OFF
SET
SET 001'
R
00660007
00660008
FINE
SETTING
MULTIFUNCTIONAL
DISPLAY
LOCKING/
UNLOCKING
THE SCALE
REGULAR SCALE
(200 mm)
OPTO-RS232
DATA OUTPUT
LOCKING
DEVICE
BATTERY
00630010 29553 TESA angle protractor with numerical indication
Provided with a regular scale, 200 mm long
Accessories
00660004 29554 Scale, 8 in/200 mm
00660005 29555 Scale, 12 in/300 mm
00660006 29556 Scale, 20 in/500 mm
00660007 29557 Stand for measuring in upright position as well as for
checking small angles
00660008 29558 Edge square for sharp angles
19.61000 86485 3V lithium battery, type CR 2032, 190 mAh
For ordering information on connecting cables etc., see section L
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-8
497 Series Bevel Protractors with Dial
Advanced design displays digital readout of each ten
degrees in dial window.
Indicator pointer shows each degree and each
five minutes of angle.
Tempered stainless steel.
Accurate to 5 arc minutes.
2 circular
scales
5' on main scale.
Clockwise or
counterclockwise reading
10 on the
auxiliary scale
Stainless steel,
hardened
Max. perm.
error : 5'
(without accessory)
Plastic case
Declaration
of conformity
Easy to Read Bevel Protractors
Counterclockwise Reading from Zero (outer scale)
Window arrow points to past 20
Indicator pointer has passed 3
Pointer is 10 divisions past mark 3
at 5' per reading 50'
Total Reading 23 50'
Clockwise Reading from Zero (window)
Window arrow points to past 50
Indicator pointer has passed 9
Pointer is 1 division past mark 9
at 5' per division 5'
Total Reading 59 5'
Blade (in / mm)
599-497-8 50435 4 x 90 8 / 200
599-497-12 50434 4 x 90 12 / 300
06.30001 42544 4 x 90 12 / 300
06.30002 42545 4 x 90 12 / 300
I-9
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
5'
Hardened
stainless steel
Suited
plastic case
Declaration
of conformity
Angle Protractor with Vernier
Vernier-style reading to 5 minutes (1/12 of a degree). Available with 8" or 12" blades.
in / mm
Brown & Sharpe 490 series
599-490-8 44208 4 x 90 8 / 200
599-490-12 44209 4 x 90 12 / 300
Etalon 436 series
76.115566 41570 4 x 90 8 / 200
76.115567 41571 4 x 90 12 / 300
Bevel Protractor Accessories
599-492
06.10102
599-491
in / mm
Brown & Sharpe series
599-491 44212 Acute Angle Attachment
599-492 44213 Adjustable Magnifier
599-490-108 44210 Blade 8 / 200
599-490-112 44211 Blade 12 / 300
Etalon series
76.508214 41754 Acute Angle Attachment
76.508216 41755 Adjustable Magnifier
06.60002 42546 Blade 8 / 200
06.60003 42547 Blade 12 / 300
06.10101 42542 Auxiliary Blade
for acute angles up to 15
06.10102 42543 Cast Iron Base with
hardened steel bottom surface
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-10
Combination Square Set Metric
Commonly used as beveled protractor, ruler, graduated scale, try square, depth
and center gage as well as spirit level.
06719000 Brown & Sharpe Angle Protractor Combination
Consisting of:
1 Ruler graduated in millimeters, 300 mm long
1 Protractor head graduated 2 x 90
1 Center head
1 Square head with hardened steel scriber
Hardened steel
with specially
coated faces for extreme
scratch resistance
Suited
plastic case
Titanium-Plated Square Set
12" blade length, 4R graduation.
TiN coated for extra wear resistance.
Complete with plastic blow-molded storage case.
Blade Size
599-401-1204T 27417 12 / 4R Grad.
I-11
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Combination Squares
Industrys Most Versatile Tool
Combination Squares are commonly used for layout, set-up, checking heights and depths and setting
angles. They are also often used as try squares, center gages, bevel protractors and rules. Square
Heads and Protractors are supplied with levels. Square Heads also include a hardened steel scriber.
Square Heads and Center Heads are available in hardened and non-hardened models. Inch, metric, or
inch/metric reading Combination Squares are available in complete sets or components may be pur-
chased separately.
Square Head
Protractor Head
Center Head
US Made
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-12
Combination Square Sets - Inch
Selection Guide
1 Square Head (Not Hardened) 599-9402-1109
2 Square Head (Hardened) 599-9400-1009
3 Center Head (Not Hardened) 599-9402-2109
4 Center Head (Hardened) 599-9400-2009
5 Protractor (Non-Reversible) 599-9425-3009-1
6 Protractor (Reversible) 599-9438-3109-1
1 2 3 4 5 6 Blade No.
599-400-1204 44158 G G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-400-1204-1 44159 G G 12" 599-9400-1204-1
599-401-1204 44168 G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-401-1204-1 44169 G 12" 599-9400-1204-1
599-402-1204 44177 G G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-403-1204 44180 G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-425-1204 44182 G G G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-425-1204-1 44183 G G G 12" 599-9400-1204-1
599-426-1204 44190 G G G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-438-1204 44192 G G G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-438-1204-1 44193 G G G 12" 599-9400-1204-1
599-439-1204 44200 G G G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-450-1204 44202 G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-456-1204 44204 G 12" 599-9400-1204
599-400-2404 44162 G G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-400-2404-1 44163 G G 24" 599-9400-2404-1
599-401-2404 44172 G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-401-2404-1 44173 G 24" 599-9400-2404-1
599-402-2404 44178 G G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-403-2404 44181 G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-425-2404 44186 G G G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-425-2404-1 44187 G G G 24" 599-9400-2404-1
599-426-2404 44191 G G G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-438-2404 44196 G G G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-438-2404-1 44197 G G G 24" 599-9400-2404-1
599-439-2404 44201 G G G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-450-2404 44203 G 24" 599-9400-2404
599-456-2404 44205 G 24" 599-9400-2404
Satin-chrome blade
* All blades are graduated in 8ths, 16ths, 32nds, and 64ths
Blade
Size
US Made
I-13
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
US Made
Combination Square Sets - Metric
Selection Guid
1 Square Head (Hardened) 599-9400-1009
2 Center Head (Hardened) 599-9400-200
3 Protractor (Non-reversible) 599-9425-3009-1
4 Protractor (Reversible) 599-9438-3109-1
1 2 3 4 Blade No.
Metric sets
599-400-1220 44160 G G 300 599-9400-1220
599-401-1220 44170 G 300 599-9400-1220
599-425-1220 44184 G G G 300 599-9400-1220
599-438-1220 44194 G G G 300 599-9400-1220
599-400-2420 44164 G G 600 599-9400-2420
599-401-2420 44174 G 600 599-9400-2420
599-425-2420 44188 G G G 600 599-9400-2420
599-438-2420 44198 G G G 600 599-9400-2420
Blade No.
Metric-chrome blade sets
599-401-1220-1 45572 G 300 599-9400-1220-1
599-438-1220-1 45574 G G G 300 599-9400-1220-1
Blade No
Inch/metric sets
599-400-1221 44161 G G 300 mm 599-9400-1221
599-401-1221 44171 G 300 mm 599-9400-1221
599-425-1221 44185 G G G 300 mm 599-9400-1221
599-438-1221 44195 G G G 300 mm 599-9400-1221
599-400-2421 44165 G G 600 mm 599-9400-2421
599-401-2421 44175 G 600 mm 599-9400-2421
599-425-2421 44189 G G G 600 mm 599-9400-2421
599-438-2421 44199 G G G 600 mm 599-9400-2421
Blade No.
Inch/metric chrome blade sets
599-401-1221-1 45573 G 300 mm 599-9400-1221-1
599-438-1221-1 45576 G G G 300 mm 599-9400-1221-1
Satin-chrome blade
Blade Size
(mm)
Blade Size
(mm)
Blade size
(in/mm)
Blade Size
(in/mm)
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-14
Combination Square Blades - Inch and Metric
599-9400-1220 (front and back)
599-9400-1204-1 (front)
599-9400-1204-1 (back)
599-9400-1208-1 front)
599-9400-1208-1 (back)
599-9400-1221 (front) 599-9400-1221 (back)
Length
(in) (in)
Inch reading blades
599-9400-1204 45081 12 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64
599-9400-1204-1 45082 12 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64
599-9400-1208-1 50417 12 1/32, 1/64, 1/10, 1/100
599-9400-1804-1 51070 18 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64
599-9400-1808-1 50418 18 1/32, 1/64, 1/10, 1/100
599-9400-2404 45091 24 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64
599-9400-2404-1 45092 24 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64
Length
(mm) (mm)
Metric blades
599-9400-1220 45084 300 1 and 0.5 (Front and Back)
599-9400-1220-1 45398 300 1 and 0.5 (Front and Back)
599-9400-2420 45093 600 1 and 0.5 (Front and Back)
599-9400-2420-1 45400 600 1 and 0.5 (Front and Back)
Length
(in / mm) (in / mm)
Inch/metric blades
599-9400-1221 45085 12 / 300 1/64 / 1, 1/32 / 0.5
599-9400-1221-1 45399 12 / 300 1/64 / 1, 1/32 / 0.5
599-9400-2421 45094 24 / 600 1/64 / 1, 1/32 / 0.5
599-9400-2421-1 45401 24 / 600 1/64 / 1, 1/32 / 0.5
Satin-chrome blade
I-15
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Combination Square Components
Square Head
Center Head
Protractor Head
Square heads
599-9400-1009 45072 Hardened
599-9402-1109 45096 Not hardened
Center heads
599-9400-2009 45088 Hardened
599-9402-2109 45098 Not hardened
Protractor heads
599-9425-3009-1 45100 Non-reversible
599-9438-3109-1 45102 Reversible
Replacement parts
599-9400-1054 45076 Level glass for all
square heads & protractors
Scriber for square heads
599-9400-1054-1 25873 Size .078 in
599-9400-1056-2 25874 Size .125 in
Parts for current design heads
599-9400-1057 51696 Clamp spring
599-9400-1058 51697 Clamp screw
599-9400-1059 51698 Clamp screw nut
Parts for prior design heads
599-9400-1053 45075 Clamp spring
599-9400-1062* 45079 Clamp screw nut
Square & protractor heads
599-9400-1061* 45078 Clamp screw
1/4 - 28 in
* 7/32 - 28 in
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-16
Depth Gage Protractor
Semicircular protractor graduated from 0 to 180 degrees in opposite directions to facilitate
checking and setting angles.
599-618 51898
599-615-1 51897
No. 615 Rule Depth Gage
Range 0 to 5" with 6" rule. Rules are graduated in 32nds and 64ths.
Head is hardened steel 2-1/2" long, 1/8" wide.
No. 555 Adjustable Double Squares
Chrome finished blade, hardened and ground square head provide means for laying
out and measuring with a single tool. Blade locks securely in set position in head.
Blade
Length (in)
599-555-1 46308 4 32nds, 64ths, 50ths, 100ths
599-555-2 46407 4 0.5 mm, 32nds, 1 mm, 64ths
599-555-3 26995 4 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, 1/64
Blades only
599-555-11 46392 4 32nds, 64ths, 50ths, 100ths
599-555-12 46378 4 0.5 mm, 32nds, 1 mm, 64ths
I-17
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Tempered Steel Rules
Bulls Eye Graduations, combined with numbered graduations, lets you speed
read without counting.
Inch reading steel rules
(in)
Edge
L W* T* 1st 2nd 3rd 4th
Tempered steel
599-311-604 45569 6 3/4 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-311-1204 45570 12 1 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-311-3604 45575 36 1 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-311-4804-2 26201 48 1 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
Stainless steel
599-312-604 44117 6 3/4 .035 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-312-1204 45381 12 1 .035 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-313-603 44120 6 3/4 .046 10ths 50ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-604 44127 6 3/4 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-605 44128 6 3/4 .046 10ths 100ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-616 51069 6 3/4 .046 50ths 100ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-1204 45377 12 1 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-1205 50129 12 1 .046 10ths 100ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-1804 46486 18 1 1/8 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-2404 45704 24 1 1/8 .046 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-314-2405 50130 24 1 1/8 .046 10ths 100ths 32nds 64ths
* Values for W (width) and T (thickness) are approximate.
Denotes Bulls Eye graduations.
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-18
Bulls Eye Graduations, combined with numbered graduations, lets you
speed read without counting.
(mm)
Edge (mm)
Metric reading chrome finish tempered steel rules
599-313-620 44121 150 19 1 1 0.5 1 0.5
599-313-1220 44124 300 25 1 1 0.5 1 0.5
599-313-2420 45810 600 25 1 1 0.5 1 0.5
(in / mm)
Edge (in / mm)
Inch / metric reading chrome finish tempered steel rules
599-313-621 44123 6 / 150 3/4 in 3/64 in 1 mm 1/64
.5 mm 1/32 in
599-313-627 46484 6 / 150 3/4 in 3/64 in 10ths 100ths 1 mm .5 mm
599-313-1221 44126 12 / 300 1 mm 3/64 in 1 mm 1/64
.5 mm 1/32 in
599-313-2421 50132 24 / 600 1 1/8 in 3/64 in 1 mm 1/64
.5 mm 1/32 in
599-313-4821-2 26200 48 / 1200 1.25 in 0.50 in 1 mm 1/64 in .5 mm 1/32 in
* Values for W (width) and T (thickness) are approximate
Numbered graduations
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-19
(in)
Edge
Inch reading chrome finish narrow tempered steel rules
599-333-1210 50408 12 7/32 3/64 32nds 64ths
(mm)
Edge
Metric reading narrow tempered steel rules
599-331-624 44147 150 5.5 1 1 mm 0.5 mm
(in)
Edge
Inch reading tempered flexible steel rules
599-331-604 44137 6 1/2 1/64 8ths 16ths 32nds
64ths
599-331-605 44138 6 1/2 1/64 10ths
100ths
32nds
64ths

Indicates Bulls Eye and numbered graduations
Indicates numbered graduations
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-20
Tempered Flexible Steel Rules
(in)
Edge
Inch reading chrome tempered flexible steel rules
599-323-603 44139 6 1/2 1/64 10ths
50ths
32nds
64ths
599-323-604 44140 6 1/2 1/64 8ths
16ths 32nds
64ths
599-323-605 44141 6 1/2 1/64 10ths
100ths
32nds
64ths
599-323-616 50133 6 1/2 1/64 50ths 10ths 32nds 64ths

599-323-1204 45990 12 1/2 1/64 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-323-1205 45380 12 1/2 1/64 10ths
100ths
32nds
64ths
599-323-1804 51068 18 3/4 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-323-1805 46483 18 3/4 3/64 10ths
100ths
32nds
64ths
599-323-2404 45992 24 3/4 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
599-323-2405 45991 24 3/4 3/64 10ths
100ths
32nds
64ths
(mm)
Edge
Metric reading chrome tempered flexible steel rules
599-323-625 44143 150 12.5 0.4 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 1 mm 1 mm
599-323-1225 44144 300 12.5 0.4 0.5 mm 0.5 mm 1 mm 1 mm
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-21
Tempered Flexible Steel Rules
(mm)
Edge
Metric
599-343-626 44151 150 20 0.45 0.5 mm 1 mm 1 mm 0.5 mm
599-343-1226 44152 300 25 0.45 0.5 mm 1 mm 1 mm 0.5 mm
Metric (round end)
599-323-621 44142 150 12.7 0.5 1 mm 1 mm
Inch / Metric
599-323-627 45379 150 12.7 0.4 1 mm .5 mm 1/100 in 1/10 in
599-323-628 45578 150 12.7 0.4 1 mm .5 mm 1/10 in 1/50 in
599-323-629 45988 150 12.7 0.4 1/32 in 1/64 in 1 mm .5 mm
599-323-1229 45989 300 12.7 0.4 1/32 in 1/64 in 1 mm .5 mm
599-323-2429 50128 600 19 0.4 1/32 in 1/64 in 1 mm .5 mm
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-22
Tempered Steel Conversion and Hook Rules
Built in hookhelps align the end of the rule with the edge of the part being measured. Slides out of the way
when not needed.
599-311-604-1 (front and back)
(in)
Edge
Inch reading tempered hook rules
599-311-604-1
45567 6 3/4 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds
64ths
599-311-1204-1 45568 12 1 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds
64ths
Tempered steel hook rules
599-314-604-1 50134 6 3/4 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds
64ths
599-314-605-1 46485 6 3/4 3/64 10ths 100ths 32nds
64ths
599-314-1204-1 45378 12 1 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds
64ths
599-314-1804-1 51072 18 1 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds
64ths
599-314-2404-1 51071 24 1 3/64 8ths 16ths 32nds
64ths
Narrow tempered chrome finished hook rules

599-333-610-1 50406 6 7/32 3/64 32nds 64ths
599-333-1210-1 50409 12 7/32 3/64 32nds 64ths
(mm)
Edge
Inch / metric conversion rule-chrome tempered flexible steel
599-343-529 44150 127 19 0.45 1/32 in 1 mm 1/10 in 1 mm
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-23
Tempered Steel Hook Rules
599-313-620-1 (front)
599-331-624-1 (front)
599-323-622 (front)
(mm)
Edge
Metric reading chrome finish tempered hook rules
599-313-620-1 44121 150 19 1 1 mm 0.5 mm 1 mm 0.5 mm
599-313-1220-1 44125 300 25 1 1 mm 0.5 mm 1 mm 0.5 mm
Metric reading narrow tempered rule
599-331-624-1 44148 150 5.5 1 mm 0.5 mm
(in / mm)
Edge
Round end flexible rule with clip
599-323-622 27062 6 / 150 15/32 in .022 in 64th 1 mm metric equiv. chart
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-24
Magnetic Rules
High powered magnets set into rules for hands-free use.
Set consists of 6", 12" and 24" Brown & Sharpe chrome-plated tempered
steel rules with magnet inserts in wooden storage case.
Pre-Certified Rule Sets
For ISO/QS 9000 requirements.
Set consists of 6", 12" and 24" Brown & Sharpe chrome-plated tempered
steel rules, NIST certification, and wooden storage case.
Certified for ISO applications.
(in) Edge
1st 2nd 3rd 4th
599-314-61224M 27418 6 10ths 100ths 32nds 64ths
12 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
24 1 mm 5 mm 32nds 64ths
(in) Edge
1st 2nd 3rd 4th
599-314-61224 27419 6 10ths 100ths 32nds 64ths
12 8ths 16ths 32nds 64ths
24 1 mm 5 mm 32nds 64ths
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-25
Value-Line
Sine Bar
The VALUE-LINE 5" Sine Bar is a must for all machinist tool boxes
for quickly measuring the desired angles in machine setups.
Hardened and precision ground.
Body size 1".
5" distance between centers of rolls within .0003".
Top parallel to bottom of rolls within .0002".
Supplied with back plate.
Hardened
steel
With frontal
thick beam,
dismountable
Cardboard box
Declaration
of conformity
Center
Distance (in) (in) (in)
598-291-500 26986 5 .0003 4.84 x .98 .0002
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-26
Value-Line
Sine Bar Set

Eliminate constant tables to calculate angles and gage blocks to set angles.
Simply choose the angle setting blocks required for the desired angle.
Quick and simple set-up for use in grinding, milling, drilling, and
inspection applications.
Includes one 5" sine bar, 1" wide, hardened and precision ground.
Sine bar is parallel top to bottom of rods within .0002".
Includes 18 risers with a range of 1/2 to 15 resulting angle, including
2 risers providing taper-per-footof 1/4 and 1/2.
Exact constant within .0001".
Custom fitted molded case.
For easy, fool-proof use in any inspection or shop floor application. Simply
select the block or blocks with angle required (clearly marked on each riser
block) and slide under one end of the sine bar. No need to perform calculations
and no need to find odd-sized gage blocks.
Hardened
steel
With frontal
thick beam,
dismountable
Cardboard box
Declaration
of conformity
Center
Distance (in) (in)
598-291-600 27264 5 .0003 4.84 x .98
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-27
ETALON
RA for Squareness Measurement

High precision measuring instruments for the capture of squareness, straightness and parallelism
errors Perfect for the calibration or measurement laboratory as well as in the workshop.
Angle and straightness standards are made of natural granite with fine lapped measuring faces.
Patented, hand moved carriage that attaches by vacuum on the guiding face of the angular stan-
dard. The grid potential obtained enables the carriage to be guided free of play.
Base face on air bearing for easy displacement, almost without wear
and tear, of the reference angle on the surface plate.
Practical optional accessories to make measuring easy.
(mm) m lb
53.19200 29143 ETALON RA 12 in / 300 mm 300 1 3 1 37.5
53.19201 29144 ETALON RA 20 in / 500 mm 500 1.2 5 1.2 57
53.19202 29145 ETALON RA 27.5 in / 700 mm 700 1.5 7 1.5 81.5
53.60007 29146 Auxiliary vacuum square for mounting either a flat or a try square at right angle on the ETALON RA front part
53.60008 29147 Support with a 8 mm dia. fixing hole for mounting a value sensor
Used for inspecting inner angles of flat or try squares, etc.
53.60009 29148 Air filter unit (oil and water collector)
53.60010 29149 Wooden case for storing ETALON RA 300
Lateral
m
Angle standard
made of fine-
grained natural granite
Max. perm.
errors for
squareness and straight-
ness apply to the total
measuring range
(path of the measuring
carriage)
This is valid for a theore-
tical line drawn symme-
trically to the the lateral
guiding faces as well as
60 mm away from the
front faces of the angle
standard
ETALON RA
only (without
value sensor) : 0.2 m
Temperature sta-
bilization: < 0.1 C
Needed
pressure: > 5 bar
Air consumption:
< 20 l / min
Dimensions
(L x W x H) :
ETALON RA 300
7.8 in x 3.15 in x 19 in
ETALON RA 500
9.8 in x 3.15 in x 25 in
ETALON RA 700
9.8 in x 3.15 in x 35 in
Transport
packing
SCS calibration
certificate
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S

A
N
G
L
E

A
N
D

I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-28
TESA
ClinoBEVEL 1
Electronic Inclinometer
User-friendly and versatile inclinometer for the measurement of inclinations in direct or comparative
mode Measuring range 45 with angle or inclination display Reinforced aluminium housing and
new electronics Large display for error free read-out.
!

DIN 2276
Part 2 (form D)
LC display
Angle: decimal
or sexagesimal
Inclination:
mm / m,
in / 10 in or in / 12 in,
mm or in / base length,
radians (mrad) and
others
Capacitive meas-
uring system with
gravity pendulum

Rugged alumi-
nium eloxide
Flat measuring
faces, 4 x 90

2' + 1 numerical
interval

21 correction
values can be
stored for higher accuracy

Response
time: 1 s

Locking
of display

RS-485, asyn-
chronous, 7 bits,
2 stop bits, no parity,
9600 bauds

1 LRC 6 battery
1.5 V, AA

150 h

Automatic shut
down after 8 min

32 to 104 F

-4 to 158 F

Protection: IP 65
(IEC 60529)

EN 50081-1 / -2
EN 50082-1 / -2

100 x 75 x
35 mm

1.15 lb

Plastic case

Identification
number

Inspection
report with a
TESA
ClinoBEVEL 2
Electronic Inclinometer
The top model among inclinometers Measuring range 45 with angle or inclination display
Integrated temperature compensation Microprocessor controlled auxiliaries for display setting
and inclinometer adjusting Instrument output split for comparative measurements etc.

53.30201 88426 TESA ClinoBEVEL 1 45
mm / m
0.02 100 or 75
53.60004 RS-485 connection cable, 2.5 m long
53.60005 RS-485 adaptor to RS-232, 9-pole
53.60006 Cable with key for HOLD function
47.68002 42748 4 batteries, type LRC 6 - 1.5 V, AA
Base Length
mm
Base Length
mm

53.30202 28798 TESA ClinoBEVEL 2 45 5" 150
Base Length
mm
Base Length
mm
Technical data
are identical to
the one on the left side
with exceptions below

Anti-rust iron
housing

2 flat and 2
prismatic meas-
uring faces for diameters
ranging from 17 to 94 mm

5" + 0.07 % from
measured value

Response
time: < 5 s

RS-232

2 LRC 6 batteries
1.5 V, AA

40 to 60 h

6 x 6 x 1.38 in

6.6 lbs.

Declaration
of conformity
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-29
TESA
MICROBEVEL 1 Electronic Inclinometers

Specially intended for precision measurements of small inclinations, e.g for flatness measure-
ments on surface plates as well as measurements of geometric features on machines
To be used in rough environments.
Sensitivity .0001" / .00001" / 10".
mm / m lb
53.30003 28925 Horizontal model 110 45 0.01 and 0.001 4
53.30004 28926 Horizontal model 150 45 0.01 and 0.001 4.5
53.30005 28927 Square model 150 45 0.01 and 0.001 7
Instruments with numerical intervals to 0.05 and 0.005 mm/ m also available upon request
Optional accessory
Base Length
mm
Width
mm
DIN 2276
Part 2 (form D)
LC display,
see table
See table
Fully
encapsulated
measuring system with
gravity pendulum
Cast iron base,
chromium-
plated side faces,
varnished aluminium
case
Flat and prisma-
tic measuring
faces, .785 to 4.7 in dia
See table
Response
time: < 3 s
RS-485,
asynchronous,
7 bits, 2 stop bits, no
parity, 9600 bauds
1 mV pro unit
(100 k )
1 LRC 6 battery
1.5 V, AA
100 to 140 h
Aut. shut down
after 55 min
32 F to 104 F
- 4 F to 158 F
0.1 % / C
relative to the
measuring range at
20 5 C
In a case,
as per table
EN 50081-1 / -2
EN 50082-1 / -2
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
mm / m mm / m mm G = mm / m
1 20 5 0.01 G = 1 %*
2 2 2 0.001 G = 0.01 (2 [measured value] - 0.5 [last value of the
meas. range) ; within the local range of 1 mm / m: 1 %*.
* Relative to the measured value. Valid within the measuring range
Range
Low* Range I High* Range II
Least Digit 0.01 mm / m or 0.001 mm / m or
0.0001" / 10" or 0.00001" / 10"
(equals 2 arc sec) (equals 0.2 arc sec)
Max. Range 20 mm / m = 2 mm / m =
.200" / 10" .020" / 10"
(approx. 1 max.) (approx. 6 arc min)
* Note: Actual display is always four digits without decimal point
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-30
TESA
SERVICE-SET 1 for Fitters Electronic Inclinometers

Same features as TESA MICROBEVEL 1 Set includes 2 TESA BEVELtronics 1 that serve as
value sensors without display A separate BEVEL-meter 1 reading unit can be connected to both
BEVELtronics 1 for difference measurements (example is shown on page H-2).
DIN 2276
Part 2 (form E)
BEVELtronic 1
Flat and prisma-
tic measuring
faces, .785 to 4.7 in dia.
1 mV / 0.001
or 0.005 mm / m
Other technical
data listed under
TESA MICROBEVEL 1
BEVELmeter 1
LC display
as per table
Response
time: < 3 s
RS-232, asyn-
chronous, 7 bits,
2 stop bits, no parity,
9600 bauds
4 LRC 6 batteries
1.5 V, AA
33 to 40 h
Automatic shut
down after 8 min
TESA SERVICE-SET 1
32 to 104 F
0 to 40 C
-4 to 158 F
- 20 to 70 C
0.1 % / C
relative to the
measuring range, at
20 5 C
95 %
EN 50081-1 / -2
EN 50082-1 / -2
Plastic case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
1 and 5 2 and 10
G = mm / m G = mm / m
G = 1%* G= 0.01 (2 [measured value] - 0.5 [last value of the meas. range])
* Relative to the measured value
Local Measuring Range
mm / m
Measuring Range
mm / m
in / mm mm / m lb
53.30302 TESA Service-Set 1 .00005 / 0.001 2 14
53.30303 TESA Service-Set 1 .0002 / 0.005 10 14
containing:
1 BEVELtronic 1 - horizontal model 150 45 2.86
1 BEVELtronic 1 - square model 150 45 4.85
1 BEVELmeter 1, numerical interval to 0.001 or 0.005 mm / m .88
2 cables for connecting BEVELtronic 1 to BEVELmeter 1
* Supplied in a plastic case
Optional accessory
47.68002 4 batteries, type LRC 6 - 1.5 V, AA.
Base Length
mm
Width
mm
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-31
mm / m lb
31.30063 86733 Horizontal model 6 / 150 1.77 0.05 and 0.01 13**
31.30060 86260 Square model 8 / 200 1.77 0.05 and 0.01 14.3**
31.60007 87180 Granite sole plate* 8 / 200 2 2.2
31.60008 87181 Granite sole plate* 10 / 250 2 3.3
31.60009 87182 Granite sole plate* 20 / 500 2 13
31.60048 28372 Holder with built-in voltage regulator (4.65 V) as well as 1 battery set as below.
47.61059 1 Set = 4 spare batteries, type LR 03, AAA - 1.5 V
* For horizontal model ** Along with wooden case
Base Length
in / mm
Width
in
mm / m mm / m
1 0.75 / 150 0.05 / 10
2 0.15 / 30 0.01 / 2
Range
TESA
NIVELTRONIC Electronic Levels

Most popular measuring instruments with solid cast iron body for the inspection and alignment of
horizontal and vertical surfaces Also suitable for precision measurement of small inclinations, for
instance for flatness inspection on surface plates.
DIN 2276
Part 2 (form D)
See table
See table
Inductive meas-
uring system
with gravity pendulum
Cast
iron body.
Horizontal model
with mountable granite
sole plate.
Horizontal
model with
a flat measuring face.
Square model with 2 flat
and 2 prismatic measur-
ing faces, 20 to 120 mm
diameters.
0.005 mm / m +
1 % from measured value
0.001 mm / m
0.2 V.
Impedance
4.5 k .
50 F to 86 F
- 4 F to 140 F
EN 50081-1 / -2
EN 50082-1 / -2
Wooden case
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Low Range I High Range II
Least Digit 0.05 mm / m or 0.01 mm / m or
0.0005" / 10" or 0.0001" / 10"
(equals 10 arc sec) (equals 2 arc sec)
Max. Range 15 analog div. or 15 analog div. or
0.75 mm / m = 0.15 mm / m =
.0075" / 10" .0015" / 10"
(approx. 2.5 arc min) (approx. 30 arc sec)
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-32
TESA
Spirit Levels
mm / m mm Hmm
Prismatic levels with longitudinal vial
53.31400 2 5 30 x 10 10
53.31401 2 5 40 x 10 11
53.31402 86682 1.0 50 x 10 12
53.31403 2 5 50 x 10 12
53.31406 0.3 60 x 12 14
53.31404 86942 1.0 60 x 12 14
53.31405 2 5 60 x 12 14
53.31408 0.1 80 x 15 18
53.31409 87191 0.3 80 x 15 18
53.31407 2 5 80 x 15 18
53.31411 0.1 100 x 18 22
53.31412 87192 0.3 100 x 18 22
53.31410 86595 1.0 100 x 18 22
53.31413 0.1 120 x 18 22
53.31414 0.3 120 x 18 22
53.31415 0.1 150 x 18 22
53.31416 88189 0.3 150 x 18 22
Circular levels with longitudinal and lateral vials
53.31500 87195 2 5 40 11
53.31501 87196 2 5 60 13
53.31502 87197 0.3 60 13
53.31503 87198 0.3 80 18
T-shaped, screw-on levels with longitudinal and lateral vials
53.31550 0.1 80 x 65 17
53.31551 0.3 80 x 65 17
53.31552 0.02 150 x 147 30
53.31553 88108 0.05 150 x 147 30
L x B
mm
mm / m mm mm
Tubular spirit levels with a prismatic measuring face, -shaped
53.31650 1.0 100 x 30 17 80 32
53.31651 0.3 100 x 30 17 80 32
53.31652 0.3 150 x 30 17 80 32
53.31653 0.3 200 x 30 17 80 32
Tubular spirit levels with a flat measuring face
53.31250 0.1 80 x 9 16
53.31251 0.3 80 x 9 16
53.31252 0.1 100 x 10 20
53.31253 0.3 100 x 10 20
53.31254 0.05 150 x 11 22
53.31255 0.1 150 x 11 22
53.31256 0.3 150 x 11 22
53.31257 0.05 200 x 12 22
53.31258 0.1 200 x 12 22
53.31259 0.3 200 x 12 22
Transmission shaft spirit levels with side viewing slots
53.31350 28712 0.05 100 x 30 17 80
53.31351 29303 0.3 100 x 30 17 80
53.31352 0.1 200 x 30 17 80
For Shafts
mm
TESA
Screw-on Spirit Levels
DIN 877
See table
DIN 2276 part 1
Nr. 53.31350 to
53.31352 in a
wooden case, others in
cardboard boxes
Declaration
of conformity
DIN 877
See table
DIN 2276 part 1
2 or 3 screw
mounting
Cardboard box
Declaration
of conformity
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-33
599-3000-6 44795 .0004 6" x 1.4" 1/5 Div.
599-3000-8 44796 .0004 8" x 1.6" 1/5 Div.
599-3000-12 44797 .0004 12" x 2.0" 1/5 Div.
599-3000-20 44798 .0004 20" x 2.4" 1/5 Div.
mm / m mm
Precision spirit level with insulating grip
53.31600 86685 0.05 100 x 45 19 120
Precision spirit levels with insulating grip and vial protection,
side viewing slot
53.31056 0.05 150 x 35 17 94
53.31060 0.05 200 x 40 19 108
53.31065 0.05 300 x 50 22 135
Crank pin spirit levels with 2 prismatic longitudinal/lateral
measuring faces
53.31100 86751 0.05 60 x 40 19 108
53.31101 86592 0.05 90 x 40 19 108
For Shafts
mm
Master
Size
in /
10 in
DIN 877
Longitudinal
and lateral vials
Flat and
prismatic
measuring faces
See table
DIN 2276 part 1
Wooden case
Declaration of
conformity
Master Precision Levels
For the inspection and alignment of flat and cylindrical surfaces
in horizontal positions.
mm / m mm
53.31201 86590 0.05 100 x 32 17 80
53.31204 86589 0.05 150 x 35 17 94
53.31208 86597 0.05 200 x 40 19 108
53.31210 86591 0.05 250 x 45 19 120
For Shafts
mm
TESA
- Precision Frame Spirit Levels

For the inspection and alignment of flat and cylindrical surfaces in
horizontal and vertical positions Insulating handles and vial
protection Side viewing slot.
DIN 877
Longitudinal
and lateral vials
4 x 90
flat measuring
faces machined to one
another.
Two of them have
a vee-shape.
See table
DIN 2276 part 1
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-34
mm / m mm
53.31000 27498 0.02 150 x 40 19 108
53.31001 0.04 150 x 40 19 108
53.31002 86594 0.05 150 x 40 19 108
For Shafts
mm
TESA
Precision Spirit Levels

Magnetic Square Models
For inspecting and aligning flat and cylindrical surfaces in hori-
zontal or vertical position Attaches magnetically on flat and
cylindrical surfaces Fitted with insulating handle.
DIN 877
Longitudinal
and lateral vials
90 flat
measuring
faces machined to
one another with
added prismatic
faces
See table
DIN 2276
Part 1
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
TESA
Precision Spirit Level with Micrometer Element

For checking surface flatness and inclinations With insulating grip.
DIN 877
Longitudinal
and lateral vials
Hardened and
ground base
Flat as well
as prismatic
measuring faces
DIN 2276
Part 1
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
TESA
Protractor Spirit Inclinometer

Vial mm
53.31300 87190 4 x 90 1 7 17' 180 x 22 15 55
For Shafts
mm
Factory
standard
Longitudinal
and lateral vials
Flat and
prismatic
measuring faces
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
mm / m mm
53.31450 86542 0.02 150 x 45 19 120
For Shafts
mm
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
A
N
G
L
E
A
N
D
I
C
L
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
I-35
TESA
Protractor Spirit Inclinometers

Vernier Vial mm
Square model with fine adjust device for the pivoting vial
53.31150 88138 90 10' 1' 50 x 40 19 108
Model with frame and fine adjust device for the turning vial
53.31700 86729 2 x 180 3' 1' 150 x 40 19 108
For Shafts
mm
TESA
Spirit Inclinometer with Micrometer Element

Vial mm
53.31750 86593 2 x 180 1' 1' 150 x 35 17 80
Micrometer
Element
For Shafts
mm
Factory
standard
Longitudinal
and lateral vials
Square model :
90 flat measuring faces
machined to one another
with additional prismatic
measuring faces.
Model with frame:
4 x 90 flat measuring
faces machined to one
another. Two of them
have prismatic measur-
ing faces.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
DIN 877
Longitudinal
and lateral vials
Hardened
and ground
base
Flat and
prismatic
measuring faces
DIN 2276 part 1
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
LENGTH AND ANGLE STANDARDS
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-2
Accuracy Depends on
High Quality Gage Blocks
Brown & Sharpe has years of experience
manufacturing gage blocks and calibration
equipment. Our gage blocks are made using the
finest materials and are heat treated to assure
durability and dimensional stability. Unique flat
lapping and rounding techniques provide supe-
rior wringability for consistent accuracy. Each
gage block is marked with
a serial number.
Which Material
Do You Need?
Steel
Steel gage blocks have proven their reliability for
more than a hundred years. This material
remains the most commonly accepted for length
standards.
Steel gage blocks provide high resistance to
wear associated with adherence to other gage
blocks. However, steel must be protected against
corrosion. Provided gage blocks are made from
steel, properly handled and cared for, they will
remain reliable for many years. Brown & Sharpe
steel gage blocks have the
following features:
Highly alloyed steel.
Hardness guaranteed to 800 HV.
Artificially aged for optimum form
and dimensional stability.
Coefficient of thermal expansion:
(11.5 1.0) x 10
-6
K
-1
.
Tungsten Carbide
Gage blocks made with tungsten carbide are
10 times more durable than steel gages. They
are designed for frequent use and possess
superior wringing capabilities. Brown & Sharpe
tungsten carbide gage blocks provide:
(4.23 0.1) x 10
-6
K
-1
.
Ceramic
Ceramic gage blocks are extremely resistant
to wear and scratches. As a result, any minor
damage to the wringability of their measuring
face is unlikely. Corrosion resistant, these gage
blocks are resistant to sweaty hands, and normal
wear and tear. Manufactured from stabilized
Zirconia, Brown & Sharpe ceramic gage blocks
have the following key features:
Impossible to magnetize.
(9.7 0.8) x 10
-6
K
-1
.
For more information
If you have questions about Brown & Sharpe
Calibration Services, call (401) 886-2244 or write
Calibration Department, Brown & Sharpe
Manufacturing Company, Precision Park,
200 Frenchtown Road, North Kingstown, RI
02852-1700 USA.
Nominal length l
n.
Central length l
c.
Variation v with
f
o
and f
u.
Limit deviations t
e
at any point, pro-
ceeding from the
nominal length.
l
n
V
f
u
f
o t
e
t
e
l
m
a
x
l
m
i
n
l
c
Calibration grade and other grades
Nominal - K 0 1 2
length Flatness tolerance
mm m m m m
0.5 l
n
150 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.25
150 < l
n
500 0.1 0.15 0.18 0.25
500 < l
n
1000 0.15 0.18 0.2 0.25
ISO 3650
Gage blocks with inch nominal lengths comply
with the British Standard BS 4311 Part 1.
Gage blocks with metric nominal lengths
conform to ISO 3650:1998. This international
standard is based on standards published either
in a region, e.g. the European Standard EN ISO
3650:1998 or in a country, e.g. the Swiss
Standard SN EN ISO 3650, German Standard
DIN EN ISO 3650 or French Standard NF EN ISO
3650. Consequently, national standards such as
DIN 861 or NF E 11-010 are no longer applicable.
The new standard ISO 3650:1998 includes
the following main changes:
Withdrawal of accuracy grade 00
(see the table on tolerance classes below).
Introduction of specifications dealing with the
uncertainty of measurement in relation to the
declaration of conformance of the product as
per ISO 14253-1:1998.
Review of some definitions and abbreviations
according to the current references (see illustra-
tion).
Accuracy all Brown & Sharpe JO-BLOCKS
are certified to meet or exceed Federal

Specifications GGG-G-15c.
Limit deviations t
e
and tolerances t
v
Flatness tolerance
J-3
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
Certificate of Calibration
and Traceability
All gage blocks from Brown & Sharpe are
supplied with a Certificate of Calibration issued
by the accredited calibration laboratory of a
national calibration service. Depending on
where they are purchased, this service can
either be the Swiss Calibration Service (SCS),
British Calibration Service (UKAS) or Comit
Franais dAccrditation (COFRAC).
Accreditation is the authentic assurance of the
skills, standards and testing procedures of the
calibration laboratories and the full documenta-
tion of national standards that conform with the
International System of Units (SI). This applies
to any reference standard or measuring equip-
ment used.
Owing to a multilateral agreement (MLA),
all Certificates of Calibration issued by the
members of the European Cooperation
for Accreditation of Laboratories (EA) as listed
below are internationally accepted.
Belgium BKO / OBE
Denmark DANAK
Germany DKD / DAR
Finland FINAS
France COFRAC
United Kingdom UKAS
Ireland NAB
Italy SIT
Netherlands RvA
Norway NA
Austria MBwA
Portugal IPQ
Sweden SWEDAC
Switzerland SCS / SAS
Spain ENAC
Other related countries:
Australia NATA
New Zealand IANZ
South Africa SANAS
Czechia CAI
Deliveries
Brown & Sharpe gage blocks are available in
full sets or individually with nominal lengths or
within set compositions as listed on the follow-
ing pages. Other gage sets and lengths can
also be made available upon request.
Since individual gage blocks cannot be
listed entirely here, any information requests
or purchase orders should specify:
desired nominal length
material
calibration grade or any other grade
Which Grade
Do You Need?
Grade 2
These gage blocks are commonly used as
Working Standards in inspection rooms to set
and calibrate measuring instruments and other
equipment as well as to inspect tools,
fixtures and machines.
Grade 1
Gage blocks of this class are mainly used as
Working Standards to set and calibrate plug
gages and measuring instruments in measur-
ing rooms or inspection areas.
Grade 0
These gage blocks are designated for use as
Company Standards in calibration laboratories
or environmentally-controlled inspection rooms
to set and calibrate plug gages and measuring
equipment.
Calibration Grade K
Gage blocks of this tolerance class are
intended for use as Reference Standards
in metrology-oriented laboratories of National
Institutes, precision measuring rooms and
laboratories of National Calibration Services,
whether officially accredited or not. They should
be used as masters to calibrate gage blocks,
length standards of same accuracy and meas-
uring instruments.
Grade 00
The new standard ISO 3650 does not take this
accuracy grade into consideration as the uncer-
tainties of measurement achieved with the pro-
cedure applied for calibration usually lead to a
disparity with specified tolerances.
The rules of uncertainty of measurement, for
proving the conformance or non-conformance
of the product with the standard ISO 14253-
1:1998, have determined the withdrawal of the
accuracy grade 00.
Wide experience in practical use of gage
blocks have proven that gages of the calibration
class K could easily replace those of accuracy
grade 00 used until now.
Gage blocks of grade 00 remain, however,
available upon request.
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-4
598-88-14 43265 88 Block Set (Federal Spec. Set #4-88)
4 Blocks: .0625 /.078125 / .09375 /.109375"
3 Blocks: .100025 / .100050 / .100075"
9 Blocks: .1001 thru .1009 by .0001"
49 Blocks: .101 thru .149 by .001"
19 Blocks: .050 thru .950 by .050"
4 Blocks: 1.000 thru 4.000 by 1"
598-85-14 43263 85 Block Set
4 Blocks: .0625 / .078125 / .09375 / .109375"
9 Blocks: .1001 thru .1009 by .0001"
49 Blocks: .101 thru .149 by .001"
19 Blocks: .050 thru .950 by .050"
4 Blocks: 1.000 thru 4.000 by 1"
598-84-14 43261 84 Block Set
3 Blocks: .100025 / .100050 / .100075"
9 Blocks: .1001 thru .1009 by .0001"
49 Blocks: .101 thru .149 by .001"
19 Blocks: .050 thru .950 by .050"
4 Blocks: 1.000 thru 4.000 by 1"
9 Blocks: .1001 thru .1009 by .0001"
49 Blocks: .101 thru .149 by .001"
19 Blocks: .050 thru .950 by .050"
4 Blocks: 1.000 thru 4.000 by 1"
598-36-14 43256 36 Block Set
1 Block: .10005"
9 Blocks: .1001 thru .1009 by .0001"
9 Blocks: .101 thru .109 by .001"
9 Blocks: .110 thru .190 by .010"
5 Blocks: .100 thru .500 by .100"
3 Blocks: 1.000 / 2.000 / 4.000"
598-35-14 43254 35 Block Set
1 Block: .05005"
9 Blocks: .0501 thru .0509 by .0001"
9 Blocks: .051 thru .059 by .001"
5 Blocks: .050 thru .090 by .010"
5 Blocks: .110 thru .150 by .010"
4 Blocks: .100 / .200 / .300 / .500"
2 Blocks: 1.000 / 2.000"
598-7-14 43252 7 Block Set
1 Block: .03125"
1 Block: .0625"
3 Blocks: .125 / .250 / .500"
2 Blocks: 1.000 / 2.000"
598-5-14 43251 5 Block Set
1 Block: .0625"
3 Blocks: .125 / .250 / .500"
1 Block: 1.000"
Inch Super-AJO-BLOCK
Sets Steel Rectangular

Manufactured from Class I steel to Grade 2 (A+) accuracy. Every gage block is certified, calibrated
and serialized. Every set of Brown & Sharpe JO-BLOCKS
comes with its own fitted wooden case and

a Certificate of Calibration and Traceability.
Inch Rectangular Gage Block Sizes:
For gaging length Lless than .200": L x .35" x 1.18"
For gaging length L.200" and above: L x .35" x 1.38"
J-5
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
Sets Tungsten Carbide

Rectangular
Three times more wear resistant than chrome carbide. Manufactured from Class III Type 2
Tungsten Carbide to Grade 2 (A+) accuracy. Each gage block is certified, calibrated and serialized.
Every set of Brown & Sharpe JO-BLOCKS
is supplied with its own fitted wooden case and a

Certificate of Calibration and Traceability.
Like all of Brown & Sharpe's gage block sets, this set is manufactured to meet or exceed Federal
Specification GGG-G-15c. Precision is Federal Grade 2 (A+) accuracy.
Sets
Carbide/Steel Rectangular
Tungsten Carbide Durability and Performance with the Economy of Steel!
Finally a gage block set that combines the long-lasting performance of tungsten carbide with the
economy of steel.
Brown & Sharpe's Carbide/Steel Super-AJO-BLOCK
set includes 78 tungsten carbide gage blocks

in the most frequently used sizes and three steel gage blocks in the largest sizes, allowing us to price
this set significantly less than our 81-piece tungsten carbide gage block set.
9 Blocks: .1001 thru .1009 by .0001"
49 Blocks: .101 thru .149 by .001"
19 Blocks: .050 thru .950 by .050"
4 Blocks: 1.000 thru 4.000 by 1"
598-35-18 43255 35 Block Set
1 Block: .05005"
9 Blocks: .0501 thru .0509 by .0001"
9 Blocks: .051 thru .059 by .001"
11 Blocks: .050 thru .150 by .010"
3 Blocks: .200 / .300 / .500"
2 Blocks: 1.000 / 2.000"
1 Block: .02005"
9 Blocks: .0201 thru .0209 by .0001"
9 Blocks: .021 thru .029 by .001"
9 Blocks: .010 thru .090 by .010"
598-81-20 51834 81 Block Set
SolidTungsten Carbide Blocks
9 Blocks: .1001 thru .1009 by .0001"
49 Blocks: .101 thru .149 by .001"
19 Blocks: .050 thru .950 by .050"
1 Block: 1.000"
Steel Blocks
3 Blocks: 2.000 / 3.000 / 4.000"
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-6
Metric Gage Block Sets
Steel or Tungsten Carbide Rectangular
Metric Gage Block sets meet or exceed Federal Specification GGG-G-15c. Grade 2 (A+) accuracy.
Every block is certified, calibrated and serialized.
Each set includes a fitted wooden case and a Certificate of Calibration and Traceability.
Metric Rectangular Gage Block Sizes:
For gaging length Lless than 10 mm: L x 9 mm x 30 mm
For gaging length L10 mm and above: L x 9 mm x 35 mm
597-112-34 43009 112 Block Steel Set
597-112-38 43010 112 Block Tungsten Carbide Set
3 Blocks: 0.5 / 1.00 / 1.0005 mm
9 Blocks: 1.001 thru 1.009 by 0.001 mm
49 Blocks: 1.01 thru 1.49 by 0.01 mm
47 Blocks: 1.5 thru 24.5 by 0.5 mm
4 Blocks: 25 / 50 / 75 / 100 mm
597-88-34 43001 88 Block Steel Set
3 Blocks: 0.5 / 1.00 / 1.0005 mm
9 Blocks: 1.001 thru 1.009 by 0.001 mm
49 Blocks: 1.01 thru 1.49 by 0.01 mm
10 Blocks: 10 thru 100 by 10 mm
597-47-34 45371 47 Block Steel Set
1 Block: 1.005 mm
4 Blocks: 40 / 60 / 80 / 100 mm
J-7
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
Inch Rectangular JO-BLOCKS
Steel Individual
in
598-3125-14 .03125
598-5000-14 .05000
598-5005-14 .05005
598-6000-14 .06000
598-6250-14 .06250
598-7000-14 .07000
598-7812-514 .078125
598-8000-14 .08000
598-9000-14 .09000
598-9375-14 .09375
598-10000-14 .10000
598-10002-514 .100025
598-10005-14 .10005
598-10007-514 .100075
598-10010-14 .10010
598-10020-14 .10020
598-10025-14 .10025
598-10030-14 .10030
598-10040-14 .10040
598-10050-14 .10050
598-10060-14 .10060
598-10070-14 .10070
598-10075-14 .10075
598-10080-14 .10080
598-10090-14 .10090
598-10100-14 .10100
598-10200-14 .10200
598-10300-14 .10300
598-10400-14 .10400
598-10500-14 .10500
598-10600-14 .10600
598-10700-14 .10700
598-10800-14 .10800
598-10900-14 .10900
598-10937-514 .109375
598-11000-14 .11000
598-11100-14 .11100
598-11200-14 .11200
598-11300-14 .11300
598-11400-14 .11400
598-11500-14 .11500
598-11600-14 .11600
598-11700-14 .11700
598-11800-14 .11800
598-11900-14 .11900
598-12000-14 .12000
598-12100-14 .12100
598-12200-14 .12200
598-12300-14 .12300
598-12400-14 .12400
in
598-12500-14 .12500
598-12600-14 .12600
598-12700-14 .12700
598-12800-14 .12800
598-12900-14 .12900
598-13000-14 .13000
598-13100-14 .13100
598-13200-14 .13200
598-13300-14 .13300
598-13400-14 .13400
598-13500-14 .13500
598-13600-14 .13600
598-13700-14 .13700
598-13800-14 .13800
598-13900-14 .13900
598-14000-14 .14000
598-14100-14 .14100
598-14200-14 .14200
598-14300-14 .14300
598-14400-14 .14400
598-14500-14 .14500
598-14600-14 .14600
598-14700-14 .14700
598-14800-14 .14800
598-14900-14 .14900
598-15000-14 .15000
598-16000-14 .16000
598-17000-14 .17000
598-18000-14 .18000
598-19000-14 .19000
598-20000-14 .20000
598-25000-14 .25000
598-30000-14 .30000
598-35000-14 .35000
598-40000-14 .40000
598-45000-14 .45000
598-50000-14 .50000
598-55000-14 .55000
598-60000-14 .60000
598-65000-14 .65000
598-70000-14 .70000
598-75000-14 .75000
598-80000-14 .80000
598-85000-14 .85000
598-90000-14 .90000
598-95000-14 .95000
598-901-14 1.0000
598-902-14 2.0000
598-903-14 3.0000
598-904-14 4.0000
All Super-A JO-BLOCKS are calibrated, serialized and certified to meet or exceed
Federal Specifications GGG-G-15c for Grade 2 (A+) accuracies.
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-8
Inch Rectangular JO-BLOCKS
Tungsten
Carbide Individual
in
598-1000-18 .010
598-2000-18 .020
598-2005-18 .02005
598-2010-18 .0201
598-2020-18 .0202
598-2030-18 .0203
598-2040-18 .0204
598-2050-18 .0205
598-2060-18 .0206
598-2070-18 .0207
598-2080-18 .0208
598-2090-18 .0209
598-2100-18 .021
598-2200-18 .022
598-2300-18 .023
598-2400-18 .024
598-2500-18 .025
598-2600-18 .026
598-2700-18 .027
598-2800-18 .028
598-2900-18 .029
598-3000-18 .030
598-4000-18 .040
598-5000-18-1 .050
598-5005-18 .05005
598-5010-18 .0501
598-5020-18 .0502
598-5030-18 .0503
598-5040-18 .0504
598-5050-18 .0505
598-5060-18 .0506
598-5070-18 .0507
598-5080-18 .0508
598-5090-18 .0509
598-5100-18 .051
598-5200-18 .052
598-5300-18 .053
598-5400-18 .054
598-5500-18 .055
598-5600-18 .056
598-5700-18 .057
598-5800-18 .058
598-5900-18 .059
598-6000-18 .060
598-6250-18 .0625
598-7000-18 .070
598-8000-18 .080
598-9000-18 .090
598-10000-18-1 .100
598-10010-18 .1001
598-10020-18 .1002
598-10030-18 .1003
598-10040-18 .1004
598-10050-18 .1005
598-10060-18 .1006
598-10070-18 .1007
598-10080-18 .1008
598-10090-18 .1009
598-10100-18 .101
598-10200-18 .102
598-10300-18 .103
598-10400-18 .104
598-10500-18 .105
598-10600-18 .106
in
598-10700-18 .107
598-10800-18 .108
598-10900-18 .109
598-11000-18 .110
598-11100-18 .111
598-11200-18 .112
598-11300-18 .113
598-11400-18 .114
598-11500-18 .115
598-11600-18 .116
598-11700-18 .117
598-11800-18 .118
598-11900-18 .119
598-12000-18 .120
598-12100-18 .121
598-12200-18 .122
598-12300-18 .123
598-12400-18 .124
598-12500-18 .125
598-12600-18 .126
598-12700-18 .127
598-12800-18 .128
598-12900-18 .129
598-13000-18 .130
598-13100-18 .131
598-13200-18 .132
598-13300-18 .133
598-13400-18 .134
598-13500-18 .135
598-13600-18 .136
598-13700-18 .137
598-13800-18 .138
598-13900-18 .139
598-14000-18 .140
598-14100-18 .141
598-14200-18 .142
598-14300-18 .143
598-14400-18 .144
598-14500-18 .145
598-14600-18 .146
598-14700-18 .147
598-14800-18 .148
598-14900-18 .149
598-15000-18 .150
598-20000-18 .200
598-25000-18 .250
598-30000-18 .300
598-35000-18 .350
598-40000-18 .400
598-45000-18 .450
598-50000-18 .500
598-55000-18 .550
598-60000-18 .600
598-65000-18 .650
598-70000-18 .700
598-75000-18 .750
598-80000-18 .800
598-85000-18 .850
598-90000-18 .900
598-95000-18 .950
598-901-18 1.000
598-902-18 2.000
598-903-18 3.000
598-904-18 4.000
All Super-A JO-BLOCKS are calibrated, serialized and certified to meet or exceed
Federal Specifications GGG-G-15c for Grade 2 (A+) accuracies.
J-9
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
Metric Rectangular Gage Blocks
Steel Individual
mm
597-5000-34 0.50
597-10000-34 1.00
597-10005-34 1.0005
597-10010-34 1.0010
597-10020-34 1.002
597-10030-34 1.003
597-10040-34 1.004
597-10050-34 1.005
597-10060-34 1.006
597-10070-34 1.007
597-10080-34 1.008
597-10090-34 1.009
597-10100-34 1.01
597-10200-34 1.02
597-10300-34 1.03
597-10400-34 1.04
597-10500-34 1.05
597-10600-34 1.06
597-10700-34 1.07
597-10800-34 1.08
597-10900-34 1.09
597-11000-34 1.10
597-11100-34 1.11
597-11200-34 1.12
597-11300-34 1.13
597-11400-34 1.14
597-11500-34 1.15
597-11600-34 1.16
597-11700-34 1.17
597-11800-34 1.18
597-11900-34 1.19
597-12000-34 1.20
597-12100-34 1.21
597-12200-34 1.22
597-12300-34 1.23
597-12400-34 1.24
597-12500-34 1.25
597-12600-34 1.26
597-12700-34 1.27
597-12800-34 1.28
597-12900-34 1.29
597-13000-34 1.30
597-13100-34 1.31
597-13200-34 1.32
597-13300-34 1.33
597-13400-34 1.34
597-13500-34 1.35
597-13600-34 1.36
597-13700-34 1.37
597-13800-34 1.38
597-13900-34 1.39
597-14000-34 1.40
597-14100-34 1.41
597-14200-34 1.42
597-14300-34 1.43
597-14400-34 1.44
597-14500-34 1.45
597-14600-34 1.46
597-14700-34 1.47
597-14800-34 1.48
597-14900-34 1.49
mm
597-15000-34 1.50
597-16000-34 1.60
597-17000-34 1.70
597-18000-34 1.80
597-19000-34 1.90
597-20000-34 2.00
597-25000-34 2.50
597-30000-34 3.00
597-35000-34 3.50
597-40000-34 4.00
597-45000-34 4.50
597-50000-34 5.00
597-55000-34 5.50
597-60000-34 6.00
597-65000-34 6.50
597-70000-34 7.00
597-75000-34 7.50
597-80000-34 8.00
597-85000-34 8.50
597-90000-34 9.00
597-95000-34 9.50
597-100-34 10.00
597-105-34 10.50
597-110-34 11.00
597-115-34 11.50
597-120-34 12.00
597-125-34 12.50
597-130-34 13.00
597-135-34 13.50
597-140-34 14.00
597-145-34 14.50
597-150-34 15.00
597-155-34 15.50
597-160-34 16.00
597-165-34 16.50
597-170-34 17.00
597-175-34 17.50
597-180-34 18.00
597-185-34 18.50
597-190-34 19.00
597-195-34 19.50
597-200-34 20.00
597-205-34 20.50
597-210-34 21.00
597-215-34 21.50
597-220-34 22.00
597-225-34 22.50
597-230-34 23.00
597-235-34 23.50
597-240-34 24.00
597-245-34 24.50
597-250-34 25.00
597-300-34 30.00
597-400-34 40.00
597-500-34 50.00
597-600-34 60.00
597-700-34 70.00
597-750-34 75.00
597-800-34 80.00
597-900-34 90.00
597-1000-34 100.00
Brown & Sharpe's Metric Gage Blocks are calibrated, serialized and certified to meet or
exceed Federal Specifications GGG-G-15c for Grade 2 (A+) accuracies.
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-10
Metric Rectangular Gage Blocks Tungsten
Carbide Individual
mm
597-5000-38 .50
597-10000-38 1.00
597-10005-38 1.0005
597-10010-38 1.001
597-10030-38 1.003
597-10040-38 1.004
597-10050-38 1.005
597-10060-38 1.006
597-10070-38 1.007
597-10080-38 1.008
597-10090-38 1.009
597-10100-38 1.01
597-10200-38 1.02
597-10300-38 1.03
597-10400-38 1.04
597-10500-38 1.05
597-10600-38 1.06
597-10700-38 1.07
597-10800-38 1.08
597-10900-38 1.09
597-11000-38 1.10
597-10020-38 1.1002
597-11100-38 1.11
597-11200-38 1.12
597-11300-38 1.13
597-11400-38 1.14
597-11500-38 1.15
597-11600-38 1.16
597-11700-38 1.17
597-11800-38 1.18
597-11900-38 1.19
597-12000-38 1.20
597-12100-38 1.21
597-12200-38 1.22
597-12300-38 1.23
597-12400-38 1.24
597-12500-38 1.25
597-12600-38 1.26
597-12700-38 1.27
597-12800-38 1.28
597-12900-38 1.29
597-13000-38 1.30
597-13100-38 1.31
597-13200-38 1.32
597-13300-38 1.33
597-13400-38 1.34
597-13500-38 1.35
597-13600-38 1.36
597-13700-38 1.37
597-13800-38 1.38
597-13900-38 1.39
597-14000-38 1.40
597-14100-38 1.41
597-14200-38 1.42
597-14300-38 1.43
597-14400-38 1.44
597-14500-38 1.45
597-14600-38 1.46
597-14700-38 1.47
597-14800-38 1.48
597-14900-38 1.49
mm
597-15000-38 1.50
597-16000-38 1.60
597-17000-38 1.70
597-18000-38 1.80
597-19000-38 1.90
597-20000-38 2.00
597-25000-38 2.50
597-30000-38 3.00
597-35000-38 3.50
597-40000-38 4.00
597-45000-38 4.50
597-50000-38 5.00
597-55000-38 5.50
597-60000-38 6.00
597-65000-38 6.50
597-70000-38 7.00
597-75000-38 7.50
597-80000-38 8.00
597-85000-38 8.50
597-90000-38 9.00
597-95000-38 9.50
597-100-38 10.00
597-105-38 10.50
597-110-38 11.00
597-115-38 11.50
597-120-38 12.00
597-125-38 12.50
597-130-38 13.00
597-135-38 13.50
597-140-38 14.00
597-145-38 14.50
597-150-38 15.00
597-155-38 15.50
597-160-38 16.00
597-165-38 16.50
597-170-38 17.00
597-175-38 17.50
597-180-38 18.00
597-185-38 18.50
597-190-38 19.00
597-195-38 19.50
597-200-38 20.00
597-205-38 20.50
597-210-38 21.00
597-215-38 21.50
597-220-38 22.00
597-225-38 22.50
597-230-38 23.00
597-235-38 23.50
597-240-38 24.00
597-245-38 24.50
597-250-38 25.00
597-300-38 30.00
597-400-38 40.00
597-500-38 50.00
597-600-38 60.00
597-700-38 70.00
597-750-38 75.00
597-800-38 80.00
597-900-38 90.00
597-1000-38 100.00
Brown & Sharpe's Metric Gage Blocks are calibrated, serialized and certified to meet or
exceed Federal Specifications GGG-G-15c for Grade 2 (A+) accuracies.
J-11
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
Micrometer Checking Set
The First Complete Set!
The Brown & Sharpe Micrometer Checking Set has all the necessary components to check the
accuracy of your micrometers, ensuring you that they are performing to their optimum specifications.
Features:
Set assists you in meeting Federal Spec. GGG-C-15c for flatness and parallelism and conforms to
MIL-STD-45662A.
Ten-piece selection of gage blocks allows checking of various spindle positions over the complete
micrometer range.
Two optical flats: .500" diameter and .5125" diameter which allow checking anvil faces at half
revolutions of the spindle for measuring flatness.
Each set and each block is individually serialized.
Gage blocks include Certificate of Calibration.
598-10-18 27076 Micrometer Checking Set
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-12
ISO 3650
Stable, highly
alloyed steel,
resistant to wear
(11.5 1.0)
x 10
-6
K
-1
See page I-2
Wooden case
Identification
number
SCS
calibration certificate
COFRAC
calibration certificate
ETALON
Basic Metric Gage Sets

Steel Rectangular
mm Pieces
32- Piece Sets
06519000 06519010 1 1.005 1
06519001 06519011 2 1.01 - 1.09 0.1 9
1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9
1 - 9.0 1.0 9
10, 20, 30 and 50 4
47- Piece Sets
06519002 06519012 1 1.005 1
06519003 06519013 2 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9
1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9
1.0 - 24.0 1.0 24
25 - 100 25 4
88- Piece Sets
06519004 06519014 1 1.0005 1
06519005 06519015 2 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9
1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49
0.5 - 9.5 0.5 19
10 - 100 10 10
Steps
mm
J-13
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
BS 4311 Part 1
BS 870 for the set
compositions.
Steel type:
tungsten carbide
providing stability as well
as high resistance to wear
Ceramic type:
extremely resistant
Zirconia
Tugnsten
carbide:
(4.23 0.1) x 10
-6
K
-1
Ceramic:
(9.7 0.8) x 10
-6
K
-1
See BS 4311
Part 1
Supplied as
single gage
blocks or in sets
Wooden case
Identification
number
UKAS calibra-
tion certificate
in
8- Piece Sets Mikechex E8
0652526023 0652536014 K 0.130 0.250 0.385 0.500 0.615 0.750
0652525023 0652535014 0 0.870 1.000
0652521023 0652531015 1
0652522023 0652532015 2
0652526022 0652536013 K 0.105 0.210 0.315 0.420 0.500 0.605
0652525022 0652535013 0 0.710 0.815 0.920 1.000
0652521022 0652531014 1
0652522022 0652532014 2
0652521021 0652531013 1 0.130 0.250 0.385 0.500 0.615 0.750
0652522021 0652532013 2 0.870 1.000 2.000 3.000 4.000
Ceramic
Tungsten
Carbide
TESA
Mikechex Inch Gage Block Sets

Designed to calibrate and set the indication of external micrometers.
Limit Deviations and Tolerances According
to BS 4311: Part 1: 1993
Calibration Grade K Grade 0 Grade 1 Grade 2
Limit deviation Tolerance Limit deviation Tolerance Limit deviation Tolerance Limit deviation Tolerance
of length at for the of length at for the of length at for the of length at for the
any point from variation any point from variation any point from variation any point from variation
Nominal nominal in length nominal in length nominal in length nominal in length
length length length length length
t
e
t
v
t
e
t
v
t
e
t
v
t
e
t
v
in in in in in in in in in
l
n
0.4 5 2 5 4 10 6 20 12
0.4 < l
n
1 6 2 6 4 12 6 25 12
1 < l
n
2 8 3 8 4 15 7 30 12
2 < l
n
3 10 3 10 5 20 7 40 14
3 < l
n
4 12 3 12 5 25 8 50 14
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-14
Full set in
a wooden case
Diameter
and thickness
as shown on the table
Optical flats
with 2 flat
measuring faces.
Parallelism cannot be
guaranteed.
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
TESA
Maintenance Kit for Gage Blocks

65.2500450 TESA maintenance kit for gage blocks
Supplied with the following items :
0652500452 1 Arkansas stone
0652500453 1 Soft tipped tweezers
0652500454 1 Pneumatic vacuum pen
0652500455 1 Nanofiber cleaning cloth
0652500456 1 Pair of cotton gloves
0652500457 1 Acid-free solvent
0652500458 1 Box with protective grease
02530050 1 50 mm dia. optical flat
0652500460 1 Solvent container
0652500461 1 Dust remover
0652500462 1 Dust brush
0652500463 1 Bottle of super-fine, acid-free oil
0652500451 1 Wooden case
TESA
Optical Flats
Used for examining flatness and wringability of the gage blocks or any other
test pieces having flat faces with same high grade of accuracy.
mm mm m
02530050 50 15 0.125
02530075 75 20 0.125
J-15
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
Hardened steel
30"
Width:
6.35 mm (1/4 in)
Length: 76.2 mm (3 in)
Plastic case
Ultra Precision 12-Piece Angle Block Set
Complete with a protective shop-hardened molded case.
Precision ground hardened steel.
Angular accuracy .0001" per inch, 30 arc seconds.
3" long x 1/4" thick.
Simple, quick angle setups.
Eliminate calculations and avoid errors.
599-921-18 26883 Set consists of: 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 12
20, 25, 30
Total
Pieces
Ultra Precision 17-Piece Angle Block Set
Complete with a protective wood case.
Made from hardened steel.
Ideal for grinding and milling machine applications.
Furnished in custom wooden case.
599-921-17 26693 Set consists of: 1/4, 1/2, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 17
25, 30, 35, 40, 45, plus two riser blocks
Total
Pieces
Precision Adjustable Angle Block Set
Precision ground angle block -- ideal for drilling, milling, grinding and setup tasks.
3-3/4wide by 1-3/4thick by 2high.
Approximately 1-3/4work capacity.
Angle accuracy 10; squareness within .0002.
Hardened to 50-55 RC.
599-750-25 27397
L
E
N
G
T
H
A
N
D
A
N
G
L
E
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
S
J-16
Precision Gage Ball Set
26 pairs of precision balls. (inch)
1 pair of each size: 1/8", 9/64", 5/32", 3/16", 7/32", 1/4", 9/32", 5/16",
11/32", 3/8", 13/32", 7/16", 15/32", 1/2", 17/32", 9/16", 19/32", 5/8",
21/32", 11/16", 23/32", 3/4", 13/16", 7/8", 15/16", 1".
25 pairs of precision balls. (metric)
1 pair of each size: 1mm, 2mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm,
10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 17mm, 18mm, 19mm,
20mm, 21mm, 22mm, 23mm, 24mm, 25mm.
Chrome steel hardened to 63 RC.
Ground and lapped.
Grade 24 Accuracy AFBMA Certied.
Provided in a shop-hardenedprotective case.
Special steel,
hardened
3 m
Not available
individually
Plastic case
in
599-766 27034 Steel ball set 1/8 - 1 52
599-766m 27178 Steel ball set 1mm - 25mm 50
Total
Pieces
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
CALI BRATI ON EQUI PMENT
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-2
Control of inspection and measuring equipment is an element of the quality management that is
increasingly more important than ever before. The introduction of the ISO 9000 family of
international standards has led to major changes in this field as well. So, ISO 9001 specifies, among
others, that:
all inspection and measuring equipment that can affect product quality must be identified,
calibrated and adjusted at prescribed intervals, or prior to use, against certified equipment having a
known valid relationship to internationally or nationally recognized standards.
This standard also states that the supplier shall:
ensure that the inspection and measuring equipment is capable of meeting
the customers accuracy and precision requirements.
Confidence is not enough
The instrument first developed for
calibrating gage blocks was an
improved external micrometer, which
was manufactured early in the 19th
century by Brown & Sharpe by the
inventor of the gage set compositions,
C.E. Johansson.
Gage blocks and angle gages
Section I.
Setting rings Section C.
Steel balls Section I.
Cylindrical setting standards with
outside diameters Section B.
Optical flats Section I.
Plan parallel optical flats Section I.
Electronic levels for straightness
and flatness measurement Section
H.
Instruments for squareness and
perpendicularity measurement
Section H.
Calibration equipment for length
measuring devices fitted with
inductive probes Section L.
Gage Block Calibration
In the hierarchical chain of dimen-
sional transfers which can be traced to
the meter length unit, gage blocks
hold a key position. This makes them
the most important standard used in
metrology.
The transference of the length unit,
based on specific wavelengths of light,
to gage blocks is achieved in the first
instance by a fundamental interferen-
tial measurement. From the gage
blocks measured in this way, the
lengths are transferred to other gage
blocks by hierarchical
measurements.
A Big Choice
TESA can provide you with the most
varied means specifically suited for the
inspection and calibration of stan-
dards, measuring instruments and
other plug gages. Some of them are
already described in the previous sec-
tions of this catalog, namely:
K-3
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
TESA
Gage Block Comparators General Overview

TESA offers two models which operate according to 2 different measuring procedures.
The new TESA UPD is used to measure gage blocks up to 1 in / 25 mm.
The traditional well-proven TESA UPC used for comparative measurement of gage blocks having
the same nominal length.
TESA Gage Block Comparators UPD UPC
Measuring procedures
Direct measurement G
Length comparison with a variation in nominal length of 25 mm
Number of reference gage blocks required for calibrating
a 122-piece set : 9 pieces G
Number of gage blocks required for the set-up calibration: 9 pieces + 6 pairs G
Comparative measurement G G
Comparison of gage blocks of same nominal length
Number of reference gages required for calibrating
a 122-piece set : 122 pieces G G
Number of gage blocks required for the set-up calibration: 6 pairs G G
Errors of measurement
For details about the information provided hereafter, refer to both pages O-8 and O-10.
Repeatability limit 0.015 m G
0.025 m G
0.04 m G
Uncertainty of measurement U = (0.05 + 0.5
.
L) m G
U = (0.07 + 0.5
.
L) m L = m G
U = (0.10 + 1.0
.
L) m G
Application ranges
Nominal lengths 0.02 up to 4.0 in / 0.5 up to 100 mm G G
4.0 up to 16.0 in / 100 up to 500 mm L
Measuring span
G
1 in / 25 mm
Sensors for length dimensions
Two axial probes in sum measurement G G
Digital system, opto-electronic with incremental divisions G
Inductive analog system, electrical G
Measuring force activation
electro-motorized G
by force spring
G
Measuring bolt retraction
electro-motorized G
by vacuum
G
Template system (see page O-5)
Single template system G G
Dual template system G H
Handling of gage blocks with nominal lengths up to 10 mm, approx.
Suction loader used in conjunction with the electrical vacuum pump H H
TESA UPT temperature device G H
Incorporates 4 temperature sensors (4-wire type) for measuring electrical resistance
TESA software program for value processing
TESA UP, WINDOWS 95 , WINDOWS NT G H
TESA UPC, MS-DOS - Version 3.0 or later H
L Available upon request H Recommended option
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-4
TESA
UPD Gage Block Comparator with a 25 mm

Measuring Span
Direct measurement of gage blocks with a variation in nominal length of up to 1 in or 25 mm.
To reduce the number of required reference gage blocks by nearly 80%.
Typical comparative measurement of gage blocks having the same nominal length.
To achieve lower measurement uncertainties due to weaker
influences of the systematic errors.
Equipped with HEIDENHAIN high-precision incremental probes.
Templates with new concept for positioning the gage blocks (patent pending).
Single or dual template system to provide optimum ease of handling of the gage blocks.
Integrated device for temperature acquisition with high precision.
On-line transfer of the measured length and temperature values.
Computer-aided data processing with all needed corrections included.
New Technical
Concept through
Direct Measurement
Two mutually opposed, aligned probes con-
nected in sum measurement also measure thin
gage blocks reliably as the upper sensor A is
able to capture lengths up to 1 in / 25 mm.
Displacement of the measuring bolt and acti-
vation of the measuring force are both elec-
tro-motorized.
PT 100 platinum resistances let you capture
the temperature of the two gage blocks, the
measuring table and support.
The TESA UP software program processes
length and temperature values as measured
while executing and controlling your measure-
ment cycles simultaneously.
General
ISO 3650
For gage blocks
with nominal
lengths from 0.02 in to
4 in / 0.5 mm to 100 mm
Measuring
procedure
Direct and comparative
measurements through
the transference of the
length of a reference
gage block to the gage
block to be measured
In direct measurement,
the nominal length of the
two gage blocks to be
compared may vary up
to the size of the measur-
ing span, i.e. 1 in /
25 mm
In comparative meas-
urement, comparison is
always made between
two gage blocks of same
nominal length
Measuring configuration:
Two probes with mecha-
nical contact with the
measuring face to be
probed are connected
in sum measurement
(function +A+B)
Measuring points
On the reference gage
block: at the center of
the measuring face
(point R). On the gage
block to be measured:
at the center (point 1)
as well as the four cor-
ners of the measuring
face, each lying 2 mm
away from the adjacent
faces (points 2 to 5)
The central length l
c
is
determined by probing
both points R and 1.
For establishing lengths
at any point, the
measurements shall be
carried out at points
R plus 1 to 5
The variation in length v
is obtained from the
measurements taken at
measuring points 1 to 5
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Calibration certi-
ficates from the
supplier (comparator) or
the Swiss Calibr. Service
(temperature device)
K-5
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
TESA UPD
The flexible concept that
provides distinctive
metrological features with
substantial savings at the end
of it all.
Direct Measurement
Permits over 90% of a 122-piece
set to be checked using the same
reference gage block. All nominal
lengths of the full gage set being con-
tained within .02 in and .98 in / 0.5 mm
and 25 mm, the measuring span is
therefore not exceeded.
Allows the reference gage set to be
reduced by nearly 80% against the
ones needed until now.
Provides substantial savings in the
gage block supply and re-calibration
through reduced set compositions.
Enables direct measurement of gage
blocks that cannot be compared with
other existing gage blocks due to their
unusual nominal lengths.
Single Template System
With this system, your reference
gages along with the gage blocks to
be calibrated are moved together
during the measurement cycles.
Simultaneous use of two templates
allows you to release your reference
gages until their handling becomes
necessary.
This system makes it possible for
you to save time and money.
During the measurement cycles
on a routine basis, the travel of the
reference gages moved onto the
measuring table is reduced by nearly
70%. This significantly lowers the risk
of damage and wear to measuring
faces.
The double protection of your
reference gages leads to signifi-
cant cost savings by reducing the need for :
recalibration.
restoring measuring faces.
replacing worn or damaged reference gages.
long downtime while prolonging
the life of your full reference sets.
Dual Template System to Protect Your Expensive Reference Gages (Patent Pending)
Comparative Measurement
Allows gage blocks of same
nominal lengths to be measured by
comparison as usual.
Enhances the measuring conditions,
thus permitting all measurements to
be taken with less
uncertainty.
Reduces the number of systematic
errors through limited length-based
influences of both the upper probe A
and gage block to be compared.
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-6
TESA UPD Delivery Program Three Ordering Variations
1
4
5
7 8
9
10
11
12
17
3
6
13
2
18
15 14
16
20
19
upd
HEIDENHAIN
Measuring stand
Heavy con-
struction with
toothed rack guide plus
handwheel for setting
the measuring arm.
Fixing bores (.63 and
.12 / 16 and 3 mm dia,
resp.) for upper probe A
plus one temperature
sensor No. 59.60010
Main body in
cast iron.
Hardened steel column,
dull-chrome plated and
ground
Special table
Solid measuring
table fitted with
6 cylindrical pins to
ensure and protect the
gage blocks during
handling
.12 / 3 mm dia.clamping
bore for one temperature
sensor No. 59.60010 as
well as retaining plate
mounted laterally on the
table for both sensors
59.60008 and 59.60009
fitted with clip
Hardened steel.
Tungsten
carbide cylindrical pins.
Positioning device
for gage blocks
Single and dual
template sys-
tems to shift the gage
blocks to the selected
measuring points
For more details on both
systems, refer to the
previous page
Sensors for length
measurements
Two
HEIDENHAIN
axial probes, opto-
electronic with electro-
motorized bolt activation
ZERODUR
glass ceramic
with incremental
divisions
Dividing
periods: 4 m
1 in / 25 mm for
upper probe A
or .04 / 1 mm for lower
probe B
Measuring bolt
on plain bearing
1.0 N for upper
probe A or
0.63 N for lower probe B
59.30005 28690 TESA UPD Gage Block Comparator with temperature device* G
59.30004 28411 TESA UPD Gage Block Comparator without temperature device G
S59300102 28691 TESA UPD Gage Block Comparator, complete* with temperature device, G
TESA UP Software Program, Computer (Notebook) and Printer
Consists of:
59.30008 28692 1 TESA UPD mechanical part G G G
59.60016 28693 1 HEIDENHAIN ND 231 computing counter G G G
59.60013 28694 1 Control panel G G G
59.60014 28695 1 Connecting cable for control panel to ND 231 G G G
47.68001 41300 1 Foot switch G G G
16.60011 40483 1 Pneumatic suction loader G G
S32070030 86749 1 Electrical vacuum pump with external control - 110 V, 50 Hz G G
59.60028 28696 1 Cable for connecting the electrical vacuum pump to control panel G G
59.30011 28697 1 TESA UPT temperature device, complete G G
59.60025 28698 1 TESA UP software program for value processing G
1 Personal computer portable (Notebook) G
59.60027 28699 1 Cable for connecting ND 231 computing counter to adapter No. 47.60017 G
47.61017 42744 1 Adapter for connecting cable No. 59.60027 to computer G
59.60026 28700 1 Cable for connecting PREMA 3040 to computer G
1 Matrix ink jet printer G
S16071229 28701 1 Cable for connecting computer to printer G
*Special execution for 110 Vac, 60 Hz also available on request
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
K-7
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
TESA UPD System Components
Measuring bolt
in invar steel
Tungsten carbide
insert with
spherical measuring face,
R = .79 / 20 mm
Computing counter
HEIDENHAIN
ND 231 up and
down computing counter
provided with two probe
inputs
7-segment
LED display,
alphanumeric. 9 digits
plus sign. Also with
auxiliary LED display for
activated functions.
Signal
dividing:
400x
0.01 m and
0.005 m or
0.000001 in
.40 / 10 mm
16 keys for
digit entry as
well as the functions
Sum meas-
urement with probe
function +A+B
Linear correction of
the systematic errors
PRESET function for
digit entry
2 programmable refer-
ence points
RS-232 and
V.24
100 to 240 Vac
(-15% to 10%),
48 to 62 Hz
32 F to 113 F
- 22 F to
158 F
75%, with no
condensation
Die-cast alumi-
num housing
Protection IP 40
(IEC 60529)
EN 55022,
Class B
(Wx H x D)
9.5 x 3.35 x 9 / 239 x
85 x 224 mm
59.30008 28692 TESA UPD mechanical part
Consists of:
59.30009 28703 1 Measuring stand with toothed rack guide.
Manually operated for setting the measuring arm. Attachment has a .63 in / 16 mm
dia. fixing bore for the upper probe.
59.60015 28704 1 Solid measuring table in special version.
Made from hardened steel and fitted with 6 tungsten carbide cylindrical pins for safe
positioning of the gage blocks. Provide high protection and wear resistance to the
gage blocks over a long time. Threaded bores for clamping the lower probe.
Prepared for the integration of the temperature sensor (see next page).
59.60029 28705 1 Positioning device provided with a single or dual template system. Interchangeable
templates to shift the gage blocks from a given measuring point to another.
1 Pair for gage blocks having a .36 in x 1.18 in / 9 x 30 mm cross-section. Consists of 1
template No. 59.60019 for the reference gages plus 1 template No. 59.60020 for
the gage blocks to be calibrated.
1 Pair for gage blocks having a .36 in x 1.38 in / 9 x 35 mm cross-section. Consists of 1
template No. 59.60021 for the reference gage plus 1 template No. 59.60022 for
the gage blocks to be calibrated. Also with added support to prevent the system
from tilting.
1 Template No. 59.60023 for the reference gages and those to be calibrated (.36 in x
1.18 in / 9 x 30 mm).
1 Template No. 59.60024 for the reference gages and those to be calibrated having a
9 x 35 mm cross-section. Also with added support to prevent the gages from tilting.
59.30010 28706 1 Sensor-based measuring system with electro-motorized bolt activation. Consists of :
1 upper probe A, type HEIDENHAIN CT 25 No. 59.30006. 1 in / 25 mm in measuring
travel. Measuring force to 1.0 N. Fitted with the measuring insert No. 35.10003.
1 Lower probe B, type HEIDENHAIN special No. 59.30007 (.04 in / 1 mm) in measuring
travel. Measuring force to 0.63 N. Fitted with the measuring insert No. 35.10003.
16.60031 28707 1 Setting piece for the probe alignment.
16.40420 40480 1 Heat protection shield, 9.8 in x 15 in / 250 x 380 mm size.
16.60001 40482 1 Pair of grip pliers for safe handling of the gage blocks.
16.60030 40485 1 Dust cover.
UPD Additional Components and Accessories
S59320001 28715 Templates square gage blocks 30 x 9mm
S59320002 28716 templates rectangular gage blocks 35 x 9mm
59.60016 28693 HEIDENHAIN computing counter ND 231
Up and down electronic counter with alphanumeric LED display, numerical
interval 0.01 or 0.005 m. Includes 2 probe inputs as well as an RS-232
digital interface.100 to 240 Vac, 48 to 62 Hz
59.60013 28694 Control panel
With keys for electro-motorized activation of the measuring bolt as well as for
triggering data transfer.
59.60014 28695 Connecting cable
For control panel No. 59.60013 to HEIDENHAIN computing counter.
ND 231 No. 59.60016
47.68001 41300 Foot switch
For fine setting of the measuring bolt as well as data transfer.
16.60011 40483 Pneumatic suction loader
For safe and easy handling of the gage blocks with nominal length up to
.40 in / 10 mm. To be connected to the vacuum pump.
Electrical vacuum pump with external control
For the connection of the suction loader No. 16.60011.
32.60433 40171 Execution 230 Vac, 50 Hz
S32070030 86749 Execution 110 Vac, 60 Hz
For electrical vacuum pump to control panel No. 59.60013
Continued next page
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-8
Temperature
sensors
PT 100
platinum
resistances,
4-wire type
Temperature
device
PREMA 3040
multiple-channel
precision thermometer
for max. 18 platinum
resistances. With facility
to switch from a measur-
ing point to another
Measuring
procedure:
4-wire resistance meas-
urement with continuous
value acquisition by
the connected sensors.
PT 100 linearisation
according to EN 60751
LCD alpha-
numeric,
16-digit display. Full dot
matrix with green color
background
32 F
C, F or K
.315 in / 8 mm
17 keys for
both digit entry
and the functions
RS-232 and
IEEE 488
115 10%Vac
or 230 10%
Vac, for 50 and 60 pHz
50 F to 113 F
- 13 F to 40 F
75% (with no
condensation)
Die-cast alumi-
num housing
EN 61010,
EN 50081,
EN 50082 and EN 55011
8.86 in x 3.7 in x
14.76 in / 225 x 94 x
375 mm (Wx H x D)
Errors of Measurement
Provided all the metrological
conditions are met, the reliability of
the comparator used for direct
measurement of steel gage blocks is
expressed as follows:
Repeatability limit
(with no influence of external
temperature) : 0.04 m
Uncertainty of
measurement
U = (0.07 + 0.5
.
L) m (L = m)
Condition implies the use
of reference standards
whose measurement uncertainty is:
U 0.015 m
for the comparator calibration
U (0.02 + 0.2
.
L) m L = m
for the gage block calibration
As Brown & Sharpe is
constantly improving the
design of its products,
the appearance, specifi-
cations, dimensions and
weights are subject to
change without notice.
2002 Brown & Sharpe,
Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Prices subject to change
without notice.
59.30011 28712 TESA UPT temperature device for TESA Gage Block Comparators
Fully calibrated for the measuring ranges from 66.2 F up to 75.2 F with a numerical interval
to 32 F; supplied with SCS calibration certificate issued by the Swiss Calibration
Service. Uncertainty of measurement achieved during calibration: U = 32.05 F.
Consists of:
59.60018 28713 1 set of 4 temperature sensors.
PT 100 platinum resistances giving exceptional long-term stability while drifts are
kept to a minimum over years of use.
This set includes the following single sensors:
1 Temperature sensor with clamp R for the reference gages of nominal lengths
from about .55 in / 14 mm, No. 59.60009.
1 Temperature sensor with clamp P for the gage blocks to be calibrated having
nominal lengths from about .55 in / 14 mm, No. 59.60008.
2 Temperature sensors to be mounted on the measuring stand or the table. Size of
the PT 100 temperature sensors: 1.5 in / 38 mm in diameter, .40 in / 10 mm long. Order
number for 1 item: 59.60010.
59.60017 28714 1 PREMA 3040 temperature device.
Precision temperature device including a switch for the measuring points. With use of the
PT 100 platinum resistances, this device provides 18 measuring channels with 32 F
numerical interval. RS-232 or IEEE 488 interfaces. 115 or 230 Vac for 50 or 60 Hz.
59.60012 28702 1 Adapter.
For the connection of a number of up to 4 temperature sensors.
59.60011 28708 1 Connecting cable.
For adapter No. 59.60012 to temperature device No. 59.60017.
59.60025 28698 TESA UP Software Program
Can be run on WINDOWS 95 (or later) and WINDOWS NT. This program package
consists of one CD-ROM along with one protective hard-key; 10 languages available
(English, Czech, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Polish, Spanish as well as
Swedish).
Personal computer
(Notebook) available upon request.
For serial data transfer from HEIDENHAIN computing counter ND 231 to host computer,
25-pin / m and 25-pin / f. Additional needed adapter: No. 47.60017.
47.61017 42744 Adapter
For connecting cable No. 59.60027 to computer, 25-pin / m and 9-pin / f.
For serial data transfer from PREMA 3040 temperature device to computer,
9-pin / m and 9-pin / f.
Matrix ink jet printer
For A4 format (upright). With graphic capability and Centronics interface. On request.
S16071229 28701 Connecting cable
For parallel data transfers from computer to printer, 25-pin / m to 36-pin / m.
13
14
15
16
17
18
10
11
12
19
20
9
K-9
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
TESA
UPC Gage Block Comparator for

Comparative Measurement
Measures gage blocks of same nominal length by comparison.
Comes with new template system for positioning the gage blocks (patent pending).
Single or dual template system for optimum ease of gage handling.
Features TESA high-precision inductive probes.
Integrates a facility for highly accurate temperature measurement.
Allows on-line transfer of length and temperature values.
Executes computer-aided data processing including all needed correction values.
Performs calibrations that meet the requirements of both ISO standards and EA guidelines
(European cooperation for Accreditation of Laboratories EAL).
Includes an execution for greater accuracy along with a calibration certificate (optional).
General
ISO 3650
For gage
blocks ranging
from 0.02 in to 4 in or
0.5 mm to 100 mm
Comparative
measuring procedure
with transference of the
length of a reference
gage to the gage
block being measured
Measuring configuration
Two probes connected
in sum measurement
(function +A+B) with
mechanical contact
with the measuring
face.
Measuring points
On the reference gage
block: at the center of
the measuring face
(point R). On the gage
block to be measured:
at the center (point 1)
as well as the four cor-
ners of the measuring
face, each lying 2 mm
away from the adjacent
faces (points 2 to 5).
The central length l
c
is
determined by probing
both points R and 1.
For establishing lengths
at any point, measure-
ments shall be carried
out at points R plus
1 to 5.
The variation in length v
is obtained from the
measurements taken at
the measuring points
1 to 5.
The TESA UPC system is devoted
to the calibration - or dimensional
inspection - of the gage blocks with
nominal lengths ranging from 0.5 to
100 mm. The measuring configuration
consisting of two probes aligned
opposite one another combined with
the concept and quality of the meas-
uring system is the guarantee for an
extra low measurement uncertainty.
TESA UPC is targeted at manufactur-
ers and users of gage blocks, but the
system is also used in laboratories
accredited by the national calibration
services.
E
N
E
P
el
i
el
i
el
0.01 m
A
Electrical length
measuring
instrument with
digital display
Gage block to be
calibrated
Reference
gage block
If specified, the built-in temperature
device we offer as an option can
also be supplied. This device has
4 PT 100 platinum resistances which
captures the temperature of the two
gage blocks as well as the meas-
uring table and stand.
To carry out your calibrations in a
reliable and rational way, computer
aided data processing is virtually
unavoidable.
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-10
Measuring stand
Heavy
construction with
toothed rack guide plus
handwheel for coarse
setting of the measuring
arm. Encapsulated
attachment and device
for extra-fine setting of
upper probe A
.12 / 3 mm dia. fixing
sensor No. 59.60010
Main body
in cast iron.
ground
Special table
Solid measuring
table fitted with
6 cylindrical pins to
ensure and protect the
gage blocks as they
are being handled
.12 / 3 mm dia. clamping
sensor 59.60010 as well
as retaining plate
mounted laterally on the
table for both sensors
59.60008 and 59.60009
with clip
Hardened steel.
Tungsten
carbide cylindrical pins
Positioning device
for gage blocks
Single and dual
template system
to shift the gages to the
selected measuring
point. For details on
single and dual template
system, see both pages
O-5 and O-12 (system
components)
Sensors for length
dimensions
2 TESA
GT 22-spec.
inductive probes with
pneumatic retraction
of the measuring bolt
Electrical adjustment
through resistances
fitted on each probe
150 m meas-
uring bolt travel
Measuring
force to 1 N
(upper probe A) or
0.63 N (lower probe B)
Tungsten
carbide insert
with spherical measuring
face, R = 20 mm
Provided all the metrological condi-
tions are met, the reliability of both
standard executions No. 59.30000
and No. 59.30002 is expressed as
follows:
Repeatability limit
Uncertainty of measurement *
U = (0.10 + 1.0
.
L) m (L = m)
Condition implies the use of
reference standards whose
uncertainty of measurement is as
follows:
U 0.030 m
U (0.05 + 0.5
.
L) m L = m
for gage block calibration
* Applicable to steel gage blocks
Provided all the metrological condi-
tions are met, the reliability of both
executions No. 59.30001 and
No. 59.30003 with option for
increased certainty (No. 16.90021)
is expressed as follows:
Repeatability limit
Uncertainty of measurement *
U = (0.05 + 0.5
.
L) m (L = m)
Condition implies the use of
reference standards whose
uncertainty of measurement is as
follows:
U 0.015 m
U (0.02 + 0.2
.
L) m L = m
for gage block calibration
* Applicable to steel gage blocks
Errors of Measurement
The TESA UPC software program is
modular and provides menu-driven
functions that are easily accessible.
User-friendly program
software with comprehensive
users guide.
Flexible program architecture
for optimum adaptation to individ-
ual users needs.
Dual Template System
(Patent Pending)
Simultaneous use of two templates
allows you to release your reference
gage blocks until their handling is
necessary.
Single Template System
With this system, your reference
gages along with the gage blocks
to be calibrated are moved
together during the measurement
cycles.
Storage of your reference sets.
Control of the value drift or value dispersion.
Automatic correction where
required.
Inch or metric data processing.
User customized certificates
exactly reproduced.
Note: The TESA UPC program allows you to enter all
temperature values via the computers keyboard. But, this
program is not designed for transferring data on-line.
For this purpose, we recommend the use of the TESA UP
program software.
TESA
UPC Software for Value Processing

K-11
CALI BRATI ON EQUI PMENT CALI BRATI ON EQUI PMENT
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
TESA UPC Delivery Program Eight Ordering Variations
1
4
9
11
12
17
6
5
13
14 16
19
18 15
3 2
8
7
1a
10
TESAMODUL
7-segment
LED display,
3.5 digits for digits
Measuring range
used: 20 m
0.01 m
0.000001 in
.5 / 12.5 mm
Auxiliary display
consisting of 20
red color diodes for quick
zero-setting
Plug-in card
with RS-232
output
Personal Computer
Sold Separately
TESA UPC gage block comparator with single template system
59.30000 41461 Standard execution, without computer application G
59.30001 41462 Execution for greater accuracy, without computer application G
59.30002 41463 Standard execution, with computer application G
59.30003 41464 Execution for greater accuracy, with computer application G
TESA UPC gage block comparator with single and dual template system
59.30012 28709 Standard execution, without computer application G
59.30013 28710 Execution for greater accuracy, without computer application G
59.30014 28711 Standard execution, with computer application G
59.30015 28712 Execution for greater accuracy, with computer application G
Each version consists of:
16.10401 40452 1 TESA UPC mechanical part G G G G
with single template system
59.60030 28713 1 TESA UPC mechanical part G G G G
with single and dual template system
32.60401 41051 1 Pneumatic retraction of the measuring bolt,
manually operated G G
32.60432 41070 1 Electric vacuum pump with foot switch G G
32.60433 41071 1 Electric vacuum pump with external control G G G G
16.60011 40483 1 Pneumatic suction loader G G G G G G
41.90190 41229 1 TESAMODUL electronic measuring instrument,
units 372 - 404 G G G G
41.30105 41190 1 TESAMODUL electronic measuring instrument,
units 372 - 404 - 708 G G G G
41.60079 28714 1 Plug-in card with RS-232 output G G G G
47.61050 28715 1 Connecting cable for plug-in card to interface unit 708 G G G G
47.61005 41259 1 Connecting cable for interface unit 708 to vacuum pump G G G G
47.68000 41299 1 Hand switch G G G G
16.90021 40490 1 Option for greater accuracy with calibration certificate G G G G
1
1a
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
11
10
9
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-12
TESA UPC System Components
Electrical vacuum
pump in a special
version
With external control as
for No. 32.60433, but :
For
110 Vac, 60 Hz
S32070030
32 F to 104 F
- 14 F to 158 F
80% (with no
condensation)
230 and 110 Vac,
50 to 60 Hz
Electrical vacuum
pumps
230 Vac, 50 Hz
(No. 32.60432
and 32.60433)
Temperature
device
See page O-8
Further data
50 lb.
(comparator,
complete without
computer).
9 1b. (temperature
device).
Transport
packing
Identification
number for
the TESA comparators
provided with the
option for greater
accuracy
Gage block
comparator
with in-house calibration
certificate for the version
with greater accuracy or
a declaration of conform-
ity for the standard
version.
Temperature device with
SCS calibration certificate
16.10401 40452 TESA UPC mechanical part provided with single template system
Prepared for mounting the TESA UPT temperature device
Consists of:
16.30004 40456 1 Measuring stand with toothed rack guide.
Manually operated for coarse setting of the measuring arm. Encapsulated
attachment and device allowing extra-fine setting of the upper probe.
59.60031 28717 1 Solid special measuring table.
Made from hardened steel and fitted with 6 tungsten carbide cylindrical
pins for safe positioning. Provide high protection and wear resistance to the
gage blocks over a long time. Adjustable attachment for the lower probe.
Prepared for the temperature sensor.
59.60032 28718 1 Positioning device provided with single template system.
Used to shift the gage blocks from a given point to another. With 2 adjustable
templates No. 16.60045 (for gage blocks .35 in x 1.18 in / 9 x 30 mm) and
No. 16.60046 (for gage blocks .35 in x 1.38 in / 9 x 35 mm). Also with added
support to prevent the gages from tilting.
32.30045 28719 1 Sensor system consisting of :
upper probe A, GT 22-spec. No. 32.90075. Measuring force to
1 N. Fitted with the measuring insert No. 35.10003.
lower probe B, GT 22-spec. No. 32.90076. Measuring force to 0.63 N. Fitted
with the measuring insert No. 35.10003.
air pipe system.
16.60031 28707 1 Setting piece for the probe alignment.
16.40420 40480 1 Heat protection shield, .386 in x .59 in / 9.8 x 15 mm size.
16.60001 40482 1 Pair of grip pliers for safe handling of the gage blocks.
16.60030 40485 1 Dust cover.
59.60030 28713 TESA UPC mechanical part provided with single and dual template system
Prepared for mounting the TESA UPT temperature device.
Includes the same components as described under the first item, except for:
59.60029 28720 1 Positioning device provided with a single and dual template system including:
1 Pair of templates for gage blocks with a .35 in x 1.18 in / 9 x 30 mm
cross-section. The pair includes 1 item No. 59.60019 for the reference
gages as well as 1 item No. 59.60020 for the gage blocks to be calibrated.
1 Pair of templates for gage blocks with a .35 in x 1.38 in / 9 x 35 mm
cross-section. The pair includes 1 item No. 59.60021 for the reference gages
as well as 1 item No. 59.60022 for the gage blocks to be calibrated. Also with
added support to prevent tilting.
1 Template No. 59.60023 for the reference gages and those to be calibrated
(.35 in x 1.18 in / 9 x 30 mm).
1 Template No. 59.60024 for the reference gages and those to be calibrated
having a .35 in x 1.38 in / 9 x 35 mm cross-section. Also with added support to
prevent the gages from tilting.
32.60401 41051 Pneumatic retraction of the measuring bolt
Hand-operated.
32.60432 41070 Electric vacuum pump with foot switch
For retracting the measuring bolt of each probe. Also used to plug in the
hand-operated pneumatic suction loader No. 16.60011, 230 V.
32.60433 41071 Electrical vacuum pump with external control
To be connected to the interface unit 708 No. 41.30106. Used for the retraction
of the measuring bolt of each probe. Also used to plug in the pneumatic suction
loader No. 16.60011, 230 V.
16.60011 40483 Pneumatic suction loader
For safe, easy handling of the gage blocks with nominal lengths up to .394 /10 mm.
To be connected to the electrical vacuum pump No. 32.60432 or 32.60433.
41.90190 41229 TESAMODUL electronic length measuring instrument
Consists of:
1 Power and display unit 372, No. 41.30094.
1 Measuring unit 404, No. 41.95420.
2
3
4
5
6
1a
1
K-13
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Minimum profile
requirements for
running the TESA
UPC software pro-
gram for value pro-
cessing
Personal
Computer
To avoid disturbing the
ambient temperature at
the measurement point,
the use of a computer
configuration without
heat source (e.g.
Notebook with LC
display screen) is
recommended.
Operating system:
MS-DOS 3.0 or later
Memory capacity:
512 kB RAM
One hard disc plus
one disc drive (720 kB)
RS-232 output for
serial data transfer
(input) as well as
8-bit parallel transfer
(Centronics standard)
Graphic card not
required
Hardware
All hardware
components
listed (items 16 to 19)
can be obtained locally. If
you wish, we can also
provide you with a quota-
tion on request.
TESA cannot assure the
UPC system will operate
properly when run on
a network. Therefore,
we recommend you
inquire about technical
information before pur-
chasing your own equip-
ment.
41.30105 41190 TESAMODUL electronic length measuring instrument
Consists of:
1Power and display unit 372, No. 41.30094.
. 1Measuring unit 404, No. 41.95420.
1Interface unit 708 No. 41.30106 that serves as control unit for the
electrical vacuum pump No. 32.60433. To be linked with the computer unit.
41.60079 28714 Plug-in card with RS-232 digital output
For serial data transfer, opto-coupled.
For plug-in card RS-232 (No. 41.60079) to interface unit 708 (No. 41.30106).
For interface unit 708 (No. 41.30106) to electrical vacuum pump (No. 32.60433).
47.68000 41299 Hand switch
For triggering the movements of the measuring bolt as well as data transfer from
TESAMODUL No. 41.30105 to computer. To be connected to the interface
unit 708 (No. 41.30106).
16.90021 40490 Option for greater accuracy and calibration certificate
Consists of the TESA UPC (mechanical part No. 16.10401 along with the
electronic measuring instrument TESAMODUL No. 41.90190 or 41.30105)
specially adjusted and calibrated. All key components are marked with a
serial number.
59.30011 28697 TESA UPT temperature device for TESA gage block comparators
Fully calibrated for the measuring ranges from 66.2 F up to 75.2 F with a
numerical interval to 32 F; supplied with SCS calibration certificate
issued by the Swiss Calibration Service.
Uncertainty of measurement achieved during calibration: U = 32.05 F. Used in
association with TESA UP software program for value processing.
Consists of:
59.60018 28713 1 Set of 4 temperature sensors.
59.60017 28714 1PREMA 3040 temperature device.
59.60012 28702 1Cable adapter.
59.60011 28708 1Connecting cable.
For details, see items 7 to 11 on page 0-7 and 0-8.
59.60025 28698 TESA UP software program for value processing
Compatible with WINDOWS 95 or later and WINDOWS NT
For detailed program related features, refer to page O-14 or ask for
the relevant product information on TESA UP.
59.60006 86586 TESA UPC software program for value processing
Used with conventional PCs equipped with MS-DOS. For profile requirements,
see margin. 3 languages available (English, German and French). The
program package includes: 1 program diskette (3.5 in), plus 1 protective
hard-key along with 1 application handbook TESA UPC - Part 2 available
in 3 languages (English, German or French).
For detailed program related features, ask for the relevant product
information on TESA UPC.
Portable personal computer (Notebook)
Available on request. Minimum hardware profile requirements.
See margin.
For serial data transfer from interface unit 708 (No. 41.30106) to AT computer,
25-pin / f and 9-pin / m, intersected.
Matrix ink jet printer
For A4 format (upright). With graphic capability and Centronics interface.
On request.
For parallel data transfer from computer to printer, 25-pin / m to 36-pin / m.
8
10
9
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
7
11
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-14
59.60025 TESA UP software program
for the gage block calibration
Compatible with WINDOWS 95 or later and WINDOWS NT
Program package consisting of:
1 CD-ROM along with 1 protective hard-key
TESA

UP Software Program
for Value Processing
Suitable for both TESA gage block comparators UPD and UPC as well as for comparators from other
manufacturers Compatible with WINDOWS 95 or later and WINDOWS NT.
10 languages available (English, Czech, Danish, Dutch, French, German, Italian, Polish, Spanish
and Swedish).
On-line processing of the length and temperature values transferred.
Measurement cycles and result outputs according to ISO 3650.
Flexible architecture for optimum adaptation to specific users needs.
Possible set up of limiting values and grades.
Surveillance of the value dispersion or drift throughout the length and temperature measurements.
Automatic execution of all relevant corrections. The program makes allowances for actual sizes of
the reference standards, flattening due to differing materials used (steel, tungsten carbide, ceramic),
compen-sation of the variations in temperature with reference to 68F according to the
varying coefficients of linear expansion.
Assignment of the gage blocks to their relevant accuracy grade.
ISO 3650
Metric and
inch units
K-15
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
TESA
UPT Temperature Devices

These devices are not only used on gage block comparators, but also on measuring equipment such
as horizontal measuring benches or height gages.
Temperature
sensors
PT 100
platinum
resistances,
4-wire type
Temperature
device
PREMA 3040
multiple-channel
precision thermometer
for max. 18 platinum
resistances. With facility
to switch from a measur-
ing point to another
Measuring
procedure:
4-wire resistance meas-
urement with continuous
value acquisition by the
connected sensors.
PT 100 linearization
according to EN 60751
32 F
RS-232 and
IEEE 488
115 10% Vac
or 230 10%
Vac. For 50 and 60 Hz
EN 61010,
EN 50081,
EN 50082 and EN 55011
59.30011 TESA UPT temperature device for TESA gage block comparators UPD and UPC
S59300105 TESA UPT temperature devices for other length measuring equipment
Fully calibrated for the measuring ranges from 66 F up to 75 F with a numerical interval to
32 F; supplied with SCS calibration certificate issued by the Swiss Calibration Service.
Uncertainty of measurement achieved during calibration: U = 32.05 F.
Consists of:
59.60010 1 up to 4 temperature sensors depending on users needs.
PT 100 platinum resistances offering exceptional stability over a long period of time
and minimum drift over years of use. Order number given for 1 item.
59.60017 1 PREMA 3040 temperature measuring unit
Precision unit including a facility to switch from a measuring point to another. If used with the
PT 100 platinum resistances: 18 measuring channels with a 32 F numerical interval.
Fitted with an RS-232 digital interface, 115 and 230 Vac for 50 and 60 Hz.
59.60012 1 Adapter
For the connection of up to 4 temperature sensors.
For cable adapter No. 59.60012 to temperature unit No. 59.60017.
For serial data transfer from PREMA 3040 to host computer,
9-pin / f and 9-pin / m.
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-16
Horizontal Measuring Bench
Internal and External Measuring with a Single Bench Micrometer.
Adjustable Measuring Pressure (-4 to +4 Newtons).
4" Measuring Capacity.
0-2" Measuring Range.
Maximum Permissible Error = .00002".
Heidenhain ND281 display with linear error compensation and RS-232.
ISO 9001 to 9003 Qualified Measuring System.
Calibration of Standards
Cylindrical test pins.
Setting standards with cylindrical,
plane-parallel measuring faces.
Threaded reference gages
(measured using the 3-wire method).
Setting masters.
Setting rings.
Calibration of Gages
Limit plug gages.
Plug gages GO.
Plug gages NOT GO.
Plain plug gages.
Ring gages GO.
Ring gages NOT GO.
Threaded plug gages.
Transport
packing
Identification
number
In-house
calibration
certificate
K-17
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Horizontal Measuring Bench with Floating
Measuring Table
Calibration of Measuring Instruments
Dial gages.
Precision indicators.
Dial test indicators (lever-type).
Electronic probes.
Horizontal measuring bench with floating measuring table
05939001 28894
Complete with the following:
1 Floating measuring table.
1 Set of standard inserts (min. dia. .4 in / 10 mm).
1 Set of standard anvils.
1 Heidenhain ND 281 display unit.
Horizontial floating
measuring table
0 to 4 / 0 to
100 mm for
external dimensions
.4 to 4.4 / 10 to 110 mm
with std accessories
.1 to 4.4 / 2.5 to 110
mm with optional
accessories
2 / 50 mm
measuring span
Max. perm.
error within the
measuring span, with
std accessories: 0.5 m
0.1 m
0 to 4 N
Opto-electronic
measuring
system with incremental
glass scale, type
LIF HEIDENHAIN
8.0
.
10
-6
/ F
Tilting range
of the floating table:
0.5
19 lbs. net
(main part
alone without table)
6 lbs. net
(floating table)
5 lbs. net
(fixed table)
50 F to 104 F
- 14 F to 104 F
EN 50081-1,
EN 50082-2,
EN 61000-4-2,
EN 61000-4-4
Measure horizontally or reposition the unit for
vertical measurements with the optional hori-
zontal stand.
Shown with: Bench stand with swiveling plate
(p/n 59.69000) and stand for Heidenhain
display (p/n 59.69001).
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-18
Horizontal Measuring Bench with
Fixed Measuring Table
Horizontal measuring bench with fixed measuring table
05939000 28417
Complete with the following:
1 Fixed measuring table.
1 Set of standard inserts (min. dia. .4 in / 10 mm).
1 Set of standard anvils.
1 Heidenhain ND 281 display unit display stand.
Workpiece Inspection
Examples for external dimensions:
Stepped shafts.
Cutting tools.
Cylindrical pins.
Ball tips.
Grooves.
Short-centering shoulders.
Threads (measured using the
3-wire method).
Examples for internal dimensions:
Through holes.
Blind bores.
Centering grooves.
Slots.
Sliding guides.
HEIDENHAIN ND 281
computing counter
Up/down
counter with
inside data processing
and output
LED
display
Alphanumeric, 9-digit
display plus signs
Auxiliary display for 14
measuring functions
0.00001 in or
0.0001 in
0.0001 mm or 0.001 mm
.394 / 10 mm
RS-232
32 F to 113F
- 22 F to 158 F
75%
100 to 240 Vac
(-15% to
+10%), 48 to 62 Hz
(W x H x D)
9.4 x 3.35 x 8.82 /
239 x 85 x 224 mm
3 lbs.
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
Noise acuteness
to grade 4
(VDE 0843 Parts 2 and 4)
EN 55022,
class B
K-19
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
Transport
packing
Optional Accessory Sets
Sets of I.D. Inserts for Fixed Table 59.69014
59.69017 27277 From .098" and larger
59.69019 27278 From .197" and larger
59.69016 27138 From .400" and larger
59.69018 27139 From .512" and larger
Sets of I.D. Inserts for Floating Table 59.69015
59.69021 27186 From .098" and larger
59.69023 27185 From .197" and larger
59.69020 27148 From .400" and larger
59.69022 27141 From .512" and larger
Sets of O.D. Measuring Anvils
59.69025 27143 Holders for points with M2.5 thread
59.69026 27144 Holders for points with 4-48 in thread
59.69028 27146 Carbide anvils to .078" dia.
Set of Thread Measuring Wires w/Holders
72.112023 41597
(Other sets and individual sizes also available)
59.69013 27149 Floating measuring fixture
59.69014 27147 Fixed measuring table
59.69015 27150 Floating measuring table +/- 5
59.69000 27129 Bench stand with swivelling plate
59.69001 27081 Stand for Heidenhain display
59.69002 27130 Block support for
59.69003/59.69004
59.69003 27131 Mounting plate w/H-shaped
clearance
59.69004 27132 Test indicator holding device
59.69005 27133 Block support for 59.69013
59.69006 27134 Support fixture for O.D.s up to
2.36
59.69007 27276 Resting pin .128" dia. for fixture
59.69006
59.69008 27275 Resting pin .240" dia. for fixture
59.69006
59.69009 27135 Micrometer spindle for checking
indicators
59.69010 27136 Holder for checking 8 mm
indicators
59.69011 27137 Holder for checking .375"
indicators
59.69012 27148 I.D. locating and traversing
fixture
Technical Specifications:
Designation Internal Measurements External Measurements
Overall measuring range .4 to 4.4" (10 to 110 mm) 0-4" (0-100 mm)
using standard inserts
Absolute scale range 2" (50 mm) 2" (50 mm)
Resolution 0.00001 /0.000005" 0.00001 /0.000005"
(0.0002/0.0001 mm) (0.0002 /0.0001 mm)
Max. measuring band error over 2"/50 mm
max .00002" (0.5 m) max .00002" (0.5 m)
Repeatability .000004" (0.1 m) .000004" (0.1 m)
Adjustable measuring pressure -4 to +4N -4 to +4N
Height displacement of measuring tables. 708" (18 mm)
Dimensions
Length 19.7" (500 mm)
Width 6.7" (170 mm)
Height 6.7" (170 mm)
Height when using stand 17.4" (440 mm)
Weight 48 lb
Weight using stand 90 lb
Technical Specifications
05969004
05969001
05969007/8
05969005
05969010
C
A
L
I
B
R
A
T
I
O
N

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
K-20
TESA D-Tect L10
Triaxial shock detection sensor
Sensitivity 1x10
-3
g at 10 Hz
Measuring Range 2 g
Dynamic Range 85 dB at 10 Hz
Bandpass DC 1500 Hz
Max Meas Acceleration 10 g
Time Response < 1 ms
Temperature Range -20 to 70C
Humidity 0 to 100%
Protection Index IP67
Supply Voltage 5 V DC
Supply Current 200 mA
Communicatio USB 2.0 port
Communication Protocol Baud Rate of 28800 or 19200
bits/s, 1 start bit- 1 stop bit,
8 data bits
Weight 1.8 lb./820 g
The TESA D-Tect L10 detects almost imperceptible shocks and disturbances that occur during
any dimensional inspection or high-precision manufacturing processes. The ultra-sensitive
TESA D-TecT L10 can detect small vibrations from 1x10
-3
g at a frequency of
10 Hz (sensitivity to 0.002m/s
2
). The
software allows a simple control of all the
events (accelerations) that occur during
the process.
The TESA D-Tect L10 can store two
adjustable presets. When excessive val-
ues are reached, the red light turns on
and the user can stop and repeat the
measuring process. All the out-of-toler-
ance thresholds are recorded into the
device memory and can then be down-
loaded to a computer through its digital
data output connnection.
Product No. EDP No. Description
05332001 42073 TESA D-Tect L10
Consists of: TESA D-Tect L10, Software, Instruction Manual, USB Cable,
Power Adaptor, Analog Cable, Certificate of Conformity.
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
SURFACE ROUGHNESS AND CONTOUR MEASUREMENT
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
L2
Roughness Parameters Commonly Used in Short
Mean roughness Ra (ISO 4287, DIN 4768)
The mean roughness Ra matches the arithmetical mean of the absolute values related to the
profile deviation y within the reference length l.
Max. profile valley depth Rmax (DIN 4768)
The max. profile valley depth Rmax counts for the most significant single roughness depths Zi
within the total length lm.
According to ISO 4288 and DIN 4287 - Part 1, this parameter is also specified as Ry max.
Mean roughness depth Rz DIN (DIN 4768)
The mean roughness depth Rz is the arithmetical mean of single roughness depths of successive
sampling lengths le.
According to ISO 4287 and DIN 4762, the parameter Rz DIN is also specified as Ry5.
Since Rz changes its name in both DIN 4768 and ISO 4287, this parameter is also specified as
Rz DIN or Rz ISO.
If the parameter Rz is measured according to DIN, it is generally admitted that the extreme
value specified by ISO is matched providing that Rz ISO does not exceed Rz DIN.
Use of Roughness Comparison Specimens
These specimens used for testing any surface finish quality have long proven their value in
praxis. They serve for touch and/or sight comparisons with the surface of work pieces that are
produced using the same manufacturing process. Condition is that materials have
to be comparable.
When comparing the workpiece surface against the specimen, roughness is not quantitatively
expressed. The assessment of the extent to which the surface finish of both is alike can
only be subjective.
Sight comparison requires optimum light source angle. For small surfaces, the use of a
magnifying glass with up to 8x magnification is recommended.
Touch comparison is made using the finger nail or a small cooper piece like a coin, for instance.
5 x l
ZZZZZ
12345 m
a
x
R
l
= l
t
e
e m
I
0
l
y
R
a
m
x
Post-course Pr-course
L-3
S
U
R
F
A
C
E

R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S

A
N
D

C
O
N
T
O
U
R

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
SURFACE ROUGHNESS AND CONTOUR MEASUREMENT SURFACE ROUGHNESS AND CONTOUR MEASUREMENT

06930010
3
RS 232
10C to 40C
-10C to +50C
120 x 55 x 80 mm
(gauge unit alone)

590 g

3
Suited
plastic case
Declaration
of conformity

23124 TESA RUGOSURF 10 roughness gauge
delivered with the following standard accessories:
Roughness standard, nominal value Ra = 2,97 !m / 117 !in
Rechargeable battery, 8,4 V, 120/250 mAh, NiCd or NiMH, PP3 format
Standard probe, type SB10
Battery charger
Adaptor for universal stand, 8 mm diameter
Positioning support
TESA RUGOSURF 10 Roughness Gauge
Robust, versatile and compact gauge unit designed for inspecting any work piece surface
finish and capturing roughness parameter values Wide variety of probes for the most
varied applications Possible tolerancing of each parameter available.
Interchangeable probe, swivelling through to 90 to let you measure even
in hard-to-reach recesses.
Extended autonomy. Can equally be connected to the mains adapter
or the battery pack for direct use on a machine-tool.
Value storage, output or transfer to a PC (up to 30 values).
RS 232 data output for full use and further storage of the measurement results.
Automatic switch over to idle mode if left unused for 40 seconds.
Preserve the battery pack.
Fast and easy analysis of the results obtained from the measured
parameters with assigned tolerances.
2 probe positions
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
S
U
R
F
A
C
E

R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S

A
N
D

C
O
N
T
O
U
R

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
L4

06930011
3
RS 232
10C to 40C
-10C to +50C
120 x 55 x 80 mm
(gauge unit alone)

590 g

3
Suited
plastic case
Declaration
of conformity

24720 TESA RUGOSURF 10G roughness gauge
Delivered with the following standard accessories:
Roughness standard, nominal value Ra = 2,97 !m / 117 !in
Rechargeable battery, 7,2 V, 300 mAh, NiMH PP3 format
Standard probe, type SB10
Battery charger
Adaptor for universal stand, 8 mm diameter
Positioning support
TESA RUGOSURF 10G Roughness Gauge
Portable, versatile gauge unit with compact design well suited for receiving inspection or
for use in the production area or the measurement laboratory.
Measure roughness parameters according to ISO 4287:1997/
JIS B0601: 2001, DIN and ISO 12085:1998 (MOTIF or CNOMO).
TFT graphic colour display for optimum visual representation,
of the measured parameters and work piece profiles, size 2".
Direct displaying of the measured values and computed profiles.
33 roughness parameters available.
Wide autonomy through mains adapter or battery pack.
Possible storage, output or transfer to a PC of the results obtained
from at least 1000 measurements.
Possible tolerancing of all parameter values.
Multilingual function menus.
RS 232 data output enabling a direct connection to the printer unit or
a conventional PC equipped with the RUGOSOFT 10 software
(optional
for both).
2 probe positions
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
L-5
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Technical Data
06930010 06930011
RUGOSURF 10 RUGOSURF 10G
ISO 4287-1997/JIS B0601
Ra - Rq (RMS) - Rt - Rz - Rc -
Rsm - Rmr
ISO 12085 (CNOMO)
Pt - R - Rx - AR
16 mm 16 mm (0.63 in)
160 m 300 m (11810 in)
mm mm / in
Ra 0 40 m Ra 0 75 m (0 2952 in)
Rt 0,05 160 m Rt 0,05 300 m (0 11810 in)
0,01 m 0,001 m (0.01 in)
0,25-0,8-2,5 mm 0,25- 0,8- 2,5 mm (0.01- 0.03- 0.1 inch)
5 m, 90 5 m, 90
0,75 mN (ISO 3274) 0,75 mN (ISO 3274)
120 x 55 x 80 mm 120 x 55 x 80 mm
590 g 590 g
ISO 4287-1997/JIS B0601: 2001
Ra - Rq (RMS) - Rt - Rz - Rp - Rc -
Rv - Rsm - R c - Rmr - Pa - Pq-
Pt - Pp - Pc - Pv - Psm - P c
RPc - PPc
Rk - Rpk - Rvk - Mr1 - Mr2
Rmax
R3z - R3zm
Pt - R - Rx - AR
Display LCD, 2 lines of 16 characters TFT colour display, 2" in size
Roughness parameters according to
according to
Measuring span
X-axis
Z-axis
Unit system
Range of indication
Resolution
Cut-off length
Numerical filter Gaussian as per ISO 11562 Gauss as per ISO 11562
Traversing length It (number of cut-offs + 1) x c (number of cut-offs + 1) x c
Cut-off Ic number of cut-offs x c number of cut-offs x c
Number of selectable 2 to 5 1 to 10 = 0,25 and 0,8 mm
cut-offs 1 to 5 = 2,5 mm
Keypad 4-key pad, membrane-type, 4-key version, membrane-type,
protected against dust particles protected against dust particles
and liquids and liquids
Probe type Inductive probe Inductive probe
Stylus tip Diamond tip Diamond tip
Tip radius
Measuring force
Languages English, French, German, Spanish, English, French, German, Spanish,
Italian, Portuguese Italian, Portuguese
Autonomy up to 200 measurements up to 999 measurements
Power supply Battery pack, 8,4 V 170 mAh Battery pack, 7,2V 300 mAh
Power consumption 3 VA max., 220 V 6,5 VA max., 220 V
Overall dimensions
Weight
according to
according to PrEN 10049
according to ISO 13565
according to DIN 4776
according to DB N31007
according to ISO 12085 (CNOMO)
06930010 06930011
23124 24720
RUGOSURF 10 RUGOSURF 10G
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
L6
5
.
5
1,75
16
SB10
1
1
5
1,75
16
SB20
1
1
5
,
5
1
17,25
1
1
5
,
5
4
17,25
SB50
1
1
3
,
5
1,75
22
SB30
1
1
Matrix Printer
06960036 23128 SB10
06960037 23129 SB20
06960038 23130 SB30
06960039 23131 SB40
06960040 23132 SB50
06960056 29453
06960057 29454 SP110
Standard probe for surfaces and bores with diameters
to >10 mm (external) or > 6 mm (internal).
Probe for grooves, max depth 5 mm.
Probe for small bores from 4 mm dia.
Probe with V-skid for cables with external diameter
to >1 mm.
Probe with front mounted contact skid for concave surfaces.
Ideal for 90 measurement.
Extension, 100 mm long.
Probe for concave or convex surfaces,
min. tip radius to 5 mm.
Optional Probes
06960033
06960043
06960044
23125 Matrix printer, 24 columns
Provided along with:
Rechargeable battery pack
Connecting cable for Printer to RUGOSURF 10 / 10G / 90G
23135 Inked ribbon (3 items)
23136 Paper roll, 57 mm wide (10 units)
L-7
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
RUGOSOFT 10 Software
06960034 23126 Rugosoft 10 software
Provided along with:
CD with all instructions for installation, 6 languages available
Instruction manual plus on-line help (included on the CD)
RS 232 connecting cable
06960035
06960041
06960042
06960045
06960046
06960047
23127 Support with granite base, 400 x 250 mm
23133 Roughness standard, nominal value Ra = 2,97 m / 117 in
23134 Foot switch
29442 Battery pack for powering Rugosurf 10G
29443 Mains adapter, 100 to 240 Vac / 50 to 60 Hz
29444 Suited plastic case for both Rugosurf 10 and 10G
S
U
R
F
A
C
E

R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S

A
N
D

C
O
N
T
O
U
R

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
L8
3
RS 232
10C to 40C
-10C to +50C
120 x 55 x 90 mm
(gauge unit alone)

3 kg

3
Suited
plastic case
Declaration
of conformity
TESA RUGOSURF 90G Roughness Gauge
Small-size, versatile roughness tester providing maximum ease of use
Ideally suited for high-precision measurements on the shop floor or in
the measurement laboratory.
Measure roughness parameters according to ISO 4287, 12085
(CNOMO), 13565, DIN 4776 and JIS B060:2001.
TFT tactile colour display, 3,5".
Three straight function keys.
Graphical interface.
Direct displaying of the measured values and computed profiles.
Measuring range 50 mm / 2 in.
Measuring span 1000 m.
Intechangeable probe stylus, with or without contact skid.
Possible tolerancing of parameters.
RS 232 digital output for data transmission to a PC running
TESA Measurement Studio (software available as an option).

06930012

29441 TESA RUGOSURF 90G roughness gauge
Supplied with the following standard accessories:
Roughness standard, Ra = 2,97 !m / 117 !in
Rechargeable built-in battery, 12 V
SB60/10 standard probe, with or without contact skid
Probe holder with two positions Locked for probe without skid
Unlocked for probe with skid
Guiding column, measuring travel 90 mm
Battery charger, 110 to 240V, 50/60 Hz
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
L-9
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
06930012 29441
RUGOSURF 90G
Ra Rq Rt Rz Rp Rv Rc RSm Rc
Pa Pq Pt Pq Pv Pc PSm Pc
Wa Wq Wt Wz Wp Wv Wc WSm Wc
Rk Rpk Rvk Mr1 Mr2
PPc - RPc- WPc
Rmax
R3z R3zm
Pt R AR Rx Wte Aw Wx Rke Rpke - Rvke
50 mm
1000 m
mm / in
0,001 m (0.01 in)
Cut-offs 0,08 - 0,25 - 0,8 - 2,5 - 8 mm
0,5 mm/s 1 mm/s
1 19 = 0,08; 0,25; 0,8; 2,5 mm
1 5 = 8 mm
0,75 mN (ISO 3274)
20 VA, max. 220 V
3 kg
Display TFT tactile colour display, size 3,5"
Resolution 320 x 240 pixels, 256 colours
Roughness parameters according to ISO 4287:1997/JIS B0601:2001
according to PrEN 10049
according to DIN 4776
according to DB N31007
according to ISO 12085 (CNOMO)
Measuring span
X-axis
Z-axis
Unit system
Resolution
Cut-offs
Numerical filter Gaussian as per ISO 11562
Traversing length It (number of cut-offs + 1) x c (max. 50 mm)
Cut-off lc number of cut-offs x c
Probing speed
Number of selectable
cut-offs
Keypad 3-key pad, membrane-type, protected against dust particles and
liquids
Probe type inductive probe
Probe tip diamond-type
Tip radius 5 m, 90 angle
Measuring force
Available languages English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese
Autonomy 200 profiles, up to 60 000 measurements.
Power supply integrated battery pack, 12V Battery charger 100 to 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Power consumption
Overall dimensions 270 x 140 x 90 mm (gauge unit alone)
Weight
Technical data
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
L10
5
16
1
1
60
A
22
16
1
1
60
20
1
1
60
4
2
2
25
1
1
60
1
5
1
,
2
Fig. 1
Optional Probes
SB120 P Probe SB120 S Probe
SB60/10 Probe
with contact skid without contact skid
A To remove the skid, both screws on the front face need
to be unscrewed. If so, use the probe very carefully for
any further measurement (see Fig. 1).
06960049 29446 SB60/10
06960050 29447 SB20 P
06960051 29448 SB30 P
06960052 29449 SB40P
06960053 29450 SB50P
06960054 29451 SB120P
06960058 30240 SB120S
Probe with contact skid
For surfaces and bores with diameter
to >10 mm (external) or from > 6 mm (internal).
Probe without contact skid
For surfaces, profiles and small bores with diameter
from 2 mm.
Probe for grooves, max. depth 5 mm.
Probe for small bores from 4 mm.
Probe with V-skid for cables with external diameter
to >1 mm.
Probe with contact skid for concave surfaces.
Ideal for 90 measurement.
Probe for grooves, max. depth 20 mm.
Probe for grooves, without skid, max. depth 15 mm.
06960041
06960048
06960055
23133 Roughness standard, Ra = 2.97 m / 117 in
29445 TESA Measurement Studio software
Supplied with:
CD including all instructions for installation in 6 languages
Instruction manual plus on-line help (included on the CD)
RS 232 connecting cable
29452 Support with granite base, 630 x 400 mm
L-11
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
RUGO-
TEST
081112346 RUGOTEST A4
081112053 1 27 N2 N10
081112054 2 6 N6 N11
081112055 3 18 N6 N11
081112056 4 6 N6 N8
081112345 RUGOTEST A6
081112058 101 6 N6 N11
081112059 102 6 N5 N10
081112060 103 6 N5 N10
081112061 104 8 N1 N8
081112062 105 8 N1 N8
081112063 107 6 N5 N10
RUGOTEST mm g
081112053 1 135 x 105 160
081112054 2 120 x 90 160
081112055 3 120 x 90 190
081112056 4 120 x 90 160
081112057 5 120 x 90 200
081112058 101 110 x 50 110
081112059 102 110 x 50 105
081112060 103 110 x 50 110
081112061 104 130 x 50 125
081112062 105 130 x 50 130
081112063 107 110 x 50 110
081112344 12 127 x 27 60
081112346 A4 330 x 250 710
081112345 A6 330 x 250 780
3
Number ISO
of single roughness
specimens parameters
Consisting of the following single specimens:
Metal working
Hand grinding
Shot blasting
Hand filing
Consisting of the following single specimens:
Planing
Turning
Face milling
Surface grinding
Circular grinding
Spark erosion
3
ISO 2632
Parts 1 and 2
Rust-resistant
nickel
Specimens
for roughness
comparison
cannot be used as reference
ones. Therefore, they are
not suitable for calibrating
surface roughness testers.
Leather case
RUGOTEST Roughness Comparison Specimens
For touch and/or sight comparisons of the workpiece surface finish.
Sets of roughness specimens for single machining
methods according to ISO roughness parameters
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
L12
12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 45
m 0,40 0,56 0,80 1,12 1,60 2,24 3,15 4,5 6,3 9,0 12,5 18,0
081112344 12

N0 N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8 N9 N10 N11
m 0,0125 0,025 0,05 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,8 1,6 3,2 6,3 12,5 25
in 0.5 1 2 4 8 16 32 63 125 250 500 1000
m / in
RUGO-
TEST
081112053 1 27
3

5

5

6

4

4

081112054 2 6

081112055 3 18
3

6

3

6

081112056 4 6
3

3

081112057 5 10
5

5

081112058 101 6

081112059 102 6

081112060 103 6

081112061 104 8

081112062 105 8

081112063 107 6

Charmille roughness parameters
Mean roughness Ra
Number
of single
specimens
Spark erosion
ISO roughness parameters
Mean roughness value Ra
Mean roughness value Rz ISO These values change depending on the used machining method
Number
of single-
No. specimens
Metal working
Side milling
Face milling
Turning/Planing
Grinding
Lapping
Finish grinding/Honing
Hand grinding
Shot blasting
Blasting grains
spherical coarse
fine
angular coarse
fine
Hand filing
straight
intersected
Hand polishing
Surface shape
cylindrical
plane
Planing
Turning
Face milling
Plane grinding
Circular grinding
Spark erosion
Specimens for individual machining methods
according to ISO roughness parameters
Specimens according to Charmille roughness
parameters (VDI 3400)
L-13
S
U
R
F
A
C
E

R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S

A
N
D

C
O
N
T
O
U
R

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
SURFACE ROUGHNESS AND CONTOUR MEASUREMENT SURFACE ROUGHNESS AND CONTOUR MEASUREMENT
TESA Profilmeter 50
TESA Profilmeter is a powerful, high-performance testing tool. The Profilmeter with dedicated
software allows all profile shapes as well as curve angle and radius to be measured easily, rapidly
and accarately.
TESA Profilmeter is the best testing solution for both internal and
external profiles with a sophisticated geometric shape, as well as for many
other industrial testing applications.
Interchangeable probes
Windows-based software with graphic interface and CAD functions
Automatic measurement cycle for part series
Features:
Easy-to-operate
Broad measuring range:
X = 8.85in/225mm Z = 1.96in/50mm
Semi-automatic
functioning Simple connection
with USB
06930100 42054 Profilmeter 50 Contour Gage
Supplied with Calbration Standard, Probe, Software Installation CD, User Manual, USB
Connection Cable, and US Power Cable.
Measuring Span X = 8.85in/225mm, Z = 1.96in/50mm
Resolution 0.01m
Tester Base Size 31.5in/800mm x 15.75in/400mm
Accuracy X = 1.5 + L/100 m (L in mm)
Z = 2 + H/25 m (H in mm)
Motorized X/Z
Column Manual (11.8in/300mm)
Measuring Speed 0.2 - 0.5 - 1 - 2 mm/s
Measuring Angle Up = 70, Down = 85
Filter Gaussian
Measuring System Incremental Glass Scal
Stylus Hard steel shape
Stylus Radius 20 m, 11
Languages English, French, German, Italian
Interface USB
Power Supply 115 - 230V, 50 - 60 Hz
Dimensions (W x D x H) Appr. 39.4 x 22.4 x 28.5 in
Weight Appr. 88 lbs.
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
R
O
U
G
H
N
E
S
S
A
N
D
C
O
N
T
O
U
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
L14
Profile Studio Software
Translation and positioning of the probe to
the part can be done with the joystick on the
machine or in the software with positioning
utility window. Test run provides a quick
over-view of the setting before measuring at
a speed between 0.2mm/s and 2mm/s.
Easily rotate the profile, define features and
quote the various dimensions. The deviation
to the feature shows the maximum error of
the profile according to the created feature.
Printed a report with standard or personal-
ized headline. Or, simply export the profil as
DXF to further use in CAD.
Standard Accessories Description
Calibration Standard Calibrated standard covering the Z measuring
range. Permits calibration of the probe to
the machine.
Probe Standard probe with rod. Length = 32mm,
Angle = 11, Diameter = 3.0 h7, Radius = 20 m
Optional Probes Part Number EDP Number Length Angle Diameter Radius
PP32 06960104 42157 32mm 11 3.0 h7 20 m
PP52 06960105 42158 52mm 11 3.0 h7 20 m
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-2
Made to Measure in a
Manufacturing Environment
Brown & Sharpe offers a full line of height gages
to meet any manufacturing requirement, from
first piece and layout inspection to tool setup
and incoming inspection. Each model offers a full
range of measuring capability, and, when com-
bined with optional features and special acces-
sories, can be custom designed to solve any shop
floor measuring problem.
With powerful, built-in software, the MICRO-
HITE
2D Electronic Height Gage makes two-

dimensional measurement with a single axis
height gage fast and easy. Two-dimensional
measuring capability lets MICRO-HITE determine
concentricity or express the relationship between
holes, patterns or the features of a part in polar
or rectangular coordinates. The easy-to-use key-
board and interactive LC display guides operators
through measurement
operations.
The MICRO-HITE plus M Motorized Electronic
Height Gage with its exclusive rotary power
feature adds a new level of measurement speed
and accuracy to shop floor inspection applica-
tions. This advanced technology height gage can
be switched between motorized and
manual operation with no loss of accuracy.
TESA-HITE
Electronic Height Gages automati-

cally calculate measurement dimensions and
determine the gage head constant to eliminate
time consuming setup. The new TESA-HITE 400
and 700 model height gages feature a built-in air
cushion and fixed panel. TESA-HITE
Electronic
Height Gages feature programmed routines for
the most commonly used measurement func-
tions, allowing faster, more efficient complex
measurement tasks.
TESA-HITE
motorized probe system can be

operated in both axial and radial measurement
positions by simply changing the probe. The
TESA-HITE includes an adjustable support arm,
support column, granite base and
RS-232 output.
The motorized MICRO-HITE
100 is designed to
measure small workpieces next to production
equipment or in an inspection lab. It has a meas-
uring range of 4 in / 100 mm and includes a
large LCD field on the control panel for the dis-
play of measured values and information symbols.
ETALON
Height and Scribing Gages with digital

display or vernier readout provide a versatile
addition to shop floor metrology operations.
All Brown & Sharpe height gages are precision
built for high reliability and accuracy in the
toughest shop floor conditions. To learn more
about how Brown & Sharpe height gages can
add a new dimension to your measuring and
inspection operations, contact your local distribu-
tor or log on to www.brownandsharpe.com.
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-3
Height Measurement- One of
Brown & Sharpe TESAs Strengths
Brown & Sharpe TESA offers an impressive range of height gages to users who can choose the con-
venient model according to their application related metrological requirements, as well as to their
financial capability. This wide range goes from the simple scribing gage to the motorized height gage
having the ability to execute two-dimensional measurements.
1D 2D
M-4 8 870 1095 l l
M-7 2,5+4L 870 1095 l l l
M-10 2+3L 1075 1300 l l l l l
M-14 2+1,5L 1075 1300 l l l l l l l
M-19 1/2 160 360 l l l
M-23 1/2 160 360 l l l l l l
M-28 40 1000 l
M-28 50 600 l
TESA-HITE
Magna
TESA-HITE
TESA
MICRO-HITE
TESA-HITE
TESA-HITE
+Power Panel
Plus M
TESA
MICRO-HITE
plus M
Measuring capabilities
Moto-
Details m Accessory Accessory rised
Height Gage Models on page (L in m) Std (mm) Spec. (mm)
ETALON
dial height and
scribing gages
ETALON
height and
scribing gages
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-4
3
Factory
standard
83 x 49 mm
LC display.
7-decade plus
minus sign. Also with
graphical symbols for all
active functions.
0.001/ 0.005/
0.01 mm or
0.001/ 0.0002/
0.001 in
12 mm
Metric/Inch
conversion
Measuring span,
application range
and precision:
see relevant table on
page M-5.
Nickel plated
gage base
(chemical coating)
Magnetic
scale
(12 1,5) x
10
-6
K
-1
Probing head
mounted on a
ball-bearing,
hand wheel for head dis-
placement, fine setting. Head
drive carriage can be locked.
500 mm/s
20 in/s
1,5 0,5 N
(at switch
point)
RS 232
Rechargeable
batteries, 6V
60 h
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
100%
IP55 or IP65 for
both electronics
and measuring
system (IEC 60529)
See table
on page M-5
EN 61326,
Class B
(with disconnected
charger)
Shipping
packaging
TESA-HITE magna 400 and 700
Made to withstand severe workshop conditions
Both TESA-HITE magna 400 and 700 are equipped with the patented TESA magna system.
They are designed to remain unaffected even in the toughest conditions (water and oil
splashing, dust particles).
They have exceptional features that make them indispensable for the workshop while also
offering the most favourable price-performance relationship. Robust and dependable, their
modern design provides the highest resistance for use close to the production area.
Each height gage is battery-powered and serve to measure height or step dimensions, diam-
eters, centre-to-centre distance of bores or grooves, width of nuts, and much more.
Wide application range, two
sizes available with measuring
span to 16 in/415 mm/16 in or
28 in / 715 mm, respectively.
Electronics totally protected
against oil and water splashing
or dust particles (IP65).
Control panel with numerical
display to 0.001/0.005/0,01
mm or 0.0001/ 0.0002/ 0.001 in.
Dynamic probing of the work-
piece with a constant measuring
force.
Check bores and shafts with
ease using TESAs unique device
for automatic detection of the
culmination point patented.
Acoustic signal to acknowledge
value capture, also conveniently
programmable.
Ability to measure parallelism
errors.
TESAs magnetic system, guar-
anteeing correct operating even
in harsh workshop conditions
patented.
Large LC display, also with
symbols for the measuring
functions.
Zero-setting anywhere within
the measuring range.
PRESET function for entering
any given value.
Inch/metric conversion.
RS 232 data output.
SCS calibration certificate pro-
vided with each height gage.
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-5
6
0
40
40
22
52
5
00760169 00760164
7
3
20
6
25
00760143
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
SCS calibration
certificate
Standard Accessories for TESA-HITE magna 400 / 700
00730047
00730059
00760143 1
00760164 1
00760169 1
00760157 1
04761054 1
04761055 1
04761056 1
TESA-HITE magna 400 / 700
TESA-HITE magna 400 height gage
Measuring span 16 in / 415 mm
Application range 0 -22 in / 0 -570 mm
TESA-HITE magna 700 height gage
Measuring span of 28 in / 715 mm
Application range of 0 -34 in / 0 -870 mm
Each height gage is supplied with the following standard accessories:
1 Standard insert holder
1 Standard insert with a 5 mm dia. tungsten carbide ball tip
1 Master piece for establishing the probe constant,
nominal dimension to 0.0000 in / 0.000 mm
1 Rechargeable battery, 6V
1 Mains adapter, 100 -240 Vac/ 50 -60Hz
1 Cable EU for mains adapter
1 Cable US for mains adapter
Technical Data
TESA-HITE magna
400 700
in 16 285
mm 415 715
in 0 - 22 0 - 34
mm 0 - 570 0 - 870
in 0 - 24 0 - 36
00760057 mm 0 - 625 0 - 925
in 0 - 31 0 - 43
S07001622 mm 0 - 795 0 - 1095
in < 0.0003 < 0.0003
m < 8 < 8
2 = < 3 m / <0.00015 in
2 = < 5 m / <0.00020 in
lb. 33 40
With standard
accessory
With insert holder
No.
With insert holder
No.
With
standard accessory
With Flat surfaces:
standard accessory
Holes:
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-6
04761052 RS 232 connecting cable (PC to TESA PRINTER SPC)
For additional accessories, see page M-25
Optional Accessories for TESA-HITE magna 400 / 700
h
1
h
4
h
2
h
5
h
3
h
1
h
2
b
1
h
1
a
1
b
2
h
3
h
2
a
2
b
1
.....
Parallelism Measurement
One-Dimensional Measurement
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-7
3
Factory
standard
83 x 49 mm
LC display.
7-decade plus
minus sign. Also with
graphical symbols for all
active functions.
0.00001/ 0.0001 /
0.001 in
0.0001/ 0.001/
0.01 mm
12 mm
Metric/Inch
conversion
Air-cushion
for easy
displacement
over the surface plate.
Measuring span, application
range and precision:
see table on page M-5.
Nickel plated
gage base
(chemical coating)
with bottom face including
3 resting points, finely
lapped.
Frontal,
model 400 < 9 m,
model 700 <13 m
Incremental
glass scale,
opto-electronic
(12 1,5) x
10
-6
K
-1
Probing head
mounted on a
ball-bearing,
hand wheel for head dis-
placement, fine setting. Head
drive carriage can be locked.
500 mm/s
20 in/s
1,5 0,5 N
(at switch
point)
RS 232
Rechargeable
batteries, 6V
60 h
10C to 40C
-10C to 60C
80%,
non-condensing
IP40, electronics
to IP65
(IEC 60529)
TESA-HITE 400 / 700
Precision in motion
The two TESA-HITE 400 and 700 height gages are fitted with the patented, opto-elec-
tronic TESAs measuring system with incremental glass scale. Due to their robust and reli-
able construction, they are ideally suited for dimensional inspection on the shop floor.
Full autonomy is ensured through battery power. Each model allows height
or step dimensions, diameters, centre-to-centre distances, groove width and the like to
be accurately measured. Excellent price/performance ratio.
Wide application range, two
sizes available with measuring
span of 16 in / 415 mm or 28 in
/ 715 mm, respectively.
Integrated air-bearing for easy
displacement across the granite
plate.
Electronics totally protected
against oil and water splashing,
dust particles (IP65).
Control panel with numerical
display to 0.00001 / 0.0001 / 0.001
in or 0.0001 / 0.001 / 0.01 mm.
Dynamic probing of the work-
piece with a constant measuring
force.
Check bores or shafts with ease
using TESAs unique device for
automatic detection of the cul-
mination point patented.
Acoustic signal to acknowledge
value capture, also conveniently
programmable.
Ability to measure any deviation
in parallelism.
Possible use of a digital sensor
for determining perpendicular-
ity errors with stated angle of
the
linear regression line.
Patented TESAs opto-electronic
system. Long-lasting stability of
the glass scale for unbroken
high accuracy.
Large LC display with symbols
for the measuring functions.
Zero-setting anywhere within
the measuring range.
PRESET function for entering
any given value.
Metric/inch conversion.
RS 232 data output.
SCS calibration certificate pro-
vided with each height gage.
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-8
00730043
00730044
00760143 1
00760164 1
00760219 1
00760226 1
00760157 1
04761054 1
04761055 1
04761056 1
29,9
1
1
8
1
2
4
,
3
5
50
9
6
,
3
5
22
52
5
00760219 00760164
7
3
20
6
25
00760143
TESA-HITE 400 /700
TESA-HITE 400 height gage
TESA-HITE 700 height gage
Each height gage is supplied with the following standard accessories:
1 Standard insert holder
1 Standard insert with a 5 mm dia. tungsten carbide ball tip
1 Master piece for establishing the probe constant,
nominal dimension to 6,350 mm / 0.2500 in
1 Electric pump for creating the air-cushion beneath the gage base,
already mounted
1 Rechargeable battery, 6V
1 Mains adapter 100 -240 Vac/50 -60 Hz
1 Cable EU for mains adapter
1 Cable US for mains adapter
See table
opposite
EN 61326, Class B
(with disconnected
charger)
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
SCS calibration
certificate
Standard Accessories for
TESA-HITE 400 / 700
TESA-HITE TESA-HITE
400 700
in 16 28
mm 415 715
in 0 - 22 0 - 34
mm 0 -570 0 -870
in 0 - 24 0 - 36
00760057 mm 0 -625 0 -925
in 0 - 31 0 - 43
S07001622 mm 0 -795 0 -1095
in
m
<0.0001 in / 2 = <2 m
<0.00015 in / 2 = <3 m
in 0.00035 0.0005
m 9 13
lb. 59.5 70.5
With
standard accessory
With insert holder
No.
With insert holder
No.
With 0.0001+0.000004 L) in (L in in)
standard accessory ((2,5+4 L) m (L in m)
With Flat surfaces:
standard accessory
Holes:
Frontal,
mechanical
Technical data
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-9
04760070
04761052
.../L
.....
AUTO RANGE
RANGE A B MEM Tol M HOLD UNIT
00760222
04760070
Digico 12
GT-21
00760222
04760070 04761060
RS port. Used to connect a digital sensor
for perpendicularity measurement
RS 232 connecting cable (PC to TESA PRINTER SPC)
For additional accessories, report to page M-25
Standard Accessories for TESA-HITE 400 / 700
One-Dimensional Measurement
Perpendicularity Measurement
Configuration for Perpendicularity Measurement
Parallelism Measurement
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-10
Over 25 years of technology and innovation have produced the TESA-HITE
family of height gages, offering exceptional features at an affordable price.
The newest addition to the TESA-HITE family, the TESA-HITE Plus m, offers
increased accuracy, a built in air cushion, and a new ergonomically designed
control panel providing geometric functions for 1D and 2D measurement.
All TESA-HITE height gages offer a generous 400mm and 700mm measuring
span and their electronics are completely protected against liquid and dust
penetration. Automatic diameter measurements can be taken using TESAs
patented system for determining the culmination point and TESA-HITE height
gages make it easy to capture parallelism errors.
Featuring:
16(400 mm) and 28(700 mm) measuring range
Electronics completely protected against liquids or dust penetration
Automatic diameter measurement using TESAs patented system which
determines the culmination point
Parallelism and perpendicularity measurements
TESA opto-electronic measuring system (patented)
Compatible with TESA MICRO-HITE accessories, including measuring
inserts and holder
SCS calibration certificate delivered with each instrument
TESA-HITE 400 and 700
plus-m
Precision in motion
V
i
e
w
A
l
l
N
e
w
P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-11
Built-in air bearing
New ergonomically designed control panel, available with built-in printer
Easy-to-use, intuitive power control
Geometric functions for 1D or 2D measurements
Automatic programming and generation of the measurement cycles
Statistical data processing
Opto-electronic TESA measuring system. patented
A variety of accessories compatible with all other height gages made by TESA
SCS calibration certificate provided free of charge
Plus, of course, the guarantee to get a truly SWISS MADE product!
Technical Data TESA-HITE Plus m
400 700
rder No.
With printer
00730057
Without printer
00730045
With printer
00730058
Without printer
00730046
EDP No. 35362 35359 35363 35360
Measuring span 15.95 in/405 mm 27.75 in/715 mm
Application range with
standard insert holder
00760143
22 in/560 mm 33 in/860 mm
insert holder
00760057
0 - 24 in /0 - 615 mm 0 - 35 in/0 - 915 mm
insert holder
S07001622
0 - 24 in /0 - 615 mm 0 - 35 in/0 - 915 mm
Max. perm. error (2.5+3 L) m (L in m)/ (0.0001+0.000003L) in ( L in in)
Repeatability
2s=<1 m/2s=<0.00005 in (flat surfaces)
2s=<2 m/2s=<0.0001 in (inside bores)
Resolution .00001 / .0001 / .001 in / .0.0001 / 0.001 / 0.01 mm
Max. deviation in
perpendicularity (frontal)
8 m /0.00031 in 12 m /0.00047 in
Displacement speed 600mm/s
Measuring force 1.0 N 0.5 N (acoustic signal)
Autonomy 60 h
Mass 59.5lb. 70.5lb.
Air Cushion es es
Battery pack 6 V battery, rechargeable
Digital output RS-232
Protection degree
IP40 for control panel / IP65
for electronic unit and measuring system
Motorized es
Measuring head lock No
Fine ad ustment No
Storage temperature range -10C to 60C
perating temperature range 10C to 40C
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-12
MICRO-HITE
plus M Electronic Height Gage

The MICRO-HITE plus M Electronic
Height Gage combines the positioning
speed of a manual height gage with
the precision and user friendliness of a
motorized height gage for improved
inspection throughput and operator
productivity. With the exclusive TESA
rotary power feature, users can switch
between manual and motorized oper-
ation with no loss of measurement
accuracy.
A simple-to-use keyboard controls 1D
measurement operations. Large, clear
icons guide operators easily through
flat surface and diameter measure-
ments. It is available with a Power
Panel that incorporates 2D measuring
capability, plus the ability to store part
programs. Special mechanical align-
ment allows the MICRO-HITE plus M
Electronic Height Gage to be used in
combination with a test indicator to
quickly and accurately inspect the
squareness of parts on a surface plate.
An on-board microprocessor automati-
cally compensates for the probe size,
calculates the size of slots and projec-
tions, and determines the centerlines
of features. All MICRO-HITE probe
holders and probes, as well as CAPAX
2000 probes can be used with the
MICRO-HITE plus M Electronic Height
Gage.
MICRO-HITE plus M
Features
Constant measuring force of 1N.
Available in measuring ranges of
14"/365 mm, 24"/615 mm or
36"/920 mm.The measuring range
can be extended with optional
insert holders.
Rotary power control.
Built-in air bearing for effortless
movement across the surface plate.
Computer-Aided Accuracy (CAA).
Coefficient of linear expansion
matches steel.
RS-232 data output.
SCS calibration certificate.
MICRO-HITE
main instruments
350 / 600 / 900
Factory
standard
Measuring span,
application range and
accuracy as shown on
page K-12
Rust-inhibitor
cast iron base with
3 ground circular faces
in hardened stainless
steel
Air cushion
for easy move-
ment of the height gage
across the surface plate
Frontal,
for models
350 < 6 m
600 < 8 m
900 < 12 m
Incremental
glass scale
with reference point,
dividing period of 20 m.
Opto-electronic value
capture (TESA patent).
11.5 x 10
-6
K
-1
Measuring head
mounted on a
ball-bearing and dis-
placed by means of both
the knurled wheel and
crank. Drive system can
be locked or tightened.
Fine adjust can also be
additionally mounted.
Available as an option.
Automatic value capture
with a constant measur-
ing force. Visual and
acoustic signal for
acknowledgment.
12 in / s
300 mm / s
1.6 0.25 N
(at switch point)
RS-232,
opto-electronic
SCS calibration
certificate
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-13
TESA MICRO-HITE
plus M
Unmatched Measuring Power, Performance
and User-Friendliness
Measuring without change of the probe direction
Probe constant excluded
Measuring with change of the probe direction
With probe constant included
without storage of the cul-
mination point
with storage of the culmina-
tion point
h
2
h
1
h
4
h
3
h
4
h
1
b
2
b
1
h
3
h
2
h
2
h
1
2
1
h
3
0
0
0
Y
X
0
0
YW
XW
0
YG
XG
.../L
.../L
Measuring in two coordinate directions
Establishing form and position errors
TESA System
with TESATAST
and with TESA IG-13
Parallelism
error
Run-out
error
max.
min.
max.-min.
Rechargeable
battery pack,
6 V, 3,0 Ah or
mains adapter 110 to
240 Vac/50 to 60 Hz
12 hours after full
recharging
(8 hours)
50 F to 104 F
10 C to 40 C
14 F to 140 F
10 C to 60 C
80%, with no con-
densation
IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 61326-1,
Class B
(with disconnected charger)
Net weights (with-
out panel
and battery pack)
main part 350: 73 lb
600: 84 lb
900: 209 lb
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
SCS
calibration
certificate
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-14
TESA MICRO-HITE
plus M 350 / 600 / 900 in Sets

00730063 29275 TESA MICRO-HITE plus M Set 350
Each set consists of the following components, without control panel:
00730060 1 TESA MICRO-HITE plus M main instrument G
07.60143 28748 1 Standard probe insert holder C G G G
07.60062 42568 1 Standard probe insert with a
5 mm dia. ball tip B G G G
07.60219 28747 1 Master piece with nominal size
0.25 in/6.35 mm A G G G
00760142 1 Electric pump already mounted for generating
the air cushion beneath the gage base G G G
07.60141 86715 1 Battery pack G G G
47.61054 88187 1 Mains adapter, 110 to 240 Vac/50 to 60 Hz G G G
47.61056 88188 1 Cable US for mains adapter G G G
07.60151 86960 1 Dust cover for TESA MICRO-HITE plus M G
00760219
00760143
00760062
Technical Data
A
B
C
Models 350 600 900
in 14 24 36
mm 365 615 920
in 0 20 0 30 0 42
With standard accessory mm 0 520 0 770 0 1075
in 0 22 0 32 0 44
With probe insert holder No. 00760057 mm 0 575 0 825 0 1130
in 0 29 0 39 0 51
With probe insert holder No. S07001622 mm 0 745 0 995 0 1300
(0.0001 + 0.0000015 L) in (L in in)
With standard accessory (2 + 1.5 L) m (L in m)
on flat surf.: 2 s 0.5 m 2 s 0.000025 in
With standard accessory within bores: 2 s 1 m 2 s 0.00005 in
Mechanical (frontal)
Frontal and lateral using a digital handtool m 5 7 9
We have changed the ordering structure for
Micro-Hite Gages to reflect a component
based ordering system rather than a kit.
Please contact our customer service team at
800- 283- 1883 for any assistance needed.
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-15
Control panels available for TESA MICRO-HITE
plus M
350 / 600 / 900
POWER PANEL plus M
LC dual display,
5 x 2.5 in /
128 x 63 mm
in size.
Length measurement:
value display (7 segment/
sign) plus graphic symbols
for the functions
(upper part)
Straightness or perpen-
dicularity measurement:
display for values and
symbols (function keys) plus
operator controlled opera-
tions (full dot display). 7-
decade value display plus
minus sign
.5 x .25 in /
12.7 x 6.4 mm
main display,
.25 x .165 in / 6.3 x 4.2 or
.15 x .11 in / 3.8 x 2.9 mm
secondary display
Keypad with
42 softkeys
See opposite
mm/in
conversion
PRESET
function to enter
a known value.
Acoustic signal.
Manual or automatic
triggering of data transfer.
Output of predefined
reports with customized
headings (5 languages
available) using an external
printer (A4 format).
Opto-electronic
RS-232
bi-directional and
Centronics
TESA MICRO-
HITE plus M
IP50 (IEC 60529)
00760216 29281 TESA control panel 1D

Includes a part program for measuring in one coordinate
direction. Also used for parallelism and runout inspection.
0.00001 / 0.0001 in
0.0001 / 0.001 mm
00760221 29283 TESA control panel POWER PANEL plus M
Includes a part program for measuring in 1 or 2 coordinate
directions.
Captures flatness and parallelism errors.
Measures any deviation in perpendicularity or straightness.
Executes angle measurement.
Value input through the keypad with possible use of a digital
handtool.
Automatic programming of the measurement cycles in
mode Teach-in. Up to 9999 features distributed in
several part programs (each including max. 999 values) can
be stored in the memory.
Memory capacity for up to 25,000 measured values.
SPC data capability with output of the mean value, range,
standard deviation, histogram, comparison of nominal value
to actual value, number of out-of-tolerance values, control
limits, control charts.
Prints reports in A4 format with related tables and graphics.
Creates tailor-made headings to suit users needs.
0.00001 / 0.0001 / 0.001 in
0.0001 / 0.001 / 0.01 mm
00760220 29282 TESA control panel POWER PANEL plus M
with printer
Same as No. 00760221, but with built-in matrix printer for
data output.
Optional accessory available for TESA Power Panel plus M
with built-in printer
04765008 Thermal paper roll, 57 mm wide
1D Control Panel
POWER PANEL plus M
1D Control Panel
LC display,
2.6 x 1.3 in /
67 x 33 mm
in size. 3-line display
(alphanumeric) plus
graphical symbols.
7-decade value display
plus minus sign.
Both auxiliary displays 1
and 2 have 7 or 4 signs
.4 x .2 in /
10 x 4.9 mm
(values) or
.3 x .15 in / 7.5 x 3.7 mm
and 5 x 2.5 mm
(displays 1 and 2)
Keypad with
20 softkeys
See technical
data on page
K-12
in/mm
conversion
PRESET
function
to enter
a known value.
Acoustic signal.
Choice of 7 languages
for report headings
RS-232, opto-
electronic and
bi-directional
TESA MICRO-
HITE plus M
IP50 (IEC60529)
HEI GHT GAGES

H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-16
Two-dimensional measurement operations
are efficient and cost-effective with the
MICRO-HITE Electronic Height Gage. The
MICRO-HITE Electronic Height Gage meas-
ures in two dimensions in either rectangular
or polar coordinates.
With powerful, built-in software in its
1D/2D control module, the MICRO-HITE
1D/2D Electronic Height Gage can measure

and automatically
calculate external, internal and distance
dimensions; angles; centerline-to-centerline
distances; perpendicularity; flatness; straight-
ness; parallelism; centers; diameters;
deviations and feature relationships; geo-
metric relationships expressed in rectangular
or angular coordinates; minimum/maximum
diameters of bolt hole circles; and concen-
tricity. This control panel has its own printer
that will generate results in either Cartesian
or polar coordinates.
The optional Power Panel incorporates all of
the measuring capabilities of the 1D and
1D/2D control panels plus has the ability to
learn measuring programs and store them
on memory cards.
The MICRO-HITE Electronic Height Gage
moves on a cushion of air generated by a
completely self-contained pneumatic system.
For continuous operation without the clutter
of power cords, the gage is powered by
rechargeable battery pack.
MICRO-HITE
350 / 600 / 900 Height Gages

MICRO-HITE
main instruments
350 / 600 / 900
Factory
standard
Measuring span,
application range and
accuracy as shown on
page K-17
Rust-inhibitor
cast iron base with
3 ground circular faces
in hardened stainless
steel
Air cushion usable
for easy movement of the
height gage across the
surface plate
Incremental
glass scale
with reference point,
dividing period of 20 m.
Opto-electronic value cap-
ture (TESA patent)
11.5 x 10
-6
K
-1
Measuring head
mounted on a
ball-bearing and displaced
by means of both the
knurled wheel and crank.
Drive system can be
locked or tightened.
Fine adjust can also be
additionally mounted.
Available as an option.
Automatic value capture
with a constant measuring
force. Visual and acoustic
signal for
acknowledgment
12 in / s
300 mm / s
1.6 0.25 N
(at switch point)
RS-232,
opto-electronic
Continued next page
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-17
State-of-the-art concept associated with a
high-quality design is the fruit of 20 years of
experience in the manufacture of electronic
height gages.
Ideal for inspection job close to the produc-
tion. No cumbersome cables to clutter up the
working area.
Fast, simple and reliable probing
of the workpiece and the bores, especially.
3 main instruments available with either a 365,
615 or 920 mm measuring span.
Numerical display to 0.0005, 0.001, 0.01 and
0.1 mm.
0.000020"/ 0.0005 mm
.0001"/ 0.001 mm
.001"/ 0.01 mm
.01"/ 0.1 mm
Extremely accurate measuring of deviations
from length, straightness and perpendicularity
due to the automatic correction of the bias
errors through CAA (Computer Aided
Accuracy).
Coefficient of linear expansion
identical to steel (11.5 x 10
-6
K
-1
).
POWER PANELfor value processing and
output with interactive display to guide the
operator.
No manual calculation.
99 workpiece-oriented measurement cycles,
programmable. Each cycle includes a number
of 64 features with related limits of size.
Built-in printer for result output or possible use
of an external unit to get a hardcopy in A4
format.
RS-232 data output.
Every height gage comes with a SCS calibra-
tion certificate.
Free Master Piece for determining probe con-
stant included with every MICRO-HITE unit.
Rechargeable
battery pack,
6V, 3.0 Ah or mains
adapter
24 h with
use of the
battery pack and 2 h
for the pump in use for
creating the air-cushion
50 F to 104 F
10 C to 40 C
14 F to 140 F
-10 C to 60 C
80%, with no
condensation
Protection IP 40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50081-2
EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2
(as long as the mains
adapter is not used)
Net weights
(without panel
and battery pack)
Main 73 lbs
instrum. 84 lbs
99 lbs
Transport
packing
Identification
number
SCS calibration
certificate
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T

G
A
G
E
S
M-18
MICRO-HITE
For the Most Challenging Measuring Applications

Dedicated program functions for form and shape, as well as positional errors
Measurements using TESA IG-13 digital probe
Measurements in two coordinate directions
Measurements in one coordinate direction
We have changed the order-
ing structure for Micro-Hite
Gages to reflect a compo-
nent based ordering system
rather than a kit. Please
contact our customer serv-
ice team at 800- 283-1883
for any assistance needed.
H
E
I
G
H
T

G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES HEI GHT GAGES
M-19
MICRO-HITE
350 / 600 / 900 Height Gage Sets

00790033 TESA MICRO-HITE Height Gage Set 350/14
Consisting of the following components, but without control panel:
00730021 1 TESA MICRO-HITE 350 main instrument !
00730022 1 TESA MICRO-HITE 600 main instrument !
00730023 1 TESA MICRO-HITE 900 main instrument
07.60143 28148 1 Standard insert holder A ! ! !
00760062 1 Standard insert with a 5 mm dia. carbide ball tip B ! ! !
00760150 1 Master piece for determining the probe constant,
0.78740 in / 20.0000 mm C ! ! !
00760142 20176 1 Electric pump already mounted for creating
the air-cushion beneath the gage base ! ! !
00760141 20175 1 Battery pack ! ! !
47.61054 88187 1 Mains adapter, 110 to 240 Vac/50 to 60 Hz ! ! !
07.60151 86960 1 Dust cover for TESA MICRO-HITE 350 !
Optional accessories:
599-1011-275-2 87239 Simple Printer (for 1D Models Only)
64.90000 87359 TESA SPC Printer (for more details see page K-24)
599-1011-230 86522 IG13 Digital Probe with Mounting Adapter (for more details see page K-19)
599-1011-70 86731 TESA MEMOTAST- special Switchable Probe (for more details see page K-19)
47.61036 86551 Connecting Cable for SPC Printer
47.61023 41271 9-pin RS-232 Cable for Connecting MICRO-HITE to PC or Simple Printer (9 pin to 25 pin RS-232
adapter is also necessary to use this cable with the 599-1011-275-2 Simple Printer listed above).
599-1011-119-05 25088 Practice Piece for 2D Software
599-1011-200 51650 MICRO-HITE Accessory Set in fitted plastic case
Micro-Hite Accessory Set consists of the following components:
599-1011-201 51616 5.3 in / 132mm Diameter Extended Range Probe Holder
599-1011-202 51617 4.4 in / 110mm Diameter Probe Holder with Extended Reach
599-1011-203 51618 7.4 in / 185mm Diameter Probe Holder with Extended Reach
599-1011-206 51621 .090 in / 2.2mm Diameter Barrel Tip Probe
599-1011-207 51622 .180 in / 4.5mm Diameter Barrel Tip Probe
599-1011-208 51623 .180 in / 4.5mm Diameter Disc Tip Probe
599-1011-209 51624 .560 in / 14mm Diameter Disc Tip Probe
599-1011-210 51625 .760 in / 19mm Diameter Disc Tip Probe
599-1011-211 51626 .080 in / 2 mm Diameter Cylindrical Tip Probe
599-1011-212 51627 Universal Probe Shank with Flange and Threaded Holes
599-1011-222 51637 .400 in / 10 mm Diameter Tungsten Carbide Ball Tip Probe
599-1011-223 51777 .120 in / 3 mm Diameter Ball Tip Offset Probe
599-7030-40 44827 .040 in / 1 mm Diameter Ball Tip Probe with Threaded End
599-1011-495 51745 Custom Fitted Plastic Case for Accessories
Individual Accessories, probes and holders are available through your local Brown & Sharpe distributor.
Additional Special Accessories are listed on page K-25
TESA Control Panel Power Panel sold separately (see details on page K-18).
B
A
C
Technical Data
Models 350 600 900
in 14 24 36
mm 365 615 920
with standard accessory in 0 - 20 0 - 30 0 - 42
mm 0 - 520 0 - 770 0 - 1075
No. 07.60057 in 0 - 22 0 - 32 0 - 44
with insert holder mm 0 - 575 0 - 825 0 - 1130
with standard accessory in 0.00014 0.00018 0.0002
with standard accessory in 0.0001 0.0001 0.0001
m 2 2 2
Frontal and sideways using
TESA IG-13 digital probe m 6 8 10
29272
29273
29274
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-20
Control Panel for MICRO-HITE
350 / 600 / 900

00760163 29280 TESA Control Panel POWER PANEL
With dedicated program for measuring in 1 and 2 coordinate
directions with geometric combination of the measured values.
Lets you also measure perpendicularity, straightness and
squareness. Provides 99 workpiece-oriented measurement cycles,
including 64 features with related limits of size, programmable.
Memory capacity for 2500 measured values. Statistical value
processing (SPC). Result output via the built-in matrix printer or
in A4 format using an external unit. PCMCIA memory card reader
enabling measurement cycles and results to be stored. Operator-
controlled on-screen display.
0.00002 / 0.0001 / 0.001 / 0.01 and 0.1 in
0.0005 / 0.001 / 0.01 and 0.1 mm
Accessories for TESAPOWER PANEL:
47.66010 28303 Formatable memory card, type JEIDA SRAM, 128 k
47.65008 41289 Thermal paper roll, 57 mm wide
Dual LC
display
5 in x 2.5 in size.
Upper display field
for length values meas-
ured (7-segment / sign)
and symbols for the
functions.
Lower full dot display
field for perpendicular-
ity and straightness
measurements as well
as symbols for the
operator-controlled
function keys.
Measured values
(7-digit) plus
minus sign
Control Panel
POWER PANEL
Printer is built into Power PanelControl Panel for fast, easy
printouts of measured values.
Control Panel
POWER PANEL
Main display
0.5 in x .25 in,
auxiliary display
.25 in x .12 in.
PRESET
function for
entering a known value
Input of size limits for
toleranced features
Continuous display
Manual or automatic
triggering of data transfer
Output of inspection
reports with headings in
5 languages. A4 format
also available using an
external printer unit.
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-21
Factory
standard
599-1011-230 86552 TESA IG-13 Probe Set
consisting of:
00760139 1 TESA IG-13 digital probe with
measuring span of 0.5 in / 13 mm
00760138 1 Attachment for TESA IG-13
digital probe
Other Accessories
19.60005 86331 Lift lever for the measuring arm
35.40501 42734 Extension .400 in / 10 mm for the
measuring insert
04761047 28895 Extension cable needed to connect
TESA IG-13 to MICRO-HITE M
6
2
599-1011-70 86731 TESA MEMOTAST- special
Switchable probe. Technical data are valid
for use of this probe in conjunction with
TESA MICRO-HITE, model 10 or 11.
N m
0.5 (3 + 3
.
L) m 3
L = m
10
116,3
13
Model 350 600 900
in .00024 .00028 .00030
Straightness error
Straight regression line
Perpendicularity and Angles
Optional Accessories for TESA MICRO-HITE
M and MICRO-HITE
350 / 600 / 900

Additional accessories are listed on page K-25.
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-22
TESA-HITE
Height Gage
The compact TESA-HITE motorized height
gage includes a changeable probe system that
allows it to be operated in axial and radial posi-
tions. The high accuracy of the TESA-HITE
Height Gage allows it to be used as a fixed gage
to control one or two part dimensions. Simply
set the gage and move the part into position for
measurement. Data is output on the control
panel.
The TESA-HITE Height Gage features an incre-
mental measuring system and a switchable
measuring force for accurate, repeatable read-
ings. It includes an adjustable support arm, a
support column and a granite base.
Ideal for workpiece inspection close to the
production area.
4"/ 100 mm measuring span.
0.0001 in and 0.00001 in or 0.001 mm and
0.0001 mm digital display.
Max. perm. error of only 2 m due to the
automatic correction of the bias errors
through CAA (Computer Aided Accuracy).
Integrated temperature sensor giving the
height gage the same coefficient of linear
expansion as steel (11.5 x 10
-6
K
-1
).
Motorized measuring head for fast probing at
each measuring point.
Automatic value capture controlled over the
stability of the measuring force and the meas-
ured values.
Constant measuring force using the motor-
driven actuator. Switchable.
RS-232 data output with direct linkage to
TESA PRINTER SPC.
Memory capacity for 99 single values.
Factory
standard
4 in / 100 mm
0 to 6.3 in
0 to 160 mm
0.0001 in and
0.00001 in or
0.001 mm and 0.0001 mm
Max. perm. error
see table
Repeatability
limit-see table
Measuring stand
Measuring
table in granite.
ground
Measuring table
(W x D x H) :
8 in x 12 in x 2 in.
Column: 50 x 300 mm
Finish lapped
Accuracy grade
00 according to
DIN 876, Part 1
TESA-HITE
Value sensor
Incremental
glass scale with opto-
electronic vavle capture,
dividing period 20 m
11.5 x 10
-6
K
-1
Electromotorized
head displace-
ment, .197 in and .394 in
/ s 5 and 10mm / s. Fast
move 1.18 in / 30 mm / s,
also allowed manually.
Fixing shank for
meas. inserts:
.236 in x .394 in / 6 mm
dia. x 10 mm long
0.63 0.1 N
or 1 0.1 N, switchable.
Electromotorized
actuator
Rechargeable
battery
SCS calibration
certificate
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-23
Factory
standard
Transport
packing
07.60194 27302 Axial insert holder with a M1.4 thread
07.60195 27303 Axial insert holder with a M2.5 thread
07.60196 27304 Axial insert holder with a M3 thread
07.60197 27305 Radial measuring insert with a 5 mm dia. tungsten carbide ball tip
07.60198 27306 Radial insert holder with a 4 mm dia. fixing bore
07.60199 27307 Universal insert holder with a 4 mm dia. fixing shank (to be used in
conjunction with the radial insert holder No. 07.60198); with M1.4
and M2.5 threads (2x2) for the measuring inserts
07.60200 27308 Insert with a 5 mm dia. tungsten carbide ball tip and a 4 mm dia.
fixing shank for use with the radial insert holder No. 07.60198
07.60201 27309 Insert with a 3 mm dia. tungsten carbide ball tip and a 4 mm dia.
fixing shank for use with the radial insert holder No. 07.60198
07.60202 27310 Spare batteries for panel No. 07.60204, 6 Vdc / 1.2 Ah
47.61052 27311 RS-232 connecting cable
TESA-HITE to TESA PRINTER
SPC or PC (SUB-D 9polig m/f)
104
248
300
5
0
8
1
0
4
3
2
3
3
5
0
90
15
2
8
4
6
10
M
3
1
3
15
M
1.4
M3
10
07.60194 - 07.60196
07.60201
07.60200
07.60199
07.60198
12
31
4
3
33
4
5
16.5
2
2
.
5
5
6
M1.4 (Nr.07.60194)
M3 (Nr.07.60196)
5
0
5
0
74
200
50
4
M1.4
6
.
5
10
15
8
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-24
in mm
00730049 28993 TESA -HITE Height Gage 0 to 6.3 0 to 160
consisting of the following components:
1 TESA measuring stand with granite
measuring table, 8 in x 12 in x 2 in / 200 x 300 x 50 mm
1 TESA-HITE electronic device
including
in in mm mm
07.30050 28526 1 TESA-HITE value sensor 4 100
07.60204 28527 1 Control panel connected to TESA-HITE 0.0001 0.001
0.00001 0.0001
07.60191 28525 1 Connecting cable TESA-HITE 100 / Panel
07.60195 27303 1 Axial insert holder with M2.5 thread
35.10002 41114 1 Insert with a 3 mm dia. tungsten carbide ball tip
07.60197 27305 1 Insert with a 5 mm dia. tungsten carbide ball tip and offset point
07.60192 27300 1 Master piece for determining the probe constant, 0.39370 in / 10 mm
47.61054 88187 1 Mains adapter, 110 to 240 Vac / 50 to 60 Hz
Accuracy
16.5
2
2
.
5
5
6
M2.5
15
2
6
6
25.5
5
18
50
7
2
1
0
0
.
1
5
m
55
4
4
.
5
07.60195 07.60197 07.60192
in / m in / m
Position of the measuring
insert relative to the measuring
bolt axis
coaxial 0.00005 / 1.0 0.00002 / 0.5
offset 0.0001 / 1.2 0.00004 / 1.0
With use of the standard accessory
Control panel
LCD Display
field: 2.6 in x 1.3 in.
Display type:
3-line display (alphanu-
meric, 7-segment / sign)
plus graphical symbols.
Value display: 7-digit
plus minus sign.
First and secondary
displays have 7 or
4 signs.
Display:
.394 in x .192 in
auxiliary displays 1 and
2: .295 in x .145 in
or .197 in x .10 in.
Keyboard with
20 function keys
PRESET
function to
enter a known value
Acoustic signal
Report headings avail-
able in 7 languages
RS-232,
opto-electronic
and bidirectional
Main adapter
No. 47.61054 :
110 to 240 Vac / 50 to 60
Hz / 6.6 Vdc / 750 mA
Additional data
41 F to 104 F
5 C to 40 C
14 F to 140 F
-10 C to 60 C
80%,with no
condensation
Net weights:
36 lbs
(stand No. 07.60203).
6 lbs (TESA-HITE
No. 07.30050).
3 lbs (control panel
No. 07.60204 with cable
No. 07.60191) .
Protection IP 50
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1,
EN 50081-2,
EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report
Declaration
of conformity
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-25
599-1011-275-2 87239 The Basic Impact Printer is an economical printer for most
new B&S tools with digital RS-232 output. It has no memory
and no statistics. Powered by 110 VAC mains via an
adapter/transformer with 6 foot cord.
Technical Data:
Character Format: ASCII character set - 10 bits per character required, 7 or 8 of
which are data bits
Serial Interface: Selectable BAUD rates - 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600,
19200
Character Buffering: 1.5K
Data Input Conn.: DB25 pin male receptacle
Print Method: Impact dot matrix using Epson cash register ribbon
Character Matrix: 6 x 8 dot matrix
Character Spacing: 24 column - 12.8 characters/inch, 32 column - 17 charac-
ters/inch, 40 column - 21 characters/inch
Print Speed: 38 lines/min - 24 column, 33 lines/min- 32/40 column
Paper: Plain cash register paper - 2.25" W x 2.75" O.D. x .44" I.D.
47.61023 41271 9-pin RS-232 Cable for Connecting Micro-Hite to PC or Simple
Printer (9 pin to 25 pin RS-232 adapter is also necessary to use
this cable with the 599-1011-275-2 Simple Printer listed above).
64.90000 87359 SPC Printer which can be connected to most current TESA/Brown
& Sharpe measuring instruments. The data transferred can be
printed in the form of an inspection report with simple SPC statis-
tics. Easy to use and quick to set up, this printer features a
thermo-sensitive print head which provides clear, bold type. It is
capable of calculating a wide range of statistical values, including
N, -NG, +NG, P, MAX, MIN, R, X_, sn, sn-1, Cp, and Cpk. It also
prints a histogram of measured values and features three color
(red, orange, and green) LED display for fast, effective classifica-
tion of inspected parts.
Technical Data:
Capacity: 1999 measured values, one feature
Matrix printer: Thermo-sensitive printing, 40 columns
Power supply: Adaptor 115VAC - 7.3 V DC
Connectors: Mini-Jack for foot switch Sub-D 9 pm, RS-232 input ,Ansley
10 pm input
Working temperature range: 50 to 104 F/10 to 40 C
Dimensions: 7 in x 7 in x 3.3 in
Weight: 1.2 lbs.
Electromagnetic compatibility as per: EN50081-1, EN50081-2, EN50082-1, EN50082-2
consisting of the following components:
1 115 VAC SPC printer
1 Thermal paper roll
1 Power supply unit (Part Number 07.60158)
Optional Accessories:
47.68001 41300 Foot control switch
47.68035 27005 6V Battery for cordless operation
47.65013 27006 Thermal paper roll - 110 mm wide
47.61036 86551 Connecting cable (MICRO-HITE to SPC Printer)
Other Interface Cables To GageTalker, hand held or GTIII
47.61022 41270 Workstation/SPC50/SPC100
47.61023 41271 To PC-AT 9 pin RS-232
47.61024 41272 To printer RS-232
47.61026 26256 To printer (Seiko DPU201GS)
Printers for MICRO-HITE
350/600/900
TESA-HITE
Height Gages
Printers are options for TESA-HITE .
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-26
599-1011-119-05 25088 Practice piece
Allows 1D and 2D, as well as straightness,
perpendicularity and parallelism measure-
ments. For information on the programmed
measurement cycles, see the instruction
manual on TESA POWER PANEL.
Transport
packing
Declaration
of conformity
SWISS
07.6013
PAT.
PENDIN
SWISS
07.6013
PAT.
PENDIN
1
0
5
5
53.5
2
4
1
148 100
28
8
M
3
25
8
26,6
2
,
9
M
3
22,1
26,6
1
,
9
M
3
22,6
26,6
0
,
9
M
3
23,1
7
8
4
3
1,5
0
,
5
7
6
4
1,2
1
6
4
20
45
6
4
M
3
M
3
M
3
4,5
8
07.60134
07.60135
A
07.60133 27602 TESA QUICK CENTER
Measuring device (TESAs patent) for
quick bore measurement by automatically
establishing the culmination point.
To be used with the measuring inserts listed
below, exclusively.
007.60135 26136 Roller-bearing insert, .20 in / 5 mm dia.
Application range for bores from .275 in / 7 mm
up to .985 in / 25 mm dia.
07.60134 26137 Roller-bearing insert, .394 in / 10 mm dia.
Application range for bores from .70 in / 18 mm
up to 3.15 in / 80 mm dia.
07.60175 28365 Set of optional measuring inserts
Provided in a fitted plastic case with:
A 1 Insert holder
B 1 Hardened steel pin for grooves, centering
shoulders, blind bores etc., tilted through 8
C 1 Hardened steel pin, cylindrical for depth
measurement.
Measuring inserts with hardened steel
ball tip
D 1 Insert with a .035 in / 0.9 mm dia.
E 1 Insert with a .075 in / 1.9 mm dia.
F 1 Insert with a .115 in / 2.9 mm dia.
G 1 Measuring insert with a cone-shaped steel
measuring face, hardened, .315 in / 8 mmdia.
Extensions, .788 in / 20 mm long
1 Threaded extension M3 to M3
1 Threaded extension M3 to M2.5
B
C
D E F G
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-27
Transport
packing
Declaration
of conformity
6
55
1
0
6
55
D
E
6
4
2
55
12.5
M
1
.
4
1
0
91
6
55 M1,4
M2,5 M1,4
12
6
75 / 150
6
9
2
6
2
1
3
2
2
9
0
95
6
R2,5
599-1011-222
599-1011-223
599-1011-206 599-1011-207
599-1011-208 599-1011-210
599-1011-211
599-7030-40 599-7030-120
18.60307
599-1011-218
599-1011-212
Special Accessories for MICRO-HITE
350/600/900
TESA-HITE
400/700 / TESA-HITE
350/600
599-1011-305 27326 Partial set of accessories G
599-1011-200 51650 Full set of accessories G
Supplied in a suited plastic case with the following components :
599-1011-223 51777 1 Measuring insert with a .120 in / 3 mm dia. tungsten carbide
ball tip G G
599-1011-222 51637 1 Measuring insert with a .400 in / 10 mm dia. tungsten carbide
ball tip G G
Measuring inserts with tungsten carbide, barrel-
shaped measuring faces for cylindrical bores, as well
as for determining the position of metric (or similar)
inside threads
599-1011-206 51621 1 Insert with a .090 in / 2.2 mm dia. (for M3 - M16) G
599-1011-207 51622 1 Insert with a .180 / 4.5 mm dia. (for M6 - M48) G
Measuring inserts with tungsten carbide disc tip for
grooves, slots, centering shoulders, etc.
599-1011-208 51623 1 Insert, E = .040 in (1 mm) / .180 in (4.5 mm) dia. G
599-1011-209 51624 1 Insert, E = .040 in (1 mm) / .560 in (4.5 mm) dia. G G
599-1011-210 51625 1 Insert, E = .120 in (3 mm) / .760 in (19 mm) dia. G
599-1011-211 51626 1 Insert with a .080 in / 2 mmdia. cylindrical carbide measuring face G
599-1011-212 51627 1 Holder for TESATAST probe inserts having either a
M1.4 or M2.5 thread G G
TESATAST probe inserts with a carbide ball tip,
M1.4 thread
599-7030-40 44827 1 Insert with a .040 in / 1 mm dia. G G
599-7030-80 44828 1 Insert with a .080 in / 2 mm dia. G G
599-7030-12044829 1 Insert with a .120 in / 3 mm dia. G G
599-1011-218 51632 1 Measuring insert with cylindrical measuring face
.400 in (10 mm) dia., .48 in (12 mm) long. Stainless steel
body, hardened. Tungsten carbide measuring face. G
Insert holder for increasing the measurement depth
599-1011-202 51617 1 Holder for measurement depths up to 4.4 in (L = 3.0 in) G
599-1011-203 51618 1 Holder for measurement depths up to 7.25 in (L = 5.9 in) G
599-1011-201 51616 1 Insert holder for extending the application range G
599-1011-219 51633 1 Measuring insert with a stainless steel pin, hardened
with one flat and one spherical carbide measuring face.
Interchangeable pin. G
HEI GHT GAGES
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
M-28
Features:
6 x 6 working surface.
Simplifies leveling of workpieces.
Single plate with solid 3-point bearing.
Fine-pitch adjusting screws.
Hardened and ground work surface flat within .000075".
Reference hole at center of pivot point facilitates location of work.
Leveling Plate
Single-plate design makes the Leveling Plate fast and easy to use with transfer stands when
measuring workpiece flatness and straightness.
The Leveling Plate pivots on one point with two fine-pitch, micrometer-type
leveling screws to provide a solid 3-point bearing. Adjustment is simplified because only one
plate needs to be moved, eliminating the back and forth
setting required with dual-plate leveling devices.
The hardened and ground work surface is flat within .000075". A small reference hole indicating
the center of the pivot point is provided in the top surface to assist in locating work.
599-922-6 44716
H
E
I
G
H
T
G
A
G
E
S
HEI GHT GAGES
M-29
HITE-CHEK
Jr. Height Transfer/Squareness Gage

For Big Performance On Your Surface Plate
The HITE-CHEK Jr. Height Transfer/Squareness Gage is built to handle a wide variety of surface
plate jobs. Its low-center-of-gravity base virtually eliminates vibration in the upright post.
The location of the post on the base permits maximum extension of the indicator with sufficient
rigidity to assure accurate readings, even for hard-to-reach features.
A swivel clamp anchors the swivel and indicator mounting for added precision.
The fine adjustment control knob, located in the base, has a large diameter for precise control.
For checking squareness, the rear surface of the gage is designed with a reference surface that
can be squared against a master with an optional BESTEST
indicator.
The base of the HITE-CHEK Jr. Height Transfer/Squareness Gage is 3.5" x 2.5" x 1.300" high.
HITE-CHEK Jr.
checks squareness
599-585-1 27547
Includes 4" long , straight indicator rod and clamp.
Indicator mounting rod has a .22" diameter on one end and a
.25" on the other.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
ELECTRONI C LENGTH MEASURI NG EQUI PMENT
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-2
Length Measuring Equipment with Inductive Probes
Brown & Sharpe/TESA offers a complete family
of value sensors (electronic probes) as well as
dedicated measuring instruments for the most
demanding applications. Our standard probes -
also called half-bridge probes - are electronic and
require no adjustment.
Countless Measuring
Capabilities
All Brown & Sharpe/TESA electronic probes can
either be used with hand-held internal and exter-
nal measuring instruments or in conjunction with
measuring stands and other typical measuring
devices. Brown & Sharpe offers axial probes with
linear displacement of the measuring bolt, angled
probes with inclinable lever, or probes with paral-
lel guiding that are specially designed for multi-
gaging devices and other equipment for in-
process inspection.
These probes are primarily used for making com-
parative measurements, based on a master stan-
dard, which is typically a gage block or
setting ring.
Random errors are significantly reduced as dis-
play setting and all subsequent measurements
are usually made under the same
conditions.
Brown & Sharpe measuring instruments are
provided with an analog and/or digital display
depending on their type.
Signal processing can be made with positive or
negative polarity signs. The use of one
single probe enables single measurements of
internal or external dimensions while the use of
two probes produces either a sum measure-
ment or a difference measurement.
The ability to store values provides a level of
security while taking dynamic measurements.
The smallest or highest value as well as the dif-
ference between both values are examples of
the part features that are questioned when
capturing form and position errors.
Limit deviations are used to classify the meas-
ured values. These provide notification when
out of tolerance conditions occur.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-3
General Overview of the Measuring Functions
Single measurements with positive polarity sign (+A)
Measuring
external dimen-
sions with use
of a measuring
stand, snap gage,
etc.
Inspecting with
change of the
polarity sign.
Display will show
a low value for a
small bore or a
high value for a
large diameter.
Single measurements with negative polarity sign (-A)
Difference measurements with opposite polarity signs (+A -B)
Sum measurements with positive polarity signs (+A +B)
Measuring exter-
nal dimensions
regardless of the
form and posi-
tion errors.
Performing
step, cone and
inclination
measurements.
Establishing form
and position
errors such as
runout errors
with use of the
memory function
(max)-(min) as
shown in the
example.
0
+
-
0
+
-
0 + -
A
A
A
L
A
0
-
+
0
-
+
0 + -
A
A
A
A
0
+
-
0
+
-
0
+
-
0
+
-
0 + -
A
A
B
B
B
A
A
B
L
0
+
-
0
+
-
0 + 0
B A B
A B A
B B
A
A
m
a
x
m
a
x
-
m
i
n
m
i
n
B
A
B ....
B
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-4
TESATRONIC
Length Measuring Instruments General Overview

TESATRONIC TT 10 TT 20 TT 60 TT 80 TTA 20
44.30008 44.90003 44.90004 44.90005 44.30003
41239 87357 87358 27550 41234
Probe input number 1 2 2 2 2
automatic recognition no yes yes yes no
Measuring range number 3 7 7 9 6
minimum 5 m 5 m 5 m 0.5 m 3 m
maximum 500 m 5000 m 5000 m 5000 m 1000 m
zoom function (5x) yes no no no no
automatic switching yes yes yes yes no
Numerical display yes yes yes yes no
Numerical interval minimum 0.1 m 0.1 m 0.1 m 0.01 m
maximum 10 m 0.1 m 0.1 m 0.01 m
Analog display yes yes yes yes yes
Scale interval minimum 0.1 m 0.2 m 0.2 m 0.02 m 0.1 m
maximum 10 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 50 m
Metric /
inch units yes yes yes yes yes
Value classification no yes yes yes yes
number of classes 3 up to 42 up to 42 3
signal outputs yes yes yes yes
Memory no no yes yes no
Digital output RS-232 RS-232 RS -232 RS-232 no
Analog output no no yes yes yes
Power supply Batteries Mains adapter Mains adapter Mains adapter Mains power
Dedicated compact units having either an analog
or a numerical display. Used in association with
hand-held measuring instruments or on
stationary devices for shop floor inspection and
maintenance as well as in the measuring room.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-5
TESATRONIC
TT 10
Electronic Length Measuring Instrument
Pocket-sized, battery-operated electronic instrument for use on the move Ideally suited for
your measurement tasks on the surface plate, in the inspection room right next to the production
floor or directly on the machine Provides full portability where theres no room for a
cumbersome power cable.
Simple-to-use function keys used in conjunction with the combined analog/numerical
indication providing easy reading.
LCD, pointerless display field for high repeatability and negligible hysteresis.
3 measuring ranges, switchable manually or automatically depending on the size of the meas-
ured value.
Inch and metric conversion.
Additional signal amplification (5x) for easy display setting.
Quick zero-setting thanks to digital technology.
Signal input for one probe.
RS-232 compatible digital-output, opto-coupled.
Measuring ranges and numerical interval
m m in in
1 without measuring 500 10 0.025 0.0005
5x setting 100 2 0.005 0.0001
2 without measuring 50 1 0.0025 0.00005
5x setting 10 0.2 0.0005 0.00001
3 without measuring 5 0.1 0.00025 0.000005
Zoom
Function
Used
for
DIN 32876
Part 1
2.6 x 2.25 in
66 x 57 mm
LC display field
.354 x .177 in
9 x 4.5 mm
Response
time of display
100 ms.
Hold time 100 ms.
Zero drift*
0.005% / C
Frequency limit of display
with reference to signal
input : 10 Hz
Max. display
error *: 2%
1 numerical
interval
Opto-coupled
RS-232
compatible out-put
3.5V to 4.5V,
3 batteries type
LRC 6, 1.5V, AA.
Power consumption:
7 mW / 3.5V
Self-controlled voltage
fluctuation
Drive voltage
of the probe: 0.7V
Drive frequency:
13 0.65 kHz
32 F to 140 F
14 F to 158 F
80%, with no
condensation
Protection IP42
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1,
EN 50081-2,
EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2
3.75 x 6.7 x 2.7 in
95 x 130 x 68 mm
(W x D x H)
1.08 lbs.
(with batteries)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
* with reference to 68 F
as well as a relative
humidity of 50%.
44.30008 41239 TESATRONICTT 10
Electronic measuring instrument with
analog and numerical display;
3 measuring ranges switchable from metric
to inch; 1 probe input ; RS-232 output.
Provided with the following accessories :
3 Batteries, 1.5V, type LRC 6, AA
1 Visual template for value classification
Optional accessories :
47.68000 41299 1 Hand Switch
47.68001 41300 1 Foot Switch
47.61022* 41270 1 Output Cable 10 pin
47.61023* 41271 1 Cable to PC-AT RS-232 (9 pin male)
47.61024* 41272 1 Cable to Printer RS-232 (925 pin male)
47.61026* 26256 1 Cable to Printer (Seiko DPU201GS)
(9 pin female)
*Cables can be used on all TESATRONIC TTD Measuring Instru-
ments equipped with the new opto-coupled RS-232 output card.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-6
TESATRONIC
TT 20, TT 60 and TT 80
Electronic Length Measuring Instruments
Feature the most advanced technology Provide functional reliability - Simple-to-use-Essential for
shop floor inspection or in the measurement laboratory.
TESATRONIC TT 20,
TT 60 and TT 80
DIN 32876
Part 1
5 x 2.5 in
126 x 62 mm
LC display
4.3 in / 110 mm
scale length
50
scale divisions
.087 in / 2.2 mm
6-digit display
plus minus sign
.5 x .25 in
12.5 x 6.6 mm
Zero drift
and drift of the
signal amplification*:
0.005 % / C
No drift for the registered
values
1 numerical
interval
RS-232
opto-coupled
output
6.5 Vdc up
to 7.3 Vdc
Consumption: 2 W
Self-controlled voltage
fluctuation
Drive voltage of the
probe: 3V
32 F to 140 F
14 F to 158 F
80%, with no
condensation
Resistant
plastic
Protection: IP 54
(IEC 60529) for
the front face only.
EN 50081-1,
EN 50081-2,
EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2
10 x 9.25 x 4.75 in
255x235x120mm
(B x T x H)
2.4 lbs.
* with reference to 20 C
humidity of 50%.
TESATRONIC
TT 60
Same features as model TESATRONIC TT 20, but with added functions that include:
Memory for retaining extreme values (max), (min), (max - min) as well as the mean
value of (max) minus (min).
Dynamic measurement with acquisition of more than 100 single values/ s.
Value classification with output signals through contact relay for 5, 10, 20 and 40 good classes.
Remote signal processing using the analog output.
TESATRONIC
TT 20
Includes a combined analog/numerical display 2 probe inputs
for single, sum or difference measurements.
Large LC display for error-free reading.
Better repeatability and negligible hysteresis as the analog display has no mechanical pointer.
Choice between pointer or bar graph.
All measuring functions readable on the LC display.
7 measuring ranges selectable manually or automatically according to the size of the
measured value.
Direct conversion from metric to inch units.
Zeroing with just one touch button for each measuring channel.
Setting of tolerances through the keyboard.
3 quality classes displayed through LEDs with control signal outputs.
Lockable display for step-by-step measurement routines.
Automatic recognition of the connected TESA probe with direct adaptation of the measurement
signals to the right output (only for TESA probes made in 1997 or later).
Opto-coupled RS-232 output, bi-directional.
Power supply through mains adapter.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-7
Measuring ranges with scale divisions or numerical intervals (TESATRONIC TT 20 and TT 60)
m m m in in in
5000 0.1 200 0.200 0.000005 0.01
2000 0.1 100 0.100 0.000005 0.005
500 0.1 20 0.02 0.000005 0.001
200 0.1 10 0.01 0.000005 0.0005
50 0.1 2 0.002 0.000005 0.0001
20 0.1 1 0.001 0.000005 0.00005
5 0.1 0.2 0.0002 0.000005 0.00001
Electronic length measuring instrument with analog and
numerical display; 7 measuring ranges switchable from metric
to inch; value classification with 1 good class and signal output
through contact relay; 2 probe inputs; RS-232 output.
Same features as model TT 20, but with added memory; dynamic
measuring and signal output through contact relay for 5, 10, 20 or
40 good classes; analog output.
Delivery includes the following items :
1 Mains adapter, 110 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz, 6.6 Vdc, 750 mA.
1 Instruction manual.
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Additional data on
TESATRONIC TT 20
Response time*
of analog
display with pointer and
digital display: 80 ms
Holding time of digital
display: 10 ms
Frequency
limit for all
displays with reference to
the signal input: 12.5 Hz
Limiting value
for analog dis-
play as well as digital dis-
play and output*: 0.3%
Drive frequency
13 0.65 kHz
Additional data on
TESATRONIC TT 60
Response time*
of analog
display with pointer and
digital display: 80 ms
display: 80 ms
Response time of analog
display with bar graphs,
classification LEDs as
well as analog output:
30 ms
Response time**
of the memory: 10 ms
Frequency
limit for all
displays with reference to
the signal input: 12.5 Hz
Frequency limit with refe-
rence to the signal input:
20 Hz for the analog
output
100 Hz for the memory
Limiting value
for analog
display as well as digital
display and output*:
0.3%
Voltage range:
2V up to
10 V
* with reference to 68F
humidity of 50%
** with reference to the
analog output signal
continued on next page
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-8
Output current : 2 mA.
Permissible adjustment
load: 5 k .
Residual ripple (with
probe at zero point):
1 mV
Reference voltage level:
analog earth 0V
Drive frequency:
13 0.65 kHz
Additional data on
TESATRONIC TT 80
Response time
of the analog/
digital display, classifica-
tion LEDs as well as both
digital and analog outputs:
100 ms
display: 100 ms
Response time **
of the memory:
100 ms
Frequency
limit for all
types of display as well
as the memory with
reference to the signal
input : 10 Hz
Limiting
values *:
2% for analog display
0.15 for digital display
0.3% for analog output
0.15% for digital output
Voltage range:
2V to 10V
Output current :
2 mA
Permissible adjustment
load: 5 k
Residual ripple (with
probe at zero point) :
1 mV
Reference voltage level:
analog earth 0V
Drive frequency:
13 kHz 0.5%
* with reference to 68F
humidity of 50%.
** with reference to the
analog output signal
Measuring ranges with scale divisions or numerical intervals (TESATRONIC TT 80)
m m m in in in
5000 0.01 200 0.200 0.000001 0.01
2000 0.01 100 0.100 0.000001 0.005
500 0.01 20 0.02 0.000001 0.001
200 0.01 10 0.01 0.000001 0.0005
50 0.01 2 0.002 0.000001 0.0001
20 0.01 1 0.001 0.000001 0.00005
5 0.01 0.2 0.0002 0.000001 0.00001
2 0.01 0.1 0.0001 0.000001 0.000005
0.5 0.01 0.02 0.00002 0.000001 0.000001
High-resolution electronic length measuring instrument provided
with a combined analog/digital display, 9 measuring ranges switch-
able from metric to inch, value classification with 1 good class and
signals output through contact relay for 5, 10, 20 or 40 good
classes, memory, dynamic measuring capability, 2 probe inputs,
RS-232 interface as well as analog output.
Delivered with the following accessories :
1 Mains adapter - 110 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz, 6,6 Vdc, 750 mA
1 Instruction manual.
TESATRONIC
TT 80
High-resolution measuring instrument Fitted with a combined analog/digital display Provided
with 2 probe inputs for single, sum and difference
measurements.
Same features as TESATRONIC TT 20 but with the following added functions:
9 measuring ranges with numerical interval to 0.01 m or 0.000001 in.
Memory for extreme values (max), (min) and (max) - (min) as well as mean of (max) and (min).
Dynamic measurement with acquisition of more than 10 single values/ s.
Value classification with output signals through contact relay for 5, 10, 20 and 40 good classes.
Remote signal processing using the analog output.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-9
TESATRONIC
TTA 20 Electronic
Length Measuring Instrument
Compact design with analog indication and value classification facility Aluminum housing for harsh
shop floor environment Easy to handle.
Easy-to-read analog display with mirror strip to avoid parallax error.
6 measuring ranges.
Metric / Inch conversion.
Easy display setting through electrical zero.
2 probe inputs for single, sum or difference measurements.
1 auxiliary signal input, e.g. for the correction values.
LEDs for signalling the relevant quality class with green for (Good), yellow for (Rework) and red
for (Scrap).
Potentiometer for setting the limit deviations.
Polarity selector switch for the classification signals (internal and external dimensions).
Switch for locking or unlocking a displayed value.
Analog output for the connection of a remote displaying or scribing unit.
Measuring ranges and scale intervals
m m in in
1000 50 0.1 0.005
300 10 0.03 0.001
100 5 0.01 0.0005
30 1 0.003 0.0001
10 0.5 0.001 0.00005
3 0.1 0.0003 0.00001
44.30003 41234 TESATRONICTTA 20
Electronic length measuring instrument with analog display;
6 measuring ranges; switchable from metric to inch; value
classification with 1 good class and signal output through contact
relay; 2 probe inputs.
Supplied with one of the following cables depending on the country where goods are to be
delivered (must be specified when ordering):
Mains cable fitted with SEV connector, 3-wire cable type, 2 m long.
Mains cable fitted with VDE connector, 3-wire cable type, 2 m long.
Mains cable without connector, 3-wire cable type, 2 m long.
Optional accessory
44.60004 42743 15-pin connector for both analog output and classification
signal output.
DIN 32876
Part 1
100 mm
scale length
Response time:
1 s (display),
20 ms (analog output),
10 ms (output signal of
the classification)
Zero drift*
0.005% / C
Frequency limit *
display: 1 Hz
analog output:: 50 Hz
classification: 30 Hz
Limiting value*:
1.5% (display),
0.3% (analog output)
Negligible
(display) or 5%
(classification signals)
Voltage 1V,
output current
3 mA, perm. adjustment
load 2 k , residual
ripple (at zero) 1 mV.
Reference voltage level :
analog earth (0V)
230 or 115V
- 10% to 20%,
50 to 60 Hz
Power consumption:
20 VA
Drive voltage
of the probe: 1.5 V
eff
-10% to 5%
Drive frequency:
13 0.65 kHz
32 F to 122 F
14 F to 158 F
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1,
EN 50081-2,
EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2
258 x 190 x 158
mm (W x D x H)
7.5 lbs
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
* with reference to 68 F
humidity of 50%
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-10
TESA
Portable Data Printer

Intelligent printer designed for the inspection of finished parts or incoming goods Provides SPC
statistics and prints the results with graphic representations.
TESA
PRINTER SPC
Can be connected to TESA measuring instruments as well as those provided with a DIGIMATIC
output TESA PRINTER SPC is able to recognize the connected instrument and will execute an
automatic configuration.
(Normal) (Tolerance)
Statistical Features
Lower limit of size (LSL) G
Upper limit of size (USL) G
Tolerance G
Number of captured values
sampling extent G G
< lowest size G
> highest size G
part out of tolerance given as % G
Lowest list value G G
Highest list value G G
Value dispersion R G G
Arithmetical mean x
G G
Standard deviation
n
,
n-1
G G
Process capability Cp, Cpk G
Graphic Representations
Position of each single value within
the tolerance range (10 classes) G
Histogram G
LED Displays
Sorting of each single value with
green for Good, yellow for Rework G
and red for Scrap
Matrix printer
for printing on
a thermal paper roll
Paper width:
4.3 in / 110 mm
Print mode:
40 signs / line
RS-232
Data inputs (9-pin male
trapezoid input)
DIGIMATIC
(10-pin Ansley input)
Connector
with mini-jack
for the remote trigger
of data transfer
Mains adapter
230 Vac, 7.3 Vdc
Optional accessory:
6V battery pack,
rechargeable
122 F to 104 F
14 F to 140 F
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1,
EN 50081-2,
EN 50082-1, EN 50082-2
7 x 7 x 3.3 in
180x 180x 84mm
(W x D x H)
1.21 lbs.
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
Memory capacity:
9999 single values for one
feature per sample.
Two function modes (Normal)
and (Tolerance).
Limits of size quickly set on the
display of the connected instrument
with subsequent transfer to TESA
PRINTER SPC.
Output of statistical values that
are further printed with graphic
representations.
Printing of report headings that will
be completed by the operator.
Hard copies printed in a preferred
language (English, German,
French, Italian or Spanish).
Self-contained, battery-powered
printer unit (optional).
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-11
Matrix printer
for printing on
thermal paper
2.25 in / 57 mm
wide paper roll
100 signs / s
RS-232,
bi-directional
Connector
with mini-jack for
the remote trigger
of data transfer
Battery pack
rechargeable
via the mains adapter
3.75 x 7 x 2.95 in
195 x 175 x 75 mm
(W x D x H)
1.16 lbs.
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
64.90000 87359 TESA PRINTER SPC
Printer with memory, SPC statistics and
value classification; prints the results with
graphical representations using the matrix
printer provided with a 110 mm wide
thermal paper roll; RS-232 interface.
Delivery includes :
1 Thermal paper roll, 110 mm wide.
1 Mains adapter, 100 to 240 Vac,
50 to 60 Hz, 6.6 Vdc, 750 mA.
1 Mains cable US
Technical Data:
Capacity: 1999 measured values, one feature
Matrix printer: Thermo-sensitive printing, 40 columns
Power supply: Adapter 115VAC 7.3 V DC
Connectors: Mini-Jack for foot switch Sub-D 9 pm
RS-232 input Ansley 10 pm input
Working
temperature range: 50 to 104 F/10 to 40 C
Dimensions: 7 in x 7 in x 3.3 in
Weight: 1.2 lbs.
Electromagnetic
compatibility as per: EN50081-1, EN50081-2,
EN50082-1, EN50082-2
Optional accessories:
47.68035 27005 6V battery pack, rechargeable.
599-1011-275-2 87239 THE BASIC IMPACT PRINTER
An economical printer for most new
Brown & Sharpe tools with digital
RS-232 output. It has no memory and
no statistics. Powered by 110 VAC
mains via an adapter/transformer with
6 foot cord.
Technical Data:
Character Format: ASCII character set 10 bits per
character required, 7 or 8 of which are
data bits
Serial Interface: Selectable BAUD rates 300, 600,
1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200
Character Buffering: 1.5K
Data Input Conn.: DB25 pin male receptacle
Print Method: Impact dot matrix using Epson cash
register ribbon
Character Matrix: 6 x 8 dot matrix
Character Spacing: 24 column 12.8 characters/inch
32 column 17 characters/inch
40 column 21 characters/inch
Print Speed: 38 lines/min 24 column,
33 lines/min 32/40 column
Paper: Plain cash register paper
2.25"W x 2.75"O.D. x .44"I.D.
599-1011-275-2
64.90000
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-12
Dimensions of
the connector fitted
to all TESA probes
(minimum cable
curve radius
R = 15 mm).
Probe sensitivity
All stated values are valid for
the following reference conditions:
Drive voltage 3 V
Drive frequency 13 kHz
Adjustment load 2 k
mV / V / mm
All types 73.75
Except for the
probe series
GT 61 / 62 29.5
FMS 130 / 132 49.17
1 Mounting stem or probe housing
2 Coil system
3 Item mounted between both the ferro-
magnetic core and measuring bolt for
the correction of the varying coefficients
of thermal expansion
4 Force compression spring
5 Anti-rotation guidance
6 Ball cage
7 Setting element for limiting the bolt travel
8 Measuring insert
9 In-between tube being part of the
coil system
10 Ferromagnetic core
11 Force spring stop
12 Ball-bearing guide tube
13 Measuring bolt
14 Sealing rubber bellow
15 Mechanical device for zero-setting
65
17
3
,
8
2
11
4
5
6
14
8
7
10
3
1
12
13
9
11
3
8
5
4
10
12
15
1
6
9
2
TESA/Brown & Sharpe Electronic Probes
Key components in any electronic linear measuring system, TESA/Brown & Sharpe
inductive probes detect the slightest variation in size with absolute reliability. Whether
fixed to a simple measuring support or integrated by the dozen into a complex instal-
lation, they record dimensions with unvarying precision. Rugged and virtually insensi-
tive to temperature variation and electromagnetic interference, TESA/Brown & Sharpe
inductive probes are compact, can be used in any position and are easily brought into
contact with the work to be checked.
The pages that follow show the family of Brown & Sharpe/TESA standard half-bridge
probes that are compatible with the amplifiers shown in the previous pages. Most of
the probes shown here are also compatible with earlier Brown & Sharpe 960, 990,
and 1020 series amplifiers after normal recalibration/adjustment of the amplifier.
All electronic probes are mounted on ball-bearings, except for miniature
axial probes.
Ball-bearing measuring bolts are virtually insensitive to radial forces.
Probe guide system is efficiently protected against the penetration of solid and liq-
uid contaminants by sealing rubber bellows. In normal conditions of use, nitrile
elastomer rubber bellows are sufficient. For applications where the probes remain
permanently in contact with cooling and lubricating agents, we would recommend
the use of Viton rubber bellows.
Sealing bellows ensure full airtightness so that the measuring bolt is retracted by
throwing off the air contained in the probe. This provides optimum protection of
the guiding system as no mechanical means is used.
Electronic signal amplification with no use of any other mechanical
component produces excellent repeatability and low hysteresis.
Maximum resolution: 0.01 m.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-13
Wiring plan of half-bridge probes Wiring plan of LVDT probes
Inductive probe related main parameters
S travel
U output current
0 electrical zero
L linearity range
L
f
linearity error
The linearity range L, which is the range within
which the max. perm. errors are contained, is
equal to the measuring range. All max. perm.
errors are limiting values given for linearity errors.
TESA LVDT Probes
These probes are based on a Linear Variable
Differential Transformer (LVDT). They have three
coils: one primary coil, which is is energized by a
sinusoidal alternation at 5 kHz, and two second-
ary coils, connected in opposite phase, which
generate the output current proportional to the
measuring travel.
0 -S
+U
+S
-U
L
f
L L
X
Ua
Uo
-Ua
Rs
Ua1,Fa1
Rch1
G1
U=KxX
Uo
Ua
Rs
Ua2,Fa2
Rch2
G2
U=KxX
X
Functioning Principle
All TESA electronic probes (value sensors) work
on the inductive principle with mechanical con-
tact of the workpiece. They are fitted with a
coil system inducing an alternating output volt-
age that depends on the the position of the
ferromagnetic core. With a symmetric position,
i.e. at electrical zero, no voltage is impressed. A
move of the core, which may be attached to
the measuring bolt while the measurand is
being taken, leads to a change in the induc-
tance. This change generates a signal that is
amplified and rectified before being displayed
and further output. Depending on the instru-
ment type, the analog signal will be shown on
a voltmeter or a numerical display after its digi-
tal transformation.
Unambiguous assessment of the measurand (at
bolt position) to the signal (displayed value) is
the main characteristic of the analog value
acquisition. One of its distinct advantages is
that the value primarily displayed will be repro-
duced in the event of a power cut (switch-off
or power failure).
Standard TESA Half-Bridge
Probes for use with TESA
Measuring Instruments
These probes have two serial coils with
middle output mounted side-by-side and
energized by a sinusoidal alternation at 3 kHz.
Both are linked together to a Wheatstone
bridge over an additional half-bridge.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-14
General Information Valid for all Types
All of the characteristics given are valid for a reference temperature of 20C. These technical
specifications are applicable to probes fitted with the standard contact point.
Possible resolution: 0.01 m.
L = value measured from electrical zero in mm.
Linearity Error: The linearity error noted in the above table shows the maximum value.
The typical value can be half of the maximum value.
Nominal sensitivity (half-bridge): GT62/61 29.5 m/V/mm (conditions: 3V, 13 kHz/2 k );
all other types - 73.75 mV/V/mm.
TESA/Brown & Sharpe Electronic Probes
Quick Selection Tables
8 mm Diameter Axial Probes with Ball-Bearing Measuring Bolt
Standard probes
599-982-10 GT 21 2 4.3 axial mechanical Nitrile
32.10904 GT 21 2 4.3 axial mechanical Nitrile
32.10924 GT 22 2 4.3 radial by vacuum Nitrile
32.30057 GTL 21 2 4.3 axial mechanical Viton
32.30056 GTL 22 2 4.3 radial by vacuum Viton
Standard high-precision probes
32.30036 GT 21HP 0.2 4.3 axial mechanical Nitrile
32.30021 GT 22HP 0.2 4.3 radial by vacuum Nitrile
Standard long-travel probes
32.30027 GT 27 2 10.3 axial mechanical Viton
32.30026 GT 28 2 10.3 radial by vacuum Viton
Probes with extended measuring ranges
Measuring
Range
mm
Cable
Exit
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
Travel
mm
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-15
N ** m m C
0.63 6 60 yes 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.63 6 60 yes 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.63 6 60 yes 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.63 6 60 yes 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 2.4
.
L
2
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.63 6 60 yes 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 2.4
.
L
2
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.63 6 60 no 0.01 0.01 0.07 + 0.4
.
L 10 to 40 IP64
0.63 6 60 no 0.01 0.01 0.07 + 0.4
.
L 10 to 40 IP64
0.63 8 60 yes 0.05 0.05 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.63 8 60 yes 0.05 0.05 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.9 8 60 yes 0.05 0.05 1 + 4
.
L - 10 to 65 IP65
0.9 8 60 yes 0.05 0.05 1 + 4
.
L - 10 to 65 IP65
** Nominal value of the measuring force at electrical zero, max. deviation 25%.
*** Mechanical frequency limit valid for the final value of the measuring range with an amplitude of 10%.
**** Max. perm. errors applicable to the linearity errors.
Moving
Mass
g
Frequency
Limit
Hz ***
Dismount
-able
(L in mm)
m ****
IEC
60529
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-16
8 mm Diameter Miniature Probes
Measuring bolt hanging from diaphragm springs
32.30001 GT 41 0.3 0.7 axial none Nitrile
32.30002 GT 42 0.3 0.7 radial by vacuum Nitrile
Measuring bolt guided on plain bearings
Lever Type Probes
599-988 GT 31 0.3 0.7 angled
32.10802 GT 31 0.3 0.7 angled
Probes with Parallel Guiding
Standard probes
32.30019 FMS 100 2 5.8 parallel by air pressure
32.30028 FMS 102 2 5.8 angled by air pressure
32.30049 FMS 130 2.9 5.8 parallel by air pressure
32.30050 FMS 132 2.9 5.8 angled by air pressure
Probes (FMS protected)
32.30037 FMS 100-P 2 5.8 parallel by air pressure
32.30038 FMS 102-P 2 5.8 angled by air pressure
* Position in relation to the measuring movement.
Measuring
Range
mm
Cable
Exit
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
Measuring
Range
mm
Cable
Exit
Measuring
Range
mm
Cable
Exit *
Insert
Retraction
(accessory)
Travel
mm
Travel
mm
Travel
mm
SWISS MADE 32 30019 PAT PEND
SWISS MADE
Patented
PROTECTED
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-17
N ** m m C
0.63 2 60 no 0.01 0.01 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.63 2 60 no 0.01 0.01 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
- 10 to 65 IP65
0.4 2 60 no 0.1 0.15 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
5 to 65 IP65
0.4 2 60 no 0.1 0.15 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
5 to 65 IP65
N ** m m C
0.1 12 25 no 0.1 0.25 0.2 + 50
.
L
2
- 10 to 50 IP40
0.1 12 25 no 0.1 0.25 0.2 + 50
.
L
2
- 10 to 50 IP40
N ** m m C
2 110 25 yes 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP50
2 110 25 yes 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP50
2 110 25 yes 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP50
2 110 25 yes 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP50
2 110 25 yes 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP54
2 110 25 yes 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
- 10 to 65 IP54
*** Mechanical frequency limit valid for the final value of the measuring range with an amplitude of 10%.
**** Max. perm. errors applicable to the linearity errors.
Moving
Mass
g
Frequency
Limit
Hz ***
Dismount
-able
(L in mm)
m ****
IEC
60529
Moving
Mass
g
Frequency
Limit
Hz ***
Dismount
-able
(L in mm)
m ****
IEC
60529
Moving
Mass
g
Frequency
Limit
Hz ***
Dismount
-able
(L in mm)
m ****
IEC
60529
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-18
LVDT Probes - General Overview
LVDT Probes with Parallel Guiding
mm
Standard probes
32.30033 FMS 100 LVDT 1.5 5.8 parallel by air pressure
32.30034 FMS 102 LVDT 1.5 5.8 angled by air pressure
32.30039 FMS 100-P LVDT 1.5 5.8 parallel by air pressure
32.30040 FMS 102-P LVDT 1.5 5.8 angled by air pressure
* Position in relation to the measuring movement.
Measuring
Range
mm
Cable
Exit *
Insert
Retraction
(accessory)
SWISS MADE
Patented
PROTECTED
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-19
N ** m m % *** C
2 3 V / 5 kHz / 100 k 150 0.5 0.5 0.25 - 10 to 65 IP50
2 3 V / 5 kHz / 100 k 150 0.5 0.5 0.25 - 10 to 65 IP50
2 3 V / 5 kHz / 100 k 150 0.5 0.5 0.25 - 10 to 65 IP54
2 3 V / 5 kHz / 100 k 150 0.5 0.5 0.25 - 10 to 65 IP54
*** Max. perm. errors given as % for linearity errors refer to each relevant measuring span (= difference between both first and last
values of the measuring range). For max. perm. errors expressed in m, see the information provided with each LVDT probe on
the following pages.
Drive Voltage
DriveFrequency
Adjustment Load
Sensitivity
mV / V / mm
IEC
60529
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-20
32.90119 32.90120 32.90121 32.90122 32.90123 32.90124
ETAMIC (ZCB) GT 21 GT 22 GT 27 GT 28 FMS 100 FMS 102
32.90143 32.90144 32.90145 32.90146
MAHR GT 21 GT 22 GT 212 GT 222
32.90149 32.90150
MARPOSS GT 21 GT 22
N *
32.30059 GT 21 DC 2 0.63 axial
32.30058 GT 22 DC 2 0.63 radial
* Nominal value at electrical zero; max. deviation 25%. Valid for upright assembly position, with downward
oriented measuring bolt, as well as for static measuring.
Also available upon request :
S32180358 S32180315 S32080302 S32080692 S32080721
GT 27 DC 10V GT 28 DC GT 31 DC GT 41 DC GT 43 DC
S32080569 S32020402 S32080729 S32080661 S32020214
GT 44 DC 5V GT 61 DC GTL 222 DC 10V GT 272 DC GT 622 DC
S32001487 S32080524 S32730497 S32080361
FMS 100 DC FMS 102 DC FMS 132 DC 10V FMS 100 DC-IP54
Other existing versions: 2V / mm, 5V / mm and 10V / mm; max. output voltage 10V.
Measuring
Range / mm
Cable
Exit
DC Axial Probes
Provided with a direct current output for connection to a computer or any other
unit fitted with an analog input.
Compatibility of Brown & Sharpe
TESA
Probes with Electronic Equipment

of other Manufacturers
DIN 32676
Part 1
For technical
data, refer to
each single standard
probe
GT 21 DC and GT 22 DC
electronic probes
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the table
Axial probes
usable in any position
8 mm dia.
fixing shank
Drive voltage:
10 to 15V
Consumption: 15 mA
Adjustment load: > 1 k
Sensitivity: 1V / mm
0.1 m
0.15 m
Max. perm.
error of 15 m
relative to a 4 mm meas-
uring span (measuring
range 2 mm)
Other technical
data listed on
pages L-12 and L-13
Technical data sheets
GT 21 DC: 32.00396
GT 22 DC: 32.00397
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-21
Axial Probes
Standard and LVDT Probes
Universal probes for common but constraining applications.
8 mm dia. probe housing. Can be clamped over its entire length.
Measuring bolt mounted on ball-bearings.
Both the probe housing and ball-bearing guide are separate from one another so that the
measuring bolt moves easily even if the probe is not clamped appropriately.
Degree of protection IP65 according to IEC 60529.
Wide range of accessories including measuring inserts, spring sets, etc.
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the table
Axial probes
usable in any
position
8 mm dia.
fixing shank
Ball-bearing measuring
bolt
Distance from electrical
zero of both stops is
either adjustable (lower
stop) or depending on
the position of the latter
(upper stop).
Interchangeable measur-
ing insert with a 3 mm
dia. tungsten carbide
ball tip. M2.5 thread
Cable length: 2 m
5-pin plug DIN 45322,
LVDT without plug.
Nickel-plated
housing
Stainless steel measur-
ing bolt, hardened.
Sealing bellows:
resistant Nitrile
or high-resistance Viton
(elastomer)
Moving mass:
6 g
Drive frequen-
cy13 kHz
( 5%).
Mechanical frequency
limit: 60 Hz
0.15 m / C,
GTL 21 and
GTL 211: 0.2 m / C
20 0.5 C
-10 C to 65 C
GT 21 HP:
10 C to 40 C
80%
Protection IP65
(IEC 60529),
GT 21 HP: IP64
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
GT 21 Probes with Axial Cable Exit
mm m m m ***
GT 21 - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 4.3 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00249
GTL 21 - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 4.3 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 2.4
.
L
2
32.00391
GTL 211 - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 4.3 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 2.4
.
L
2
32.00435
GT 21 HP - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 4.3 0.01 0.01 0.07 + 0.4
.
L 32.00264
GT 21 LVDT - 2.2 0.1 - 1.7 4.3 0.15 0.15 4.5 **** 32.00228
** Distance from electrical zero. *** Max perm. errors applicable to the linearity errors (L in mm).
**** With reference to the 3 mm measuring span (measuring range 1.5 mm).
Technical
Data Sheets
Lower stop of the meas-
uring bolt **, adjustable
from to ex-factory
mm mm mm
R 1,5
8
h
6
61,5 20,5
-1,2 +3
0
92
99
9
3
8
GT21
GTL211
N *
Standard probes
599-982-10 GT 21 2 0.63 mechanical Nitrile
32.10904 GT 21 2 0.63 mechanical Nitrile
High-Precision probes
32.30036 GT 21 HP 0.2 0.63 mechanical Nitrile
* Nominal value at electrical zero, max. 25%. Valid for upright assembly position,
with downward oriented measuring bolt, as well as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range / mm
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-22
N *
Standard probes
599-982-18 GT 22 2 0.63 by vacuum Nitrile
32.10924 GT 22 2 0.63 by vacuum Nitrile
32.30056 GTL 22 2 0.63 by vacuum Nitrile
* Nominal value at electrical zero, max. 25%. Valid for upright assembly position,
with downward oriented measuring bolt, as well as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range / mm
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
GT 22 Probes with Radial Cable Exit
. mm m m m ***
GT 22 - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 4.3 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00250
GTL 22 - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 4.3 0.01 0.02 0.2 + 2.4
.
L
2
32.00392
GT 22 HP - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 4.3 0.01 0.01 0.07 + 0.4
.
L 32.00265
** Distance from electrical zero *** Max perm. errors applicable to the linearity errors (L in mm).
from to ex-factory
mm mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the table
Axial probes
usable in any
position
8 mm dia.
fixing shank
bolt
(upper stop)
Cable length : 2 m
LVDT without plug
Nickel-plated
housing
ing bolt, hardened
Sealing bellows:
resistant Nitrile or
high-resistance Viton
(elastomer)
Moving mass:
6 g
Drive frequen-
cy13 kHz
( 5%).
limit : 60 Hz
0.15 m / C
or 0.2 m / C for
GTL 22
20 0.5 C
-10 C to 65 C.
10 C to 40 C
for GT 21 HP
80%
Protection IP65
(IEC 60529),
GT 21 HP: IP64
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
GT22
R 1,5
8
h
6
47 20,5
-1,2 +3
0
81,5
9
,
6
1
9
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-23
N *
Standard probes
32.30027 GT 27 2 0.63 mechanical Viton
Measuring
Range / mm
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
N *
Standard probes
32.30026 GT 28 2 0.63 by vacuum Viton
* Nominal value at electrical zero; max. deviation 25%.
Valid for upright assembly position, with downward oriented measuring bolt, as well
as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range / mm
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
Axial Probes with Long Retraction Travel
Universal inductive probes for common applications, especially with multigaging devices.
Long retraction travel to prevent the probe from being damaged.
mm m m m ***
GT 27 - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 10.3 0.05 0.05 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00251
GT 28 - 2.2 0.1 - 1.2 10.3 0.05 0.05 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00252
** Distance from electrical zero *** Max perm. errors applicable to the linearity errors (L in mm).
Technical
Data Sheets
from to ex-factory
mm mm mm
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the table
Axial probes
usable in any
position
8 mm dia.
fixing shank
bolt
(upper stop).
Cable length : 2 m
Standard probes with a
LVDT without plug.
Nickel-plated
housing
ing bolt, hardened.
Viton rubber bellows:
high-resistance elas-
tomer
Moving mass:
6 g
Drive frequency
13 kHz ( 5%).
limit : 60 Hz
0.15 m / C
20 0.5 C
-10 C to 65 C
80%
Protection IP65
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
1
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-24
N *
Standard probes
Measuring
Range / mm
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
Axial Probes with
Long Measuring Range
Probes designed for long measuring travels and low resolutions Specially suited for multigaging systems.
Correction factor 2.5 times to obtain the true values.
N *
Standard probes
32.30042 GT 62 5 0.9 by vacuum Viton
Valid for upright assembly position, with downward oriented measuring bolt, as well
as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range / mm
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
mm m m m ***
GT 61 - 5.1 5.2 10.3 0.05 0.05 1 + 4
.
L 32.00294
GT 611 - 5.1 5.2 10.3 0.05 0.05 1 + 4
.
L 32.00437
GT 62 - 5.1 5.2 10.3 0.05 0.05 1 + 4
.
L 32.00295
GT 61 LVDT - 5.1 5.2 10.3 0.2 0.2 20 **** 32.00337
GT 62 LVDT - 5.1 5.2 10.3 0.2 0.2 20 **** 32.00339
** Distance from electrical zero. *** Max. perm. errors applicable to the linearity errors (L in mm).
**** With reference to the 10 mm measuring span (measuring range 5 mm).
Bolt endstops **
upper stop lower stop
mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the table
Axial probes
usable in any
position
Signal combina-
tions with probes having
a standard resolution
may require your atten-
tion to needed correction
8 mm dia.
fixing shank
bolt
Both lower and upper
bolt endstops are fixed
ball tip. M2.5 thread.
Cable length : 2 m
5-pin plug DIN 45322.
LVDT without plug
Nickel-plated
housing
ing bolt, hardened.
Viton rubber bellows:
high-resistance elas-
tomer
Moving mass:
8 g
Drive frequency
13 kHz ( 5%).
limit : 60 Hz
0.09 m / C,
GT 61 LVDT and
GT 62 LVDT: 0.16 m / C
20 0.5 C
-10 C to 65 C
80%
Protection IP65
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-25
N *
Measuring bolt hanging from diaphragms
599-989 GT 41 0.3 0.63 none Nitrile
Measuring bolt guided on a plain bearing
Measuring
Range / mm
Meas. Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
GT 41 and GT 43 Probes with Axial Cable Exit
Axial Miniature Probes
Standard Probes
Compact probes specially designed for use where theres no room for longer
probes Possible assembly of measuring heads, etc.
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the table
Axial probes
usable in any
position
8 mm dia.
fixing shaft
Measuring bolt guided
on a plain bearing or
hanging from diaphragms
GT 41 or GT 42 with a
fixed measuring insert;
spherical carbide meas-
uring face, R 0.75 mm.
selectable measuring
insert; spherical carbide
measuring face, R 1 mm.
M2 thread.
Cable length: 2 m
5-pin plug
DIN 45322
Nickel-plated
fixing shank
Resistant nitrile rubber
bellow or Viton rubber
bellow with high-resist-
ance elastomer
Moving mass:
2 g
Drive frequency
13 kHz ( 5%)
limit : 60 Hz
0.1 m / C
20 0.5 C
GT 41 and GT 42:
-10 C to 65 C,
GT 43 and GT 44: 5 C
to 65 C
80%
Protection IP65
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
mm m m m ***
GT 41 - 0.3 0.4 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
32.00258
GT 43 - 1.05 1.05 2.1 0.1 0.15 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
32.00260
Meas. bolt endstops: **
lower stop upper stop
mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
8
h
6
R 0,75
34
47
4
+0,4 -0,3
0 GT41
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-26
Axial Miniature Probes
Standard Probes
Compact probes specially designed for use where theres no room for longer probes Possible
assembly of measuring heads, etc.
N *
Measuring bolt hanging from diaphragms
599-989-1 GT 42 0.3 0.63 by vacuum Nitrile
Measuring bolt guided on a plain bearing
599-989-2 GT 44 1 0.4 by vacuum Viton
Valid in upright assembly position, with downward oriented measuring bolt,
as well as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range / mm
Meas. Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
GT 42 and GT 44 Probes with Radial Cable Exit
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Axial probes
usable in any
position
8 mm dia.
fixing shaft
Measuring bolt guided
on a plain bearing or
hanging from diaphragms
fixed measuring insert;
spherical carbide meas-
uring face, R 0.75 mm.
selectable measuring
insert; spherical carbide
measuring face, R 1 mm.
M2 thread.
Cable length: 2 m
5-pin plug
DIN 45322
Nickel-plated
fixing shank
Resistant nitrile rubber
bellow or Viton rubber
bellow with high-resist-
ance elastomer
Moving mass:
2 g
Drive frequency
13 kHz ( 5%)
limit : 60 Hz
0.1 m / C
20 0.5 C
GT 41 and GT 42:
-10 C to 65 C,
GT 43 and GT 44: 5 C
to 65 C
80%
Protection IP65
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
mm m m m ***
GT 42 - 0.3 0.4 0.7 0.01 0.01 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
32.00259
GT 44 - 1.05 1.05 2.1 0.1 0.15 0.2 + 5
.
L
2
32.00261
Meas. Bolt Endstops: **
lower stop upper stop
mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
8
h
6
R 0,75
19 4
+0,4 -0,3
0
9
,
6
36
1
9
GT42
18,4 5,6
-1
0
33
8
h
6
R1
2
9
,
5
1
5
9
+1
5
GT44
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-27
TESA
GT 31 Lever Type Probes

Probes with inclinable insert for measuring in two directions Ideally suited for use where probes
with axial displacement of the measuring bolt are found awkward to use.
Ball-bearing balanced lever.
Interchangeable measuring insert fitted with a tungsten carbide ball tip and inclinable through 180.
Automatic reversal of the probing direction while the direction of the indication remains unchanged.
Protected against shocks by 2 safety clutches.
One-piece housing provided with 2 dovetails.
N *
599-988 GT 31 0.3 0.1 (Standard)
32.10802 GT 31 0.3 0.1 (Standard)
32.10801 GT 31 0.3 0.02
32.10803 GT 31 0.3 0.2
GT with special cable position
599-988-18 GT 31 0.3 0.1 (Standard)
Valid with both probe housing and lever lying horizontally
as well as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range / mm
mm m m m **
GT 31 0.7 0.1 0.25 0.2 + 50
.
L
2
32.00266
** Max perm. errors applicable to the linearity errors (L in mm).
Technical
Data Sheets
DIN 32876
Part 1
0.3 mm
Lever probe
usable in any
position
2 dovetail
attachments
Selectable measuring
inserts, stainless steel
shank fitted with a 2 mm
carbide ball tip.
For all other inserts, see
under optional acces-
sories on the next pages.
Cable length: 2 m
5-pin plug
DIN 45322
All-metal
housing with
matte-chromium finish
Moving mass:
12 g
Drive frequency
13 kHz ( 5 %)
limit : 25 Hz
20 0.5 C
5 C to 60 C
80%
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
Equipped with
one 2 mm dia.
insert No. 32.60410,
and one 8 mm dia. fixing
shank No. 18.40105
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
Note:
If the measuring insert is lying parallel to the workpiece surface (Fig. A), the leverage
is 1:1 so that the values as measured need not be corrected.
Any other position (angle in Fig. B) will change the effective length of the lever. Therefore, all read values
must be corrected. With regard to this, see the instructions for use that came with your electronic probes.
2
2
0
1
7
18.40105
50
(90)
40
8h6
L
60
8,54
6,4
1
,5
1
,
6
5
A
B
Measuring direction
Measuring direction
Shorten lever
599-988-18
Special Cable Position
Dovetail Shank
See page E-44.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-28
Accessories for GT 31 Probe Series
Measuring Inserts
Standard one-piece probe shank
32.60402 1 1 : 1 32
32.60410 2 1 : 1 32
32.60403 3 1 : 1 32
Special two-piece probe shank
35.90002 1 1 : 1 32
35.90003 2 1 : 1 32
35.90004 3 1 : 1 32
35.90005 4 1 : 1 32
35.90006 1 1 : 2 72
35.90007 2 1 : 2 72
35.90008 3 1 : 2 72
35.90009 4 1 : 2 72
35.90010 1 1 : 3 112
35.90001 2 1 : 3 112
35.90011 3 1 : 3 112
35.90012 4 1 : 3 112
35.90013 1 1 : 118.49
35.90014 2 1 : 118.49
35.90015 3 1 : 118.49
35.90016 4 1 : 118.49
Lever Am-
plification
Ball Tip
mm
Length L
mm
10
10
10
10
599-980-10 Dovetail Mounting Bracket
For 599-986 and 599-988 Gage Heads
32.40100 Fixing B rackets
With dovetail and cylindrical bore
32.60414 Correction cable for the probe constant
Used for the electrical correction to zero
of the probe constant using the measuring insert
fitted with a 1 mm dia. ball tip
Stainless steel
insert holder
with a tungsten carbide
ball tip
Transport
packing
Transport
packing
L
L
33
6
,
3
6,4
R9
32.60410
35.90003
32.60410
35.90003
35.90007
35.90001
35.90014
599-980-10
32.40100
32.60414
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-29
Probes with Parallel Guiding
Standard, Protected and LVDT Probe
Universal probes for multigaging devices. Lets you capture the values measured on machines and
other fixtures for in-process inspection.
Long-life probes featuring a rugged compact design.
Modular construction to eliminate the need for many assembly components.
Ball-bearing probing movements.
Sense of the measuring force as well as probe retraction according to the accessory used.
Wide choice of measuring inserts and supports for optimum adaptation to your measuring work.
N *
Standard probes
32.30019 FMS 100 2 2 by air pressure
32.30049 FMS 130 2.9 2 by air pressure
32.30037 FMS 100-P 2 2 by air pressure
LVDT probes
32.30033 FMS 100 LVDT 1.5 2 by air pressure
32.30039 FMS 100 P-LVDT 1.5 2 by air pressure
* Nominal value at electrical zero; max. deviation 25%.Valid with probing movement
exerted horizontally as well as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range
mm
Insert
Retraction
(accessory)
FMS Probes with Parallel Cable Exit
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Probes with
linear action
4 fixing
threads M6
Linear ball-bearing
guiding with fixed stops
Insert holder attachment
with dovetail
Cable length: 2 m
Standard and protected
probes with a 5-pin plug
DIN 45322 integrating
a setting element
for the signals.
LVDT probes have
no plug and
no adjust item.
Hardened
steel probe
body, nickel-plated
Moving mass:
110 g
Drive frequency
13 kHz ( 5%).
Not for LVDT probes.
LVDT probes:
Drive voltage: 3V
Drive frequency: 5 kHz
Adjustment load: 100 k
Sensitivity:
150 mV / V / mm
Mechanical
frequency limit :
25 Hz
- 0.14 m / C.
LVDT probes:
0.15 m / C
20 0.5 C
-10 C to 65 C
80%
Protection IP50.
Protected
probes: IP54 (IEC
60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
. mm m m m***
FMS 100 - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00253
FMS 100-P - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00283
FMS 130 - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00342
FMS 130-P - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00344
FMS 100 LVDT - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 4.5 **** 32.00247
FMS 100-P LVDT - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 4.5 **** 32.00290
** Distance from electrical zero *** Max. perm. errors applicable for linearity errors (L in mm)
**** With reference to the 4 mm measuring span (measuring range 2 mm) or 5.8 mm ( 2.9 mm).
Mech. Stop: **
lower upper
mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
70
30 15 5 15 5
M6
8
38
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-30
FMS Probes with Angled Cable Exit
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Probes with
linear action
4 coupling
threads M6
Linear ball-bearing
guiding with fixed stops
Insert holder attachment
with dovetail
Cable length: 2 m
Standard and FMS
protected probes with
a 5-pin plug DIN 45322
integrating a calibration
element for the signals.
LVDT probes have
no plug and no adjust
item.
Hardened
steel probe,
body, nickel-plated
Moving mass:
110 g
Carrier frequency
13 kHz ( 5%).
Not for LVDT probes.
LVDT probes:
Drive voltage: 3V
Drive frequency: 5 kHz
Sensitivity:
150 mV / V / mm
Mechanical
frequency limit :
25 Hz
- 0.15 m / C
20 0.5 C
-10 C to 65 C
80%
Protection IP50.
Probes (FMS
protected): IP54 (IEC
60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
mm m m m***
FMS 102 - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00254
FMS 102-P - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00289
FMS 132 - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00343
FMS 132-P - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 0.2 + 3
.
L
3
32.00345
FMS 102 LVDT - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 4.5 **** 32.00248
FMS 102-P LVDT - 2.9 2.9 5.8 0.5 0.5 4.5 **** 32.00291
** Distance from electrical zero. *** Max. perm. errors applicable for linearity errors (L in mm)
**** With reference to the 4 mm measuring span (measuring range 2 mm) or 5.8 mm ( 2.9 mm).
Mechanical Stops **
lower upper
mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
N *
Standard probes
32.30028 FMS 102 2 2 air pressure
32.30050 FMS 132 2.9 2 air pressure
32.30038 FMS 102-P 2 2 air pressure
32.30052 FMS 132-P 2.9 2 air pressure
LVDT probes
32.30034 FMS 102 LVDT 1.5 2 air pressure
32.30040 FMS 102 P-LVDT 1.5 2 air pressure
* Nominal value at electrical zero; max. deviation 25%.Valid with probing
movement exerted horizontally as well as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range
mm
Insert
Retraction
(accessory)
13
70
30 15 5 15 5
8
M6
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C
L
E
N
G
T
H
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-31
Configuration and Use of the TESA
FMS Probes
The following examples provide you with a number of possibilities to activate and retract the
measuring insert during your measurement cycles.
1 Fixed probe
body
2 Moving probe
body
3 Measuring ele-
ment with fine
adjustment
4 Adjustable
stop
5 Spring set for the
measuring force
6 Fixing bores
7 Holder for the
measuring insert
The force of the spring set (5) must
be equivalent to the force of the
auxiliary spring-loaded element (10).
5 6 1 6 4
3
2 7
5 8 9
5 8 9 10
5 Spring set for
the measuring
force
8 Pneumatic
jack
No. 32.60440
9 Pressure
connector
10 Auxiliary spring-
loaded element
No. 32.60445
5 Spring set for
the measuring
force
8 Pneumatic
jack
No. 32.6400
9 Pressure
connector
Example A
Activating the measuring insert
towards the part to be inspected using
the measuring force produced by the
compression spring.
No insert retraction.
Result :
The measuring insert remains in posi-
tion. Exchange of the part is made
with mechanical contact
with the probe under the measuring
force.
Example B
towards the part to be inspected by
using the measuring force produced
by the compression spring.
Insert retraction by pneumatic
pressure.
Result :
Exchange of the part is made with
no mechanical contact with the probe.
Example C
towards the part to be inspected by
air pressure using the measuring force
produced by the compression spring.
Insert retraction by disabling the
pneumatic pressure.
Result :
Exchange of the part is made with
no mechanical contact with the probe
providing absolute security through
automatic retraction of the measuring
insert in a pressureless condition.
This configuration is also applied
when there is no room on the left side
for the pneumatic jack as shown in
the example B.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-32
Accessories for TESA
FMS Probes
Spring sets
Item 5 in the examples
A to C
N
* 2.0 Nickel-plated
32.60448 0.4 Red
32.60449 0.63 Yellow
32.60450 1.0 Green
32.60451 1.6 Blue
32.60452 2.5 Brown
32.60453 4.0 Black
* Supplied with FMS probes
Spring sets for the
measuring force
Accessories for Pneumatic
Activation for the Moving Probe Body
Auxiliary spring-loaded element
Item 10 in the example C
N
32.60441 0.4 Red
32.60442 0.63 Yellow
32.60443 1.0 Green
32.60444 1.6 Blue
32.60445 2.0 Nickel-plated
32.60446 2.5 Brown
32.60447 4.0 Black
32.60440 Pneumatic jack
Activates the moving
probe body. Force under a
pressure of 4 bar s: 11 N.
Item 8 in both examples B and C.
All values given

in the table for
the measuring force are
nominal values at the
electrical zero; max.
deviation 25 %. Valid
for the probing move-
ments exerted horizon-
tally as well as in static
measuring.
Transport
packing
Insert Holder with Fine Adjustment
Helps you to set the probe Setting and locking screws remain accessible even
with several probes mounted side by side.
Mounting bores for the measuring insert
mm Position mm
26.30053 4 2 Horizontal 25
26.30055 4 1 Vertical 25
26.30052 6 2 Horizontal 25
26.30054 6 1 Vertical 25
Num-
ber
Width of the
insert holder :
12 mm
Transport
packing
26.30052/53
26.30054/55
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-33
Fixed insert holders
With mounting bores for the inserts
mm Number Position
26.30042 4 2 Horizontal
26.30043 4 1 Vertical
26.30045 6 2 Horizontal
26.30046 6 1 Vertical
Transport
packing
Inserts with a 4 mm diameter fixing shaft
Centered inserts with a narrow flat
measuring face
Lmm
26.60066 Carbide 12
26.60068 Carbide 25
Off-centered inserts with a narrow flat
measuring face
Lmm
26.60067 Carbide 12
26.60069 Carbide 25
Centered inserts with 2 cylindrical
measuring faces
Lmm
26.60070 Carbide 20
26.60071 Carbide 40
26.60072 Carbide 60
Inserts with a 2 mm dia. contact pin with
spherical measuring face
Lmm
26.60073 Carbide 20
26.60074 Carbide 40
26.60075 Carbide 60
Off-centered inserts with a tungsten
carbide ball tip
mm Lmm
26.60084 5 20
26.60085 5 33
26.60086 5 48
4
4
26.30042/45
26.30043/46
Inserts with a tungsten carbide ball tip
mm Lmm
26.60076 3 20
26.60077 3 40
26.60078 3 60
Off-centered inserts with 2 cylindrical
measuring faces
Lmm
26.60082 Carbide 40
26.60083 Carbide 60
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-34
Inserts with a 6 mm diameter fixing shaft
Inserts with a tungsten carbide ball tip
mm
07.60058 3
07.60059 5
07.60060 10
Inserts with a tungsten carbide disc
for grooves, nuts, centering shoulders
etc.
mm Emm
07.60074 4.5 1
07.60075 14 2
07.60076 19 3
Inserts with a barrel-shaped measuring
face for cylindrical bores. Also serve
for determining the position of internal
threads
mm
07.60066 2.2 M3 - M16
07.60067 4.5 M6 - M48
07.60068 9.7 M12 - M150
For
threads
TESATAST inserts with a tungsten carbide
ball tip. M1.4 mounting thread
Dmm Lmm
18.60201 1 12.53
18.60202 2 12.53
18.60203 3 12.53
18.60307 Key
Insert with a small cylindrical measuring
face
mm
07.60082 Carbide 2
Centered inserts with a small flat
measuring face
Lmm
S26074380 Carbide 64
Insert with one flat and one spherical
measuring face
Lmm
025589 Carbide 64
Universal insert holder provided with
the following mounting facilities
S26074372 1 x 4 mm dia.
1 x 6 mm dia.
2 x M1.4 threads
2 x M2.5 threads
Universal insert holder with 2 mounting
threads
07.60096 M1.4 and M2.5
Transport
packing
2
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-35
Inserts with offset small
and flat measuring faces
26.30047 1
26.30048 2
26.30049 3
26.30050 4
26.30051 5
As shown in
the drawing
Inserts with offset measuring faces
Transport
packing
Standard inserts with a spherical
measuring face
Lmm
35.10001 Steel 6
35.10002 Carbide 6
Inserts with a spherical
measuring face
Rmm
35.10101 Steel 5
35.10102 Carbide 5
Inserts with 4 interchangeable steel pins,
spherical measuring face R = 1.5 mm
Lmm
35.10201 Steel 16, 26, 36, 46
Inserts with a ball-bearing steel roller.
Counternut for radial alignment
35.60010 Steel Cylindrical
35.60011 Steel Domed
Shape
Insert with offset contact point (A).
Amm
35.10401 Steel 6.5
Insert with cylindrical measuring face.
35.10502 Carbide
Measuring Inserts for TESA
Axial Probes,
Dial Gages and others
Inserts fitted with a M2.5 Coupling Thread
Transport
packing
6
1,6
5
0
,
3
0
,
5
6
,
5
7
,
5
7
13
6
1
,
6
0
,
0
0
3
6
R5
16/26/36/46
R1,5
1
,
5
9
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-36
Off-center insert with narrow
measuring face.
Bmm
35.10602 Carbide 0.5
Insert with flat measuring face.
Adjustable parallelism. Counternut
for radial alignment
mm
35.10902 Carbide 2.5
Inserts with a flat measuring face
Dmm
35.10801 Steel 2.5
35.10802 Carbide 2.5
35.60022 Steel 3.4
35.60023 Carbide 3.4
Extensions for the measuring inserts
Lmm
35.40501 10
35.40502 15
35.40503 20
35.40504 40
Measuring Inserts with a M2 Coupling Thread
for GT 43 and GT 44 Axial Miniature Probes
Inserts with a spherical measuring face.
M2 thread
mm
35.10204 Carbide R 1
35.10103 Carbide R 5
Inserts with a spherical measuring face.
R 5. M2 thread
Lmm
35.10202 Carbide 16
35.10203 Carbide 26
Insert with a cylindrical measuring face.
Counternut for radial alignment.
M2 thread
35.10503 Carbide
Insert with narrow measuring face.
Adjustable parallelism. Counternut for
radial alignment
Bmm
35.10702 Carbide 0.5
Extensions for measuring inserts with M2 thread
Lmm
35.40505 10
35.40506 15
16
3
,
3
5
6
,
5
1
5
0
,
5
Additional
measuring inserts
and extensions
with M2.5
coupling
thread
are listed
in section E.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-37
Variety of Accessories
for TESA
Electronic Probes
Measuring Force Spring Sets for Axial Probes
N
GT 22 probe series
32.60419 0.16
32.60420 0.25
32.60421 0.40
GT 21 and GT 22 probe series
32.60422 1.0
32.60423 1.6
32.60424 2.5
32.60425 4.0
N
32.60458 0.63
32.60459 1.0
32.60460 1.6
32.60461 2.5
32.60483 0.8
32.60463 1.0
32.60464 1.6
32.60465 2.5
All values given

in the table for the meas-
uring force are nominal
values at electrical zero;
max. deviation 25 %.
Valid for upright
assembly position,
with downward oriented
measuring bolt,
as well as in static
measuring.
Force related in-
formation mark-
ed on the plastic sleeve
Transport
packing
Spare Bellows for Axial Probes
Nitrile: resistant
synthetic rubber for
normal use
Viton: high-resistance
synthetic rubber used
where probes are con-
stantly in contact
with cooling and
lubricating agents.
Safety rings
and washer
Transport
packing
32.60468 Nitrile
32.60470 Viton
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-38
Clamping Elements for Axial Probes
Provided with 3 clamping faces To make sure all the metrology properties
of the guiding system will not be disturbed by the clamps.
VDE clamps with fastening sleeve
and screw
mm Lmm
26.60048 8 28
26.60049 8 37
VKE Clamp
mm
26.11014 8
VKD Clamp Screw
26.11013 M4
All dimensions
shown in the
drawing must be respect-
ed
Transport
packing
Manually Operated Devices for Retracting the Measuring Bolt
Clamp Collar
18.60401 5.6 or 9.5 diam. and
dovetail
Fastening points
mm
35.40104 Mechanical
retraction device
consisting of:
35.40101 1 Lift lever
35.40102 1 Washer
32.60401 Pneumatic
retraction device
Suited for the probe series
GT 22 / 28 / 42 / 44 and 62
consisting of:
1 Manual vacuum pump
35.40405 14 mm dia. air tube, 1 m.
Transport
packing
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-39
Cartridge Gage Head Mounting Bracket
599-982-28 44757 8 mm
Vacuum Hose
35.40405 42735 Sold by the meter
Hose Connector
599-982-30 25954 For Lateral Cable
Gage Heads
Split Bushing
35.60101 41155 8 mm to .375
in O.D.
Vacuum Release Delay Valve
599-982-27 44756 Used with
Vacuum Release
for controlling the
return speed of
the gaging point
after retraction
Tee Connector for Vacuum Release System
599-982-26 44755 Used to connect
two gage heads
in a system
Extension Cable
599-981-50 44745 10' length. Good
with all B&S/TESA
half-bridge gage
heads. 5-Pin plug
and socket.
Accessories for Axial Probes
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-40
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Axial probes
usable in
any position
8 mm body
diameter
Measuring bolt mounted
on a ball-bearing
Adjustable distance
between both the lower
stop and electrical zero.
ing insert with M2.5
thread. 3 mm dia. carbide
ball tip.
Cable length: 2 m
Plug type: DIN 45322
Nickel plated
body
Steel measuring bolt,
hardened.
Viton rubber bellow
with high-resistance
elastomer
Moving mass:
4 g
Force increase:
0.2 N/mm
Mechanical
frequency
limit : 60 Hz
0.2 m / C
- 10 C to 65 C
-20 C to 65 C
IP65
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
mm m % ****
490 MERCER - 2 0 - 1.7 4.3 0.02 0.15 32.00450
490 TESA - 2 0 - 1.7 4.3 0.02 0.2 32.00456
491 MERCER - 2 0 - 1.7 4.3 0.02 0.15 32.00454
491 TESA - 2 0 - 1.7 4.3 0.02 0.2 32.00457
*** Distance from electrical zero.
**** Max. perm. errors for linearity errors contained within the measuring span of 3 mm (measuring range 1.5 mm).
uring bolt***: adjustable
from to ex-factory
mm mm mm
Technical
DataSheets
490
491
MERCER Axial Probes - 490 and 491 Series
For MERCER and TESA
Electronic Equipment
Universal probes to suit common but constraining applications.
8 mm body diameter that may be clamped over its entire length.
Measuring bolt mounted on a ball-bearing.
Probe body made in steel and nickel plated.
Degree of protection IP65 as per IEC 60529.
490 series provided with a flexible axial cable exit with steel spring
to prevent the cable from breaking.
N *
490 Series with axial/radial cable exit**
32.36490 32.30490 1.5 0.63 mechanical Viton
491 Series with radial cable exit
32.36491 32.30491 1.5 0.63 by vacuum Viton
Accessories
Page
Measuring inserts L-35 and L-36
Hand-operated retraction devices L-38
* Nominal value at electrical zero; max. deviation 0.15 N. Valid for upright assembly
position, with downward oriented measuring bolt, as well as in static measuring.
Also available on request : probes with measuring force of 0.4, 1.0, 1.6, 2.5 or 4 N.
** With use of the right angle adaptor that came with the probe.
Measuring
Range
mm
Measuring
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-41
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Axial probes
usable in
any position
8 mm body
diameter
on a ball-bearing
Adjustable distance
between both the lower
stop and electrical zero.
Interchangeable meas-
uring insert with a M2.5
thread. 3 mm dia.
tungsten carbide ball tip.
Cable length: 2 m
Steel body,
hardened and
hard chrome plated.
ing bolt, hardened.
Rubber bellows:
resistant nitrile or Viton
elastomer
Moving mass:
3.1g (410 series)
or 3.2 g (411 series)
Force increase:
0.15 N/mm
Mechanical
frequency
limit : 60 Hz
0.025 m / C
0 C to 65 C
-40 C to 65 C
IP62 (410 series)
IP 65 (411 series) as per
IEC 60529
Transport
packing
Identification
number
mm m % ****
410 MERCER - 1.2 0 - 1.08 2.5 0.1 0.2 F96410010
410 TESA - 1.2 0 - 1.08 2.5 0.1 0.2 F96410012
411 MERCER - 1.2 0 - 1.08 2.5 0.1 0.2 F96411011
411 TESA - 1.2 0 - 1.08 2.5 0.1 0.2 F96411014
**** Max. perm. errors for linearity errors within a 2 mm measuring span (measuring range 1 mm).
from to ex-factory
mm mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
411
410
MERCER Axial Probes with Short Body Length - 410
and 411 Series
For MERCER and TESA
Universal probes for common but constraining applications.
Measuring bolt mounted in a ball-bearing.
Hardened steel body, hard chrome plated.
Degree of protection IP62 (410 series) or IP65 (411 series) as per IEC 60529.
490 series provided with a flexible axial cable exit with steel spring
to prevent the cable from breaking.
N *
96410010 96410012 1 0.6 mechanical Nitrile
96411011 96411014 1 0.6 by vacuum Viton
Accessories
Page
Also available on request : 410 probe series with measuring force of 0.1 or 1.6 N.
Measuring
Range
mm
Measuring
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellow
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-42
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Axial probes
usable in
any position
8 mm body
diameter
Ball-bearing meas. bolt
Distance between both
stops and electrical zero:
adjustable for 510 series
(lower stop only) or fixed
for 500 and 501 series.
Interchangeable meas-
uring insert with a M2.5
thread. 3 mm dia.
tungsten carbide ball tip.
Cable length: 2 m
Steel body,
hardened and
hard chrome plated.
Hardened steel
measuring bolt
Viton rubber bellows
elastomer
Moving
mass:
3.8 g (MERCER 510)
4.2 g (TESA 510)
6.8 g (500 and 501)
Force
increase:
0.4 N/mm (510 series)
Mechanical
frequency
limit :
60 Hz (510 series)
45 Hz (500/501 series)
0.025 m / C
0 C to 60 C
-40 C to 60 C
IP62 (510/500
series) or IP 65 (501
series) as per IEC 60529
Transport
packing
Identification
number
mm m % ****
510 MERCER - 2.8 0 - 2.6 5.3 0.1 0.2 F96510017
510 TESA - 2.8 0 - 2.6 5.3 0.1 0.2 F96510013
500 MERCER - 5.25 11.5 0.1 0.2 F96500010
500 TESA - 5.25 11.5 0.1 0.2 F96500015
501 MERCER - 5.25 11.5 0.1 0.2 F96500013
501 TESA - 5.25 11.5 0.1 0.2 F96500025
**** Max. perm. errors for linearity errors contained within the 5 mm or 10 mm measuring span (measuring
range 2.5 mm or 5 mm, respectively).
from to ex-factory
mm mm mm
Technical
Data Sheets
MERCER Axial Probes with Long Travel -
510, 500 and 501 Series
For MERCER and TESA
Universal probes for multigaging dedicated devices used in standard applications.
Long travel to ensure optimum protection of the probe.
501
26.5 98.4 24.4
7
.
9
8
8
.
0
0
1
0
3
0
.
5
18 / 15.6
3
0
33 / 31 49.7 / 98.25 17 / 26.5
7
.
9
8
8
.
0
0
510/500
N *
96510017 96510013 2.5 1.3 0.3 mechanical Viton
96500010 96500015 5 1.5 0.3 mechanical Viton
96500013 96500025 5 0.23 0.06 by vacuum Viton
Accessories
Page
Measuring
Range
mm
Measuring
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-43
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Axial probes
usable in
any position
8 mm body
diameter
8 mm diameter
cylindrical body
0
/
-20
m,
8 mm long for coupling
the measuring bolt.
Cable length: 2 m
Steel body,
hardened and
hard chrome plated
Moving mass:
3.4 g
0 C to 60 C
-40 C to 60 C
IP40
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
% *
460 MERCER 0.15 F96460011
460 TESA 0.15 F96460014
* Max. perm. errors for linearity errors contained within the
measuring span of 3 mm (measuring range 1.5 mm).
Technical
Data Sheets
Sealing Bellows
460 Series with axial/radial cable exit*
96460011 96460014 1.5 none
* With use of the right angle adaptor that came with the probe.
Measuring
Range / mm
MERCER Axial Probes without guidance of the meas-
uring bolt - 460 Series
For MERCER and TESA
Specially designed for assembly on measuring instruments and other gaging devices
Suitable for capturing any displacement on machines or fixtures used for in-process inspection.
Open type transducers with measuring bolt mechanically coupled.
Made in hardened steel and hard chrome plated.
Flexible axial cable exit with steel spring to prevent the cable from breaking.
11.7
8.1
7.9
28 26
7
.
9
8
8
.
0
0
7
.
9
8
8
.
0
0
460
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-44
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Axial probes
usable in
any position
8 mm body
diameter
on a ball-bearing
stops and the electrical
zero is fixed
Interchangeable insert
with a 3 mm dia. carbide
ball tip. M2.5 thread.
Cable length: 2 m
Steel body,
nickel plated.
Measuring bolt in
hardened steel
Moving mass:
4 g
Force
increase:
0.045 N/mm
Mechanical
frequency
limit : 60 Hz
Air pressure:
0.25 bar (nominal)
6 bar (maximum)
Air filter capacity:
<5 m
Air pressure:
60%
0.2 m / C
-10 C to 65 C
-20 C to 65 C
IP50
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
mm m % ***
492 MERCER - 1.7 0.1 4.3 0.02 0.15 32.00455
492 TESA - 1.7 0.1 4.3 0.02 0.2 32.00458
** Fixed distance from electrical zero.
*** Max. perm. errors for linearity errors contained within the 3 mm measuring span (measuring range 1.5 mm).
Lower stop of the
measuring bolt **
mm
Technical
DataSheets
MERCER Axial Probes with Air Activation of the
Measuring Bolt - 492 Series
For MERCER and TESA
Designed for use in measuring devices providing fully or half-assisted inspection routines.
Steel and nickel plated.
N *
32.36492 32.30492 1.5 0.2 M L none
Accessories
Page
* Nominal value at electrical zero; max. deviation 25%. Valid at a pressure of
0.25 bar with use of the probe in upright assembly position, with downward
oriented measuring insert, as well as in static measuring.
M Downward movement of the measuring bolt activated by air pressure.
L Upward movement of the measuring bolt activated under the spring force only.
Measuring
Bolt
mm
Measuring
Bolt
Activation
Sealing
Bellows
492
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-45
DIN 32876
Part 1
See
in the tables
Axial probes
usable in
any position
8 mm body
diameter
bolt
stops and electrical zero
is either adjustable (lower
stop only, 160 series) or
fixed (451series).
M2 thread (160 series)
M2.5 thread (430 and 451
series)
3 mm dia. tungsten
carbide ball tip.
Cable length: 2 m
Steel body,
hardened and
chrome plated.
Measuring bolt in
stainless steel, hardened.
Rubber bellows:
resistant nitrile or Viton
elastomer
Mobile mass:
2.5 g (160 series)
1.9 g (430 series)
3.0 g (451series)
Force
increase:
Mechanical
frequency
limit : 60 Hz
0.025 m / C
0 C to 60 C
-40 C to 60 C
IP62
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
Identification
number
N *
160 Series - Probes with short body length and axial cable exit
96160011 96160013 1 0.6 0.15 mechanical Viton
430 Series - Miniature probes with axial cable exit
96430028 96430029 0.5 0.75 0.2 mechanical Nitrile
451 Series - Miniature probes with radial cable exit
96441015 96441041 0.5 0.6 0.15 mechanical Nitrile
Accessories
Page
* Nominal value at electrical zero. Valid for upright assembly position, with downward
oriented measuring insert, as well as in static measuring.
Measuring
Range
mm
Measuring
Bolt
Retraction
Sealing
Bellows
MERCER Probes with Short Body -
160, 430 and 451 Series
For MERCER and TESA
Their compact size and robust construction make them perfect for frequent use.
Hardened steel, nickel plated body.
Ball-bearing measuring insert.
60.5
47.80 7.50
5
.
9
8
6
.
0
0
32.5
7
.
9
8
8
.
0
0
4.0 26.1
49.05
36.04
10.15
1.0
2
0
.
0
7
.
9
8
8
.
0
0
160 430
451
mm m % ****
160 MERCER - 1.2 0 - 1.08 3.3 0.1 0.2 F96160011
160 TESA - 1.2 0 - 1.08 3.3 0.1 0.2 F96160013
430 MERCER - 0.7 0 - 0.58 1.25 0.2 0.2 F96430028
430 TESA - 0.7 0 - 0.58 1.25 0.2 0.2 F96430029
451 MERCER - 0.58 2.1 0.1 0.2 F96441015
451 TESA - 0.58 2.1 0.1 0.2 F96441041
**** Max. perm. errors for linearity errors contained within the 2 mm or 1 mm measuring span
(measuring range 1 mm or 0.5 mm, respectively).
uring bolt ***: adjustable
from to ex-factory
mm mm mm
Technical
DataSheets
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-46

3
DIN 32876
Part 1
Analogue and
digital display as
shown in the table
3
Automatic
or selectable
display range
based on the size of the
tolerance field with enabled
value classification
254 mm long
100 LEDs
(3 colours)
1,75 x 5 mm
each (L x l)
Alphanumeric, red
colour LED display
with 6 signs
(7 segments per sign)
7 x 3,2 mm
(H x L)
Analogue display
with colour LEDs
green, red and
amber for classification once
4 size limits have been
entered.
2 or 4 probe
inputs plus 2 DC
signal inputs
depending on the model.
Polarity signs: (+) positive
and ( ) negative.
Besides single measure ment,
combining the signals in
sum or difference measur-
ement is also possible.
Amplification factors
for the signal inputs:
0,01 99,99
Response
time of the
analogue/
digital display and outputs
with classification included:
100 ms with a max.
perm. error of < 0,1%
for extra measuring
deviations.
Max. perm.
error of
digital display:
0,5% with reference to
20C and 50%relative
humidity
Zero drift :
< 0,004%/ C.
Drift of the
signal amplification:
< 0,008%/ C.
RS 232
Sensitivity
of analogue
input/ output :
1,525 V/mm
Voltage: 5 V
Output current : 3 mA
Executions with possible
classification of up to
30 good classes for one
inspection characteristic
Input of a desired number of
good classes along with both
LSL and USL specification limits
related to the entire tolerance
range.
TESA TT 300 and MERCER EL 300
The best choice for series inspection Instantaneous measuring and
displaying through colour signals Value classification with green,
amber and red High-contrast diode chain offering fast and sure
reading even at a great distance Alphanumeric display providing
detailed measurement results Vast range of programmable functions
Digital and analogue interfaces Signal outputs for the control
functions.
Allow a direct connection of 2 or 4 electronic probes or any plug
gauge with built-in probe such as TESADIA.
Choice of 6 measuring ranges either self set or selected by the user.
PRESET facility enabling values such as the nominal or actual size of
setting standards to be entered.
Signal combinations in sum or difference measurements,
programmable.
Added features such as selectable digital filters used for the displaye
values, also programmable.
Executions with memory for one single inspection
characteristic
Used for both static and dynamic measuring.
Computing functions max., min., max.-min.as well as mean
of both values max.and min.for value storage.
Value classification with one good class. Possible entry of tolerances
as well as control limits.
Executions for multi-gauging with four inspection
characteristics
Automatic switch-over and recognition or manual switching from one
measuring point to another (maximum 4 points).
Value classification with 1 good class. Possible entry of tolerances
as well as control limits for each single characteristic.
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-47

m m m in in in in
1500 30 1, 0,1 0.1500 0.0590 0.0030 0.0001, 0.00001
500 10 1, 0,1 0.0500 0.0500 0.0010 0.0001, 0.00001
150 3 1, 0,1 0.0150 0.0150 0.0003 0.0001, 0.00001
50 1 1, 0,1 0.0050 0.0050 0.0001 0.0001, 0.00001
15 0,3 1, 0,1 0.0015 0.0015 0.00003 0.0001, 0.00001
5 0,1 1, 0,1 0.0005 0.0005 0.00001 0.0001, 0.00001

04030002 04036002 2 2
04030004 04036004 4
04030012 04036012 2 2
04030014 04036014 4
04030022 04036022 2 2
04030024 04036024 4

03160015
03160016
03160017
S40040021

S40040022

S40040520

S40040521

S40040023

S40040024
S40040025
04761052
Measuring or display ranges along with scale divisions or numerical intervals

100 to 250 Vac,
47 to 60 Hz
Power
consumption: 5,5 VA
0C to 50C
-10C to 70C
80%,
non-condensing
Painted
aluminium
housing with
acrylic front plate.
Integrated keypad with
touch keys
IP50
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-2,
EN 50082-2
45 mm wide,
370 mm high,
102,5 mm in
depth, column base and
rear-mounted sockets
not included
0,65 kg
Provided with
base and two
M3 x 6 tightening
screws for safe positioning
of the tool unit
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
TESA TT 300 and MERCER EL 300 Length Measuring Instruments
With analogue and digital display, 6 measuring ranges, metric/inch
selection, classification with tolerances as well as control limits. Also
with both analogue and RS 232 digital outputs.
Number of signal inputs
Probe DC
Executions with memory for one single inspection characteristic
Executions for multi-gauging with four inspection characteristics
Executions with classification of up to 30 good classes for one inspection characteristic
Supplied with either of the following cables depending on the country where goods are
to be delivered (must be specified when ordering):

Mains cable fitted with SEV connector, 3-wire cable, 2 m long.
Mains cable fitted with VDE connector, 3-wire cable, 2 m long.
Mains cable without connector, 3-wire cable, 2 m long.
OC3 Open Collector Adapter, low level. Consists of a plug-in
module with outputs for open collector and built-in suppression
LEDs for inductive load.
OE3 Open Emitter-Adapter, high level. Consists of a plug-in module
with outputs for open collector as well as positive output voltage.
OP3 Opto Coupler Adapter. Consists of a plug-in module with opto-
coupled outputs as well as a Trigger input.
CA2 Adapter with pins and potentiometer for connecting one
column to the other (only for the version fitted with 2 analogue
inputs/outputs).
Hand switch, protection degree to IP65
Hand switch, protection degree to IP32 (IEC 60529)
Hand switch, protection degree to IP65 (IEC 60529)
Connection cable TT 300/PC or TESA PRINTER SPC; 9-pin/m/9-pin/f
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-48
50.30004 BPIA 81
Probe interface box 8 6 / 8 G
50.30007 BPIA 81-N
Probe interface box 8 1 / G
50.30001 BPI 81
Probe interface box 8 6 / 8
50.30002 BPI 161
Probe interface box 16 6 / 8
50.30003 BPI 88
Probe interface box with
quick signal processing
in dynamic and static
measuring 8 * 6 / 8
50.31000 BPA 40
Power supply unit for 1 up to 4 probe boxes BPI 81, BPI 161 and BPI 88
* Each measurement signal uses a separate demodulator.
Number
of Probe
Inputs
Number
of Inputs/
Outputs
Integrated
Power
Supply
TESA
Probe Interface Boxes

Modular system that consists of three basic models acting as probe interfaces for
the preparation and further transmission of the measurement signals to
a computer, whether in their digital or analog form Models are all key
components for multi gaging fixtures applied in centralized process control.
BPI Series
Signal inputs: Standard TESA probes (half-bridge)
Signal outputs: RS-232, digital
Direct connection to the computers serial port.
Programmable functions owing to integrated microprocessor.
Possible connection of up to 64 probes for optimum adaptation
to your measuring applications.
High functional reliability and precision.
Total immunity to negative environmental effects, e.g. electrical
interferences, liquid and solid contaminants.
RS-232
2 mm and
0.2 mm
1 m and 0.1 m
0.3 % with
reference to
each measuring span
7 ms / probe or
0.2 ms / probe
for BPI 88
Housings
in anodized
aluminum except
for stackable BPIA 81
0 C to 40 C
- 10 C to 70 C
95 %, with no
condensation
Protection IP51
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-49
Accessories for BPI Series
05033000 BAP 10 Extension for digital outputs with positive logic
48.66009 BSF 10 Stacking set for BPI 81, BPI 88
and BPI 161
05061001 BSF 20 Stacking set for BPA 40 and BPIA 81
m
Connecting cables
50.60007 BPI BPI 0.3
05060008 2
05060003 BPI PC 2 25 / 9
5060002 5 25 / 9
5060004 10 25 / 9
5060005 BPI PC 2 25 / 25
5060001 5 25 / 25
5060006 10 25 / 25
Number
of Pins
S50078033 UCD 16 Remote control unit for 4 electronic components; functions:
Start 1 to 4, cancellation and plausibility test; 3 lamps for the
value classification.
05062000 UCD 14 Remote control unit for 1 electronic component; functions:
Start / Stop plus cancellation; 5 lamps for value classification.
mm kg
BPIA 81 6 / 8 220 - 240 Vac, 100 - 120 Vac, 50 - 60 Hz, 25 VA 94 x 322 x 134 2.5
BPIA 81-N 1 / 230 Vac
+10
/
-15
%, 115 Vac
+15
/
-25
%, 50 - 60 Hz 97 x 320 x 155 3
BPI 81 6 / 8 via BPA 40 94 x 322 x 134 2.1
BPI 161 6 / 8 via BPA 40 94 x 322 x 134 2.1
BPI 88 6 / 8 via BPA 40 94 x 322 x 134 2.1
BPA 40 115 - 230 Vac 20 %, 50 - 60 Hz, 140 VA 94 x 322 x 134 2.4
Number
of Inputs/
Outputs PowerSupply
Highly
resistant
synthetic housings
Cable length:
3 m
UCD 16:
125 x 160 x 205 mm
UCD 14:
75 x 200 x 120 mm
UCD 16: 1.3 kg
UCD 14: 1.1 kg
UCD 14:
Protection IP65
(IEC 60529)
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-50
BP 880 Series
Signal inputs: Standard TESA probes (half-bridge)
Signal outputs: Analog signals
Allows the connection of up to 8 probes
Series M4P-2
Signal inputs: TESA standard half-bridge probes
Signal outputs: Analog signals
System for the connection of 32 TESA standard probes
Possible link to a PC through an A / D transducer
48.90001 BP 880
Probe interface with
multiplex output 8
48.90002 BP 880-Z
Probe interface with
multiplex output
and zeroing card 8
48.90000 BP 880-SP
Probe interface for enhanced
accuracy also with zeroing board 8
Accessory
48.66009 BSF 10
Stacking set for interfacing units
Number
of Probe
Inputs
mm kg
S48001721 M4P-2 Probe interface
4 probe inputs with separate demodulation 36 x 100 x 120 0.6
Sensitivity: 73.75 mV / V / mm
Analog outputs: 1V / mm, 2.5V / mm, 5V / mm
and 10V / mm
S48001722 R2M-1 Rack housings for 2 M4P-2 55 x 212 x 144 0.9
2 x 4 = 8 probe inputs
S48001723 R4M-1 Rack housings for 4 M4P-2 160 x 212 x 144 1.2
4 x 4 = 16 probe inputs
S48001724 MA4-1 Power supply unit 55 x 212 x 144 1.1
230 10 % Vac, 50 Hz
Output current : 15 V with up to 32 probes
Accessories
S48001725 CB37-1 Cable for connecting a PC
2 m long, two 37-pin male/female trapezoid sockets
S48001728 A-SPC-1 Set for data capture consisting of :
1 A / D transducer for PC-AT, 12 bits, 16 single pin inputs
or 8 differential inputs, 40 kHz reader frequency
1 TESA BLA-11 / AD software
1 Connecting cable CB37-1 (No. S48.1725)
10V with
reference to
the measuring range
0.3 % or
0.025 % for BP
880-SP (each refers to
the measuring span)
250 ppm / C
BP 880-SP:
100 ppm / C
15 Vdc 5 %,
250 mA
15 C to 40 C
- 10 C to 70 C
30 % to 80 %
(no condensation)
Protection IP50
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1
EN 50082-2
322 x 134 x
93.5 mm
2 kg
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
M4P-2
0.5 % with
reference to
the measuring span
100 ppm / C,
stability at zero:
0.2 m / C
10 to 15 Vdc,
60 mA
15 C to 40 C
- 10 C to 70 C
30 % to 80 %
(no condensation)
Protection IP50
(IEC 60529)
Transport
packing
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-51
ETALON
ET-1 Electronic Length Measuring

Instrument
Features integrated axial probes Ergonomically designed With value
acquisition and display all in one.
Super-slim units with just 12 mm in width Well suited for use in
hard-to-get-at places, e.g. on multi gaging devices.
Equipped with a combined numerical and analog display.
Display unit swivelling through 100.
Resolution to 0.001 mm.
Analog display comprising 21 LED bars.
Three-colored display for value classification.
Measuring range to 1 mm.
RS-232 output.
46.39001 ETALON ET-1 electronic length measuring instrument
Consists of an axial inductive probe and integrated numerical/analog
display, 0.001 mm or. 0.00005 in numerical interval ; able to perform
value classification; RS-232 output, without mains adapter.
Mains adapter
For powering up to 3 ETALON ET-1
04639002 A3 - EU 230 Vac, 50 Hz, 19.1 VA 7.5 Vdc, 870 mA, 6.5 VA
04639003 A3 - UK 230 Vac, 50 Hz, 19.1 VA 7.5 Vdc, 870 mA
46.39004 A3 - USA 120 Vac, 60 Hz, 18.3 VA 7.5 Vdc, 900 mA
Cables
For powering one ETALON ET-1 to the other
04639005 AC - 15 150 mm long
04639006 AC - 30 300 mm long
04639007 AC - 60 600 mm long
46.39008 ET-PC2 connecting cable
RS-232 cable for ETALON ET-1 to TESA PRINTER SPC (No. 64.30000)
or a PC / AT computer (9-pin female connector)
04639009 Hook wrench
For setting the measuring bolt travel
DIN 32876
Part 1
Analog and
numerical display
1.000 mm
or 0.040 in
0.001 mm
or 0.00005 in
0.01 / 0.02 /
0.05 / 0.1 /
0.25 / 0.5
and 1.0 mm
0.0005 / 0.001 /
0.0025 / 0.005 /
0.01 / 0.025
and 0.04 in
7 x 5, 8-sign
dot matrix
rotating through 180 ,
colored green.
3.7 x 2.1 mm
(H x W)
52 mm long with
programmable
display orientation
21 bar LED
display, each
1.75 x 5 mm (W x L)
Self-adjust
resolution
according to the size of
the tolerance field used
with active value classi-
fication or the selected
measuring range
Value
classification
based on 2 tolerance
limits with use of the bar
LED analog display
(green, red and amber)
Signal polarity
signs: positive
(+) or negative (-).
Multiplication factor :
+ 0.01 + 1.00 + 2.00
- 0.01 - 1.0 - 2.00
Max. perm. error
5 m + 1 % from
the measured value
1 m or
0.00005 in
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-52
Axial Probe
With mechanical
contact, swivel-
ling through 50 relative
to the instrument axis
Measuring bolt guided on
a plain bearing and pro-
tected by a rubber below
with a 3 mm dia. carbide
Measuring travel
of 3 mm with
upper and adjustable
lower stops at a distance
of 1.5 mm max.
from electrical zero
Hardened steel
measuring bolt
Fixing shank
with a 8 h6 dia.
0.8 N *
Force increase*:
0.8 N / mm
Mechanical
frequency limit :
30 Hz 30 %
0.25 m / C
General
RS-232
7 to 9 Vdc,
220 mA
5 C to 40 C
- 40 C to 50 C
Operating and
storage: 95 %
Protection IP50
(IEC 60529)
89/336/EWG
of 3.5.1989,
91/31/EWG of 28.4.92,
93/68/EWG of 22.7.93
235 g
Transport
packing
Identification
number
In-house calibra-
tion certificate
* Valid for upright assem-
bly position, with down-
ward oriented measuring
bolt, as well as in static
measuring
Display unit and axial probe can be
tilted through 50 to each other
to allow display reading in the most
favorable position.
Possible orientation of the
combined numerical/analog
display.
Super-slim form.
Value capture and displaying pro-
vided in a measuring unit that is
just 12 mm wide permits complex
multi gaging fixtures to be mounted
in compact assembly.
m
m . 2 0 + 3 1
m
m . 2 0 + 3 1
mm
.
1
2
3
0
+
m m
.
2
0
+
3
1
m m
.
1
2
3
0
+
mm
.
2
0
+
3
1
0
m
m . 1 2 3 0 +
m
m. 20+ 31
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-53
Calibrating Standards
Simulate
half-bridge probes with
73.75 mV / V / mm
Suited for
Frequency: 13 0.65 kHz
Voltage: 3 0.015 V
eff
(2 symmetrical
voltages of 1.5 V
eff
)
Impedance:
0.2 (output)
or
2000 (input)
Input impedance
of at 13 kHz:
970 50 ; normal :
0 m: 2150 50
Phase of input imped-
ance at 13 kHz:
71 2
Input resistance:
100 5
Output impedance at
13 kHz: 1000 2
Phase of output
impedance at 13 kHz:
0.2
3 ppm / C
aging:
30 ppm / a
20 0.5 C,
stabilization
time: 8 h
10 C to 35 C
- 10 C to 70 C
Calibration:
40 % to 60 %.
Operating: 20 % to 80 %.
Storage: 5 % to 95 %.
With no condensation.
18 mm dia.,
118 mm long
45 g
Protection IP40
(IEC 60529)
Inspection
report
Calibration of Measuring Instruments
Calibrating standards available as single item or in sets.
m in
S41078077 0 32.70700
S41078078 0 32.70708
S41078079 3 32.70704
S41078231 5 32.70714
S41078080 ( 7.62) 0.0003 32.70709
S41078081 10 32.70705
S41078229 19 32.70720
S41078082 ( 25.4) 0.001 32.70710
S41078083 30 32.70706
S41078331 50 32.70715
S41078084 ( 76.2) 0.003 32.70711
S41078228 100 32.70701
S41078230 190 32.70717
S41078086 ( 254) 0.01 32.70712
S41078087 300 32.70707
S41078332 500 32.70716
S41078088 ( 762) 0.03 32.70713
S41078751 1000 32.70702
S41078752 1900 32.70719
Marked
with
m m m
Set of 3 calibrating standards
S41078227 3 30 300
S41077249 0 100 1000
S41000429 30 300 1000
Set for calibrating TESATRONIC
S41078654 190 1900
S41078612 Cable for analog output
Calibrating Standards
Also called Dummy Probes, they
serve as resistance dividers. Each
standard produces a given length
dimension simulated electrically with
high accuracy. The system provides
both positive and negative values.
Those given in the table are all
nominal values.
These products are calibrated and
come with a proper inspection report
that shows the values as measured
(actual values) with their related
uncertainty of measurement.
The calibrating standard will be con-
nected to the instrument instead of
the regular probe. Calibration and
adjustment of the measuring instru-
ment - if needed - are subject to a
number of criteria that must be
respected. For further information,
refer to your instruction manual or
ask our specialists.
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-54
ETALON
EG Digital Measuring System

Uses incremental probes having either a 13 mm or 30 mm measuring span Numerical display to
0.001 mm or 0.00004 in Measures using one or two probes Performs sum and differential
measurements Includes PRESET function Allows value classification and value storage
Usable as built-in unit.
46.39000 ETALON Computing Counter EG - C60
Up/down computing counter with numerical display, 0.001 or 0.00004 in
numeric intervals. Features 2 probe inputs. Value classification and value
storage capabilities. RS-232 digital output. Usable as built-in unit.
Supplied with:
47.61054 1 Mains adapter, 110 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz, 6.6 Vdc, 750 mA
EG - C60
Computing counter
DIN 32876
Part 2
Up/down
computing
counter with 2 probe
inputs for EG - 10 and
EG - 30
Luminous
diodes (LEDs)
7-segment per sign,
red color.
6 digits plus minus
sign
0.00004 in or
0.001 mm
14 mm high
9 mm wide
Waterproof
keypad
Single, sum
and differential
measurements as illus-
trated in the examples
Value classification based
on both upper and lower
specification limits previ-
ously entered (LSL and
USL) as well as result dis-
playing through luminous
color diodes
Value storage and HOLD
function as illustrated
RS-232,
opto-electronic
Relay controlled
output signal for
value classification. Max.
perm. load: 30 Vdc, 1 A.
Duration of the switching
signal : 30 ms
Switching input signal for
the functions HOLD,
START and ZERO-SET
SUB-D connector,
15-pole female
Power supply:
6 Vdc. Power
consumption: 0.7 A
0 C to 55 C
ETALON
Computing Counter EG - C60

E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-55
Digital probes
Axial probes with incremental glass scale
protected against the penetration of liquids
46.19000 ETALON EG - 10 with a 13 mm measuring span
46.19001 ETALON EG - 30 with a 30 mm measuring span
- 10 C to 70 C
Operating and
storage: 80%
Protection
(IEC 60529) :
IP40. Front face: IP 54
EN 50011:1991,
group 1, class A,
EN 50082-2:1995,
89/336/EWG of 3.5.89
Opening
for mounting EG - C 60:
161
0
/
+ 0.5
mm wide
81
0
/
+ 0.5
mm high
1.5 kg
Transport
packing
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
ETALON
EG - 10 and EG - 30 Digital Probes

Differential measurements using 2 probes
for inspecting cones and inclinations.
Differential measurements for detecting
run-out errors (extreme values max - min).
EG - 10 and EG - 30
axial probes
DIN 32876
Part 2
Use of probes
in any position
Measuring bolt guided on
a plain bearing. Rubber
bellow for protection
M2.5 thread for the
measuring insert
For the mechanical or
pneumatic retraction
of the measuring bolt,
see under optional
accessories
4 mm dia. x 1.9 m cable.
Max. extension: 30 m.
Incremental
glass scale.
Signal periods: 1 m.
1 reference point
0.6 m / s
Continued on next page
mm
UPPER GOOD LOWER COMP-SET PRESET
START HOLD ZERO-SET
A + B
A - B
A
B
MODE - 1 MAX-MIN
AVER
MAX
MIN
MODE - 2
SET KEY
in
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-56
8.5 m / C
10 C to 40 C
- 10 C to 55 C
75%, with no
condensation
Shock
resistance
to 980 m / s
2
. Vibration
resistance to 98 m / s
2
Protection: IP64
(IEC 60529)
Power supply
4.5 to 6.0 Vdc.
Power consumption
100 mA
Transport
packing
Identification
number
In-house calibra-
tion certificate
Declaration
of conformity
ETALON axial probes EG - 10 EG - 30
mm 13 30
m* 1.0 1.5
m* 0.6 0.6
m* 1.0 1.5
N* 1.5 2.0
Force increase N / mm* 0.0284 0.0188
Force hysteresis N* 0.1 0.2
Max. transverse force N 1.0 1.0
g 230 260
Moved mass g 20 30
* Applicable with the probe used in vertical position, with down-
wards oriented measuring bolt, as well as in static measuring.
Pneumatic bolt
retraction
Operating
pressure range:
2.5 to 7 bar. Max. perm.
pressure: 9 bar.
Retraction range:
0 to 13 mm
AA - 6100 (EG - 10)
0 to 30 mm
AA - 6101 (EG - 30)
Probe life:
5 million travels
40 g (AA - 6100)
50 g (AA - 6101)
Transport
packing
5
5

/

7
9
1
3

/

3
0
1
3
8

/

2
1
3
2
2

/

3
9
3
,
5
7
,
5
2
2
9
1
2
12
8 h6 1
5
,
5
33
20 13
34
11

3
,
5
14 0,2
13
6
1

/

9
5
4
19.60005 Lift lever for bolt retraction
Pneumatic retraction device
To be connected to air pressure. For technical
data, see on the right side.
46.19002 AA - 6100 convenient for EG - 10
46.19003 AA - 6101 convenient for EG - 30
Each consisting of:
1 Connector (M8) 1 Pneumatic jack 1 Pressure reducing
valve 1 Setting screw
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-57
Connecting Cables and Accessories
for Data Transfer
Plug-in Chart
Peripherals
Instrument Type
TESA DIGIT-CAL capa system
TESA MICROMASTER capa system
TESA IMICRO capa system
TESA ALESOMETER capa system
TESA DIGICO 20
ETALON calipers
ETALON depth calipers
ETALON digital scale units
TESA DIGICO 10 / 11 / MIN/MAX
ETALON height and scribing gages
TESA-DIGIT
TESA IMICRO SM
TESA TRIOMATIC
TESA DIGICO 1 / 2
TESA RUGOSURF
TESA MICRO-HITE 100
TESA-HITE
TESA MICRO-HITE, models 10 / 11
TESA-HITE Plus D
TESA-HITE
ETALON and ROCH CAPAX 2000
TESATRONIC TT 10
TESATRONIC TT 20 / TT 60 / TT 80
TESATRONIC TTD 20 / TTD 60
TESAMODUL
ETALON ET-1
TESA TG
ETALON EG
For associated part numbers see page L-62.
C
a
b
l
e

w
/
o

c
o
n
n
e
c
t
o
r
R
O
C
H

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
M
U
L
T
I

-

4
V
G
a
g
e

P
o
r
t
N
T

2

a
n
d

N
T

4
T
E
S
A

M
E
M
O
P
R
I
N
T
R
S
-
2
3
2

P
r
i
n
t
e
r
T
E
S
A

P
R
I
N
T
E
R

S
P
C
P
e
r
s
o
n
a
l

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
2
5
-
p
i
n
P
e
r
s
o
n
a
l

C
o
m
p
u
t
e
r
9
-
p
i
n
1
7
1
31
31
12 12
13 6 13
8
9
3 4 10
1
7
3 4
1
3 4
2
9
3
7
31
32
32
32
31
1
7
1
6+19
8
9
3
1
7
3
1
3
2
9
3
7
5
5
5
5
1
7
1
7
1
7
1
15 16
6+19*
8 *
9
3
15 *
3
3
3
9
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-58
m
Connecting cables
47.61046 Special, opto Sub-D 9 f 2
46.39008 Special Sub-D 9 f 2 Type ET-1-PC
47.61023 MiniDIN 8 m Sub-D 9 f 2
47.61024 MiniDIN 8 m Sub-D 25 m 2
47.61027 Special, opto without 2
47.61038 Special Sub-D 25 f 2 With socket
47.61049 Special, opto Sub-D 9 f 2 Bi-directional
47.61051 Special Sub-D 9 f 1
47.61052 Sub-D 9 m Sub-D 9 f 2
47.65036
05360004 Special 8 m Special 8 m 2.5 RS-485
60.60002 Special Ansley 10 f 2
S47078588 Special Ansley 10 f 2
S53001564 Special Sub-D 25 f 2
981680037 Special Sub-D 9 f 2
981680035 Special Sub-D 25 f 2
981680089 Special Special, opto 2 *
981686113 Special Sub-D 2 Centronics **
Adapter for cables
47.61017 Sub-D 25 m Sub-D 9 f
47.61019 Sub-D 25 m Sub-D 25 m
05360005 Special 8 f Sub-D 9 f for No. 53.60004 RS-485 to RS-232
Additional accessories
47.61037 Mains adapter, 230 Vac, 9 V, 200 mA, 1.8 VA TESA DIGICO 1 / 2
47.61054 Mains adapter, 110 to 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz, 6.6 Vdc, 750 mA Universal
47.61055 Mains cable EU for adapter No. 47.61054
47.61056 Mains cable USA for adapter No. 47.61054
47.61057 Mains adapter, 110 Vac TESA DIGICO 1 / 2
47.68000 Hand switch for triggering data transfer
47.68001 Foot switch for triggering data transfer
47.61058 9-pin / 9-pin adapter for connecting either of the
hand or foot switch
981680040 Foot switch for triggering data transfer to the control panel used in
conjunction with the ETALON or ROCH CAPAX 2000 height gage
* For the connection of instruments with opto-coupled RS-232 interface to the control panel used with
ETALON or ROCH CAPAX 2000 height gage.
** Connecting cable for parallel data transfer from CAPAX 2000 control panel to printer with Centronics
interface.
Other connecting cables and accessories available on request.
Number of
Pins Type
Number of
Pins Type
1
2
4
3
6
8
9
7
10
12
13
11
14
16
15
20
21
19
22
24
23
5
17
25
18
26
28
27
29
30
E
L
E
C
T
R
O
N
I
C

L
E
N
G
T
H

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

E
Q
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
N-59
Cables for connecting:
05360004 TESA ClinoBEVEL 1 RS-485 Special 8 m Special 8 m
TESA ClinoBEVEL 1 RS-232
(RS-485) Special 8 m Special 8 m
53.60005 Adapter Special 8 f Sub-D 9 f
On request TESA ClinoBEVEL 2 RS-232 Special 8 m Sub-D 9 f
On request TESA MICROBEVEL 1 RS-485 Special 6 m Special 8 m
TESA MICROBEVEL 1 RS-232
On request (RS-485) Special 6 m Special 8 m
05360005 Adapter Special 8 f Sub-D 9 f
On request TESA BEVELmeter 1 RS-232 Special 8 m Sub-D 9 f
Number of
Pins Type
Number of
Pins Type
Number of Measuring Instruments
Interfacing modules
S49078420 NT 2 2
S49078488 NT 4 4
m
Connecting cables
47.61029 Special, opto Ansley 10 f 2
47.61022 MiniDIN 8 m Ansley 10 f 2
Number of
Pins Type
Number of
Pins Type
31
32
GagePort Interfacing Modules
Used to link 2 or 4 measuring instruments fitted with an RS-232 output
to the interface of a PC.
Connecting Cables for Electronic Inclinometers
Transport
packing
Transport
packing
C
ABS
ABS
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
AI R GAGE SYSTEMS FOR DI AMETER MEASUREMENT
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-2
1
2
3
D
m
i
nDmax.
D
1
2
3
D
m
i
nDmax.
D
Non-Contact Measuring with MERCER

MERCER air gauging units and systems are mostly used for measuring cylindrical work-
piece features such as bores and shafts. Non-contact air gauging offers many advantages,
among others :
All the measurements are taken with high reliability and repeatability is excellent since
the sensors in the form of air plugs or air rings do not use any mechanical part for trans-
mitting signals.
Non-contact measurement eliminates the risk of damaging the workpiece surface.
Air pressure acts as a powerful cleaner at the measuring points, thus enabling the user
to inspect even dirty, oiled and greased surfaces or those exposed to solid contaminant,
securely.
Linear displaying of a number of signals is highly accurate with up to 10000x
magnification.
Air measures precisely
Air flowing through the plug from the gage
unit escapes through two or more jets (1)
directly on the surface to be measured (2).
Any dimensional variation of the workpiece
causes the clearance (3) between each jet
and the workpiece to change. This leads to
a difference in pressure, which is converted
using the MERCER gauging units prior to
be measured.
Air gauging general principles and applica-
tions are described hereafter along with all
relevant product features.
Safety use,
speedy action
Jet plug gages are used for bore
measurement while jet ring gages serve
for shaft inspection. They are equipped
with a guiding cylinder which makes them
self-centring into the part feature to be
checked. Inexperienced users and qualified
staff will both be convinced of the safety
use and speedy action of air gauging
systems.
Air plugs and air rings are fitted with two
jets lying 180 apart from one another.
Since they work in sum measurement, bore
and shaft diameters can be established
through 2-point measurements.
With the measurements taken at several
points, any variation in diameter can be
detected and, therefore, form and shape
errors as well.
1 Air jets
2 Part surface
3 Clearance
When measuring ovality, both diameters
dmax and dmin are captured, so that the circular-
ity error will match the difference, reduced
by half, between both diameters.
When measuring at several points, the mean
diameter is captured, so that any circularity
error will not be detected through a 2-point
measurement.
O-3
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
MERCER CLEARLINE 2
8
10
11
12
6
9
7
5
4
2
1
3
13
6
9
5
4
2
1 3
11
10
8
7
12
13
MERCER Air/Electronic Converter
Air jet Air jet
Air jet
Air jet
Depending on their air jet combination, plug
gages may be used for measuring blind bores
and/or through bores.
According to their
type, ring gages
allow measurements
to be taken close
to the shoulder
or short centring
shoulders to be
checked.
Operating Principle
Air gauging systems are based on
pressure changes. They are used to
determine the throughput of the
air escaping from the clearance
holes, each matching the smallest
pipe cross-section.
To ensure their proper functioning,
the holes, which are a quarter of
the jet bore diameter, shall be con-
tained within the cross-section of
the bore.
Each MERCER product works
according to the pressure measur-
ement method, using compressed
air to convert changes in the air
flow into pressure variations.
CLEARLINE 2 and MULTI-WAY
CLEARLINE feature a top mounted
pressure gage that records and dis-
plays any variations. Pressure is also
used to amplify the signal.
MERCER Air/Electronic Converters,
in turn, will change the variations in
pressure into variations in length
resulting from the movement of a
diaphragm, which is detected by
the electronic unit fitted with an
inductive axial probe. Signals are
electrically amplified and further
displayed using either a MERCER
or TESA gage unit.
1 Air supply
2 Check valve
3 Double filter dealing with liquids,
vapour and solid contaminant
4 Pressure regulator
5 Pressure gage
6 Pneumatic sleeve
7 Magnification regulator
8 Zero regulator
9 Dial
10 Value sensor (air plug gage)
11 Air jets
12 Bore to be checked
1 Air supply
2 Check valve
3 Double filter dealing with liquids,
vapour and solid contaminant
4 Pressure regulator
5 Pressure gage
6 MERCER Air/Electronic Converter
7 Sensor (air ring gage)
8 Workpiece to be measured (shaft)
9 Magnification regulator
10 Diaphragm
11 Inductive axial probe
12 Electronic length measuring instrument
13 Zero regulator
Two setting
standards
(plugs or rings)
of known size
are used to set
both the signal
amplification and
pointer position.
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-4
Key Features
Easy connection to universal air
mains No need for power
supply.
Insensitive to magnetic, electro-
magnetic or radioactive fields.
Every component is robustly
housed to withstand harsh
workshop conditions.
Clear open scale with scale
numbering and graduations
giving comfortable reading
even at a great distance.
Oil filled pressure gage to
ensure stable readings and fast
response.
Adjustable tolerance pointers.
Precise high magnification with
the use of two settings
standards that reproduce both
upper and lower limits of size of
the workpiece.
Regulators for magnification
and reading.
Double filtration for liquids,
vapour and solid contaminants
along with check valve.
Low air consumption.
Rapid gage connection trough
the bayonet connector.
90 adaptor useful for
measuring in recesses. Also
provides optimum convenience
in use of the gage unit.
Depth collars to be mounted on
the body of the S, L or M type
plugs thus permitting quick
measuring at desired points.
Extensions for air plugs with
diameters from 14 mm/0.32 in.
Also available upon request
3-jet plugs with nominal diameters of 4 mm/0.157 in or higher.
Extended jet plugs for extra deep bores.
Jet plugs with nominal diameters over 150 mm/5.9 in.
Choice of materials or coatings for the sensors.
O-5
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
Air Gauging Systems Possible Configurations
Single measurement
of trough bores,
blind bores and
shafts (with those
made close
to the shoulder
also included).
Pressure gage
with analogue
reading.
Single measurement
of three
workpiece features
whilst switching
from a channel
to another.
Pressure gage
with analogue
reading.
Single measurement
of bores or shafts.
Electronic unit
for data processing
and displaying.
Difference measure-
ment enabling bore
or shaft mating.
Electronic unit
for data processing
and displaying.
MERCER MULTI-WAY CLEARLINE (with 3 channels)
1
2
3
Channels Sensors Workpiece Setting standards
Jet plug Bore 2 setting rings
Jet ring Shaft 2 setting gages
MERCER MULTI-WAY CLEARLINE
Air/Electronic Converter Sensor Workpiece Setting standards
Jet plug Bore 2 setting jet rings
Jet ring Shaft 2 setting jet plugs
MERCER EL300
MERCER EL300 height gages (single measurement)
Air/Electronic Converter Sensor Workpiece Setting standards
or Jet ring Shaft 2 setting gages
TESATRONIC TT20 (Difference measurement)
TESATRONIC TT20
MERCER EL300
MERCER CLEARLINE 2 (with single channel)
MERCER CLEARLINE 2
or
Sensor Workpiece Setting standards
Jet rings Shaft 2 setting gages
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-6
How to ask for a quotation or to order air
plug or air ring gages
To make sure that you get the right air gage unit, your requirements
must be exactly stated based on the information given below.
Value sensors
Air plugs and air rings are designed and supplied according to
your air gauging application. So, please submit a drawing or
provide a comprehensive description of the workpiece to be
measured.
Questions about your air gauging application
What is the form element to be checked? Bore or shaft.
What are the size and tolerances? State either of the options
below:
Nominal size with limits of size (Fig. 1) or
Lower specification limit LSL or upper specification limit
USL (Fig. 2)
What is the length of the bore or the shaft?
What is the type of the bore? Blind bore, through bore or
short centring shoulder.
Is a measurement close to the shoulder required?
Nominal size
Z
e
r
o
l
i
n
e
Lower limit Upper limit
deviation
Tolerance zone
Lower limit
of size
Upper limit
of size
Tolerance zone
USL LSL
deviation
USL LSL
Surface condition
Roughness of the surface
to be checked usually affects
the measured values. If, how-
ever, the roughness value Rz
is contained within 5 m, the
effect counts for very little
with use of air gauging
systems unlike other sensors
with mechanical contact.
Surface must be free from
porosity.
Surface can either be oiled,
greased or exposed to solid
particles.
Measuring force
Although the measure-
ments are made with no
mechanical contact with the
part feature, the air escaping
from the jets produces a low
sensing force which may lead
to the distortion of very thin
or malleable workpieces. In a
such case, we advise to
perform optical
measurement.
Smallest surface
The smallest surface to be
gaged must be at least as
large as the jet diameter.
Prerequisite conditions
dealing with the surface
finish to be measured
0
0
Which accessory do you need? (See pages 0-17 and 0-18)
Depth extension for air plug gage.
Depth stop ring for air plug gage.
90 adaptor.
Universal Handle.
Base for stationary use of air plugs or air rings.
Questions about the indicating unit
What is the unit to be used as indicating one? MERCER CLEAR-
LINE 2 or MULTI-WAY CLEARLINE or an electronic unit in case
either of the MERCER Air/Electronic Converters is used.
Which way do you intend to use the dial? (see page O-8).
Setting standards, i.e plug or ring gages
MERCER air gages require the use of at least 2 setting standards.
For exact size of each standard, we usually recommend to state
the following:
First and last value of the full scale range whilst making
allowances
for the nominal size of the workpiece
Lower and upper limits of size of the workpiece.
With respect to this, also refer to both Fig. C and D under
Scale Options on page o-8.
Calibration certificate available upon request.
Subsequent ordering
Each subsequent order must specify the type of the gage unit, converter
or sensor used along with all relevant product related data for identifica-
tion purpose.
All sensors such as plugs and rings intended for use with the CLEARLINE
gages or Air/Electronic Converters are marked with a symbol as shown
beneath.
Air/Electronic
Converter
CLEARLINE
gage units
Air/Electronic
Converter
O-7
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
A100-23 - 3/A100-23
A100-24 - 3/A100-24
A100-62 - 3/A100-62
A100-63 - 3/A100-63
3
DIN 2271
Air gage units
with bayonet
connector for
one sensor
Circular scale
with large
pointer.
Response time 3 s or 7 s for
miniature air plugs or air
rings
4.8 mm
(metric scale) or
12 mm
(inch scale)
All accuracy
related data
given hereafter
refer to the complete
measuring system, i.e.
with air plug or air ring
included
1 scale division.
(provided mag-
nification was
previously set)
0.5 scale division
0.5 scale division
Air mains
connection:
pipe thread G
1
/4
as per ISO 228-1.
Air supply (before pressure
setting) : 4.1 bar.
Air supply (after pressure
setting) : 3 bar.
Air consumption when
escaping from the gage head:
1.0 m
3
/h
200x280x300 mm
(W x H x D along
with filters)
6.7 kg
(filters included)
5C to 45C
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
MERCER CLEARLINE 2
Air Gage Units
Feature both a clear circular scale and large pointer.
Single measuring channel and bayonnet connec-
tor for mounting an air plug or air ring.
Magnification and zero regulators.
Dial with a 240 mm scale length.
Double filtration dealing with liquids and solid
contaminants along with a check valve.
Integrated pressure regulator and pressure gage.
Important
When asking for a quotation or writing
down your order, it is important to state
your requirements according to the
information on page O-6).
Dial Options
MERCER CLEARLINE 2
m m in in
S95010000 A100-23 25 1 25 -0 -25
S95010001 A100-24 50 2 50 -0 -50
S95010010 A100-62 25 1 25 -0 -25 0.001 0.0001 10 -0 -10
S95010011 A100-63 50 2 50 -0 -50 0.002 0.0002 20 -0 -20
Executions with metric/inch scale
Executions with metric scale
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-8
25 25
12 -12
0
25 25
0
25 25
USL
12
0
LSL
-6
25 25
0
25 25
0
A B C D
Pre-travel
Usable zones from the measuring range Measuring range
Pre-travel Pre-travel
Full scale =
Measuring range
Measuring range
3
DIN 2271
Air gage units
with bayonet
connector for
three sensors
Circular scale
with large
pointer.
Response time 3 s or 7 s for
miniature air plugs or air
rings
4.8 mm
(metric scale) or
12 mm
(inch scale)
All accuracy
related data
given hereafter
refer to the complete
measuring system, i.e.
with air plug or air ring
included
1 scale division.
(provided mag-
nification was
previously set)
0.5 scale division
0.5 scale division
Air mains
connection:
pipe thread G1/4
as per ISO 228-1.
setting) : 4.1 bar.
setting) : 3 bar.
1.0 m
3
/h
200x280x400 mm
(W x H x D along
with filters)
9.4 kg
(filters included)
5C to 45C
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Important
Air Gage Units
These units are identical to MERCER CLEARLINE 2, but with the following added features :
3 single channels and bayonet connectors for up to three sensors
(air plugs or air rings).
Magnification and zero regulators for each channel.
Lever switch to change over from a channel to another.
How to use the scales
CLEARLINE 2 and MULTI-WAY CLEARLINE provide different ways of
use of the scales, each making allowances for the workpiece as well as
the machining process. The sensors are normally made to allow the
workpiece related tolerance zone to be equally displayed on half the
scale on both plus and minus sides, starting from zero (see below).
Four additional ways of use are also illustrated hereafter (A to D).
Use of the half range (Fig. C) or the entire
scale (Fig. D) on the minus side for pretravel
in order to allow the smaller diameters to
be captured during the machining process.
Use of the meas-
uring range defined
within the full scale
range based on
the workpiece
tolerances
(LSL and USL).
Workpiece related
tolerance zone
(24 m) =
Measuring range
( 12 m).
Workpiece related
tolerance zone
(24 m) =
Measuring range
( 12 m).
m m in in
S95010012 3/A100-62 25 1 25 -0 -25 0.001 0.0001 10 -0 -10
S95010013 3/A100-63 50 2 50 -0 -50 0.002 0.0002 20 -0 -20
S95010002 3/A100-23 25 1 25 -0 -25
S95010003 3/A100-24 50 2 50 -0 -50
O-9
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
m in
S95010020 AE6/493-3 15 0.0005
S95010021 AE6/495-3 50 0.0020
S95010030 AE6/493-4 15 0.0005
S95010031 AE6/495-4 50 0.0020
S95010022
S95010023
MERCER Air/Electronic Converters with mounted TESA axial probe
Compatible axial probes for use with the MERCER electronic gage units
Standard
Also included: Probe 493.003 V01, No. 03236493
Special
Compatible axial probes for use with the TESA length measuring instruments
Standard
Special
Accessories
Air dressing unit
Consists of 1 check valve, 2 air filters dealing with liquids and
solid contaminants, 1 pressure regulator.
Air connecting unit
To be mounted once the pneumatic unit is assembled. Allows up to
4 MERCER Air/Electronic Converters to be connected.
3
DIN 2271
Air flow
converters
with connector
for one sensor
Air mains
connection:
pipe thread G1/4
as per ISO 228-1.
setting) : 4.1 bar.
setting) : 3 bar.
1.0 m
3
/h.
55 x 55 x 165 mm
(without electronic
probe)
5C to 45C
Air unit and
connecting
T-piece must be
ordered separately since
they are not included in
the MERCER Air/Electronic
Converters scope of supply
(see tables)
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Important
When asking
for a quotation
or writing down
your order, it is
important to state
your requirements
according to the
information on
page O.
MERCER Air/Electronic Converters
Air flow converters with mounted inductive axial probe from MERCER.
One measuring channel and bayonet connector for one sensor (air plug or air ring).
Two versions available for use with TESA or MERCER gage units.
Signal processing, classification of the measured values, storage of the measurements
results or statistical computing through their possible linking to an electronic gage unit.
Shafts having bores may additionally be mated through difference measurement.
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-10
A C
D
E
F
D
3
DIN 2271
Air plug gages
2 jets spaced
180 apart
Plugs up to
2.29 mm/0.090 in
fully made from tungsten
carbide.
Larger sizes in hardened
tool steel.
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Important
MERCER Miniature Air Plug Gages
1,30 to 3,00 mm/0.051 to 0.118 in diameters
Hand-held plug gages for through and blind bores.
Air plugs up to 2.29 mm/0.090 in are designed for blind bores only.
MERCER Air Plug Gages
Made to measure diameters and detect form deviations on cylindrical bores.
Application ranges from 1.30 up to 150 mm/0.051 up to 5.9 in.
Bayonet connector for rapid gage assembly.
Air plugs with 2 jets spaced 180 apart from one another.
Blind
bores
Through
bores
mm m A mm C mm C1 mm* D mm E mm F mm
0.051 -0.090 0.0004 0.377 0.06 0.010 0.040 0.090
0.090 -0.104 0.0008 0.625 0.25 0.06 0.018 0.052 0.095
0.104 -0.118 0.0012 0.625 0.25 0.06 0.025 0.064 0.100
in in A in C in C1 in* D in E in F in
1.30 -2.29 10 9.6 1.5 0.25 1.02 2.3
2.29 -2.64 20 15.9 6.4 1.5 0.46 1.32 2.4
2.64 -3.00 30 15.9 6.4 1.5 0.64 1.63 2.5
Inch versions
Metric versions
* Air plugs for blind bores only.
O-11
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
DIN 2271
Air plug gages
2 jets spaced
180 apart
Made from
Nitralloy or
tool steel
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
MERCER Air Plug Gages Standard Style S
Measure through bores and blind bore.
Can be directly mounted on CLEARLINE 2, MULTI-WAY CLEARLINE
or Air/Electronic Converters or used in conjunction with the Universal Handle.
C B
A
6,35
2
5
,
4
2
3
,
8
2
1
1
7
,
5
D
E
F
D
Blind
bores
Through
bores
Depth stop ring Bayonet mount
Important
information on page O6).
MERCER CLEARLINE 2
m m in in
S95010000 A100-23 25 1 25 -0 -25
S95010001 A100-24 50 2 50 -0 -50
S95010010 A100-62 25 1 25 -0 -25 0.001 0.0001 10 -0 -10
S95010011 A100-63 50 2 50 -0 -50 0.002 0.0002 20 -0 -20
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-12
2
5
,
4
2
3
,
8
2
1
C
B
A
10
Bayonet mount Depth stop ring

3
DIN 2271
Air plug gages
2 jets spaced
180 apart
Nitralloy
or hard
chrome plating.
Other coatings on
request
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
MERCER Air Plug Gages Standard Style M
Measure for both through bores and blind bores.
Can be directly mounted CLEARLINE 2, MULTI-WAY CLEARLINE
or Air/Electronic Converters or used in conjunction with the Universal Handle.
Through
bores
Blind
bores
Important
D
E
F
D
mm m A mm* B mm C mm C1 mm** D mm E mm F mm
0.25 -0.32 0.004 2.41 1.50 0.51 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.18
0.32 -0.55 0.004 2.41 1.50 0.51 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.18
0.55 -2.5 0.004 2.52 1.57 0.51 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.18
in in A in* B in C in C1 in** D in E in F in
6.3 -8.0 100 61.1 38 13.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 4.5
8.0 -14.0 100 61.1 38 13.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 4.5
14.0 -62.0 100 61.1 40 13.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 4.5
Inch versions
Metric versions
* For deep hole measurement. special designs with nominal diameters from 6.3 to 14.0 mm/0.25 to 0.55 in can also be made avail-
able to increase the dimension A by 25. 50. 75. 100 or 200 mm/1. 2. 3. 4 or 8 in.
For plug gages above 14 mm. extensions may be mounted (see page O-17).
** Air plug gages for blind bores only.
O-13
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
DIN 2271
Air plug gages
2 jets spaced
180 apart
Made from
Nitralloy or hard
chrome plated
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
MERCER Air Plug Gages Standard Style L
62 to 150 mm/2.44 to 5.9 in diameters
Measure both through and blind bores.
Provided with hand grip and flexible hose.
200 or 300 mm/8 or 12 in long hand grip available in addition
to the standard one with a length of 100 mm/4 in.
D
E
F
D
B
100 C
Through
bores
Blind
bores
Depth stop ring
Important
n in B in B1 in* C in C1 in* D in E in F in
2.44 -5.9 0.004 0.95 1.34 0.51 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.18
mm m B mm B1 mm* C mm C1 mm* D mm E mm F mm
62.0 -150 100 24.0 34.0 13.0 3.0 1.5 3.0 4.5
Inch versions
Metric versions
* Air plug gages for blind bores only.
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-14
A
B
D
A
B
D1
C
3
DIN 2271
Air plug gages
2 jets spaced
180 apart
Hardened
tool steel
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
MERCER Air Ring Gages
Check diameters and detect form deviations on cylindrical shafts.
Application ranges from 1.50 up to 50.80 mm/0.059 up to 2.000 in.
Bayonet mount for quick gage assembly.
Two jets spaced 180 apart from one another.
Important
When asking
for a quotation
or writing down
your order, it is
important to state
your requirements
according to the
information on
page O-6).
Central Jet Offset Jet
in in A in B in C in* D in D1 in*
0.059 -0.090 0.0004 1.375 0.25 0.50 0.125 0.04
0.090 -0.120 0.0006 1.375 0.25 0.50 0.125 0.05
0.120 -0.140 0.0008 1.375 0.25 0.50 0.125 0.06
0.140 -0.170 0.0012 1.375 0.25 0.50 0.125 0.06
0.170 -0.236 0.0016 1.375 0.25 0.50 0.125 0.07
mm m A mm B mm C mm* D mm D1 mm*
1.50 -2.30 10 34.9 6.4 12.7 3.17 1.00
2.30 -3.05 15 34.9 6.4 12.7 3.17 1.27
3.05 -3.56 20 34.9 6.4 12.7 3.17 1.50
3.56 -4.32 30 34.9 6.4 12.7 3.17 1.50
4.32 -6.00 40 34.9 6.4 12.7 3.17 1.78
Metric versions
Inch versions
* Air ring gages with off-set jets.
O-15
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
DIN 2271
Air plug gages
2 jets spaced
180 apart
Hardened
tool steel
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
MERCER Standard Air Ring Gages
Standard rings with central jets fitted on the guiding cylinder.
Other rings with off-set jets permit to measure close to the shoulder.
Important
When asking
for a quotation
or writing down
your order, it is
important to state
your requirements
according to the
information on
page O-6).
B
A
D
B
A
D1
Central jet
air ring gage
Off-set jet
air ring gage
in in A in A in* B in D in D1 in*
0.236 -0.380 0.002 2.968 2.968 1.125 0.562 0.125
0.380 -0.505 0.004 2.968 2.968 1.125 0.562 0.125
0.505 -1.005 0.004 2.968 3.468 1.125 0.562 0.125
1.005 -1.505 0.004 3.468 4.468 1.125 0.562 0.125
1.505 -2.000 0.004 4.468 4.468 1.125 0.562 0.125
mm m A mm B mm D mm D1 mm*
6.00 - 9.65 50 75.4 28.6 14.3 3.2
9.65 -25.52 100 75.4 28.6 14.3 3.2
25.52 -38.22 100 88.1 28.6 14.3 3.2
38.22 -50.80 100 113.5 28.6 14.3 3.2
Inch versions
Metric versions
* Air ring gages with off-set jets
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-16
B
A
A
B
25
mm A mm B mm
dn 6 24 8
6 dn 12 28 10
12 dn 18 42 15
18 dn 24 56 20
24 dn 32 72 25
32 dn 42 90 30
42 dn 52 100 30
52 dn 62 110 30
62 dn 74 130 35
74 dn 86 142 35
86 dn 100 154 35
100 dn 120 184 38*
120 dn 140 210 38*
3
Steel, hardened
to 59 HRC
Shipping
packaging
UKAS calibration
certificate on
request
* Style 2
Important
When asking
for a quotation
or writing down
your order, it is
important to state
your requirements
according to the
information on
page O-6.
MERCER Setting Standards
Air gage applications using MERCER products require (at least) two setting standards.
Supplied with a calibration certificate upon request.
MERCER Setting Rings for Air Plug Gages
Application ranges from 1.30 to 150.00 mm/0.051 to 5.90 in.
Style 1 Style 2
1 4
A mm m* m* m** m m
1.50 dn 2.97 1.0 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
2.97 dn 25.00 1.0 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
25.00 dn 61.95 1.0 2.5 0.75 1.0 0.75
61.95 dn 101.85 2.0 5.0 1.0 1.5 1.0
101.85 dn 150.00 2.0 5.0 1.5 2.0 1.25
* Max. perm. deviation of the mean value measured from the nominal size.
** Uncertainty against the actual size or actual deviation marked on the air ring.
O-17
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
3
Steel
Shipping
packaging
3
Steel, hardened
Shipping
packaging
3
Steel, hardened
Shipping
packaging
UKAS calibration
certificate on
request
Depth Stop Rings for Air Plug Gages
Can be supplied with any air plug, except for the miniature versions.
Other versions specially made to suit your gauging applications also available.
Important
When asking for a quotation or writing down your order, it is important to state
your requirements according to the information on page O-6.
MERCER Setting Plugs Gages for Air Ring Gages
Single or double ended plug gages fitted with a hand grip according to their size.
Maximum permissible error of 1 m with respect to the nominal size or nominal deviation.
Additional Components
Extensions for deep holes
Available for M type plug gages with nominal diameters ranging from
14 to 62 mm/0.55 to 2.5 in.
Increase depth by 25, 50, 75, 100 or 200 mm/1, 2, 3, 4 or 8 in.
Air plug gages with special design are also available for extra deep
holes (nominal diameters up to 14 mm/0.55 in).
A
I
R
G
A
G
E
S
Y
S
T
E
M
S
F
O
R
D
I
A
M
E
T
E
R
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O-18
80,5 mm / 3.17 in
3,00 6,30 mm
0.12 0.25 in
70,5 mm / 2.78 in
6,30 14,00 mm
0.25 0.55 in
70,5 mm / 2.78 in
14,00 62,00 mm
0.55 2.44 in
82,7 mm / 3.25 in
62,00 150,00 mm
2.44 5.91 in
S95011021
S95011024
Style L Style M Style M Style S
3
Chrome
plated steel
Shipping
packaging
Universal Adaptor Handle
Equally suited for air plugs and
air rings with bayonet fittings.
Supplied with 1,3 m long flexi-
ble hose for coupling with the
gauging unit.
Base for stationary use
Equally suited for air plugs and
air rings.
Screw connected hose end, air
plugs and air rings.
90 Adaptors
These adaptors are designed to help reaching the desired points during any machining
operations while the work piece is still on the machine.
Convenient for air plug gage style S, M and L as well as for ring gages.
Universal handle for use in conjunction with both S and M type plugs or screw connected
200 mm long hand grip on L type adaptor.
3
Shipping
packaging
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-1
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-2
OPTI CAL MEASUREMENT
SENSOR 1
SENSOR 2
WORKPIECE
IMAGE
PROJECTOR LENS
CONDENSER
LENS
LIGHT
SOURCE
MACHINED PART
Fast Round Part Inspection
The whole TESA-Scan product line belongs to the
range of dedicated non-contact opto-electronic
measuring centers that provide Users with a com-
plete solution for inspecting small round parts
quickly. Including a variety of systems such as those
usually integrated into profile projectors or micro-
scopes, they offer the round part manufacturer a
more capable alternative to traditional inspection
methods. TESAs product range can measure shapes
and sizes of round parts from 0,3 up to 80 mm in
diameter, which can be as long as 500 mm.
Complex part features such as straightness or circularity can easily be inspected by com-
bining rotation with axial movement. This permits any surface of the workpiece to be
scanned dynamically in order to determine the part axis for true 3D alignment and refer-
ence purposes.
Dynamic Measurement
Rotation is a standard function of the inspection process, allowing a rotary scanning of
the workpiece for highly accurate measurement of both the part geometry and shape,
also with high speed.
2D Measurement
The part profile is obtained by scanning along the
part axis. A two-axis image projection is produced as
theworkpiece diameter and length are being meas-
ured simultaneously.
A unique feature of these systems from TESA lies in
the orientation of the linear sensors to 75 (10 for
TESA-Scan 80) with respect to the workpiece axis,
guaranteeing accurate measurement of all individual
geometric elements such as angles, radii, diameters
or any other part features with parallel or inclined
surfaces.
Operating Principle
All TESA measuring centers incorporates high-resolution CCD linear sensors. Each sensor is
subdivided into thousands of light sensitive pixels. As the part image is being projected,
these sensors, which act as light sensitive rulers, can detect the slightest changes at sub-
pixel level.
The workpiece is illuminated with parallel white light and its image is projected onto the
linear CCD sensors, which are inclined to 7,5. They provide the information obtained from
the image, thus allowing accurate analysis of the geometry of the workpiece features.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-3
Thread Measurement
External threads are important features of
round parts, and their measurement is a high
labour intensive operation. The true profile of
any thread shape can be obtained with either
Tesa-Scan system.
To measure shape and sizes or check worm threads,
both TESA-Scan 50 Plus and TESA-Scan 80 also offer a mechanism for tilting the work-
piece to the helix angle in order to view the true size of the profile.
Form and Shape Measurement
Sophisticated round part applications involving form and shape meas-
urement are easily carried out using the flexible programming facility.
Pro-Measure is a powerful software system, which allows a visual com-
parison of the true form obtained. This tool makes the analysis of man-
ufacturing problems easier. It also provides the operator with a useful
guidance when creating part programs.
Flexible Reporting
Pro-Measure enables the user to present all measurement data in a vari-
ety of numeric and graphic formats together with relevant process related
information. Text, logos and Bitmap images can be be included in the
reports through the editing functions. Pro-Measure can easily be net-
worked or interfaced to existing shop floor systems for data collection.
Graphic Analysis
Pro-Composer allows visual inspection of lines and radii with a compar-
ison of part data to given nominals available from the drawing. The
results are then displayed in a graphic format. This option enables any
defects occur-ring during a production run to be straightly eliminated,
and is also very useful as debugging tool during part program creation.
Graphic Interface
Pro-Composer is an easy-to-use software tool for part programming
created on the computer directly linked to the machine or off-line. It
uses the graphic representation of the part profile created by scanning
or importing the required geometry from a CAD file. For the program-
ming sequence, the user simply selects the measurement function from
the icon menu. For ease of use, all selected tolerances and paramater
values can be retrieved based on the database available from interna-
tional standards.
Comprehensive Reporting
Pro-Measure is a flexible software system that can accept data from
other precision tools (e.g. those used for internal measuring). These
data are then included into a single report. This software can be pro-
gramd so as to tell the operator that measurements taken by means of
a handtool are required as the relevant inspection sequence will be
starting or ending up.
Part Program Creation within Minutes
Pro-Measure further enhances the flexibility of the machine. This
highly intuitive industrial software system is suited for each stage of the
manufacturing process. In most cases, part program creation is only a
matter of minutes.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-4
Static measurement
Diameters, lengths, intersection points, gage diameters, radii, angles etc.
Two-axes workpiece alignment Creating a workpiece axis based on two datum diameters.
Dynamic measurement
Concentricity Parallel and interrupted diameters, form diameter, taper, parallel
thread profile.
Runout Plain or interrupted diameters.
Roundness and cylindricity.
Diameters with rotation, ovality, max, min and average diameters of plain or interrupted
diameters.
Hexagon Across-flats, symmetry of flats to axis, max. dimension across corners.
Section analysis with rotation Longest and shortest section of radii, angular location.
Three-axes workpiece alignment Creating a workpiece axis with reference to plain
diameters or thread lengths.
Thread and worm thread measurement With mechanical
tilting
Parallel threads
Major diameter
Flank diameter
Pitch
Minor diameter
Flank angle
Root radius
Crest radius
Circularity
Lead error
Taper threads
Pitch diameter
Major diameter
Minor diameter
Taper
Double-threads, parallel
Major and minor diameters
Half pitch
Flank angle
Crest radius
Root radius
Worm threads (on request)
Pitch
Major and minor diameters
Over Wire diameter
Tooth thickness
Pressure angle
Addendum
Dedendum
Thread depth
Runout
Ball screws (on request)
Pitch
Lead error
Over wire diameter
Parallel, vee-shaped threads
Major diameter
Flank diameter
Flank angle
Pitch
Taper threads
Pitch
Flank angle
Included taper angle
Gage length
Usable thread length
Pitch diameter
Major diameter
Image cleaning
The software includes a number of filters that can be selected at various levels to reduce
the effect of contaminated workpieces.
Performances
(Valid for any type of machines)
Thread measurement With no mechanical tilting
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-5
TESA-Scan 25
D mm L mm D in L in
25 200 1.0 8.0
2 kg/
59 270 2.3 10.6 4.4 lbs
0,0002 0,001 0.00001 0.00004
1,5+(0,01 D) m 6 + (0,01 L) m (0.06 + 0.01 D)/ (0.24 + 0.01 L)/
(20C 1C)
0,001 0,0025 0.00004 0.0001
(2s = 95%)
3
02430006 29729
Measuring
capacity
Component
capacity
Resolution
Accuracy
(D in mm) (L in mm) 1000 in (D in in) 1000 in (L in in)
Repeatability
840 x 640 x
460 mm,
33 x 25 x 18 in
Diameter : 0,5 s
Length: 0,5 s
Performances:
see page P-4
100/110-
220/240 VAC
50/60 Hz
10 to 35C
50 to 95F
10 to 80%
3
55 kg
121 lbs
Shipping
packaging
Inspection
report with
a declaration
of conformity
TESA-Scan 25 (025 x 200 mm). Measuring Centre with part rotation including 1 headstock
Z173-3004, 1 tailstock Z125-3003 plus 2 male centers TL02-0001. Supplied with PC, mouse,
installed Windows XP Multilingual operating system, TFT monitor 17, US keyboard,
Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer with Handbook E-F-D on CD (order No. 02460011).
Technical Data
Performances
are based on
the results obtained
from clean, ground
components
measured at 20C.
They may be
affected by the
component shape
and surface finish.
Pro-measure/
Pro-Composer
see page 9
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-6
TESA-Scan 50 TESA-Scan 50 CPlus
3
1050 x 800 x
580 mm,
41 x 32 x 23 in
TESA-Scan 50 D mm L mm D in L in
50 275 1.96 10.8
4 kg/
100 290 3.9 11.4 8.8 lbs
0,0003 0,001 0.00001 0.00004
2 + (0,01 D) m 7 + (0,01 L) m (0.08 + 0.01 D)/ (0.28 + 0.01 L)/
(20C 1C)
0,001 0,0025 0.00004 0.0001
(2s = 95%)
TESA-Scan 50 C Plus D mm L mm D in L in
50 275 1.96 10.8
4 kg/
100 290 3.9 11.4 8.8 lbs
0,0003 0,001 0.00001 0.00004
2 + (0,01 D) m 7 + (0,01 L) m (0.08 + 0.01 D)/ (0.28 + 0.01 L)/
(20C 1C)
0,001 0,0025 0.00004 0.0001
(2s = 95%)
Diameter : 0,5 s
Length: 0,5 s
Performances:
see page P-4
100/110-
220/240 VAC
50/60 Hz
10 to 35C
50 to 95F
10 to 80%
3
115 kg, 250 lbs
125 kg, 272 lbs
Shipping
packaging
Inspection
report with
a declaration
of conformity
Measuring
capacity
Component
capacity
Resolution
Accuracy
Repeatability
Measuring
capacity
Component
capacity
Tilting for thread
measurement max. 15
Resolution
Accuracy
Repeatability
Measuring capacity:
D = 50 mm, L = 275 mm
Measuring capacity:
D = 50 mm,
L = 275 mm
Equipped with slew-
ing mechanism for
thread measurement
through advanced
functions.
Performances
are based on
from clean,
ground components
measured at
20 C. They may be
affected by the
component shape
and surface finish.
Pro-measure/
Pro-Composer
see page 9
Technical Data
02430016 29731
02430020 24844
TESA-Scan 50 (0 50 x 275 mm). Measuring Centre with part rotation. Basis machine including
1 headstock Z178-3004, 1 tailstock Z178-3003 plus 2 male centers TL02-0002. Supplied along
with PC, mouse, installed Windows XP Multilingual operating system TFT monitor 17, US
keyboard, Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer with Handbook E-F-D on CD (order No. 02460011).
TESA-Scan 50 C Plus (0 50 x 275 mm). Measuring Centre with rotation and slewing mechanism
for thread measurement. Basis machine including 1 headstock Z178-3004, 1 tailstock Z178-3003
plus 2 male centers TL02-0002. Supplied along with PC, mouse, installed Windows XP Multilin-
gual operating system, TFT monitor 17, US keyboard, Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer with Hand-
book E-F-D on CD (order No. 02460011).
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-7
TESA-Scan 50 Plus
3
1450 x 800 x
580 mm,
57 x 32 x 23 in
TESA-Scan 50 Plus D mm L mm D in L in
50 500 1.96 19.7
6 kg/
100 515 3.9 20.3 13,2 lbs
0,0003 0,001 0.00001 0.00004
2 + (0,01 D) m 7 + (0,01 L) m (0.08 + 0.01 D)/ (0.28 + 0.01 L)/
(20C 1C)
0,001 0,0025 0.00004 0.0001
(2s = 95%)
Diameter : 0,5 s
Length: 0,5 s
Performances:
see page P-4
100/110-
220/240 VAC
50/60 Hz
10 to 35C
50 to 95F
10 to 80%
3
160 kg, 350 lbs
Shipping
packaging
Inspection
report with
a declaration
of conformity
Measuring
capacity
Component
capacity
Tilting for thread
measurement max. 15
Resolution
Accuracy
Repeatability
Measuring capacity: D = 50 mm, L = 500 mm
Equipped with slewing mechanism for thread measurement through
advanced functions.
Performances
are based on
from clean, ground
components
measured at 20 C.
They may be
affected by the
component shape
and surface finish.
Pro-measure/
Pro-Composer
see page 9
Technical Data
02430046 29733 TESA-Scan 50 Plus (0 50 x 500 mm). Measuring Centre with part rotation and slewing mechan-
ism for thread measurement. Basis machine including 1 headstock Z178-3004, 1 tailstock
Z178-3003 plus 2 male centers TL02-0002. Supplied along with PC, mouse, installed Windows
XP Multilingual operating system, TFT monitor 17, US keyboard, Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer
with Handbook E-F-D on CD (order No. 02460011).
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-8
TESA-Scan 80 / 80 Plus 3
1500 x 750 x
520 mm,
60 x 30 x 20 in
D mm L mm D in L in
80 500 3.1 19.7
6 kg/
100 515 3.9 20.3 13.2 lbs
(80 Plus)
0,0002 0,001 0.00001 0.00004
1,5+(0,01 D) m 7 + (0,01 L) m (0.06 + 0.01 D/ (0.28 + 0.01 L)/
0 <30 mm
2 + (0,01 D) m 8 + (0,01 L) m (0.08 + 0.01 D)/ (0.35 + 0.01 L)/
(20C 1C)
0,001 0,003 0.00004 0.00012
(2s = 95%)
4-6 bar 60-90 PSI
Diameter : 0,5 s
Length: 0,5 s
Performances:
see page P-4
100/110-
220/240 VAC
50/60 Hz
10 to 35C
50 to 95F
10 to 80%
3
250 kg, 552 lbs
260 kg, 574 lbs
Shipping
packaging
Inspection
report with
a declaration
of conformity
Measuring
capacity
Component
capacity
Tilting for thread
measurement max. helix angle 10
Resolution
Accuracy
0 >30 mm
Repeatability
Air supply
Performances
are based on
from clean,
ground components
measured at
20C. They may be
affected by the
component shape
and surface finish.
Pro-measure/
Pro-Composer
see page 9
Technical Data
02430056 20663
02430066 20671
TESA-Scan 80 (080 x 500 mm). Measuring Centre with part rotation and slewing mechanism
for thread measurement. Basis machine including 1 headstock Z178-3004, 1 tailstock Z178-3003
plus 2 male centers TL02-0002. Supplied along with PC, mouse, installed Windows XP Multi-
lingual operating system, TFT monitor 17, US keyboard, Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer with
Handbook E-F-D on CD (order No. 02460011).
TESA-Scan 80 Plus (080 x 500 mm). Measuring Centre with protective enclosure, part rotation
and slewing mechanism for thread measurement. Basis machine including 1 headstock
Z178-3004, 1 tailstock Z178-3003 plus 2 male centers TL02-0002. Supplied along with PC,
mouse, installed Windows XP Multilingual operating system, TFT monitor 17, US keyboard,
Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer with Handbook E-F-D on CD (order No. 02460011).
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-9
02460011
02460010
XS01-0001
XS01-0011
XS01-0008
XS01-0010
XS01-0013
04761061
04761054
04761055
04761056
Software
Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer along with hard-key plus Handbook in English, French and German
on CD. Another version can additionally be made available for off-line programming.
Pro-Measure/Pro-Composer (CD only)
Interfaces
Gageport NT interface for inductive probe, 2 probe inputs
Gageport NT interface, digital, 2 probe inputs
Gageport NT interface, digital, 4 probe inputs
Extension unit for inductive probes, 8 probe inputs
Gageport extension box (for 4 modules)
*Connecting cable Gageport to PC
*Power supply
*EU connecting cable
*US connecting cable
* Instead of XS00-0006
Software and Interfaces
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-10
TESA Scan 130 -
for the fast accurate measurement of
large cylindrical components
on the shop floor
The TESA Scan 130 from TESA, has been designed to give the
optimum solution for the measurement of large diameter cylindrical
components on the shop floor. The TESA Scan 130 is the new
generation of the proven technology TESA Scan family machines and
brings great flexibility for dimensional measurement to manufacturers
of round and shaft shaped components up to 130 mm in diameter.
The TESA Scan 130 consists of an optical measuring head mounted on
a vertical slide which allows it to traverse along the axis of the
workpiece supported between headstock and tailstock.
The main structure of the machine is a vertical granite column which
ensures linearity and stability between the three important
components of the system.
The optical measuring head with air bearing guide system.
The linear optical encoder providing the exact axial
location of the measuring head.
The workholding mechanisms headstock and tailstock.
Rotation of the workpiece is achieved by a DC servo motor and rotary
encoder at the headstock spindle. The tailstock can be moved up and
down along the pillar bed to accommodate different length
workpieces. Both headstock and tailstock spindles have an internal
Morse no. 2 taper allowing quick changeover of workholding.
All of the Morse No. 2 workholding options of the TESA Scan 50 and
80 are common to the TESA Scan 130, with the exception of the
Gripper Mechanism and Chuck which are unique to TESA Scan130.
The tailstock moves on a low friction rail and is counterbalanced to
allow easy manual operation. The TESA Scan optical head moves up
side down along the granit TESA Scan s backbone. The complete
measuring centre is protected by an enclosure with integrated machine
support frame and access for work loading is via a door fitted with
safety protection switches.
A PC computer is connected to the machine separately allowing always an ideal customer
customisation of the work place.
The System:
Optical measurement system utilising light sensitive linear CCD arrays.
Fast, easy to use programming software.
CNC motorised optical measuring head.
Quick release adjustable tailstock.
Headstock with CNC motorised rotation and encoder.
Industry standard Morse 2 quick change tooling at head and tailstock.
Full range of workholding options.
Interlocked mechanisms for operator safety.
Shop-hardened for use in harsh environments.
SPC/SQC options.
Traceability to international standards.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-11
Measurement Capability
STATIC
Diameters, Lengths, Intersections, Gage Diameters, Radii, Angles, etc.
workpiece alignment creation of workpiece reference axis from two diameters.
DYNAMIC
Concentricity parallel, max. form and gauge diameters, interrupted diameters, taper and
parallel thread profile axes.
Runout plain, interrupted diameters and face runout.
Roundness and Cylindricity (available as option).
Diameter with rotation ovality, max. min. average diameter of plain or interrupted diameters.
Hexagon across flats dimension, symmetry of flats to axis, max dimension across corners.
Section analysis with rotation max. and min. section radius and angular locations.
Offset diameters eccentricity and symmetry.
3D workpiece alignment creation of workpiece reference axis from plain diameters and
thread profiles.
THREAD MEASUREMENT (without slewing mechanism)
Parallel vee-form major, minor and pitch diameters, pitch, flank angles.
Taper threads major and pitch diameters at any location, pitch, taper, flank angles, gage
length, useable thread length,crest and root profiles.
IMAGE analysis
A software filter which can be set at different levels to reduce the affect of
contamination on the workpiece.
SPECIFICATIONS TESA SCAN 130
MEASURING CAPACITY Diameter 130 mm 5.1
Length 800 mm 31.5
COMPONENT CAPACITY Diameter 248 mm 9.76
Length 850 mm 33.5
Weight 30 kg 66 lbs
ACCURACY Diameter 2.0+(0.01D) m (0.08+0.01D)/1000
(20 C 1 C) Length 8+(0.01L) m (0.3+0.01L)/1000
RESOLUTION Diameter 0.0003 mm 0.00001
Length 0.001 mm 0.00004
REPEATABILITY Diameter 0.0015 mm 0.00006
2 s = 95% Length 0.005 mm 0.0002
SPEED Diameter 1,5 sec
Static measurement Edge 1,5 sec
DIMENSIONS (h x w x d) Measuring unit 224 x 99 x 95 cm
WEIGHT Complete system 700 kg 1540 lb
OPERATING CONDITIONS Temperature 10-35 C 50-95 F
Relative humidity 10-80% 10-80%
ELECTRICAL SERVICE 100/110 - 220/240 VAC and 50/60 Hz
AIR PRESSURE 6 bars
Performance data is based on results from clean ground components at 20 C
and may be affected by component shape and surface finish.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
TL01-0002
l

TL01-0003
l l
TL01-0027
TL01-0004
l l
TL01-0027
TL01-0005
H = 18 TL01-0003
TL01-0006 TL01-0004
H = 22
TL01-0007
l l
TL01-0027
TL01-0008
l l
TL01-0027
TL01-0009
06 mm T = 1,5 TL01-0003
TL01-0010 TL01-0004
06 mm T = 3
TL01-0011
612 mm T = 3
TL01-0012
1218 mm T = 6
TL01-0013
1824 mm T = 9
TL01-0038
06 mm T = 6
TL01-0039
06 mm T = 15
TL01-0040
612 mm T = 15
TL01-0021
TL01-0003
TL01-0009 TL01-0004
TL01-0010
TL01-0011
TL01-0012
TL01-0013
5
6
5
6
44 55
MK1
6
57,7
14
H
5
6
5
6
B
T
D
TESA-Scan 25 TESA-Scan 50
TESA-Scan 80
P-12
Order Number Morse 1 Morse 2 Notes Description
Centre adapter
with a 6 mm dia.
coupling bore
Two-jaw gripper
Two-jaw gripper
Raising blocks
for external jaws,
in pairs
Two-jaw gripper
Two-jaw gripper
External jaws,
in pairs
External jaws,
in pairs
Accessories
External
Requires clamping
for manual
use
External
Requires clamping
for use with
air pressure
For
Internal
Requires clamping
for manual
use
Internal
Requires clamping
for use with
air pressure
For
Set of jaws For
including:
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-13
TL01-0015
D = 4-5 mm TL01-0007
H = 6,6 mm TL01-0008
TL01-0016
D = 5-6 mm
H = 8,6 mm
TL01-0017
D = 6-8 mm
H = 11,5 mm
TL01-0018
D = 8-11 mm
H = 17,5 mm
TL01-0019
D = 11-15 mm
H = 20 mm
TL01-0020
D = 15-19 mm
H = 20,2 mm
TL01-0022
TL01-0007
TL01-0015
TL01-0016
TL01-0017
TL01-0018
TL01-0019
TL01-0020
TL01-0026
l

TL01-0027
l

TL02-0001
l

TL02-0002
l
TL02-0003
l

TL02-0016
l

Z173-
0922/0923
MK2
6
80
MK1
1
2
17.3 53.5
MK2
1
7
21.6 64
MK1
1
2
17.3 53.5
MK1
D
H
MK2
92
MK1
TESA-Scan 80
For
Set of jaws For
including:
2 items
provided with
TESA-Scan 25
2 items
provided with
TESA-Scan 50
TESA-Scan 80
Diamond
coated
10 mm
For added
sleeves
Internal jaws,
in pairs
Centre adapter
with a 6 mm dia.
coupling bore
Reduction
sleeve,
Morse 2 to 1
Internal jaws,
in pairs
Extra male centre,
10 mm
Extra male centre,
17 mm
Drive
centre
Rotation centre
with a B12 male
taper plus a
Morse 1 taper
shank
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-14
TL02-0017
l

TL02-0018
l

TL02-0019
l

TL02-0021
l

Z173-0908
TL01-0003
TL01-0004
TL01-0007
TL01-0008
Z173-0920
l l

TL01-0002 TL01-0026
Z173-0921
l l

TL01-0002 TL01-0026
Z173-0922
l

TL02-0016
Z173-0923
l

TL02-0016
Z173-0961
l

Z173-2020
l l
TL01-0027
Z173-2024
l

Z173-2025
l

TESA-Scan 80
22 17 68
1
8
2
9
MK2
MK2
MK1
17 12.5 57
1
2
2
2
12.25
5
0
5
6
76
10
1
2
6
10 20 3
2
2
6
14 20 5
8 19
2
2
3
1
2
3
9 19
3
2
2
5
MK1
55 10
3
0
MK1
5
5
5
7
60
5
5
5
7
4
2
17.780
61
MK2
For Ensures
stable
positioning
for
mounting
jaws
Requires Requires
Requires Requires
Requires
Requires
Clamping
Requires capacity:
outside
115 mm
inside
1126 m
Rotation centre,
Morse 2
Rotation centre
with a B12
male taper plus
a Morse 1 shank
Rotation centre,
Morse 1
Rotation centre,
Morse 2
Vertical
support
Female centre,
10 mm dia.
Female centre,
20 mm dia.
Female centre,
10 mm dia.
Also with internal
B12 taper
Female centre,
10 mm dia.
Also with internal
B12 taper
Platten,
30 mm dia.
3-jaw chuck,
clamping range
115 mm
6-jaw chuck ,
clamping range
0,715 mm
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-15
Z178-2009
l
Z178-2020
l
Z178-2025
l

Z178-2026
l
Z178-0607
l

Z178-0610
l

Z178-0940
l

TL02-0018
Z178-0941
l

TL02-0018
Z178-0942
l

TL02-0018
Z178-3028
l

TESA-Scan 80
12
0
- 0,5 50
3
0
8
0
-0,5
3
5
9
0
43
3
0
- 0,5
3
0
32
MK2
4
0
23 84
MK2
4
6
25 85 12
MK2
88 38
4
2
MK2
88 25
8
0
MK2
7
2
98.5 33 13.6
1
0
0
MK2
6
4
2
Used to drive
components
between
fixed centers.
Directly fitted
on the
headstock.
Clamping
capacity:
outside
250 mm
inside
2350 mm
Diamond
coated
Requires
Requires
Requires
Drive
mechanism
3-jaw chuck
with Morse 2
taper shank,
clamping range
250 mm
Platten,
80 mm dia.
Also with a
Morse 2 taper
shank
Drive centre,
0 40 mm.
Also with a
Morse 2
taper shank
Female centre,
40 mm dia.
Also with a
Morse 2
taper shank
Male centre,
1540 mm dia.
Also with a Morse 2
taper shank
Female centre,
10 mm dia.,
Also with a B12
internal taper
Female centre,
10 mm dia.,
Also with a B12
internal taper
Female centre,
10 mm dia.,
Also with a B12
internal taper
Drive centre,
42 mm dia. max.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T

P-16
New
TESA-Visio 200
Technical data
High-precision X/Y table
Linear encorders with a resolutionto 0.05m
Color camera
Telecentric objectives or indexable zoom
Episcopic and diascopic light illumination through LEDs
Measuring volume X/Y/Z : 200 x 100 x 150 mm
Accuracy X/Y-axes: 3.0 m + L/60 (L in mm)
Accuracy Z-axis: 5.9 m + L/60 (L in mm)
TESA VISIO 200 Vision Systems A = Available O = Optional S = Standard NA = Not Available
Description System Specifications

Vision Machine Version Manual Manual
System Software TESA VISTA PCDMIS
TESA VISTA Software S NA
PCDMIS-Vision PRO (manual software) NA S
PCDMIS-Vision CAD (manual software) NA O

Other Software
SPC Software NA O

Measuring Stage
Measuring Range X/Y/Z 200 x 100 x 150 mm 200 x 100 x 150 mm
Encoder Resolution X/Y/Z 0.05 m 0.05 m
Granite Base and Column S S
Manual focus - course and fine adjustment S S
Table surface (Hardcoat Anodized Aluminium) 400 mm x 280 mm (X/Y) 400 mm x 280 mm (X/Y)
Stage surface - has fixture holes and removeable stage glass S S
Maximum Load (in the middle of the stage) 10 Kg 10 Kg
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
O
P
T
I
C
A
L

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T

P-17
TESA VISIO 200 Vision Systems A = Available O = Optional S = Standard NA = Not Available
Accuracy
* X/Y Accuracy MPE X,Y ( E1 X,Y) 2.0 m+ 10 / 1000(L in mm)
MPE XY ( E2 XY) 2.9 m+ 10 / 1000(L in mm)
* Z Accuracy (Linear) *MPE Z ( E1 Z) 2.9 m+ 10 / 1000(L in mm)
* mechanical accuracy
* L = measuring length in mm (Applys to thermally stable
controlled temperature environment @ 20 Degrees C) zoom
lens system set to maximum magnification on a textured
surface, with evenly distributed load of 0 to 10 kg on the stage.
With 2X or 4 X objective

Color CCD camera, with 752 x 582 pixels. S S

Optics (Magnifcation specifications with 19 Monitor)
Indexable Zoom
Indexable Zoom (Optical Mag. Approx. from 0,7x to 4,5x) A A
1X Lens (Magnification Approx. 30x to 175x)
Standard with Indexable Zoom A A
.5X Lens (Magnification Approx. 16x to 87x) O O
0.75X Lens (Magnification Approx. 24x to 131x) O O
*1.5X Lens (Magnification Approx. 45x to 270x) O O
*2X Lens (Magnfication Approx. 60x to 355x) O O
* Lens with Magifications of 1.5X & 2.0X require coaxial Light
Telecentric fixed objectives
Telecentric fixed 0.5X objective A A
Telecentric fixed 1X objective A A

Illumination
Back Light (Profile Illumination) (Green LED) S S
Coaxial Light (TTL) Through the Lens lighting -
White LED A A
**Ring Light (4 x 90) degree programmable
Segmented - White LEDs S S
Red Laser Pointer (Helps locate part features to be measured) S S

Computer Systems
DELL Model S S
Microsoft XP Operating System S S
(Computer & Operating System Software specifications could change.
Call for latest specifications)

Other Options
Fixturing Accessories O O
Calibration Artifacts O O
(Other Upgrades & Options Available. Please call to inquirer.)

Other Specifications
Machines weight (PC, monitor & computer accessories not inlcluded) 98Kg 98Kg
Power Supply 115 to 230 Vac +/- 10% 115 to 230 Vac +/- 10%
50 to 60 Hz 50 to 60 Hz
Systems Dimemsions (PC and monitor not included) (LxHxD mm) 641 x 890 x 516 641 x 890 x 516
Operating Temperature Range 10 Deg.C to 40 Deg. C 10 Deg.C to 40 Deg. C
Rated Environment 20 Deg. C +/- 1 Deg. C 20 Deg. C +/- 1 Deg. C
Relative Humidity 80%, non-condensing 80%, non-condensing

Warranty: Covered under Brown & Sharpes One Year Warranty
(Please call for Details) S S
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-18
Main vision machine
3
All aluminium
rigid
construction
Measuring system
with incremental,
glass scales,
opto-electronic. Resolution
to 0,05 m.
In one
coordinate
direction:
Manual version
X/Y-axes (3+10
l
L/1000) m,
Z-axis (3+2
l
L/100) m*
DCC version
X/Y-axes (2,4+4
l
L/1000) m,
Z-axis (3+1
l
L/100) m*
L in mm
* Accuracy was obtained at
highest magnification on a
textured surface.
Also with an evenly distrib-
uted workload of 3 kg at
glass plate level.
Measuring
volume:
X = 300 mm,
Y = 200 mm, Z = 150 mm
CCD colour camera, analogue
PAL 640 x 480 pixels
Resolution
0,001 mm
Transmitted
light through
green LED,
brightness adjustable over
the software
10C to 40C
20C
80%,
non-condensing
115 to 230 Vac
10%,
50 to 60 Hz
72 kg (manual)
80 kg (DCC)
IP40
EN 61010-1
EN 60204
EN 61336-1
EN 60825-1
Identification
number
Inspection
report with a
declaration of
conformity
Provided
fully
assembled
Shipping
packaging
TESA-VISIO 300
Manual or automatic video-based machines with unique design for non-
contact measurement.
The manual version comes with TESA-VISTA the software for metrology applications in
the world of industry . Made simple to use, this machine version can also be equipped with
PC-Dmis that provides Users with a powerful tool for 2D or 3D part inspection.
Running the PC-DMIS-Vision software, the DCC machine version is capable to operate
automatically. This variant is one the most cost-effective machines of this kind available
today on the market.
Key Features
Small-sized vision machine with ergonomic design, whether manually
operated or motor driven.
Motorised zoom with magnifications from 20x up to 130x or even more depending on the size of the
viewing screen.
Light sources through LEDs so that the measured values are not affected.
Incident light (episcopic) through a dual line consisting of 24 LEDs
fragmented into 4 segments (Fresnel lens), each programmable
individually. Also with brightness adjustable over the software.
Coaxial illumination available as an option.
Transmitted light (diascopic) through a green LED with adjustable
brightness.
Laser pointer (class 1) for locating the measurement area.
Coordinate stage equipped with incremental glass scales, opto-electronic. Resolution to 0,05 m.
Measuring volume X = 300 mm, Y = 200 mm, Z = 150 mm.
Quick release system in both X and Y axes (manual version).
Possible displacement in the two X and Z coordinate directions for right hand and left hand operator.
Max. permissible workload: 16 kg.
TFT monitor 17
TESA-VISTA or PC-Dmis application software with edge detector.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-19
TESA-VISTA Application Software
Easy-to-use, user-friendly metrology software. Lets you measure the widest
number of geometric elements quickly and precisely.
Main Features
On-screen viewing in X/Y/Z coordinate directions.
Resolution to 0,001 mm.
Zero-setting of display related to selected axis with just a mouse click.
Metric/inch conversion.
Cartesian and polar coordinates.
Possible storage of the video image.
Drawing of the measured element as shown in the active window.
Automatic edge detection.
Z-measurement with on-screen help and guidance.
Geometric Features and Functions
Point
Radius
Diameter
Arc of circle
Angle
Straight line
Distance (X/Y)
Slot
Z-measurement
Alignment
Perpendicularity
Parallelism
Theoretical point
theoretical diameter
Translation of both
X and Y origin points
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-20
PC-Dmis Vision Application Software
Including many programming capabilities, this software provides a long-term solution
through continuous upgrading to the most advanced technology.
All inspection reports can be defined by the Users and further output in a
variety of formats to suit their specific needs.
Main Features
Real time inspection up to the subpixel.
Point and click programming facility.
Automatic edge detection (eliminates positioning uncertainty
of the crossline reticule, increases velocity and repeatability).
Ability to collect a higher number of points to measure form errors
even more accurately.
Import option for CAD-files (various formats).
Creation of programs off-line.
Simple program sequences.
Reverse engineering along with export option in CAD format.
Automatic recognition of the used magnification, without the need
for the objective to be requalified within a programming sequence.
Automatic or manual tool control.
Measurement in Z-axis made easier through computer-aided focusing
in graph mode.
On-screen Viewing of all measured values, including those related to
the position of geometric form elements or edge detection.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-21
0,5x 0,75x 1x 1,5x 2x
06860030 06860031 06860032 06860033
10x 65x 16x 97x 20x 130x 32x 195x 42x 260x
150 90 60 30 15
0 60 0 120 0 150 0 180 15 195
11,3 x 15,2 7,4 x 9,8 5,5 x 7,4 3,6 x 4,8 2,7 x 3,6
1,8 x 2,4 1,2 x 1,6 0,9 x 1,2 0,6 x 0,8 0,4 x 0,6
TESA-Visio 300 DCC
16x 85x 24x 130x 30x 175x 45x 270x 60x 355x
150 90 60 30 15
0 60 0 120 0 150 0 180 15 195
16,3 x 12,2 10,9 x 8,2 8,8 x 6,5 5,8 x 4,3 4,4 x 3,2
2,9 x 2,2 2,0 x 1,5 1,5 x 1,1 0,9 x 0,7 0,7 x 0,5
C B A
D
W
H
Measuring Table
Anodized
aluminium
510 x 395 mm
surface area
(X/Y)
800 x 200 mm
measuring span
(X/Y)
Max.
workload capacity
16 kg
Computer
(minimum requirements)
DELL Optiplex GX620MT
Small minitower 412 x 432
x 190 mm, black / silver
grey colour
Processor : Intel Celeron,
2,8 GHz, FSB533
Memory capacity: dual-
channel, 1 Go (2 x 512),
533 Mhz NON-ECC DDRII
Bus extension:
2 PCI connectors 4,2 x 11",
1 PCIe connector x 16 stan-
dard height for graphic
card, 1 PCIe connector x 1
standard height
Built-in graphic card:
Intel
Media Accelerator
950 with shared memory
up 224 Mo. Using PC-
DMIS = 128 Mo memory
card.
40 GB hard disc SATA,
7200 rpm
DVD / CD-ROM drives, 16x
Integrated diskette drive,
3,5, 1,44 MB
Integrated AC-97 Audio-
Chip card
Network card: Solution
LAN Broadcom, 5751 GB,
Ethernet 10/100/1000,
integrated
Hardware ports: 1x RS232,
1x Centronics, 8x USB-2
(6 at the rear plus 2 on the
front face of the computer
unit). RJ-45 network port .
Keyboard with two-button
mouse
Operating system:
Windows XP Professional,
multilingual
TFT flat screen, 17
Warranty:
3-Year on-site warranty
(computer and monitor only)
TESA-Visio 300 Manual
Magnification
Working distance (W)
mm
Maximum height (H)
mm
Maximum field of view
mm
Minimum field of view
mm
Magnification
Working distance (W)
mm
Maximum height (H)
mm
Maximum field of view
mm
Minimum field of view
mm
A 60 210 mm
main machine
B 135 285 mm
with a 75 mm
raising block
C 210 360 mm
with a 150 mm
raising block
D Work piece
H Work piece height
W Working distance
(focus distance)
Additional Objectives
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-22
TESA-Visio TESA-Visio
300 300
DCC
06830211 l TESAVISTA
x 90
06830212 l TESAVISTA l
x 90
06830214 l TESAVISTA
x 360
06830221 l PC-Dmis
x 90
06830222 l PC-Dmis l
x 90
06830223 l PC-Dmis + l
TESAVISTA x 90
06830231 l PC-Dmis
x 90
06830232 l PC-Dmis l
x 90
06830242 l PC-Dmis l l
x 90
800
1000 max.
~ 1100
680
1
0
0
0
m
a
x
.
Software Episcopic Coaxial Value
illumination light sensor
Manual (Top mounted)
4 segments
4 segments
1 segment
4 segments
4 segments
4 segments
4 segments
4 segments
4 segments
Sales Program
O
P
T
I
C
A
L

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T

P-23
he new TESAVISIO 500 high accuracy multi-sensor measuring system
with PCDMIS software from Brown & Shape TESA is available in two
models, the Value and the Universal, to meet a wide range of
measurement and inspection needs.
The TESAVISIO 500 Value is available as a standard vision measuring
machine, a multi-sensor measuring system with touch probe measuring
capability and can be converted into a touch probe coordinate measuring
machine by removing the ring light and attaching either the TESASTAR m
M8 or TESASTAR i M8 probe kits. Consecutively, these are
programmable manual and motorized articulating probe heads.
The TESAVISIO 500 Universal model is available as a multi-sensor system
with optical measuring capability, a TTL laser sensor and touch trigger
probes.
Both models include a motorized 12x zoom, color camera and come
standard with the new white LED multi-ring/multi-segment ring light,
back light and coaxial Illumination. The TESAVISIO 500 Universal is
available with a red LED ring light and a black and white camera as well.
TESAVISIO 500
Offers High Accuracy, High Speed,
Multi-Sensor Measuring Capability
TESAVISIO 500 Value and Universal
Models Feature:
Air bearings on the 3 axis.
Linear encoders mounted an each axis.
Encoder resolution (X/Y/Z) 0.05 !m.
Red laser pointer- helps locating features to
be checked.
Long lasting LED light sources.
Transmitted light produced by a green LED
with programmable light intensity.
Reflected light (ring light) created by Fresnel lens
consisting of 3 lines of white LEDs (96 LEDs).
96 white cold LEDs dispatched on 3 concentric
circles (incidence angles 27, 35, 45)
& 4 sectors 90, programmable on
4 x 3 segments.
A programmable coaxial light (white LED)
is supplied for use in conjunction
with the motorized zoom.
High resolution color camera.
Motorized zoom: 0.58X to 7X (12 x).
The software includes a zoom calibration routine.
Optional Touch Probe with TESAStar or Renishaw
TP 20 Probes
Optional Touch Probe Racks
DCC Machine Version:
On this system, the coordinate stages along with the vertical axis are displaced by means of DC
servomotors and are user controlled by a joystick. This allows the user to easily locate geometric features
and provides for automatic motor driven execution of software driven part application programs.
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
O
P
T
I
C
A
L

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T

P-24
TESA VISIO 500 Vision Systems S = Standard O = Optional NA = Not Available
Vision Machine Version Value Universal
System Software PCDMIS PCDMIS
PCDMIS-Vision PRO (motorized version) S S
PCDMIS-Vision CAD (motirozed version) O O
PCDMIS-Vision CAD++ (motorized version) O O
Other Software
SPC Software O O
Measuring Stage
Moving Bridge Design S S
Measuring Range X/Y/Z (Z measurment range depends 400 x 500 x 400 x 500 x
on system configuration up to 300 mm up to 300 mm
Encoder Resolution X/Y/Z 0.05 m 0.05 m
DC Servomotors X/Y/Z with variable speed Joystick S S
Auto Focus S S
Glass stage 585 mm x 485 mm 585 mm x 485 mm
Table surface (Hardcoat Anodized Aluminium) 870 mm x 570 mm 870 mm x 570 mm
Stage surface - has fixture holes and removeable stage glass S S
Maximum Load (in the middle of the stage) 40 kg 40 kg
Optical (Optics (m), L in mm) (Accuracy at +/- 1 C)
* E3 X/Y/Z MPE XYZ ( E3 XYZ)
* E1 X,Y Accuracy MPE X,Y ( E1 X,Y)
* E2 X/Y Accuracy MPE XY ( E2 XY) 2+5L/1000
* E1 Z Accuracy MPE Z ( E1 Z) 3+8L/1000
Touch Probe (Touch Trigger Probe (m), L in mm)
* E3 X/Y/Z MPE XYZ ( E3 XYZ) 2.5+6L/1000
* E2 X/Y MPE XY ( E2 XY) 2.2+5L/1000
* E1 Z MPE Z ( E1 Z) 2.+6L/1000
Laser
Accuracy: E1 (Z) (with additional 2X lens) (Accuracy at +/- 1 C) NA 9 m
* L = measuring length in mm (Applys to thermally stable
controlled temperature environment @ 20 Degrees C); zoom lens system
set to maximum magnification on a textured surface, with evenly
distributed load of 5 kg on the stage.
Camera
Color CCD camera, with 752 x 582 pixels. S S
Optics (Lenes defined as optical Magnification)
12:1 Mortorized Zoom with 1X Optical Magnification S S
.5X Lens O O
0.75X Lens O O
*1.5X Lens O O
*2X Lens O O
* measurement with Tesastar mp or p not possible simultaneously, modular probe changer recommanded
Motorized zoom with a magnification range of 0.58/7x (ratio of 12) meaning 20/240x on a 19screen (maximum 480x with a 2x lens).
TESAVISIO 500
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-25
Illumination
Back Light (Profile Illumination) (Green LED) S S
Coaxial Light (TTL) Through the Lens lighting - White LED S S
Ring light with white LEDs, 4 X 3 segments S S
TTL Red Laser Pointer (Helps locate part features to be measured) S S
Touch Probes
TESASTAR Touch Probes O O
TESA STAR p or mp probe or Renishaw TP20 Touch Probe O O
Manual or Motorized Articulating Probe Head O NA
Touch Probe Change Racks O O
TTL Measurment Laser NA S
Rotary Table (Available Soon) O O
White Light Profile Sensor - under evaluation NA O
Computer Systems
DELL Model S S
Microsoft XP Operating System S S
(Computer & Operating System Software specifications could change.
Call for latest specifications)
Other Options
Fixturing Accessories O O
Calibration Artifacts O O
(Other Upgrades & Options Available. Please call to inquirer.)
Other Specifications
Speed 300 mm/s 300 mm/s
XY Acceleration 1400 mm/s2 1400 mm/s2
Z Speed Min 0.05mm/s Max 200mm/s Min 0.05mm/s Max 200mm/s
Z Acceleration 1000 mm/s2 1000 mm/s2
Machines weight (PC, monitor & computer accessories not inlcluded) 315 kg 316 kg
Power Supply 115 to 230 Vac +/- 10%
50 to 60 Hz 115 to 230 Vac +/- 10%
50 to 60 Hz
Systems Dimemsions (PC and monitor not included) (LxHxD mm) 1123 x2308 x1030 1123 x2308 x1030
Operating Temperature Range 10 Deg.C to 35 Deg. C 10 Deg.C to 35 Deg. C
Rated Environment 20 Deg. C +/- 1 Deg. C 20 Deg. C +/- 1 Deg. C
Relative Humidity 80%, non-condensing 80%, non-condensing
Warranty: Covered under Brown & Sharpes
One Year Warranty (Please call for Details) S S
PCDMIS Vision Software
PC-DMIS software has over a 20,000 installed base for a single software solution across multiple products.
VISIO 500 Value VISIO 500 Universal
Automatic edge detection. Yes Yes
Touch Probe Option - Full 3D Geometry Capability Yes Yes
TTL Laser Option - Provides 3D data collection No Yes
White Light Profile Sensor Option - Provides 3D data collection No Yes
Acquisition of a higher number of points to make the measurement of shape
and form deviation more accurate. Yes Yes
User-friendly point and click programming. Yes Yes
Automatic Light Calibration for all light sources. Yes Yes
CAD file import (various formats). ( PCDMIS CAD Option) Yes Yes
Off-line programming using CAD and CAD Camera part illlumination. Yes Yes
On line and off-line programming with the same PCDMIS software format. Yes Yes
Reverse engineering with CAD file export option. (PCDMIS CAD Option) Yes Yes
Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing Yes Yes
Automatic recognition of used magnification without the need to recalibrate the
objective inside an application program. Yes Yes
Automatic or manual control of the edge and focus tools. Yes Yes
Z axis measurement made easier through computer aided focusing in graph mode. Yes Yes
On-screen viewing of the measured values, including those related to the position of
geometric elements and edge capture. Yes Yes
PC-DMIS VISION software provides users with a powerful tool for measurement in two and three dimensions including many programming capabilities.
PCDMIS Multi-sensor technology on the TESA VISIO 500 DCC provides one software solution for both vision and touch probe.
PC-DMIS provides a long-term solution in an ever evolving manufacturing environment as it can be continuously updated to the latest technology level.
All inspection reports issued in a variety of formats can be custom-made to suit the operators specific needs.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-26
TESASCOPE
II 355H
For measurement of round and complex parts
These dedicated modular systems are made to measure
round and complex parts on the shop floor, as well as
in the metrology laboratory. They are provided with a
TS-100, TS-300 or TS-300E calculating and readout box.
Measured parts
Round and complex parts of all kinds that need to be
regularly inspected.
Features:
14(355 mm) diameter rotary screen with chart clips,
cross line 30, 60, 90
Solid steel construction
Profile illumination with green filter
Fiber-optic surface illumination
Save Lampsystem (lamps switch off automatically
if there is no stage movement during several minutes,
increasing the life of the bulb)
Quick change bayonet lens mount
(lenses not included)
RS-232C output for data transfer
Drawings side mount
Hard anodized stabilized stage with clamping slot for tooling, equipped with linear glass
scales with 0.0001 in/0.001 mm resolution
Focus travel: 3.15(80 mm)
Maximum weight on stage: 20 lbs (10 kg)
Built-in angular readout (degrees/minutes)
TESA calibration certificate
Dimensions: 36x 43x 51(L x H x D)/500 x 912 x 1093 mm
Weight: 240 lbs (110 kg)
Power supply: 110 Vac 50 Hz/230 Vac
TESA-Scope II 355H Meas. Table
8 x 4 in
200 x 100 mm
Catalog No. EDP NO. Description TS-100 TS-300 TS-300E
06830051 24792 TESA-Scope II 355H
06830052 24793 TESA-Scope II 355H
06830053 24794 TESA-Scope II 355H
TESA-Scope II PLUS 355H Meas. Table
8 x 4 in
300 x 100 mm
06830054 24795 TESA-Scope II PLUS 355H
10.32 11.22
43.04
3
5
.9
1
19.66
41.22
11.10
X
D
W C
M
Y = 11.10
H
Telecentric Objectives 10x 20x 25x 31.25x 50x 100x
Catalog No. 06860001 06860002 06860003 06860004 06860005 06860006
Object-field 35 mm 17.5 mm 14 mm 11.2 mm 7 mm 3.5 mm
Working distance (W) 80 mm 82 mm 70 mm 56 mm 53 mm 43 mm
Maximum height (H) 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm
Maximum diameter (D) 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm
Objective length (C) 37 mm 35 mm 47 mm 61 mm 64 mm 74 mm
Max. width of component
X=Y-(W+C) 165 mm 165 mm 165 mm 165 mm 165 mm 165 mm
*Lens sold separately
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-27
C
W
D
H
TESASCOPE
300V
Reliable and dependable
The high quality of the projected image provides the operator
with reliability and dependability for accurate measurements.
A wide choice of accessories adds to the remarkable flexibility of
these optical systems with modular design. The multiple
configurations allow any geometric part feature to be
easily measured.
Measured parts
These profile projectors are ideally suited for non-contact
measurement of components that require a magnification up to
100x whatever their material or their shape.
Features:
12(300 mm) diameter rotary screen with chart
clips, cross line 30, 60, 90
Save Lampsystem (lamps switch off automatically
if there is no stage movement during several minutes,
increasing the life of the bulb)
Quick change bayonet lens mount (lenses not included)
RS232C output for data transfer
Drawings side mount
Hard anodized stabilized stage with clamping slot for tooling, equipped with linear
glass scales with 0.0001 in/0.001 mm resolution
Focus travel: 4(100 mm)
Maximum weight on stage: 20 lbs. (10 kg.)
TESA-Scope II 300V Meas. Table
12 x 6 in
300 x 150 mm
06830041 22832 TESA-Scope II 300V
06830042 22826 TESA-Scope II 300V
06830043 22827 TESA-Scope II 300V
TESA-Scope II 300V PLUS Meas. Table
8 x 4 in
200 x 100 mm
06830044 23116 TESA-Scope II 300V PLUS
Telecentric Objectives 10x 20x 25x 31.25x 50x 100x
Catalog No. 06860001 06860002 06860003 06860004 06860005 06860006
Object-field 30 mm 15 mm 12 mm 9,6 mm 6 mm 3 mm
Working distance (W) 80 mm 82 mm 70 mm 56 mm 53 mm 43 mm
Maximum height (H) 83 mm 83 mm 83 mm 83 mm 83 mm 83 mm
Maximum Diameter (D) 166 mm 166 mm 166 mm 166 mm 166 mm 166 mm
Objective length (C) 37 mm 35 mm 47 mm 61 mm 64 mm 74 mm
*Lens sold separately
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-28
39.37
22.05
3
9
.
5
5
5
1
.
3
6
7
8
.
6
0
TESASCOPE
500V
Excellent Price/Performance Ratio
Complete with a wide number of standard accessories
Measured parts
Large to mid-sized parts with flat surfaces that require amagnification
up to 100x as well as soft and cutting components up to 12(300 mm).
Features:
500 mm (20) diameter rotary screen with chart clips, cross line 30, 60, 90
Quick change lens mount
Save Lampsystem (lamps switch off automatically if there is no
stage movement during several minutes, increasing the life of the bulb)
RS-232C output for data transfer
Drawings side mount
Hard anodized stabilized stage with clamping slot for tooling, equipped with
linear glass scales with 0.0001 in/0.001 mm resolution
Focus travel: 3(70 mm)
Measure travel: X = 9/Y = 4(X = 200/Y = 100 mm) (quick release with
fine adjustment)
Maximum weight on stage: 20 lbs. (10 kg.)
Hood and curtain
51.89
41.24 2
TESA-Scope 500V fitted with a system that enables the user to choose between 2 objectives
Meas. Table
8 x 4 in
200 x 100 mm
06830064 24801 TESA-Scope II 500V TS100
06830065 24802 TESA-Scope II 500V TS300
06830066 24803 TESA-Scope II 500V TS300E
Telecentric
Objectives 10x 20x 25x 31.25x 50x 62.5x 100x
Catalog No. 06860008 06860009 06860010 06860011 06860012 06860013 06860014
Object-field 50 mm 25 mm 20 mm 15.9 mm 10 mm 8 mm 5 mm
Working distance (W) 138 mm 138 mm 118 mm 90 mm 100 mm 76 mm 48 mm
Max. height (M) 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm
Max. diameter (D) 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm 160 mm
Objective length (C) 87 mm 82 mm 105 mm 133 mm 61 mm 85 mm 111 mm
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-29
Control Panels
S-300 and TS-300 E
TS-300 Control Panel with TESA Reflex Software
Allows operators to perform 1D and 2D measurment routines
quickly and easily without the need for keyboard entry routines
Identifies geometric elements, automatically draws the workpiece,
and calculates their dimensions and relationships
Geometric features: Point, Line, Circle
Measured functions: Alignment, Measurement with references,
translation, rotation
Construction features: Intersection, Bolt Hole Circles Lines
LCD Screen
0.00005/0.001mm Resolution
Inch/Metric switchable
Cartesian and Polar coordinates
Programming functions
X/Y Linear Compensation
Part View Printing
RS-232 and Parallel Options
Edge Detection (Optional TS-300E)
TS-100
X/Y readout
0.0001 in/0.001mm resolution
Inch/Metric switchable
Independent zero reset (X/Y)
Absolute and incremental measurement
X/Y Linear compensation
Illumination control profile and surface
RS-232 output (SPC Printer)
Diameter: 3 to 10 entered points
Radius: 3 to 10 entered points
Distances from the last datum radius or diameter
Auto Enter function
RS-232 and Parallel Options
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-30
Accessories
Part No. Description 355H 300V 500V
06860015 200 x 100 mm glass plate
06860016 300 x 150 mm glass plate
06860017 300 mm diameter viewing screen with
4 overlay chart clips
06860018 355 mm dia. viewing screen with
06860019 500 mm dia. viewing screen with
06860020 Profile lamp, 24 V 150 W
06860021 Surface lamp, 24 V 200 W
06860022 150 mm dia. rotary table. Used with the
200 x 100 mm measuring table
06860024 V-blocks and centers
06860025 Vise stage
06860026 Vise stage with base
06860027 TESA practice piece
06860029 150 mm dia. rotary table for models
300 V Plus and 500 V
06860056 Rotary table for model 355H
06860057 Prism
06860058 Vise
06860059 Vertical support for glass plate
06860060 90 mm rotary table. Used with the
06860061 90 mm rotary table. Used with the
Rigid plastic foils, 300 mm in diameter
06869055 Radii
06869056 Radii and angles
06869057 Thread profiles
Accessories
06860024
06860026
(Vise stage with base 06860025)
06860059
06860057
06860056
06860029
06860029
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-31
06839000
06869027
3
ETALON TCM 50 measuring microscope
Consisting of the following components::
1 TCM 50 measuring microscope, complete
Measuring table (100 x 50 mm measuring span) with opto-electronic
system and cable for the transmission of the measurement signal.
Height adjustable optics holder. Monocular viewing tube. Objective for
30x magnification. Eyepiece with angle device. Built-in transmitted
light and oblique incident light with continuous brightness setting.
1 A 50 Computing counter
Up/down counter with a two-line numerical display (X and Y,
7-decade display). Numerical interval 0,001 or 0.0001 in.
RS 232 digital output.
Supplied with:
1 Mains adapter, 100 to 240 Vac, 47 to 63 Hz, 11 to 13 Vdc, 30 W
1 Dust cover
Set of clamping components (listed individually on page P-37).
Main instrument with
measuring table
100 x 50 mm
Ball-bearing
measuring table.
Moves freely or
over the threaded spindle
with quick action drive.
Workpiece attachment
with two M8 threads.
Max. perm. load: 5 kg.
Optics holder with adjustable
height by means of the wide
knurled collars mounted
on each side.
Opto-electronic
measuring
system with
incremental steel scale
0,001 mm
Valid for one
coordinate
direction and
working temperature range:
10 m + 0,04 L m
(L in mm)
Optics
Upright,
laterally correct
image
30x
Monocular
eyepiece
with dioptric
compensation.
Rotating graticule.
Built-in device for angle
measurement: angle scale
value 1, readout 12
(assessment)
Objective 2:1.
Objectfield diameter 6,5 mm.
Numerical aperture 0,05.
Free working distance
100 mm (see drawing)
Integrated transmitted light
and oblique incident light
with continuous brightness
setting, 5 W each
Continued next page
ETALON TCM 50
Provides simplicity and user comfort 100 x 50 mm measuring span Numerical
interval to 0,001 mm or 0.0001 in High-precision Built-in transmitted light and
oblique incident light Eyepiece with angle device RS 232 digital output In-
house calibration certificate.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-32
290
208
98
9
5
1
0
0
m
a
x
.
1
7
5
120
4
2
3
200
180
66
170
A 50 counter
Two-line
LC
display
(coordinates X/Y)
7 decades and
7 segments per sign
0,001 mm or
0.0001 in
9 mm
Keyboard protected
against oil and
water splashing
RS 232
General
Main part
with counter :
mains adapter
100 to 240 V, 47 to 63 Hz,
11 to 13 Vdc, max. 30 W
0 C to 50 C
20 0,5 C
20 C to 70 C
IP52 (counter)
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1,
EN 50082-2,
EN 61000-3-2,
EN 61000-3-3
8,2 kg
(microscope)
0,5 kg (counter)
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
In-house
calibration
certificate
Declaration
of conformity
ETALON TCM 50
The measuring microscope with good value for money.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-33
06819001
3
ETALON TCM 100 measuring microscope,
without computing counter
Consisting of the following components:
1 Main instrument
Vertical column with height adjustable optics
holder. Built-in transmitted and coaxial reflect-
ed light illumination with continuous
brightness setting. 120 to 230 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz
1 Measuring table
Measuring span 100 x 50 mm. With opto-
electronic measuring system and cable for
the signal transmission as well as fast and
fine displacement.
1 Ocular
Eyepiece with cup, 10x magnification.
Monocular viewing tube with built-in graticule.
1 Measuring objective 2:1
Free working distance a = 85 mm
Supplied with:
1 Dust cover
measuring table
100 x 50 mm
Ball-bearing
measuring
table.
Free move or fine displa-
cement over the threaded
spindle.
2 T-slots for tightening the
workpiece.
Max. perm. load: 10 kg
Height adjustable optics
holder by means of both
fast and fine feed knobs
Opto-electronic
measuring
system with
incremental steel scale
0,0005 mm
Valid for one
coordinate
direction as well
as working temperature
range: 2 m + 0,02 L m
(L in mm
Optics
Upright
laterally correct
image
Total magnification:
20 x.
Also refer to
optional accessories
(objectives)
Ocular:
monocular
tube, with a 10x
magnification, dioptric
compensation and built-in
graticule.
Objective with bayonet
mount.
Interchangeable telecentric
objectives 2:1 Object field
diameter 10 mm.
Numerical aperture 0,06.
Free working distance
85 mm (see drawing).
Built-in transmitted and
coaxial reflected light with
continuous brightness
setting, 20 W each
Continued next page
ETALON TCM 100
Most accurate and versatile Ball-bearing measuring table with 100 x 50 mm
measuring span 0,0005 mm or 0.00002 in interval High-precision with
measurement errors contained within 6 m over a 100 mm measured length Superb
optics with telecentric beam path providing excellent image quality with
magnifications up to 1000x Transmitted and coaxial reflected light Video adapter
RS 232 digital output In-house calibration certificate.
ETALON TCM 100
O
P
T
I
C
A
L

M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T

P-34

06839012

06839013

QUADRA-CHEK 120 computing counter
Up/down counter with 2 numerical displays
QUADRA-CHEK 220 computing counter
Up/down counter with 2 numerical
and 1 alphanumeric display for the
functions
Circle distances Diameters on
pitch circles
Insertion point of
two straight lines
Angle median of two
straight lines
Insertion point of
two straight lines
Insertion points of
straight line/circle
Programd Measuring Functions
Point Straight line Circle
Distance Angle Alignment
Geometric Combination of the Measured Values
Bore diameters
Centre-to-centre
distances
QUADRA-CHEK 120
Up/down computing counter with numerical display for both
coordinate directions X and Y.
Numerical interval to 0,0005 mm or 0.00002 in.
Metric and inch units.
Selectable languages: English, German, French, Italian and Spanish.
Measurements performed with either a fixed or freely assignable
origin point of coordinates.
Reverse counting sense. Switchable.
RS 232 digital output.
QUADRA-CHEK 220
Up/down computing counter having a microprocessor on board.
Also with digital display for both coordinate directions X and Y as
well as auxiliary display for the functions.
Metric and inch units.
Selectable languages: English, German, French, Italian and Spanish.
No mechanical workpiece alignment owing to the numerical translation of
coordinates.
Assignable number of points as large as 3 to 50 for inspecting diameters
on pitch circles.
Cartesian and polar coordinate systems.
Possible combination of up to 50 measured values per geometric
element.
Location of origin points at the users choice.
PRESET function.
Programmable measurement cycles (max. 250 steps).
RS 232 digital output, bidirectional.
Serial port for result output structured in any other format up to A4
format.
120 to 240 Vac,
50 to 60 Hz
10C to 40C
20 0,5C
10C to 60C
IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1,
EN 50082-2,
EN 61000-4,
EN 61010-1
26 kg
(No. 06819001)
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
In-house
calibration
certificate
QUADRA-CHEK
120 and 220
Computing Counters
3
Black/white
LC display field
(115 x 86 mm).
With colour background
0,0005 mm or
0.00002 in
12,5 mm
Metal housing,
lacquered
Parallel and
RS 232
85 to 264 Vac,
43 to 63 Hz
EN 61326: 1998
EN 61010
0 C to 45 C
90%, with no
condensation
292 x 190 x
250 mm
(W x D x H)
4,8 kg
without cable
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
Declaration
of conformity
General Microscopes
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-35
06869008 1 : 1 10 x 20 mm 0,03 88 mm
06869009 5 : 1 50 x 4 mm 0,13 62 mm
06869010 10 : 1 100 x 2 mm 0,20 52 mm
06869011 20 : 1 200 x 1 mm 0,35 30 mm
06869007
06869001
06869002
06869003
06869005
3
396
286
120
1
5
2
7
5
a
1
2
0
-
2
7
0
1
5
0
180
250
69
5
5
3
102
230
LEICA Plan Achromat measuring objectives (for further details, see page P-44)
Objectives Total Object-field Numerical Free working
magnification aperture distance a
Rotary table
230 x 160 mm Surface area. Also with 2 T-slots.
Rotation range 7,5
Oblique incident light for 230 V
Consisting of:
1 Light unit
Suitable for all objectives. Dual-arm fibre
optic cable. Support rotating through to 45
in the viewing axis.
1 CLS 100 cold light source
230 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz, 14,5 V, 90 W
On request 1 Reflective halogen lamp for CLS 100,
14,5 V, 90 W
Oblique incident light for 120 V
Same as above, but with the following feature also included:
On request 1 CLS 100 light source
120 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz, 90 W
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-36
06869019
06869021
06869020
3
2,5 : 1 25 x 8 mm 0,075 5,5 mm
5 : 1 50 x 4 mm 0,10 10,5 mm
06869014 10 : 1 100 x 2 mm 0,20 10,5 mm
06869015 20 : 1 200 x 1 mm 0,40 10,5 mm
40 : 1 400 x 0,5 mm 0,50 10,5 mm
06869017 50 : 1 500 x 0,4 mm 0,60 3,6 mm
06869018 100 : 1 1000 x 0,2 mm 0,70 3,6 mm
Single bayonet mount for micro-objectives
Threads for micro-objectives from 2,5:1 to 100:1
C-mount adapter
Allows the use of a video camera instead of
the ocular
KAPPA FK1/F electronic crossline graticule
For use in counction with a video camera
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
LEICA Plan Fluor micro-objectives for metallographic examination
Convenient for both transmitted light and coaxial reflected light. Used with the single bayonet mount
No. 06869019
On request
On request
06869014
06869015
On request
06869017
06869018
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-37
06869027
3
06869027
06869028
06869029
06869030
06869031
06869032
06869033
06869034
06869035
06869036
06869037
06869038
06869039
06869040
06869041
06869042
06869043
06869044
06869029
M8
06869035
06869033
06869031
06869037
06869038/06869039/06869040/06869042
06869028
0 5 mm
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
Set of clamping components
Suitable for ETALON microscopes TCM 50,
TCM 100 and TCM 200
Consisting of:
1 SU articulated support
Dual-arm support with central clamp through the
star grip. Total length 195 mm. With 1 socket joint
and 2 ball joints. M8 fixing thread on the table side
and 5 mm dia. fixing hole on the workpiece side.
Max. perm. load: 400 g.
Clamp for attaching the SU support on the measuring table
2 T-slot blocks, type ETALON / LEICA
T-slot blocks with M8 fixing thread for
articulation
1 Item, type V for vertical position.
1 Item, type H for horizontal position.
Workpiece oriented clamps for use with the SU support
With a 5 mm dia. fixing hole.
Spring clamp to hold workpieces down.
1 Item, 34 mm long.
1 Item, 50 mm long.
1 P clamp for small parts, max. clamp capacity.
1,8 mm, resting width 3 mm, depth stop at 1,5 mm.
1 M clamp for small parts, max. clamp capacity.
5,0 mm, resting width 4,8 mm, depth stop at 1,5 mm.
1 Clamping chuck, 3 mm in dia.
1 Toggle clamp, clamping capacity 25 mm.
1 V-block with spring clamp, covering the range
from 2 to 25 mm. Vee angle 120. Vee length
25 mm.
1 Try-square, beam length 120 x 80 mm. Includes
2 T-grooves for both columns No 06869039.
2 Columns used with the try-square for attaching
the spring clamps listed below.
Spring clamp to hold the workpieces down.
1 Item, 34 mm long.
1 Item, 50 mm long.
Leaf spring clamp
to press the workpiece against the try-square.
1 Item, 34 mm long.
1 Item, 50 mm long.
1 Adapter, rotating through 4x90 with lock-in positions
1 Socket head key (2, 2,5 and 3 mm).
1 Clamping bolt for holes with a 5 mm dia.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-38
3
measuring table
150 x 100 mm
250 x 150 mm
Main
part in
cast iron.
Optics holder guided
on a ball-bearing,
height adjustable using
the feed knobs for fast
and fine focusing,
max. travel 150 mm.
Steel ball-bearing
measuring tables
equipped with opto-
electronic systems
having incremental
steel scales.
Valid for one
coordinate direction
as well as
working temperature range:
1,8 m + 0,005 L m
for the 150 x 100 mm table
2,5 m + 0,01 L m
(L in mm) for the 250 x 150
table.
Illumination
Coaxial reflected
light and trans-
mitted light with
knurled wheel used for
setting the diaphragm
aperture.
Light units with remote
continuous brightness
setting.
Fibre optic illumination.
Optical system
Binocular
viewing tube
with dioptric
compensation for each
eyepiece.
Eyepiece cups with 10x
magnification.
20 mm dia. free opening,
25 viewing angle.
Upright, laterally correct
image.
Interchangeable objectives
and micro-objectives with
bayonet mount.
ETALON TCM 200
Modular concept Custom built configurations for non-contact applications
from length measurement through metallographic examination Selectable telecentric
objectives of superior quality Optimum object illumination Ball-bearing measuring
tables having a 150 x 100 mm or 250 x 150 mm measuring span Opto-electronic
measuring systems with incremental
steel scales Computer based data processing RS 232 digital output
In-house calibration certificate.
Non-contact measurement in 1, 2 or 3 coordinate directions. No measuring force.
Numerical interval to 0,0005 mm or 0.00002 in.
High accuracy through very low permissible error, e.g. 2,6 m only over a 150 mm
measured length.
High load capacity and long free working distances for the inspection of tall test pieces.
Bright images for surface structure examination with magnifications up to 1000x.
Video camera for image analysis.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-39
06839006 1 l l l l l l
06839007 2 l l l l l l
06839008 3 l l l l l
06839009 4 l l l l l
06819006 5 l l l l l m
06819007 6 l l l l l m
06819008 7 l l l l m
06819009 8 l l l l m
150 x 100
mm
250 x 150
mm
QUADRA-CHEK
220 230* 4000
356
91
6
6
2
138
2
5
5
4
9
1
340
2
0
8
1
1
4
1
2
0
2
7
0
2
5
9
190
a
540
General
10 C to 40 C
20 0,5 C
10 C to 60 C
120 to 230 Vac
50 to 60 Hz
IP40
(IEC 60529)
EN 50081-1,
EN 50082-1,
EN 61000-4,
EN 61010-1
70 kg net
(main part
No. 06819010)
45 kg
(table 150 x 100)
70 kg
(table 250 x 150)
Setting key
and dust cover
Shipping
packaging
Identification
number
In-house
calibration
certificate
Declaration
of conformity
* Execution for X, Y and Z coordinate directions: ETALON wit order No. 06839014.
m Not included in the sales program. Must be ordered locally.
Main part
with
binoclar
viewing tube Variant
Cold light unit
transmitted
light
35 W
reflected
light
90 W
Measuring table
Measuring span
Coor-
dinate
directio
n Z
ETALON TCM 200 made ready-for-use Ordering Variations
Equipped with binocular viewing tube for metrology oriented applications (for 230 V).
Additional technical data and ordering information as listed below.
Significant features
Table freely moved by hand or finely displaced
over
the threaded spindle allowing quick positionning in
each direction.
Objectives with bayonet mount for easy exchange
with just one hand.
Inserts with crossline graticules and concentric
circles.
Patented angle device with digital measuring
system (as pictured opposite)
Centre support for use in conjunction with the
insert fitted with both aperture diaphragm and
interference slit used to check diameters on
cylinders (as pictured opposite).
Fibre optic illumination to eliminate all heat
lighting.
Image viewing in transmitted light, coaxial
reflected light, oblique incident light and ring light
as well as brightfield/darkfield. Also with or
without polarised
light or interference contrast (DIC).
Dedicated compact counter for 2 and 3 coordinate
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-40
06819010 l
06819011 l
06819012 l
06819013 l
l l l l
l l l l
l l
l l
l l
l l
l l l l
l l l l
Main instrument with binocular viewing tube
Main instrument binocular viewing tube and measuring system (Z)
Main instrument video viewing tube
Main instrument video viewing tube and measuring system (Z)
Consisting of:
1 TCM 200 main body
1 Optics holder with both mechanically operated fast and fine displacement
1 Digital measuring system in the Z direction
1 Binocular viewing tube
1 Video viewing tube
2 Eyepieces with a 10x magnification (order number for 1 item)
1 Measuring objective 2:1
1 Insert with aperture diaphragm
ETALON TCM 200 Key Components
TCM 200 Main Microscopes Overview
Important : In order to let you work with your microscope efficiently, at
least the following components must be added to all main instruments:
Measuring table
Cold light source for transmitted and reflected illumination
Computing counter for value processing
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-41
l
l
l
l
l
l
06869061 l l l l l l
06869062 l l l l l l
06869063 12 V l l l l l l
06869064 120 Vac l l l l l l
06869003 14,5 V l l l l l
06869006 120 Vac l l l l l
06869065 15 V l l
06869066 120 Vac l l
06869069 l l l
06869070 l l l
06869071 l l l
06869008 1:1 10x l l l l
06869009 5:1 50x l l l l
06869010 10:1 100x l l l l
06869011 20:1 200x l l l l
06869072 l l l l
06869073 l l l l
06869002 l l l l
06869074 l l l l
06869075 l l w w w w
06869076 l l w w w w
06869019 l l w w w w
06869012 2,5:1 25x l l w w w w
06869013 5:1 50x l l w w w w
06869014 10:1 100x l l w w w w
06869015 20:1 200x l l w l w w
06869016 40:1 400x l l w l w w
06869017 50:1 500x l l w l w w
06869018 100:1 1000x l l w l w w
06869077
l l w w w w
06869078 10:1 100x l l w w w w
06869079 20:1 200x l l l
06869080 40:1 400x l l l
06869081 50:1 500x l l l
06869082 100:1 1000x l l l
06839013 l l l
06839014 l l l l
06839015 l l l
l l l l
l l l l l l
06869083 l l l l l
06869084 l l l l l
06869020 l l l
06869027 l l l l l l
To be used with binocular viewing tube
video viewing tube
measuring system in the Z direction
for length measurements
surface examination in polarised light
with interference contrast DIC
150 x 100 measuring table
CLS 50 cold light source for transmitted light 35 W for 230 Vac
CLS 100 for reflected light and oblique incident light 90 W for 230 Vac
CLS 150 for reflected light and oblique incident light 150 W for 230 Vac
Insert with crosslines graticule
Insert with crosslines graticule and concentric circles
Angle device with measuring system (Q)
LEICA Plan Achromat telecentric measuring objectives
Objective Total magnification
Centre support (for use with the 150 x 100 measuring table only)
Insert with aperture diaphragm and interference slit
Illumination unit with oblique incident light (objectives 1:1 to 10:1)
Illumination unit with ring light
Micro-optical head for 6 micro-objectives
Micro-optical head for 6 micro-objectives and polarised light
Single bayonet mount
LEICA Plan Fluor micro-objectives for image viewing in polarised light (optional)
Micro-optical head for 6 micro-objectives and image viewing in polarised light
LEICA Plan Fluor micro-objectives for image viewing in polarised light or not but
QUADRA-CHEK 220 for 2 coordinate directions (X and Y)
QUADRA-CHEK 230 for 3 coordinate directions (X, Y and Z)
QUADRA-CHEK 231 for 3 coordinate directions (X, Y and Z) plus angle (Q)
QUADRA-CHEK 4000 software (available on request)
Video system (available on request)
C-mount adapter with 1,2x magnification
C-mount adapter with built-in magnification changer (0,4x and 1,2x)
KAPPA FK1/F electronic graticule
Set of clamping components
Components and Use of Accessories General Overview
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-42
06819010
1
1
1
2
1
1
06819012
1
1
1
1
1
06819011
06869090 1
06819013
06869090 1
Main part with
binocular viewing tube for
ETALON TCM 200
(measuring table and
computing counter excluded)
TCM 200 main part in cast iron, varnished.
Vertical column with guide adjusted to the optics
holder No. 06869086 (max. displacement 150
mm). Fibre optic transmitted light illumination.
Optics holder
With mechanically operated knurled collars
for fast and fine focusing. Accommodates the
attachment for the viewing tube.
Binocular viewing tube
Provided with dioptric compensation for each
eyepiece, single bayonet mount for LEICA Plan
Achromat and Plan Fluor objectives or the micro-
optical head, ocular accommodated attachment,
video camera adapter (C-mount) and angle
device. Coaxial reflected illumination via
fibre optic.
Eyepieces
With a 10x magnification plus cups
(order number for 1 item only)
Measuring objective 2:1
Insert with aperture diaphragm
For use in transmitted light.
With setting knurled wheel.
Main part with
video viewing tube for
ETALON TCM 200
(measuring table and
computing counter excluded)
TCM 200 main part
Cast iron, varnished. Vertical column
with guide adjusted to optics holder
No. 06869086 (max. displacement 150 mm).
Fibre optic transmitted illumination.
Optics holder
With mechanical fast and fine focusing.
Accommodates the attachment for the viewing
tube.
Video viewing tube
Provided with single bayonet mount for LEICA
Plan Achromat and Plan Fluor objectives or
the micro-optical head. Also with C-mount adapter
Adapter (C-mount) for the video camera. Coaxial
reflected illumination via fibre optic.
Objective 2:1
Insert with aperture diaphragm
For use in transmitted light.
With setting knurled wheel.
Main part with binocular viewing
tube plus digital measuring
system in Z coordinate direction
(measuring table and computing
counter excluded)
Identical to the model No. 06819010 described
above, but with the following added option:
Opto-electronic
measuring system
Mounted in the coordinate
direction Z with incremental
steel scales, 0,0001 mm
resolution.
Main part with video viewing tube
plus digital measuring system in
Z coordinate direction
(measuring table and computing
counter excluded)
Identical to the model No. 06819012 described
above, but with the following added option:
Opto-electronic
measuring system
Mounted in the coordinate
direction Z with incremental
steel scales, 0,0001 mm
resolution.
Main Parts
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-43
3
3
06869061
06869062
06869063
06869064
06869003
06869006
06839013 QUADRA-CHEK 220
Ball-bearing
guiding.
Free move or fine
displacement over the
threaded spindle.
With 2 T-slots for tightening
the workpiece.
Max. load capacity
30 kg (table 150 x 100)
20 kg (table 250 x 150)
Opto-electronic
system with
incremental
steel scale.
TTL signal form.
0,0001 mm
QUADRA-CHEK 200
Computing Counter
Black/white
LC display
0,0005 mm or
0.00002 in
Parallel and
RS 232
85 to 264 Vac,
43 to 63 Hz
EN 61326: 1998
EN 61010
0C to 45C
292 x 190 x
250 mm
(W x D x H)
4,8 kg
without cable
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
150 x 100 mm measuring span (X/Y axes).
Rotary stage (320 x 240 mm surface area) rotat-
able through 5 for manual workpiece alignment
With cable for transfer of the measurement signal.
measuring table
150 x 100 mm measuring span (X/Y directions).
Surface area 420 x 256 mm. With cable for
transfer of the measurement signal.
Note
Executions with motorised displacement in the two coordinate
directions X and Y also available upon request.
Cold light sources for transmitted illum. 35 W
Includes both a 12 V reflective halogen lamp
(No. 06869067) and continuous brightness
setting.
CLS 50 for 230 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz
Cold light sources for reflected illum. 90 W
Includes a 14,5 V reflective halogen lamp
(No. 06869004) and continuous brightness
setting.
QUADRA-CHEK 200 Computing Counter
Up/down computing counter with alphanumerical
LC display and colour background. Languages
available: English, French, German, Italian and
Spanish.Computerised workpiece alignment. Also
with functions to calculate for geometric
combinations, programmable measurement
cycles, memory as well as parallel, digital RS 232
and infrared outputs.
For 2 coordinate directions (X and Y)
For 3 coordinate directions (X, Y and Z)
For 3 coordinate directions (X, Y and Z)
and Q (Angle device No. 06869071))
Measuring Tables
Cold light sources
Systems for Value Processing
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-44
3
06869069
06869070
10x 0,25 7,5 mm 0,25 mm
20x 0,25 3,75 mm 0,125 mm
50x 0,05 1,5 mm 0,05 mm
100x 0,05 0,75 mm 0,025 mm
06869071
1
,5
1
,4
1
,3
1
,2
1
,1
1
,0
0
,9
0
,8
0
,7
0
,6
0
,5
0
,4
0
,3
0
,2
5x
7
,5
7
,0
6
,5
6
,0
5
,5
5
,0
4
,5
4
,0
3
,5
3
,0
2
,5
2
,0
1
,5
1
,0
0
,7
5 1
,2
5 1
,7
5 2
,2
5 2
,7
5 3
,2
5 3
,7
5 4
,2
5 4
,7
5 5
,2
5 5
,7
5 6
,2
5 6
,7
5 7
,2
5
0
,2
5
0
,3
5
0
,4
5
0
,5
5
0
,6
5
0
,7
5
0
,8
5
0
,9
5
1
,0
5
1
,1
5
1
,2
5
1
,3
5
1
,4
5
0
,1
5
1x
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
QUADRA-CHEK 4000 Software program for value processing
For value processing and output using a PC.
Permits the user to view the image through the binocular viewing tube or using a video camera linked to an
additional viewing screen.
For QUADRA-CHEK 4000 running under WINDOWS, the option enabling automatic edge detection can also be
provided for further image analysis.
The computing cards necessary for connecting the microscope to the computer can be quoted as follows:
Dual-input computing card for both X and Y coordinate directions
Dual-input computing card for the three coordinate directions X, Y and Z
2 Dual-input computing cards for both X and Y coordinate directions as well as angle
device (Q)
2 Dual-input computing cards for the three X, Y and Z coordinate directions as well as
angle device (Q)
For a quotation, we recommend to get in touch with your local ACU-RITE dealer, directly.
Insert with crosslines graticule
90 crosslines graticule with 2 additional index
lines to 60. To be used in conjunction with
the binocular viewing tube No. 06869087.
Insert with crosslines graticule and concentric
circles
90 crosslines graticule with 2 additional index
lines to 60 as well as 2 sets of 30 concentric
lines each.
Magnification Diameter Stepping
Usable with the binocular viewing tube
No. 06869087
Insert with protractor and digital measuring
system
Crossline graticule combined with
opto-electronic measuring system, which is based
on incremental scale divisions. Both features
can be rotated.
Sinusoidal output signal 11 App. To be used
with the binocular viewing tube No. 06869087
LEICA Plan Achromat objectives
High-quality telecentric measuring objectives
producing a perfect erect image, thus allowing
a definite and precise observation of the contours.
Long working distances, e.g. for the inspection of
test pieces having auckward edges or for bore
measurements.
Easily and quickly exchanged. Safely attached
through the bayonet mount.
Accessories for Metrology
Applications using TCM 200
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-45
3
3
06869008 1 : 1 10 x 20 mm 0,03 88 mm
06869022* 2 : 1 20 x 10 mm 0,06 85 mm
06869009 5 : 1 50 x 4 mm 0,13 62 mm
06869010 10 : 1 100 x 2 mm 0,20 52 mm
06869011 20 : 1 200 x 1 mm 0,35 30 mm
06869072
06869073
06869002
06869074
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
LEICA Plan Achromat Objectives
Objectives Highest Object- Numerical Free working
magnification field aperture distance a
*Objective 2:1 is part of ETALON TCM 200
Centre support
Serves to measure parts with symmetrical
rotation. Max. width of points 190 mm.
Max. diameter 50 mm. Usable solely with the
150 x 100 measuring table (No. 06869061).
Supplied with a setting piece designed for
inspecting diameters on cylinders according
to the method that uses interference fringes.
This support requires the use of the insert
No. 06869073.
Insert with aperture diaphragm and
interference slit
For diameter inspection on cylinders in
transmitted light on the basis of the interference
method. Used with the centre support
No. 06869072. Includes a knurled wheel to set
both the aperture diaphragm and interference con-
trast.
Oblique incident light unit
Suitable for measuring objectives 1:1 to 10:1.
Dual-arm fibre optic cable with holder rotating
through 45 in the optical axis.
For use in conjunction with the cold light unit
CLS 100 (90 W, No. 06869003 or 06869006) or
CLS 150 (150 W, No. 06869065 or 06869066).
Ring light unit
Suitable for all measuring objectives.
Includes one fibre optic cable.
For use with the CLS 100 cold light unit
(90 W, No. 06869003 or 06869006)
Note
Mounting the measuring device for
diameter inspection according to the
interference method requires a specific
knowledge. Therefore, allowances
should be made for this feature at the
date of purchase of your microscope.
This device includes the centre support
along with the insert as listed opposite.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-46
3
06869019
06869075
06869076
06869012 2,5 : 1 25 x 8 mm 0,075 5,5 mm
06869013 5 : 1 50 x 4 mm 0,10 10,5 mm
06869014 10 : 1 100 x 2 mm 0,20 10,5 mm
06869015 20 : 1 200 x 1 mm 0,40 10,5 mm
06869016 40 : 1 400 x 0,5 mm 0,50 10,5 mm
06869017 50 : 1 500 x 0,4 mm 0,60 3,6 mm
06869018 100 : 1 1000 x 0,2 mm 0,70 3,6 mm
3
Micro-optical heads
furnished
in a carrier
packing with aerated foam
that can be inserted into a
drawer for further use
Declaration
of conformity
Single bayonet mount for micro-objectives
With threads for micro-objectives 2,5:1 to 100:1.
For transmitted and coaxial reflected
illumination.
Micro-optical head suited for 6 micro-objectives
Consisting of:
1 Main part
With changer for 6 LEICA Plan Fluor micro-objec-
tives 2,5:1 to 100:1 and 1 fibre optic cable (light
unit No. 06869003 or 06869006 not included).
1 Triple-module illumination
Mounted in the main body with coaxial reflected
light (darkfield/brightfield).
Micro-optical head suited for 6 micro-objectives
as well as image viewing in polarised light
Includes the same components as No. 06869075 above plus the
following additional option:
1 Polariser
Mounted in the main part..
LEICA Plan Fluor micro-objectives for image viewing with or without polarised light
Convenient for illumination in transmitted and coaxial reflected light. To be used with the single
bayonet mount No. 68.69019 or the micro-optical head No. 06869075 or 06869076, without interference con-
trast DIC.
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
Accessories for Surface Structure Examination
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-47
3
3
06869077
1
1
06869078 10 : 1 100 x 2 mm 0,20 10,5 mm
06869079 20 : 1 200 x 1 mm 0,40 10,5 mm
06869080 40 : 1 400 x 0,5 mm 0,50 10,5 mm
06869081 50 : 1 500 x 0,4 mm 0,60 3,6 mm
06869082 100 : 1 1000 x 0,2 mm 0,70 3,6 mm
LEICA Plan Fluor micro-objectives for image viewing with or without polarised light,
Convenient for illumination in transmitted and coaxial reflected light. To be used with the single bayonet mount
No. 06869019 or the micro-optical head No. 06869076 or 06869077. These objectives are marked with IKfor
Interference contrast.
Micro-optical heads
in a carrier packing
with aerated foam
that can be inserted in a
drawer for further use
Declaration
of conformity
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
Micro-optical head suited for 6 micro-
objectives and image viewing in polarised light
with interference contrast (DIC)
Consisting of the same components as No. 06869075,
but provided with the following added options:
Polariser
Mounted in the main part.
DIC drawer.
With adjustable Wollaston prism.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-48
3
3
3
06869083
06869084
06869020
06869027 Set of campling components
For a safe positioning of the workpieces to be
measured or parts to be examinated. Equally
suited for ETALON microscopes.
Single components as listed on page 37.
100 to 240 Vac
50 to 60 Hz
Connecting
cable
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
Wooden case
Declaration
of conformity
Shipping
packaging
Declaration
of conformity
C-mount adapter
with a 1,2x magnification
consisting of:
1 Adapter with a 1,2x magnification factor
1 C-mount attachment for the camera
C-mount adapter with integrated
magnification changer
1 Adapter with integrated magnification changer,
magnification factors of 0,4x/1,2x.
Convenient only for a 0.5 in camera.
1 C-mount attachment for the camera.
KAPPA FK1/F electronic crossline graticule
Connected to the video screen.
The graticule (white or black) overlaps the camera image.
Workpiece Attachments
Microscope with a video viewing tube
The electronic graticule shown below is intended for use with any
QUADRA-CHEK 200 computing counter. However, this feature is
unnecessary with QUADRA-CHEK 4000.
Video Systems for ETALON TCM 200
Microscope with binocular viewing tube
All adapters listed hereafter allow the microscope to accommodate a
video camera with C-mount.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-49
3
BAD l DAV l SOFT l JAD l KVAD l
50/55 25/30 50/55 25/30 70/75
1,3 1,3 1,3 1,3 1,6
06869100
3 PLASTIFORM BAD S50
3 PLASTIFORM DAV S50
2 PLASTIFORM SOFT S50
Components
with additives free
from chlorine,
fluorine or sulfur.
Being non-toxic and
non-polluting can be
used with no special
restriction
20C
Polymerization
will not occur
below 10 C
Shrinking:
less than
1 m/mm after
removal of the mould
Stability: physical properties
allow to produce prints which
do not deteriorate with time.
They will neither be affected
by surroundings hence
usable as master standards.
Two components Blue+White Green+White Orange+White Turquoise+White Green+White
Consistance Fluid Fluid Pasty Pasty Mastic
Colour Blue Green Orange Turquoise Green
Smell None None None None None
Polymeriz. time at 20 C 8 minutes 8 minutes 8 minutes 8 minutes 8 minutes
SHORE A hardness 50/55
Elasticity Elastic Very elastic Elastic Very elastic Hardly elastic
Density
Complete
DS case
Provided with the following standard
accessories:
1 DS50 injection handle
1 Cutter, special with two parallel blades
1 PLASTIN (200 g)
25 Mixer-Injectors, colour pink
25 Mixer-Injectors, colour turquoise
10 Injector end pieces
1 DN1 spot remover, 400 ml
21 Rings for mould removal
Properties
PLASTIFORM
Non Destructive Control through Print Molding
The products PLASTIFORM Softallow print molding of complex internal machined
parts, which can then be viewed and checked using an optical,
non-contact measuring equipment.
The products PLASTIFORM with Additivesconsist of two components, which have to
be mixed in equal proportion to ensure a proper polymerization.
The test object to be reproduced by print molding must be perfectly clean as well as
non-greasy before applying Pastiform.
O
P
T
I
C
A
L
M
E
A
S
U
R
E
M
E
N
T
P-50
BAD l
DAV l
SOFT l
JAD l
KVAD l
06869101
06869102
06869103
06869104
06869105
06869106
06869107
06869108
06869109
06869110
06869111
06869112
06869113
06869114
06869115
06869116
Fluid consistency best suited for moulding internal and full prints of small and medium
sizes. Medium elasticity (10% of the core) allows prints to be removed in most cases.
Reproduces the finest details and can be used for indirect inspection of the surface finish by
sight comparison with use of master roughness specimens. Easily cut with the special cutter.
Fluid consistency best suited for moulding internal and full prints of small and medium
sizes. High elasticity (20% of the core) allows hard prints to be removed such as large re-
entrant angle, groove, complex internal shape. Reproduces fine details. Uneasy to cut with
a
cutter. Print will be preferably checked as a whole..
Pasty consistency best suited for moulding internal, external and sectorial prints of small
and medium sizes. Medium elasticity (10% of the core) allows prints to be removed in most
cases.
Able to reproduce small details. Easily cut with the special cutter.
Pasty consistency best suited for moulding internal, external and sectorial prints of small
and medium sizes. High elasticity (20% of the core) allows hard prints High elasticity (20%
of the core) allows hard prints to be removed such as large re-entrant angle, groove, com-
plex internal shape. Uneasy to cut with a cutter. Print will be preferably checked as a whole.
Mastic consistency best suited for moulding internal, external and sectorial prints of small
and medium sizes. Applied by hand. Low elasticity (from 1 to 2% of the core) makes it con-
venient for moulding prints that are removed with ease. Also appropriate for prints held
mechanically if desired. Easily cut with the cutter.
BAD PLASTIFORM S50, 8 double cartridges,
50 ml
DAV PLASTIFORM S50, 8 double cartridges,
50 ml
SOFT PLASTIFORM S50, 8 double cartridges,
50 ml
JAD PLASTIFORM S50, 8 double cartridges,
50 ml
KV-AD PLASTIFORM in packs of 2 boxes
(A + B), 800 g each
Mixer-injectors in packs of 50, colour pink
Injector nozzles in packs of 20
PLASTIN (200 g). Malleable under normal con
ditions. Used to make stopsor retainers
when executing sectorial prints. Reusable.
Cutter, special with two parallel blades spaced 1
mm apart over a usable length of 60 mm.
DS 50 injection handle
DN1 spot remover, aerosol can, 400 ml
Mixer-injectors in packs of 50, colour turquoise
Mixer-injectors in packs for 100, colour turquoise
Mixer-injectors in packs of 200, colour turquoise
Accessories
Q-1
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
COORDI DNATE MEASURI NG MACHI NES
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-2
Machine-type
MH3D
Reflex
MH3D
Reflex 700 mm
MH3D M
PC-Dmis
MH3D HP
High Precision
MH3D RC
Remote Control
Order number 03939040 03939290 03939124 03939039 03939120
EDP number 28991 42024 23221 227981 23025
Displacement in either axis Manual Manual Manual Manual Manual + Motorised
Software Reflex Reflex PC-Dmis Reflex Reflex
Remote control
Accuracy 3 m 3 m 3 m 2.5 m 3 m
Acceleration
Velocity 1 m/step 10 mm/s-20 mm/s
Display resolution 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.00001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm
Weight 210 kg / 462 lbs 210 kg / 462 lbs 210 kg / 462 lbs 210 kg / 462 lbs 210 kg / 462 lbs
Overal dimensions of the
machine (L x D x H)
970 x 930 x 1620 mm
38 x 87 x 64 in
970 x 930 x 1620 mm
38 x 87 x 64 in
970 x 930 x 1620 mm
38 x 87 x 64 in
970 x 930 x 1620 mm
38 x 87 x 64 in
970 x 980 x 1700 mm
37 x 39 x 67 in
Max. workpiece dimensions
(X x Y x Z)
600 x 750 x 430 mm
24 x 30 x 17 in
600 x 750 x 430 mm
24 x 30 x 17 in
600 x 750 x 430 mm
24 x 30 x 17 in
600 x 750 x 430 mm
600 x 750 x 430 mm
600 x 750 x 430 mm
24 x 30 x 17 in
Warranty 1 year 1 year 1 year 3 years 1 year
Maintenance agreement On request On request On request On request On request
TESA Micro-Hite 3D
TESA Micro-Hite and Tesastar to access the world
of three-dimensional inspection
The TESA Micro-Hite coordinate measuring machine is unique in more than one way.
The missing link between the hand held tool and the conventional CMM, this machine is
the only one of its kind and offers an excellent price/performance relationship.
SWISS MADE label in our Renens Switzerland production site, each model is mounted
in a dedicated assembly cell that meets the high requirements for accuracy.
Besides a resolution to the micron, the MH3D is surprisingly easy to use as well.
Several versions are avilable to allow for optimum adaptation to the Users needs.
Main Features
Ergonomic design as a result of an in-depth analysis.
Triangular-style bridge guaranteeing high stability in
the X-axis.
22 air bearings ensuring frictionless motion in each
coordinate direction.
TESAs patented optical system.
Q-3
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
TESASTAR 03939020 TESASTAR-i 03939030 TESASTAR-m 03939050
MH3D DCC
MH3D DCC NS
National School
MH3D DCC NS with
motorized probe head
MH3D DC
700 mm
MH3D DCC Voc Tech
700 mm
MH3D Motorized
700 mm
03939140 03939130 03939142 03939156 03939131 03939158
23222 24682 24683 30226 - 29988
DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC DCC
PC-Dmis PC-Dmis PC-Dmis PC-Dmis PC-Dmis PC-Dmis

3 2.5 m m 2.5 m .,5 m 4 m 2.5 m
1730 mm/s 1730 mm/s 1730 mm/s 1730 mm/s 1730 mm/s 1730 mm/s
up to 350 mm/s up to 350 mm/s up to 350 mm/s up to 350 mm/s up to 350 mm/s up to 350 mm/s
0.00001 mm 0.00001 mm 0.00001 mm 0.00001 mm 0.00001 mm 0,.00001 mm
223 kg / 490 lbs 223 kg / 490 lbs 223 kg / 490 lbs 325 kg / 715 lbs 325 kg / 715 lbs 325 kg / 715 lbs
46 x 41 x 91 in
1160x1080x2320 mm
46 x 41 x 91 in
1160x1080x2320 mm
46 x 41 x 91 in
1160x1080x2320 mm
46 x 41 x 91 in
1160x1080x2320 mm
46 x 41 x 91 in
1160x1080x2320 mm
46 x 41 x 91 in
1160x1080x2320 mm
24 x 38 x 17 in
600x750x430 mm
24 x 38 x 17 in
600x750x430 mm
24 x 38 x 17 in
600x750x430 mm
24 x 38 x 17 in
600x750x430 mm
24 x 38 x 17 in
600x750x430 mm
24 x 38 x 17 in
600x750x430 mm
1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year 1 year
On request On request On request On request On request On request
Two software products available
TESA Reflex
The reference in terms of user-friendliness and efficiency. Made for
operators of all skill levels learning takes a few hours only.
PC-Dmis from Wilcox
The powerful metrology software tool used by most major well-known
brand names involved in manufacturing.
Three probe heads available
One probe head for every inspection task.
With its own family of probe heads integrating a high-precision SWISS
MADE mechanics, TESA offers a complete solution for three-dimensional
measurement.
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E

M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G

M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S

Q-4

V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
General
3
EN ISO 10360-1
CMM
with moving
bridge.
Measuring systems along
with air bearing guiding in
the three axes.
Measuring
spans
(X/Y/Z):
460 x 500 x 420 mm
Reflex:
0.001 mm or
0.00001 in
PC-Dmis: 0,00001mm
Manual
probing
movements.
Fine adjust device available
as an option.
Light alloy
machine base;
granite measuring
table.
Opto-elecronic
measuring systems
based on
incremental glass
scales
0.039 m
(CMM)
760 mm/s
TESA Reflex
89 x 118 mm
display field
along with
illuminated background
7-decade
display (digits)
plus sign for
the measured values.
Menu-driven Users guide
through icons .
RS 232
Accuracy
3 m
Measurement
uncertainty as
per VDI/VDE:
U1 = (3 + 3 L/1000) m
U3 = (3 + 4 L/1000) m
(L in mm)
TESA Micro-Hite 3D, Manual
500 mm and 700 mm
Fast and easy workpiece alignment.
Point-to-point part probing or manual scanning.
ZMouse for significant time savings.
Inspection report in A4 format.
Main Features
Two probe heads available i.e. TESASTAR with adjustable trigger
force and TESASTAR-i with indexing capability.
Modular design The machine can be supplied with or without fine
adjust option, and may also be used in conjunction with a CCD
camera that turns it into an optical system capable of performing
non-contact measurement.
Q-5
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Workpiece related
features
Maximum
dimensions:
X = 600 mm,
Y = 750 mm, Z = 430 mm
Maximum
weight :
227 kg
CMM related
features
Overall
dimensions:
970 x 1620 x 930 mm
(L x H x D)
Net weight :
220 kg (with
granite table
included).
Table alone: 99 kg
Gross weight : 250 kg.
Air
pressure:
3.9 bars
(70 to 120 psi).
Air absorption:
21 Nl/min.
115 to 230 Vac
10%,
50 to 60 Hz.
>Power consumption:
0,3 to 0,7 A.
20 1C
13C to 35C
3
Shipping
box:
115x220x110 cm
(L x H x D)
Inspection
report
TESA Micro-Hite 3D PC-Dmis, manual
The machine that combines ease of use with the powerful computing
capability of PC-Dmis the enterprise-wide metrology software that
allows Users to get complete measurement results from any single geo-
metric form element previously measured.
Main Features
PC-Dmis application software.
Computer equipped with Windows XP.
TESASTAR-i indexable probe head.
Fine adjustment device.
MH3D MH3D MH3D MH3D MH3D M
500 500 500 500 03939124
03939040 03939041 03939042 03939043 PC-Dmis4
700 700 700 700
03939240 03939241 03939242 03939243
l l l
03939020 l l
03939030 l l l
03969040 l l l l l
03960170 l l l l
03960177 l
03960186 l
03969006 l l l l
03969011 l l l l l
04760053 l
82-703-1 l l l l l
049746 l l l l l
Manual TESA Micro-Hite 3D running TESA Reflex or PC-Dmis (main version)
Consisting of :
Fine adjustment device
TESASTAR probe head
TESASTAR-i indexable probe head
Styli kit, M3
Control panel with TESA Reflex
XNPCI card
PC-Dmis PRO application software
PCMCIA memory card
Reference sphere
DELL computer
Granite measuring table
Air filter and regulator
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-6
General
3
EN ISO 10360-1
CMM
with moving
bridge.
with air bearing guiding in the
three axes.
Measuring
volume
(X/Y/Z) :
460 x 500 x 420 mm
0.001 mm
0.00001 in
Manually operated
or motorized
Light alloy
machine base;
granite measuring
table.
Opto-electronic
measuring
systems based
on incremental glass scales
0.039 m
(CMM)
760 mm/s for the
manual version or
1 m/step, 10 or
20 mm/s for the motorized
one.
Control Panel
89 x 118 mm
display field
along with
7-decade display
(digits) plus
sign for the
measured values.
Icon-base Users guide.
RS 232
Accuracy
3 m
Measurement
uncertainty as
per VDI/VDE:
U1 = (3 + 3 L/1000) m
U3 = (3 + 4 L/1000) m
(L in mm)
TESA Micro-Hite 3D RC
Added version to the existing range of TESA small CMMs Permits exact
positioning on complex workpieces Includes 3 servomotors controlled
separately over a joystick, each enabling the machine to move in the three
coordinate directions with a positioning down to the micron Makes manual displace-
ment through the fine adjust option also possible Performs value capture using a single
button Well-suited for use with a CCD camera for optical measurement.
Main Features
Motorized displacement in all
three axes X/Y/Z at a selectable
speed of 1 m/step, 10 mm/s
or 20 mm/s.
Manual operation in each
coordinate axis at the speed
of 760 mm/s.
Fine adjustment device.
TESASTAR-i indexable probe
head.
TESA Reflex application soft-
ware learned in a few hours
only.
Joystick with integrated
ZMouse.
Q-7
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
03939120
03939030
03969040
03960170
03969006
03969011
82-703-1
049746
052283
Slow 1 m/pas
Middle 10 mm/s
Fast 20 mm/s
Workpiece related
features
Maximum
dimensions:
X = 600 mm,
Y = 750 mm, Z = 430 mm
Maximum
weight :
227 kg
CMM related
features
Overall
dimensions:
970 x 1620 x 930 mm
(W x H x D)
Net weight :
220 kg (with
granite table
included).
Table alone: 99 kg
Air
pressure:
3,9 bars
(70 to 120 psi).
Air absorption:
21 Nl/min.
115 to 230 Vac
10%,
50 to 60 Hz.
Power consumption:
0.3 to 0.7 A.
20 1C
13C to 35C
3
Shipping
box:
115x220x110 cm
(W x H x D)
Inspection
report
EN ISO 10360-2
Main version with fine adjust option
plus indexable probe head
Consisting of :
Styli kit, M3
Control panel with TESA Reflex software
PCMCIA memory card
Reference sphere
Joystick
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-8
General
3
EN ISO 10360-1
CMM
with moving
bridge.
with air bearing guiding in
the three axes.
Measuring
volume
(X/Y/Z) :
460 x 500 x 420 mm
0.001 mm
0.00001 in
Manual
probing
movement
Light alloy
machine base;
granite measuring
table.
Opto-electronic
measuring
systems based
0.039 m
(CMM)
760 mm/s
Control Panel
89 x 118 mm
display field
along with
7-decade display
(digits) plus
sign for the
measured values.
Icon-base Users guide.
RS 232
Accuracy
3 m
Measurement
uncertainty as
per VDI/VDE:
U1 = (2,5 + 3 L/1000) m
U3 = (2,5 + 4 L/1000) m
(L in mm)
TESA Micro-Hite 3D HP
The solution for greater accuracy and safety
Most reliable mechanical concept Outstanding repeatability for this
type of machine Light alloy construction Low sensitivity to
temperature variations Guaranteed technical features
Delivery scope with maintenance agreement included.
All mechanical components have the same coefficient of linear
expansion.
Calibration with updated certificate on a yearly basis are both part of
the maintenance agreement.
Main Features
Repeatbility to 2,5 m.
Fine adjust option.
TESA Reflex application software
learned in a few hours.
Calibration certificate to
ISO 10360-2.
3-Year warranty.
2-Year maintenance.
Excellent Price/Performance
relationship.
Q-9
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
03939039
03939030
03969040
03960170
03969006
03969011
82-703-1
049746
03939020
03939030
03939031
03969009
03969007
03969005
03969031
03969001
03960175
82-1631
03969095
03969003
03969040
03969010
03960177
03960186
03960190
03960222
03960223
04760035
04760053
Workpiece related
features
Maximum
dimensions:
X = 600 mm,
Y = 750 mm, Z = 430 mm
Maximum
weight :
227 kg
CMM related
features
Overall
dimensions:
970 x 1620 x 930 mm
(W x H x D)
Net weight :
220 kg (with
granite table
included).
Table alone: 99 kg
Air
pressure:
3.9 bars
(70 to 120 psi).
Air absorption:
21 Nl/min.
115 to 230 Vac
10%,
50 to 60 Hz.
>Power consumption:
0.3 to 0.7 A.
20 1C
13C to 35C
3
Shipping
box:
115x220x110 cm
(W x H x D)
Inspection
report
EN ISO 10360-2
Basis version with fine adjust option plus indexable probe head
Consisting of :
Styli kit with M3 coupling thread
Control panel with TESA Reflex application software
PCMCIA memory card
Reference sphere
TESASTAR probe head
TESASTAR-i probe head
TESASTAR-i probe head M8
ReflexScan application software
RS232 connecting cable
Connecting cable
Matrix printer
Cabinet with table top
Air saver
TESA practice piece
Hexagon practice piece
Dust cover
Styli kit with M3 coupling thread
Set of clamps
XNPCI card
PC-Dmis ProXNPCI application software
PC-Dmis ProReflex application software
Kit camera along with paper reticle
Kit camera along with crossline generator
TFT viewing screen 17''
PC DELL with extended PCI slot (XnPCI)
Optional Accessories for Manual CMMs
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-10
3
700 500
General
3
EN ISO 10360-1
CMM
with moving
bridge.
Measuring systems
along with air bearing
guiding in all three
axes.
Measuring
volume
(X/Y/Z):
DCC machine version 454
440 x 500 x 410 mm
440 x 700 x 410 mm
0.00001 mm
Motorized
Light alloy
machine base;
granite measuring
table.
Opto-electronic
measuring
systems based
1730 mm/s
2
350 mm/s
3
Accuracy
Measurement
uncertainty as
ISO 10360-2
(2.5 + 3.9 L/1000) m
(L in mm)
TESA Micro-Hite 3D DCC 500 mm and 700 mm
with Indexable Probe Head
High-performance, fully motorized co-ordinate measuring machine Made
to meet the highest requirements not only on the shop floor, but also in the inspection
laboratory Equipped with PC-Dmis thats able to handle all the needed functions
Provided with a number of accessories that allow easy adaptation to Users needs.
Main Features
Motorized displacement in the three
coordinate axes using the joystick.
Displacement speed of 350 mm/s.
Repeatability to 3 m.
PC-Dmis PRO application software.
PC, Windows XP and machine base
included in the scope of delivery.
Q-11
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
TESA Micro-Hite 3D DCC
with Motorized Probe Head
Automated version fitted with TESASTAR-m Provides enhanced measuring capabilities
through the use of dedicated accessories such as the modular probe changer.
Main Features
Motorized displacement in either of
the 3 axes using the joystick.
TESASTAR-m motorized probe head.
Workpiece related
features
Maximum
dimensions
(X/Y/Z):
630 x 750 x 420 mm
(DCC 454)
630 x 950 x 420 mm
(DCC 474)
Maximum
weight :
227 kg
(DCC 454)
200 kg
(DCC 474)
CMM related
features
Overall
dimensions:
(W x D x H)
1160 x 1080 x 2320 mm
1160 x 1280 x 2320 mm
Net weight of
both versions
DCC 454 / 474:
223 / 325 kg (with granit
measuring table);
Table alone: 99 / 120 kg.
Gross weight: 350 / 455 kg
Air
pressure:
4 bars
(70 to 120 psi).
Air absorption:
21 Nl/min.
115 to 230 Vac
10%,
50 to 60 Hz.
Power consumption:
600 W
20 1C
13C to 35C
3
Shipping
box
(W x D x H)
135 x 135 x 218 cm
140 x 158 x 220 cm
Inspection
report
EN ISO 10360-2
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-12
General
3
EN ISO 10360-1
CMM
with moving
bridge.
Measuring systems
along with
air bearing guiding in
all three axes.
Measuring
volume
(X/Y/Z):
DCC machine version 454 NS
440 x 500 x 410 mm
DCC machine version 474 NS
440 x 700 x 410 mm
0.00001 mm
Motorized
Light alloy
machine base;
granite measuring
table.
Opto-electronic
measuring
systems based
1730 mm/s
2
350 mm/s
3
Accuracy
Measurement
uncertainty as
ISO 10360-2
(4 + 4 L/1000) m
(L in mm)
TESA Micro-Hite 3D DCC Voc Tech
The intelligent solution for students
Specially configured for educational applications in technical schools and universities
Built for easy learning of its handling, the machine also gives students the opportunity
to find out the many possibilities of three-dimensional measuring.
Main Features
Motorized displacement in either
axis X, Y and Z over the joystick.
TESASTAR probe head.
Q-13
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
03969142
03960196
03960197
03969095
04760053
03939074
MH3D DCC MH3D DCC MH3D DCC NS
454: 03939142 454: 03939140 454: 03939130
474: 03939158 474: 03939156 474: 03939131
03939020
03939030

03939051

03969365

03939072

03939102

03969100

03969011

03969087

82-2901

M1604.6011

M1604.6025

03960183

04760023

04760004
04760035

Workpiece related
features
Maximum
dimensions
(X/Y/Z):
630 x 750 x 420 mm
(DCC 454)
630 x 950 x 420 mm4
(DCC 474)
Maximum
weight
227 kg
(DCC 454)
200 kg
(DCC 474)
CMM related
features
Overall
dimensions
(W x D x H)
1160 x 1080 x 2320 mm
1160 x 1280 x 2320 mm
Net weight of
both models
DCC 454 / 474:
223 / 325 kg (with granite
measuring table);
Table alone: 99 / 120 kg.
Gross weight: 350 / 455 kg
Air
pressure:
3.9 bars
(70 to 120 psi).
Air absorption:
21 Nl/min.
115 to 230 Vac
10%,
50 to 60 Hz.
Power consumption:
600 W.
20 1C
13C to 35C
3
Shipping
box
(W x D x P)
135 x 135 x 218 cm
140 x 158 x 220 cm
Inspection
report
Kit TESASTAR-m
PC-Dmis CAD application software
PC-Dmis CAD++ application software
Hexagon practice piece
PC DELL 4 running PC-Dmis CAD
TESASTAR-p probe kit
For a detailed description of the full range of TESASTAR accessories,
refer to the next pages.
Motorized probe head Indexable probe head Educational
TESASTAR probe head
TESASTAR-i probe head
TESASTAR-m probe head
Adapter with M8 thread
TESASTAR-p touch trigger probe
TESASTAR-ae electronic interface
Cable Kit
Reference sphere
Styli-Kit
Machine support
Joystick
UMP 360 Controller
PC-Dmis PRO application software
PC DELL, Windows XP
Screen 15
Screen 17
TESA Micro-Hite 3D DCC 3 versions available
Optional Accessories for DCC coordinate measuring machines
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-14
TESASTAR-m
TESASTAR-r
TESASTAR TMA
TESASTAR
M8/M8
TESASTAR
TKJ
TESASTAR
M8
adapter
TESASTAR-ae
TESASTAR-p
TESASTAR-mp
TESASTAR-pr
HOLD
TESASTAR Accessories
The Valuable Addition to CMMs
With the introduction of its comprehensive range of probe heads, TESA has proven its ability to
develop high technology products, thus providing all operators with the safety they need. Each
probe head embodies a SWISS MADE mechanics along with a sophisticated electronics.
Among other dedicated accessories for 3D measurement like the modular probe rack, this full
range also includes a wide variety of touch trigger probes
and styli.
Q-15
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
3
EN ISO 10360-1
Manual
M3
Storage
temperature
range:
-30C to 60C.
Operating
temperature
range:
10C to 40C (relative
humidity 80 %).
Coordinate
directions:
X, Y, +Z
Travel
of the
stylus:
X/Y 20, Z + 6 mm
Shipping
box
Inspection
report with
a declaration
of conformity
TESASTAR-i
168
indexing
positions
Indexation in
increment of
15
clearly visible
Probe
orientation:
A 0 up to 90
B 180
Each axis can be
locked by means
of 2 push-buttons
TESASTAR Probe Heads
Main Features
High-precision probe head with
adjustable trigger force.
Swivelling in one coordinate
direction.
Ideally suited for use on small-sized coordinate measuring machines Price is
a contributing factor for this compact and cost-effective probe head with
adjustable trigger force.
TESASTAR-i Probe Head and
TESASTAR-i M8
Main Features
High-precision, indexable probe head.
Adjustable touch trigger probe.
Excellent repeatability. No need for requalification of the probe between
each new orientation.
Possible swivelling of the stylus through to 168 positions by steps of 15.
Indexation clearly shown.
Issued from the latest TESAs concept enclosing a probe head coupled with
a touch probe for CMM inspection. The possible indexation by increment of 15 in
two coordinate axes allows the stylus to be oriented in 168 positions. Touch trig-
gering comes about through the built-in sensor with a repeatability that makes this
head capable to carry out measurements to the highest precision level. The opera-
tor is constantly informed about the angular probe position. Single-handed release.
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-16
3
EN ISO 10360-1
Angular positioning
and rotation:
A +90 to -115
B 0 to 180
Total number
of positions:
2952
Rotation through
to 90 within
4 sec. approx.
Positioning
repeatability:
0.5 m
Rotation torque:
0.6 Nm
Overall dimensions:
68 x 108 x 78 mm
(W x H x D)
< 900 g
TESASTAR-e
5 increment
Motorized
10C to 40C
10C to 70C
Shipping
box
3
TESASTAR-m
Motorized Probe Head
As High-Tech component for its level of precision and perfection, this motorized
probe head is linked to the TESASTAR-r electronic interface controlled over the pow-
erful PC-Dmis metrology software.
Pivoting through to 180, this probe head can reach angles contained within +90 to
-115 by step of 5. The 90 rotation is achieved in less than 2 seconds. Its robust
construction combined with a strong rotation torque enable the addition of extension
rods with lengths up to 300 mm.
TESASTAR-m is convenient for all CMMs, regardless of their type or their brand.
Equipped with the kinematic joint, this head can be fitted with any TESA touch probe,
but also many other ones currently offered on the
market.
Main Features
Motorized probe head for 3D
workpiece inspection.
Angular positioning and
rotation
by step of 5.
Total number of positions :
2952.
Several configurations available
for optimum adapation to the
widest choice of CMMs.
SWISS MADE.
Q-17
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
03939020 TESASTAR 0,75 m 0,10,3N M3
03939030 TESASTAR-i 0,35 m 1,5 m 0,10,3N M3 15 168
03939031 TESASTAR-i M8 0,35 m 1,5 m 0,10,3N M2 15 168
03939050 TESASTAR-m 0,5 m TKJ 5 2952
03969142
03939051
03939071
03939102
03969100
03969113
03969087
03969365
03939020
03939024
03939025
03939027
03939030
03939031
03969071
03969072
03969073
03969074
03939051
03939052
03939053
03939054
03939055
03939056
03939057
Unidirectional Positioning Positions
manual
manual
motorized
Kit TESASTAR-m DCC
Consisting of :
TESASTAR-m motorized probe head
TESASTAR-p SF touch trigger probe
Set of connecting cables
Adapter set for UMP360 controller
Styli-Kit (also see page Q-27)
TESASTAR adapter M8
TESASTAR probe head
Version for MH3D coordinate machines with a DIN connector, 5-pin
Version with a LEMO connector
Version with a Sub-D 15-pin connector
Version with a Sub-D HD 15-pin connector
Version for MH3D coordinate machines
TESASTAR-i M8 indexable probe head
Version for MH3D coordinate machines
Connecting cables for other machine versions
TESASTAR-i cable with DIN connector
TESASTAR-i cable with LEMO connector
TESASTAR-i cable with Sub-D 15-pin connector
TESASTAR-i cable with Sub-D HD 15-pin connector
TESASTAR-m motorized probe head
Version for MH3D DCC coordinate machines along with a 9,5 mm dia. mounting rod and Sub-D HD 15-pin connector
Version with both a 20 mm mounting rod plus Sub-D 15-pin connector
Version with a Sub-D HD 15-pin connector
Version with both a 9,5 mm dia. mounting rod plus Sub-D 15-pin connector
Version with both a 20 mm dia. mounting rod plus Sub-D 15-pin connector (for DEA small CMMs)
Version with both a 9,5 mm dia. mounting rod plus Sub-D HD 15-pin connector (for Sheffield small CMMs)
Version with both a 20 mm dia. mounting rod plus Sub-D HD 15-pin connector (for Sheffield small CMMs)
Kit TESASTAR-m for DCC coordinate measuring machines
TESASTAR, TESASTAR-i and TESASTAR-m Probe Heads
There are several versions of the TESASTAR probe head available. It is, therefore, most important that
you choose the version thats convenient for your own CMM based on the table below. If necessary, do
not hesitate to ask your local TESA sales representative.
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-18
03939070 TESASTAR-p LF Low Force 0,055 N, L = 10 mm 0,35 m
03939071 TESASTAR-p SF Standard Force 0,08 N, L = 10 mm 0,35 m
03939072 TESASTAR-p MF Medium Force 0,10 N, L = 25 mm 0,5 m
03939073 TESASTAR-p EF Extended Force 0,10 N, L = 50 mm 0,65 m
03939074
3
Holder with
a M2 thread
13.2 mm
26.3 mm long
5 measuring
directions
X, Y, +Z
9.5 g
External
600 A
Stylus
travel :
X/Y 14, Z +4 mm
IP50
10C to 40C
-10C to 70C
Suited
carrying case
Inspection report
with a declaration
of conformity
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Probe Kit (4 items)
TESASTAR-p Touch Trigger Probes
Integrated into a small module, each probe provides a touch force triggered
in 5 directions They are fitted with a M8 mounting thread for use on any existing
probe head, whether manually operated or motor driven Four
models are available with a varying trigger force contained within 0,05 and 0,10 N.
Q-19
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
03969365 31 mm 64 g
03969366 140 mm 84 g
03969367 300 mm 121 g
03969360 TESASTAR-KJ 50 50 mm 80 g
03969361 TESASTAR -KJ 100 100 mm 90 g
03969362 TESASTAR-KJ 200 200 mm 122 g
03969363 TESASTAR-KJ 300 300 mm 150 g
03969065 TESASTAR M8 50 mm 25 g
03969066 TESASTAR M8 100 mm 52 g
03969067 TESASTAR M8 200 mm 75 g
03969077
03969369
03969365
03969360
03969077
3
EN ISO 10360-1
Kinematic joint with M8 mounting thread
TESASTAR M8 adapter ALU + TC
Extension rods with kinematic joint
ALU + TC
ALU + TC
ALU + TC
ALU + TC
Extension rods with M8 mounting thread
ALU
ALU
ALU
Kit TESASTAR M8 (3 items)
Adapter for Renishaw Autojoint touch trigger probes
TFA adapter
Extension Rods and Other Accessories
All these accessories are part of the TESAs sales programme specially
designed for three-dimensional measurement Made from light alloy
(ALU) or tungsten carbide (TC) Swiss Made quality standard.
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-20
3
03939170 TESASTAR-mp LF Low Force 0,055 N, L = 10 mm 0,35 m
03939171 TESASTAR-mp SF Standard Force 0,08 N, L = 10 mm 0,35 m
03939172 TESASTAR-mp MF Medium Force 0,10 N, L = 25 mm 0,5 m
03939173 TESASTAR-mp EF Extended Force 0,10 N, L = 50 mm 0,65 m
03939174
03939175
M8
5
m
m
3
7
,
1
m
m
15 mm
13,5 mm
M8 (probe body)
or M2 (stylus)
coupling threads
15 mm
Length
37.1 mm
Orientation
in 5 directions
X, Y, +Z
13.6 g (probe body)
11 g (stylus)
External
600 A
Stylus
tilting through
X/Y 14,
Z +4 mm
Triggering
force:
10N
IP30
10C to 40C
-30C to 60C
Shipping
packaging
Inspection
report with
a declaration
of conformity
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
TESASTAR-mp probe body
Kit of 4 touch trigger probes (LF, SF, MF, LF) plus 1 TESASTAR-mp probe body
TESASTAR-mp with touch triggering force has two main parts, i.e. the stylus and the
probe body. The coupling system for these parts thats both isostatic and magnetic pro-
vides a positioning repeatability that let the probe be changed manually or automatically,
without the need for requalification of the stylus.
Four models of same size, but with a varying triggering force for adaptation
to a wide number of measuring applications are available.
TESASTAR-mp can be oriented in 5 directions (X, Y, +Z), no matter what
the model used.
TESASTAR-mp Magnetic Probes
for Probe Heads
Q-21
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
3
H mm
03939180 150
03939181 150
03939182 150
03939185 90
03939186 90
03939187 90
03939190
03939192
H =150 or 90 mm
L = 73.4 (2 modules)
D = 60.3 mm
IP50
10C to 40C
30C to 60C
Shipping
packaging
TESASTAR-pr 2 modules
TESASTAR-pr additional modules
(2 items)
TESASTAR-pr additional modules (2 items) along
with adapter for TESASTAR-r
TESASTAR-pr with modular design allows automated changing of all magnetic probes
while also ensuring the storage and needed protection of the unused ones. Several
models having a varying height are available along with number of modules that can be
chosen according to Users needs.
TESASTAR-pr Modular Probe Changer
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-22
03939080
03939081
03939082
03939083
03939110
03939111
03939112
03969370
03939091
03939092
03939073
03969208
TESASTAR-r with 3 modules
Mobile probe for MH3D DCC
TESASTAR-r with 3 modules plus clamp for GLOBAL machines
Optional
Rising block, L=100 mm
TESASTAR Active module, 40 mm
TESASTAR Active module, 65 mm
TESASTAR-p EF touch trigger probe
Stylus with M2 thread and a 8 mm dia. ruby ball tip, L=10 mm
3
Minimum
dimensions
(3 modules) :
230 x 350 x 120 mm
(W x H x D)
10C to 40C
10C to 70C
Suited
carrying case
TESASTAR-r Main Components
TESASTAR-r Modular Probe Changer
Universal component with modular design (3, 5 or 9 modules) Allows the probes
to be exchanged automatically Additional modules with a varying width (40 or
65 mm) are also available to suit the highest number of touch probes and tools
The rack base may optionally be elevated.
Q-23
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
03939100
03969104
03969118
03939102
03969100
03969117
03969113
03969124
03969125
TESASTAR-e electronic interface
Cable kit TESASTAR-e to MH3D DCC
Cable kit TESASTAR-e to B&S Global
Cable kit TESASTAR-ae to MH3D DCC
Cable kit TESASTAR-ae to B&S Global
Adapter kit for UMP360 controller unit
Series cable UMP360 to PC and TESASTAR-r to PC, 1:1, L = 3 m.
Series cable UMP360 to PC and TESASTAR-r to PC, 1:1, L = 5 m.
3
3
10C to 40C
10C to 70C
1 kg
24 V DC
66 W
145 x 90 x 105 mm
Suited
carrying case
TESASTAR-e or TESASTAR-ae
Interface Unit
Execute all commands such as distributing the probes, locking the various compo-
nents, choosing the right voltage, ensuring the probe head or the probe rack
Both are generated from the computer with a direct action on the way the probe
head and the rack are moved.
The choice of either unit depends on the used configuration as the machine may
either be equipped with the motorized probe head alone or linked to TESASTAR-r.
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-24
mm
A L B g
03969201 M2 1 10 4,5 0,3
03969202 M2 2 10 6 0,3
03969203 M2 3 10 7,5 0,4
03969204 M2 4 10 10 0,5
03969205 M2 5 10 10 0,7
03969206 M2 6 10 10 1
03969208 M2 8 11 11 1,5
03969212 M2 2 20 14 0,5
03969213 M2 3 20 17 0,5
03969214 M2 4 20 20,2 0,8
03969220 M2 0,5 10 3 0,3
03969221 M2 1 20 7 0,6
03969222 M2 2 20 15 0,45
03969301 M3 1 21 4 1,1
03969302 M3 2 21 8 1,1
03969303 M3 3 21 12 1,1
03969304 M3 4 21 17 1,4
03969305 M3 5 21 21 1,55
03969333 M3 3 31 22 1,4
03969334 M3 4 31 27 2
03969335 M3 5 31 31 2,5
03969310 M3 0,5 21 3 1,1
03969312 M3 2 21 15 0,8
03969322 M3 2 30 22,5 1,3
03969323 M3 3 30 22,5 1,4
03969260 M2 4 50 3 1
3
B
L
A
1
L
A
B
2
Probe shaft
Styli for 3D Probe Heads
1 M2 Mounting thread, L = 10 mm
Stylus with a 1 mm dia. ruby ball tip STS
1 M2 Mounting thread, tungsten
Stylus with a 0,5 mm dia. ruby ball tip TC
Stylus with a 1 mm dia. ruby ball tip TC
Stylus with a 0,5 mm dia. ruby ball tip TC
2 M2 Mounting threads, carbon
Stylus with a 4 mm dia. ruby ball tip Carbon
STS for Stainless Steel
Q-25
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
mm
A L B g
03969081 M2 2 18 20 1,3
03969055 M2 2 20 20 1,5
03969082 M2 2 18 30 1,7
03969056 M2 2 20 30 1,8
03969083 M3 2 18 20 2,2
03969057 M3 2 20 20 2,2
03969084 M3 2 18 30 2,5
03969058 M3 2 20 30 2,5
03969054 M2 7,5 7 1,1
03969046 M3 13 10 3,7
03969231 M2 10 0,5
03969232 M2 20 1
03969233 M2 30 1,6
03969044 M3 10 0,8
03969045 M3 20 1,8
03969061 M2 7 M3 0,5
03969062 M3 5 M2 0,5
03969059 M2 8 4,5 1,7
03969060 M3 12 6 3,8
03969065 M8 13 50 23
03969066 M8 13 100 18 55
03969067 M8 13 200 18 85
03969253 M2 3 13 4 0,5
03969270 M2 3 40 3,5 0,9
B
A
L
AA
L
BA
L
B
A
L
A
L
A
B
A
L
A
3
1
2
3
4
6
A
B
A
L
5
A
L
B
A B
L
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Probe shaft
M2 Star Styli
5-way star stylus M2 STS
STS
STS
M3 Star Styli
STS
STS
Crosspieces
5-way crosspiece M2 STS
5-way crosspiece M2 STS
M2 Extensions
Extension M2, L = 10 mm STS
M3 Extensions
Adapters
M2/M3 adapter STS
M3/M2 adapter STS
Articulations
M2 articulation STS
M3 articulation STS
Extensions for probing heads
Extension M8, L = 50 mm ALU
M2 Stylus, cylindrical
3x4 mm in diameter STS
Extension M2, carbon
Extension M2, L = 40 mm Carbon
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
Q-26
mm
A L B g
03969241 M2 6 10 2 0,6
03969242 M2 18 7,55 2,5 3,1
A
L
B
A
L
B
03969241 03969242
047866
042086
050697
S
=
1
,
5
047866
050697
042086
80
Probe shaft
Probe discs
M2 mounting thread, L = 10 mm STS+Ruby
M2 mounting thread, L = 7,55 mm STS
Tool key for stylus M2/M3
Socket head key, 1,5 mm
Key for carbon-fiber stylus
spherical diameter spherical diameter
Q-27
C
O
O
R
D
I
N
A
T
E
M
E
A
S
U
R
I
N
G
M
A
C
H
I
N
E
S
042086 1 1
047866 2 2 2 2
049652 2 2
050697 2
03969044 1 1
03969045 1 1
03969046 1 1
03969047 1
03969054 1 1 1
03969081 1
03969082 1 1 1
03969059 1 1
03969065 1
03969066 1
03969067 1
03969078 1 1 1
03969079 1
03969085 1
03969201 1 2 2 1
03969202 1 1 4 6 1
03969203 1 2 2 1
03969204 1 1 2 1
03969206 1
03969212 2 1 2 2
03969213 2 1 2 1
03969214 1 1
03969221
1 1
03969230 2
03969231 1 2 2 2 1
03969232 1 2 1 1
03969233 2 1
03969241
1
03969242
1
03969253 1
03969260
1
03969270
1
03969302 1 1
03969303 1 1
03969304 1 1
Socket head key, 1,5 mm
Tool key for stylus
Tool key
Tool key
Extension, M3, L=10 mm
5-way Crosspiece, M3
Mounted probe, 6,35 mm diameter
5-way Crosspiece, M2
5-way Star stylus, M2
5-way Star stylus, M2
Articulation, M2
Storage case for accessories
Stylus, 1 mm dia. ruby ball tip, M2
Stylus with a 1 mm dia. ruby ball tip,
tungsten carbide, M2
Extension, M2, L= 5 mm
Probe disc, 6 mm disc diameter,
M2, L=10 mm
Probe disc, 18 mm disc diameter,
M2, L=7,55 mm
Cylindrical stylus
Carbon-fiber stylus with ruby ball tip,
M2, L=50 mm
Carbon-fiber extension,
M2, L=40 mm
Styli-Kits
T
E
S
A
S
T
A
R
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
y
-
K
i
t
0
3
9
6
9
0
4
0
T
E
S
A
S
T
A
R
A
c
c
e
s
s
o
r
y
-
K
i
t
0
3
9
6
9
1
0
1
S
t
y
l
i
-
K
i
t
M
2
T
E
S
A
S
T
A
R
-
m
0
3
9
6
9
0
8
7
S
t
y
l
i
-
K
i
t
1
M
2
0
3
9
6
9
0
7
5
S
t
y
l
i
-
K
i
t
3
M
2
0
3
9
6
9
0
6
3
S
t
y
l
i
-
K
i
t
8
M
2
0
3
9
6
9
0
8
6
S
t
y
l
i
-
K
i
t
7
M
2
0
3
9
6
9
0
7
6
E
x
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
-
K
i
t
0
3
9
6
9
0
7
7
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
R-1
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-2 R-4
No. 772 Automatic Center Punch
Adjustable for impact. Corrosion-resistant blue anodized body.
Pocket clip. Also available in Pocket Tool Set 599-774.
599-772 Light
599-771-3 Medium
599-771-2 Heavy
Automatic Center Punch
No. 771 Automatic Center Punch
Downward pressure releases striker to make punch marks of uniform
depth. Adjustable for coarse or fine work and for different materials.
Knurled bodies provide sure grip.
Description
599-771-3 51715 771-3
599-771-2 44579 771-2
599-772 44568
Replacement points only
599-771-19 45360 771-1
599-771-29 45358 771-2
599-771-39 51716 771-3
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-3
Center Punches and Drive Pin Punches
Machinists Center Punches
Hardened steel with tempered ends. About 4" long with knurled finger grip.
Angle-ground points provide maximum strength and penetration for punch
marks. Black oxide finish resists rust.
599-765-2 44554 1/16 in
599-765-3 44555 3/32 in
599-765-4 44556 1/8 in
599-765-5 44557 5/32 in
599-765-7 44558 7/32 in
Set
599-765 44553 Complete Set
Approximate
Point Diameter
in Reach
599-767-2 44560 1/16 9/16 in
599-767-3 44561 3/32 11/16 in
599-767-4 44562 1/8 13/16 in
599-767-5 44563 5/32 13/16 in
599-767-6 44564 3/16 1 in
599-767-7 44565 7/32 1 in
599-767-8 44566 1/4 1 in
599-767-10 44567 5/16 1 in
Complete set of eight
599-767 44559 1/16 - 5/16 in
Includes leatherette plastic case.
4-Inch Drive Pin Punches
Tough, hardened steel drive pin punches with knurled gripping
area for sure-handed use. Each punch is deep-stamped with its
size. Black oxide finish to resist rust.
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-4
8-Inch Drive Pin Punches
Hardened steel to withstand hard use. Knurled gripping area. Bodies are 4-1/2"
and drive pin sections are 3-1/2" long. For many types of applications in
machine shops and garages. Handle supplied with black oxide finish.
in
599-768-2 44569 1/8
599-768-3 44570 3/16
599-768-4 44571 1/4
599-768-5 44572 5/16
599-768-6 44573 3/8
Complete set of five
599-768 44568 1/8 - 3/8 in
Includes leatherette plastic case.
Scribers
Small Scribers
Handles are aluminum, points are finely tempered tool steel. Point of Style 1,
held by two-jawed chuck, can be reversed and scriber closed to about 4" in
length. Points of Style 2 screw into holders.
599-778-1 44586 Style 1
599-778-2 44587 Style 2
599-9778-102 45220 Point for Style 1
599-779-23 46425 Point for Style 2
Tungsten Carbide Point
Interchangeable point for Style 1 Scriber (599-778-1) for
scribing lines on glass and hard surfaces.
599-9778-12 45217
599-778-2
MACHI NI STS TOOLS

M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-5
599-776 (sold in units of 10)
599-777 (sold in units of 12)
Combination Scriber/ Magnet
Carbide Scriber end marks anything from aluminum to glass
or hardened steel. Permanent magnet end picks up small
parts. Cap with pocket clip fits either end.
599-776 44583
Retractable Carbide Point Scriber
Fine line Carbide Scriber with replaceable point. Works like
a pen to retract point and save pockets. Satin anodized alu-
minum body.
599-777 44584
Replacement point for No. 777
599-777-1 44585
MACHI NI STS TOOLS

M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-6
599-779-4
Replaceable Point Double-End Scriber
Improved for easier handling. Permits fast, easy replacement of
straight and right-angle points for crisp marking of a wide range
of materials. Replaces 599-779-3.
599-779-5 46391
Replacement points straight point
599-779-23 46425
Carbide Point Double-End Scriber
Fixed, non-replaceable carbide points provide rigidity and
long life. Pencil grip permits comfortable manipulation,
using either the straight or right-angle point. Complete
with non-replaceable straight and right-angle points.
599-779-4 45370
Right-Angle Point
599-779-34 46477
Supplied with straight and right-angle
points with an 8-32 thread size.
MACHI NI STS TOOLS

M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-7
Pocket Tool Set
Set contains indispensable tools for scribing, marking, locating, and removing
chips. Supplied in convenient pocket protector case, with extra room for your
pen, 6" scale and other frequently used tools.
Carbide Point Scriber
Scribes fine, clean lines for layouts. Point retracts like a pen and is easily
replaced if damaged. Clips in pocket saver. Satin anodized aluminum body is
pen-sized for comfort and dexterity.
Automatic Center Punch
Adjustable impact for use with many materials. Repeats. Compression adjusts
by turning knurled cap for light or heavy impact. Corrosion-resistant blue
anodized body is pen-sized for easy handling.
Plunger Release Magnet
Removes chips and ferrous dust from holes and slots as small as 1/4". Red
anodized body with pocket clip. For locating screws or pins in recesses, inserting
small parts, bearings, and other hard-to-handle components in awkward posi-
tions.
599-774 44582 Pocket Tool Set
Individual components
599-773 44581 Plunger Release Magnet
599-777 44584 Carbide Point Scriber
599-772 44580 Automatic Center Punch
MACHI NI STS TOOLS

M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-8
599-795
Thread Measuring Wires
Set of 48 wires in 16 different sizes, allows the measurement of 3 to 48 threads per inch, metric
threads from .5 mm to 6 mm pitch and Acme threads from 3 to 16 threads per inch. Thread wires
are ground to nominal size over center one inch section within .00015.
Wigglers (Center Finders) & Thread Measuring Wires
Wiggler
Four interchangeable attachments accurately indicate tool-spindle positions relative to ground surfaces,
gage blocks, buttons, holes, slots or crossed layout lines. Chrome plated.
Description
599-795 44597 5 Items above with Case
599-795-11 44598 Ball Contact Att. (.250 in dia.)
599-795-12 44599 Disc Contact Att. (.100 in dia.)
599-795-13 44600 Off-Set Indicator Holder
599-795-14 44601 Needle Point Attachment
599-795-15 44602 Shank
Thread wire set-48 piece, 60
599-4816 27044
11
15
13
14
12
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-9
Edge Finders
Locate round or flat work easily within .0005". Fully hardened and precision ground . Rated up to
1,000 RPM. To use, just place in a standard 1/2" diameter collet or chuck. As the collet or chuck
rotates and approaches the edge of the work, the head moves sideways about 1/32", and the
center of the finder is exactly one-half of the head diameter away from the edge of the work.
Audible Edge Finders
Audible Edge Finders help assure accuracy by releasing an audible click when the tip jumps.
This allows the operator to listen as well as watch the tool.
Available in three sizes: 1/2 in, 3/8 in, and 10 mm.
Hardened and ground on all working surfaces.
599-792-1
599-792-20
599-792-4
599-792 44595 Single End - .500 in dia.
599-792-1 44596 Double End - .200 / .500 in dia.
599-792-2 27030 S 3/8 in x .200 in
599-792-3 27031 S 1/2 in x .200 in
599-792-4 27032 D 3/8 in x .200 in
599-792-5 27033 D 1/2 in x .200 in
599-792-10 45701 Double End - 5/10 mm dia.
599-792-11 27036 S 10 mm x .375 mm x 10 mm
599-792-12 27037 S 10 mm x 10 mm
599-792-25 28442 Single End - .750 in dia.
4-Piece Set
599-792-9 28447 4 Pc. set, sizes: 1/4 in x .200 in,
3/8 in x .200 in, 1/2 in x .200 in,
in x .750 in
End Size
Audible edge finders
599-792-20 27038 S 3/8 in x .200 in
599-792-21 27039 S 1/2 in x .200 in
599-792-22 27040 S 10 mm x .375 x 10 mm
599-792-23 27041 S 10 mm x 10 mm
599-792-24 27042 S 1/2 in x .500 in
599-792-26 28443 S 3/4 in x .750 in
4-Piece Set
599-792-19 28448 4 Pc. set, sizes: 1/4 in x .200
in, 3/8 in x .200 in, 1/2 in x
.200 in, 3/4 in x .750 in
599-792
599-792-9 Special Set
599-792-19 Special Set
End Size
Edge finders
599-892 24657 S 1/2 x .200 in
599-892-1 24658 DBL .200 x .500 in
599-892-2 24659 S 3/8 x .200 in
599-892-3 24660 S 1/2 x .200 in
599-892-4 24661 DBL 3/8 x .200 in
599-892-5 24662 DBL 1/2 x .200 in
599-892
599-892-1
599-892-2
599-892-3
599-892-4
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-10
599-797
Jewelers Screw Drivers

Made of high quality hardened steel with corrosion-resistant chrome body and
chuck. Revolving hexagon cupped head for easy handling. Blades are inter-
changeable and can be reversed into the body for safe storage.
599-796 44603 Screw Driver Set-Comp.
599-797 26051 Screw Driver Set that consists of Screw Driver Body,
6 Blades (listed below) and a Fitted Storage Case.
599-797-1 26052 Chrome Screw Driver Body with Chuck
Blades for Screw Driver
599-796-11 44610 .025 0.6 mm A
599-796-12 44611 .040 1.0 mm B
599-796-13 44612 .055 1.4 mm C
599-796-14 44613 .070 1.8 mm D
599-796-15 44614 .085 2.1 mm E
599-796-16 44615 .100 2.5 mm F
Letter
Size
Blade Width
(mm)
Blade Width
(in)
599-796
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-11
Tap Guide
Adjustable spring tensioned tap guide with 1/2" body. Case hardened and
knurled with male and female points. Supplied in a black plastic case.
599-792-30
Tap guide
599-792-30 27051
Spring Dividers, Calipers and Tap Guides
Precision finished, finely balanced tools. Strong, flexible spring for smooth, even action.
Size refers to leg lengths. Actual capacity is approximately the same.
in mm
Spring dividers
599-813-3 44626 3 75
599-813-4 44627 4 100
599-813-6 44628 6 150
599-813-8 44629 8 200
599-813-10 46052 10 250
599-813-12 46051 12 300
Outside spring calipers
599-814-3 44631 3 75
599-814-4 44632 4 100
599-814-6 44633 6 150
599-814-8 44634 8 200
599-814-10 46043 10 250
599-814-12 46029 12 300
Inside spring calipers
599-815-3 44636 3 75
599-815-4 44637 4 100
599-815-6 44638 6 150
599-815-8 44639 8 200
599-815-10 46050 10 250
599-815-12 46049 12 300
Firm-joint calipers
Outside calipers
599-821-6 44640 6 150
599-821-8 44641 8 200
599-821-12 44642 12 300
599-821-18 44643 18 450
599-821-24 44644 24 600
Inside calipers
599-822-6 44645 6 150
599-822-8 44646 8 200
599-822-12 44647 12 300
599-822-18 44648 18 450
599-822-24 44649 24 600
Hermaphrodite adj. point calipers
599-836-4 44654 4 100
599-836-6 44655 6 150
599-813-6 599-814-6
599-815-6 599-821-6
599-822-6
599-836-6
Flat Legs
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-12
Tap Wrenches
Chuck and Bar Type
First choice of master craftsmen and apprentices.
Ideal for reach, leverage, firm grip.
Chuck Type T-Handle Tap Wrenches
Specially designed for accurate tapping in recessed or difficult to reach locations. Split-
collet chuck jaws provide firm, positive grip on round or square head tools. Jaws are
stepped to improve holding of a wide range of tool sizes. T-Bar handle can be positioned
and locked for desired clearance and leverage.
Bar Type Tap Wrenches
Designed for general purpose tapping, reaming and similar operations, these bar type wrenches
provide ample leverage and a comfortable grip with good range to accommodate a wide variety of
square and round tools. Locknut on the adjustable jaw prevents screw from backing off to hold tool
securely. Pin hole on adjusting end of wrench permits use of a pin for snugging jaw against tool.
in / mm in / mm
599-880 44680 .040 - .072 / 1.0 - 1.8 0-3 3/64 - 1/16 .072 - .112 / 1.8 - 2.8 0-6 1/16 - 1/8 1-15/16 (50 mm)
599-881 44681 .112 - .152 / 2.8 - 3.8 7-10 5/32 - 3/16 .152 - .200 / 3.8 - 5.0 12-14 7/32 - 9/32 2-1/16 (52 mm)
599-882 44682 .160 - .200 / 4.0 - 5.0 12-14 7/32 - 1/4 .200 - .304 / 5.0 - 7.6 9/32 - 17/32 3-5/8 (92 mm)
* Tap sizes shown are Machine Screw and Fractional Sizes
Lengths
(in/mm)
Tap
Sizes (in)*
Tap
Sizes (in)*
Inner Jaws Outer Jaws
in / mm
599-885 44683 .080 - .200 / 2.0 - 5.0 1-14 1/16 - 1/4 4-1/4 (110 mm)
599-886 44684 .140 - .320 / 3.5 - 8.0 9-14 3/16 - 17/32 6-1/4 (164 mm)
* Tap sizes shown are Machine Screw and Fractional Sizes
Lengths
(in/mm)
Tap
Sizes(in)*
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-13
Permanent Magnet Blocks
Permanent Magnet Blocks are ideal for holding small work in toolmaking, manufacturing or
inspection. The blocks are located and held on any magnetically conductive surface by turning
the control knob only part way toward the ON position. Work can then be positioned on
the block easily and accurately. Maximum magnetic force is obtained by turning the control
knob to the full ONposition. Work is removed from the block without disturbing its position
by turning the control knob part way toward OFF.
Each of the blocks can also be held on their back ends as well as on their bases. The working
surface is parallel to the base to .001", sides and ends are square to .001".
Magnetic Toolmakers Knee
Designed to hold work magnetically for inspection and layout work. Very useful
for holding odd-shaped parts for grinding.
Accuracy:
Parallelism within .0002" (0.005 mm)
Squareness: .00005" per inch (0.5 m per cm)
for the three working faces
Size:
Overall size: 4.25" x 6.5" x 4.75"
Magnetic surface: 4.25" x 6.5"
745-46-1 46314
745-46-1
Magnetic Blocks
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-14
No. 255 Permanent Magnet Block
Fine-pole top plate is specially designed for holding small work. Working surface and base
of block are ground parallel. Back end is square with the working surface. One side and
one end stop plate are furnished.
599-750-4
745-255
No. 750-4 Permanent Magnet Block
Holds work in contact with the V faces. Block is accurately ground and faces of V-groove are
hardened. Removable stop plate furnished for back end of block."V" takes round stock to 1-3/4"
diameter. Sides and bottom are parallel to vee to .001" and vee is central within .001".
No. 760 Permanent Magnet Block
Working surface and base are ground parallel. Back end is square with working
surface. Removable stop plates are furnished for back end, and one for use on
either side.
Height
745-255 46325 2-7/8 in 5-1/4 2-7/16
599-760 44550 2-7/16 in 5-1/4 2-7/16
599-750-4 44537 3-3/16 in 5-1/4 2-7/16
Each block is supplied in a finished wooden case.
Overall
Width (in)
Overall
Length (in)
599-760
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-15
Permanent Magnet Chuck Accessories
745-755-2
Chuck V-Blocks
Made of alternating steel and non-magnetic spacing strips. For use on Permanent Magnet and elec-
tro-magnetic chucks. Used individually or in pairs. Blocks have a 90 V-slot accurately ground along
its 2" length to .0005" central parallel and square with all surfaces except ends. Sides parallel to
.0003" adjacent sides square to .0003". Lamination pitch is .136".
745-755-2 26966 3 lbs. 2-3/8 x 1-7/8 2
745-756-2 26967 6 lbs. 2-3/8 x 1-7/8 2
Single V-block Pair of V-blocks
Weight
Length
(in) Size
Finished chuck parallels
745-124-2 26968 4 lbs. 1 x 2 4
Semi-finished chuck parallels
745-125-2 26969 3 lbs. 1 x 2 3-15/16
Weight
(Pairs)
Length
(in)
Size
(in)
Chuck Parallels
Available in finished and semi-finished models. Both hold work which cannot be held easily on a
magnetic chuck due to projecting surfaces. Readily trued, eliminates the delay of truing a large chuck sur-
face. For use on Permanent Magnet chucks and electro-magnetic chucks.
Finished Chuck parallels are ground parallel on opposite sides and at right angles on adjacent sides. Can
be used on all four sides but not on their ends. Available only in numbered matched pairs.
Semi-finished chuck parallels are specially suited for manufacturers who
wish to finish parallels to conform to their specific holding requirements.
Similar to finished chuck parallels described above, except they are
not ground to such close tolerances.
The lamination pitch is .136".
745-124-2
Capacity:
Large Vee - 2"
Small Vee - 1/2"
MACHI NI STS TOOLS

M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-16
Tachometer
The fast, accurate, safe and reliable way to measure RPMs.
Features:
1 in - 12 in Detection Distance.
1 Second Update.
Accuracy:
30-12499 RPM=1 RPM
12,500-24,999 RPM=2 RPM
25,000-50,000 RPM=4 RPM
Resolution: 1 RPM.
Meas. Range: 30-50,000 RPM.
Furnished with: 3 AAA Batteries,
1 Pack Reflective Markers.
Hand-Held, Non-Contacting
599-4100 27063
Optional accessory 1 Pack Refective Markers
( 5 length)
599-4100-50 27084
Bench Centers
Run-out is shown by Dial Indicator held in a universal bracket. Work can be checked axially for
run-out or camming action. Centers are steel, hardened and ground. One is fixed, the other is
spring actuated with locking clamp.
Headstock and footstock Taper is No. 7 Brown & Sharpe. Dial Indicator reads in .0005" and can be
set at any angle relative to the base. Indicators graduated in .0001" or with Metric reading can be
furnished to order.
763-18 45350 41 x 12 x 15 170 8 Without 18
763-18-1 45351 41 x 12 x 15 180 8 With 18
763-8 45348 55 x 12 x 14 215 8 Without 36
763-8-1 45349 55 x 12 x 14 225 8 With 36
Set of two 4 raising blocks
763-9008-439 45352
Includes one each Angular Base Stop (599-7910); Plain Base Stop (599-7912)
Dial Test Indicator Set (599-7730-7); Dial Indicator (14.83012)
Capacity
(in)
Approx. Shipping
Weight
(lbs.)
With or Without
Indicator
Center Swing
Diameter
(in)
Shipping
Dimensions (in)
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S
T
O
O
L
S
R-17
Brown & Sharpe Ultrasonic Thickness Gage
Measures the wall thickness of materials such as steel,
cast iron, plastic and more.
Quality stainless steel probe
with knurled fingertip grip
Ergonomic high-flex
cable and strain relief
Wear resistant
dual element transducer
Simplicity
Large easy-to-read, graphics LCD with
multilingual support
Two-button menu driven user interface
Pre-programmed velocities simply
select from a list of common materials or
enter your own with ease
Quick operating instructions on back of
each instrument
Durability
Sturdy/compact design is acid, oil, water
and dust resistant
Wear resistant probe tip
Rugged carrying case
Two (2) year limited warranty
Accuracy
Sensitive dual element transducer pro-
vides fast, accurate readings
Certificate of Calibration showing trace-
ability to NIST included with every gage
Automatic V-Path Compensation for thin
materials
Versatility
Inch/mm switchable
Single or two point adjustment
HiLo Alarm audibly and visibly alerts
when measurements exceed operator
selected limits
Internal Memory stores up to 250
readings
Backglow Display on/off switchable
for dark environments
Flip Display enables right-side-up
viewing whether the gage is in your
hand or on a work table
Scan Mode measurement rate of 20
readings per second with on-screen max
and min for quick inspection over a large
area
599-7260 24814 Ultrasonic Thickness Gage
599-7260-P 24815 IR Printer For 599-7260
599-7260-S 24816 Software & Cable For 599-7260
599-7260-C 24817 CAL Block with CIRT For 599-7260
Scratch resistant LCD
with backglow
Indicator light confirms
readings are recorded
Built-in infrared port for
wireless printing
RS-232 port for downloading
Rugged housing
Zero plate for automatic
zeroing
*For carbon steel
GAGE COMES COMPLETE with 5 MHz trans-
ducer, 2AA batteries, instructions, couplant,
durable carrying case, built-in IR port for print-
ing to wireless IR printer, Certificate of
Calibration, two year limited warranty.
Measurement Measurement
Range* Resolution Accuracy Velocity Range Rate
0.040 to 5.000 in. 0.001 in. 0.001 in. 0.0492 to 0.393 in/s Normal-6 readings/sec.
1.00 to 125.00 mm 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 1250 to 10,000 m/s Scan-20 readings/sec.
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S

T
O
O
L
S
R-18
ETALON Duromaster P100
Hardness Tester - Data acquisition in any position of use.
Direct readout of measured values.
Hardness Values: HRC, HRB, HRA, HB, HV, N/mm2, HR 15N,
HR 30T, HB 5, HB 30.
For checking fine sheet metal (thickness to .0003in/0.08mm)
Suitable for all types of materials, whether hard or soft.
Designed to measure workpieces with uneven flat or round surfaces.
No need for tool setting.
06931001 42065 ETALON Duromaster P100
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S

T
O
O
L
S
R-19
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
ETALON Duromaster
200R & 200RB
Used to test all materials and hard alloys such as steel,
tungsten carbide, aluminium, brass and copper alloys,
but also plastic materials by means of a special indenter.
Safe value storage
SPC capability
RS232 data output to host
computer or printer.
ETALON
Duromaster 200R Digital Rockwell
Hardness Tester
ETALON
Duromaster 200RB Digital Rockwell & Brinell
Hardness Tester
Product No. 06931002 06931003
EDP No. 42066 42067
Pre-Load 10 kgf 10 kgf
Hardness Values
Rockwell; Vickers indentation
Rockwell Load = 60
100 150 kgf
Vickers hardness = HV10
HV60 HV100
Rockwell Brinell
(direct readout);
Vickers indentation
Rockwell load = 60 100 150 kgf
Vickers hardness = HV10 HV60 HV100
Brinell = HB/HBT 2.5/62.5 2.5/187.5 5/125
Thickness
Values
Hard Materials 1mm
Soft Materials 4mm
Hard Materials 1mm
Soft Materials 4mm
Resolution 0.1 HRC 0.1 HRC
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
MACHI NI STS TOOLS
M
A
C
H
I
N
I
S
T
S

T
O
O
L
S
R-20
ETALON Duromaster 300
Hardness Tester
Universal, yet easy-to-use, automatic hardness
tester. Ideal for testing materials such as iron,
steel, hardened steel, brass, aluminium, nitrided
aluminium, cemented carbides and hard mate-
rial surfaces.Wide variety of icon-based software
options available for easy selection of the meas-
ured values. On-line help. Rockwell and Super
Rockwell hardness test in compliance with
ASTM E18, ISO 6508-2, 6506-2 and 6507-2,
Brinell, Vickers international standards. Single
trigger key for the measurements. Automatic
selection of the test load.
Sensors used to check the indentation depth.
Meets the requirements of both the
workshop and inspection laboratory.
Comes with SIT calibration certificate.
ETALON Duromaster 300
Digital Hardness Tester
Product No. 06931004
EDP No. 42068
Pre-Load 3 - 10 kgf
Vickers Load 3 5 10 15 20 30 60 100 kgf
Rockwell Load 10 60 100 150 kgf
Super Rockwell Load 3 15 30 45 kgf
Brinell Load 5 6.25 10 15.6 25 30 31.2
62.5 125 187.5 kgf
International Standards EN-ISO 6506-2/6507-2/6508-2/ASTM-E18
Thickness Values Hard Materials 0.5mm Soft Materials 2mm
Hardness Tests Available HRC A, B, D, F, G, L, M, R, HV, HB, HRN, HRT
Resolution 0.1 HRC (0.01 HRC upon request)
V
i
e
w

A
l
l
N
e
w

P
r
o
d
u
c
t
s
R-1
N
E
W
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
N
E
W
P
R
O
D
U
C
T
S
New Products - Click on product name to view page
TESA DIGICO 205
Digital Electronic
Indicators
TESA TPS 300 / 500 /
1000 Motorised Setting
Benches
TESA VERIBOR
Light Bore Gage
TESA D-Tect L10
Triaxial shock detection
sensor
TESA RUGOSURF 10
Roughness Gauge
TESA RUGOSURF 10G
Roughness Gauge
TESA RUGOSURF 90G
Roughness Gauge
TESA Micro-Hite 3D
Extended Range
ETALON
Duromaster P100
ETALON Duromaster
200R & 200RB
ETALON Duromaster
300 Hardness Tester
TESA Profilmeter 50
TESA-HITE 400
and 700 plus-m
TESA TT 300 and MERCER
EL 300
TESA-Visio 200
TESAVISIO 500
B
a
c
k
to
T
a
b
le
o
f
C
o
n
te
n
ts

TESA Catalog PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

TESA Catalog PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Met rol ogy Equi pment Cat al og

When You Need to Be Sure

dial calipers, with their shockproof

Electronic Calipers with capa system

Light Digital Calipers - Up to 10 Length

Dial Calipers - Inch

Electronic Depth Calipers

TESAs patented measuring system.

plus for mea sur ing small parts or as a permanent

Accessory Set - CENTERLINE Plus

with Centerline Plus Accessory Set

with Centerline Plus Accessory Set

L 0051614525 29953 Attachments for universal calipers

M 0051614526 29954 Attachments for universal calipers, 4, 6 x 5 mm

Easy-Reading, Accurate and Fast!

Precision Micrometers with Digital Counter

MICRORAPID 226 with 1 mm Revolution

260 Standard Models with Analog Indication

225 Micrometers with a Dial Indicator

Micrometers with Two Spherical Measuring Faces

Non-rotating measuring spindle Without spindle lock.

Non-rotating spindle - Without spindle lock.

with 7 Pairs of Interchangeable Measuring Inserts

Without spindle lock.

Non-rotating measuring rods. Sets in increments of 1.18 in / 30 mm.

series is designed to meet the tight tolerances that internal measurements

with capa system

and Digital Display

and Digital Display

and Digital Display

with Analog Indication - Inch Models

with Analog Indication- Metric Models

with Analog Indication - Full Inch Sets

with Analog Indication - Full Metric Sets

Centering Devices for INTRIMIK

DIN 863 T4.

For the meas-

with Digital Display

DIN 863 T4. Style

Self-centering and self-aligning internal micrometers with 3-line contact with

- Inch Partial Sets

- Metric Partial Sets

INTALOMETER 531 Inch Sets

INGAGE 531 Metric Sets

Universal Measuring Instrument

Comparative Measuring Instrument

47.61057 88310 110 V mains adapter

10 and 11 Electronic Indicators

12 Mini-Dial Gages, Electronic

plus Digital Indicator

DIN 878 and

-3 and -13 Series

Dial Test Indicators

- 6 Series (White Face)

- 5 Series (Black Face)

Dial Test Indicators (Lever-Type)

- 5 Series (Black Face)

indicators with high visibility orange hand.

-6 and -14 Series (White Face)

Universal Test Indicators

312 Dial Test Indicators (Lever-Type)

312 Vertical Models